Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Petrofac

Petrofac

pfc · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pfc
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Petrofac
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Petrofac Limited
2021 Annual report and accounts

A platform 
for growth

Find out more at: 
www.petrofac.com

Front cover image:
Seagreen Wind Energy Ltd

We are a leading energy services company that 
helps our clients meet the world’s evolving energy 
needs. We use our engineering know-how and our 
consultancy expertise to design, build, and operate 
world-class energy facilities that are engineered for 
safety, optimal efficiency, and low emissions.

We operate in a range of markets and work 
across the entire asset life cycle – from design to 
decommissioning. These competencies, supported  
by flexible commercial models, differentiated local 
delivery, and a technology neutral approach, set 
us apart. Core to our offering is our distinctive, 
delivery-focused culture.

A platform  
for growth

Highlights

Revenue

EBITDA1,2

US$3,057 million

US$104 million

2020: US$4,081 million

Business performance net profit1,3

US$35 million

2020 (restated)4: US$50 million

2020: US$211 million

Reported net loss3

US$(195) million

2020 (restated)4: US$(192) million

Full year dividend per share

nil cents

2020: nil cents

Free cash flow5

Diluted earnings per share1,3

9.7 cents

2020 (restated)4: 14.8 cents

Return on capital employed1,6

US$(281) million

2020 (restated)4: US$(123) million

3.7%

2020 (restated)4: 7.1%

Backlog7

US$4.0 billion

2020: US$5.0 billion

CDP rating

B

2020: B

In-country value spend8

54%

2020: 53%

1  Business performance before separately disclosed items. 

This measures underlying business performance.

2  Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 

amortisation (EBITDA) is calculated as operating 
profit, including the share of net profit of associates 
and joint ventures, adjusted to add back charges for 
depreciation and amortisation (see A3 in Appendix A of 
the consolidated financial statements).

3  Attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders, as reported 

in the consolidated income statement.

4  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the 

adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and 
customisation costs, in April 2021 (see note 2.9 of the 
consolidated financial statements).

5  Free cash flow is defined as net cash flows from operating 
activities, plus net cash flows from investing activities, 
less net interest on borrowing and interest on finance 
leases, repayment of finance lease principal plus amounts 
received from/paid to from non-controlling interests (see 
A7 in Appendix A of the consolidated financial statements).
6  Return on capital employed (ROCE) is calculated as EBITA 
(earnings before interest, tax and amortisation, calculated 
as EBITDA less depreciation) divided by average 
adjusted capital employed (see A9 in Appendix A of the 
consolidated financial statements).

7  Backlog consists of: the estimated revenue attributable to the 
uncompleted portion of Engineering & Construction operating 
segment contracts; and, for Asset Solutions, the estimated 
revenue attributable to the lesser of the remaining term of the 
contract and five years. The Group uses this key performance 
indicator as a measure of the visibility of future revenue.

8  % spend on local goods and services, excludes JV projects
9  Employees with line management responsibility

Employee completion of mandatory Code of Conduct 
e-learning9

97.2%

2020: 99.3%

Financial statements
129  Group financial statements
130  Independent auditor’s report
141  Consolidated income statement
142  Consolidated statement of other 

comprehensive income
143  Consolidated balance sheet
144  Consolidated statement of  

cash flows

145  Consolidated statement of 

changes in equity

146   Notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

203  Appendices
209  Company financial statements
210   Company income statement
210  Company statement of 
comprehensive income
211  Company balance sheet
212  Company statement of cash flows
213  Company statement of changes  

in equity

214  Notes to the Company financial 

statements

227  Glossary
229  Shareholder information

Contents

Strategic report
02  Petrofac at a glance
04  Chairman’s statement
06  Group Chief Executive’s review
08  Our strategy at a glance
11  Our executive team
13  Market outlook
16  Our business model
18  Key achievements of 2021: 

Local delivery

20  Key performance indicators
22  Stakeholder engagement
26  Key achievements of 2021: 

New energies

30  Environmental, Social and 

Governance
60  Risk management
62  Principal risks and uncertainties
70  Viability statement
72  Key achievements of 2021: 
Best-in-class delivery

76  Segmental overview
82  Financial review

Governance
88  Chairman’s introduction
92  Board of Directors
94  Corporate Governance report
103  Nominations Committee report
106  Audit Committee report
114  Compliance and Ethics  
Committee report

116  Directors’ remuneration report
128  Directors’ statements

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

01

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac at a glance

We are Petrofac...

Our purpose is to enable our 
clients to meet the world’s 
evolving energy needs.

Wherever our clients are on their 
energy journey, Petrofac has 
the expertise, capabilities and 
experience to support them.

200+

Our experience is built on more than 
200 major projects across the world

40+We have more than 40 years of 

experience in design, engineering, 
procurement, and construction

02

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Engineering & 
Construction

Asset Solutions1

Integrated  
Energy Services

Revenue 
2020: US$3,090m

US$1,971m

Revenue 
2020: US$933m

US$1,111m

EBITDA 
2020 restated2: US$114m

US$10m

EBITDA 
2020 restated2: US$60m

US$84m

Revenue 
2020: US$110m

EBITDA 
2020: US$39m

Business performance 
net profit 
2020 restated2: US$63m

Employees
(as at 31 December 2021)

US$8m

3,350

Business performance 
net profit 
2020 restated2: US$40m

US$86m

Business performance 
net loss 
2020: US$(18)m

Employees
(as at 31 December 2021)

4,350

Employees
(as at 31 December 2021)

% of revenue 

64%

% of revenue 

34%

% of revenue 

US$50m

US$21m

US$(5)m

250

2%

The Engineering & Construction 
(E&C) division delivers onshore and 
offshore engineering, procurement, 
construction, installation and 
commissioning services. Lump-sum 
turnkey is the predominant commercial 
model used, but we also offer our 
clients the flexibility of other models. 
The division has more than 40 years’ 
track record in designing and building 
major energy infrastructure projects.

—Read more page 77

The Asset Solutions (AS) division 
manages and maintains client 
operations, both onshore and offshore, 
delivers small to medium scale EPC 
projects and provides concept, 
feasibility and front-end engineering 
design (FEED) services. The division 
is also home to market-leading well 
engineering, decommissioning and 
training capabilities. The majority of AS’ 
services are executed on a reimbursable 
basis, but we are responsive to clients’ 
preferred commercial models to deliver 
our expertise.

—Read more page 79

Integrated Energy Services (IES) 
is Petrofac’s upstream oil and gas 
business, providing an integrated 
service for clients under flexible 
commercial models that are aligned 
with their requirements.

Following the completion of the sale of 
our 51% interest in our Mexico operations 
in November 2020, our interest in the 
Production Sharing Contract (PSC) 
for Block for Block PM304 Malaysia’s 
offshore Cendor field is our sole remaining 
material IES asset.

—Read more page 81

1  The division was formerly known as Energy Production Services.
2  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs, in April 2021 (see note 2.9 of the consolidated 

financial statements).

A sustainable mindset
At Petrofac, we believe that how 
we do business is just as important 
as what we do.

We have a clear purpose: to enable our 
clients to meet the world’s evolving energy 
needs. We also have four clear values that 
underpin our purpose and govern how 
we operate: driven, agile, respectful and 
open. These core values are superseded 
only by our unyielding commitment to 
safety and ethical behaviour.

Environment – ensuring that Petrofac 
is able to minimise its own environmental 
impact, while supporting our clients in 
achieving their lower carbon ambitions.

Social – promoting safe local delivery 
of our projects and services, drawing on 
ethical supply chains to create in-country 
value, address local skills gaps, and build 
a diverse and inclusive workforce.

Governance – underpinning everything 
we do with clear, consistent standards 
of ethical behaviour, bound by rigorous 
compliance and governance.

Environment

Social

Governance

Find out more at 
www.petrofac.com

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

03

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Chairman’s statement

Core to the Petrofac 
offering is the Group’s 
distinctive, delivery-
focused culture.”

2021 was another challenging year for 
Petrofac, yet there are some real positives 
to draw: 

 – A refreshed executive team made 
strong progress in reshaping and 
rebalancing the business 

 – The conclusion of the Serious Fraud 
Office (SFO) investigation drew a line 
under four years of uncertainty
 – As well as demonstrating investor 
confidence, the successful capital 
raise and refinancing programme 
secured a long-term capital structure
 – With the energy transition gathering 
pace, we are well positioned to 
benefit – with continued growth in 
new energies, and a strong position 
in many of the world’s most resilient 
hydrocarbon markets

 – Although the pandemic-related 
headwinds continue to have an 
impact, we see signs that investment 
is returning to our core markets, and 
we have a strong platform for medium-
term growth

04

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
I do not wish to underplay the challenges 
of 2021. 

and successful refinancing programme 
(as set out below).

The pandemic continued to exert a deep 
impact on our core markets, resulting in 
additional costs and delays to projects, 
whilst clients continued to adopt rigid 
commercial positions. Once again, the 
severity of the situation was reflected in 
our financial results as well as our new 
order intake.

I would, however, like to emphasise 
the progress we made, the underlying 
strength in the business, and the 
prospects for the future.

The conclusion of the SFO investigation 
was welcome, putting an end to 
the uncertainty of recent years. 
The subsequent capital raise and 
refinancing showed that, with this 
regrettable period behind us, we retain the 
confidence of the investment community. 

Strategically, we were reassured that the 
energy transition represents an opportunity 
for Petrofac. Alongside the growth in new 
energies, we are helping clients reduce the 
carbon intensity of their existing operations, 
while the onus on fulfilling the world’s 
ongoing oil and gas demand is likely 
to fall to our core MENA markets. 

Operationally, there was also much to 
celebrate: as part of the reshaping and 
rebalancing of the business, we continued to 
deliver on our ESG agenda and our progress 
was recognised in the external rankings by 
ESG ratings agencies; we demonstrated our 
ability to deliver prestigious projects under 
difficult conditions; a strong Asset Solutions 
performance brought a more balanced 
portfolio; our new order intake improved 
in the second half; and the future bidding 
pipeline looks encouraging.

While further challenges in 2022 are 
inevitable, we clearly have a strong 
platform for medium-term growth.

Embedding a strong, refreshed 
executive team
Group Chief Executive Sami Iskander and 
his refreshed executive team made excellent 
progress in rebalancing and reshaping the 
business. Although leadership successions 
are often difficult, this one was well executed 
and delivered an immediate impact. 
We consider ourselves very fortunate 
to have secured someone with Sami’s 
credentials. As well as having a deep 
understanding of our markets and client 
landscape, and a proven track record 
in business transformation, his energy 
and enthusiasm are clearly valued across 
the business. 

Meanwhile, Afonso Reis e Sousa marked 
his internal appointment as Chief Financial 
Officer with the delivery of a significant 

The refreshed leadership extends to our 
in-country operations. The appointment 
of five new country heads, all of whom are 
local nationals, demonstrates our aspiration 
for all teams to be representative of the 
societies in which they work.

Bolstering our capital structure
A clear priority for the year was to protect 
our financial strength. 

With this in mind, we trimmed further costs 
taking the total reduction to US$250 million 
compared with pre-pandemic levels. 
We also took the difficult decision to 
suspend the dividend for a further year.

Then, when the SFO investigation was 
concluded and the financial penalties 
confirmed, a key achievement was our 
refinancing programme, comprising a 
capital raise, a bond issue, and a new 
two-year revolving credit facility. We were 
gratified by the extent of the support from 
across the investment community. To me, 
this demonstrates that existing shareholders 
and new investors alike believe in Petrofac, 
our fundamental strengths, and our 
medium-term prospects.

We therefore enter 2022 with a long-term 
capital structure, enabling us to navigate 
this period of uncertainty and return to 
growth as the market recovers.

Extending the ESG agenda
Importantly, our business model and our 
ESG agenda are completely aligned: we 
see the energy transition as a strategic 
opportunity; the creation of in-country 
value is central to our local delivery 
model; and our best-in-class delivery 
is characterised by uncompromising 
commitments to ethical behaviour, 
safety, employee wellbeing, diversity, 
and inclusion.

In 2021, more granularity was brought 
to our Net Zero plans and more ambition 
to our diversity targets (see pages 35 and 
49 for more information). 

Although our safety record is among 
the strongest in the sector, we did see 
some isolated incidents, including a tragic 
fatality at our project site in Thailand. 
In 2021, we strengthened our safety 
leadership to ensure we apply the same 
high standards everywhere.

Ethical behaviour remains a core priority. 
We continued to embed a comprehensive 
compliance and governance regime 
that meets or exceeds international best 
practice. Both the SFO and the Court 
acknowledged the extent and integrity 
of our reforms, and we are confident that 
the past behaviour uncovered in the SFO 
investigation would not be possible today. 

Maintaining a strong, well-informed 
dialogue
With so much happening, the Board met 
on more than 40 occasions during 2021. 
I therefore thank my fellow Directors for 
their commitment, for making themselves 
so available, often at short notice, and 
for their determination to deliver on their 
fiduciary responsibilities.

Although the pandemic prevented us 
from meeting face-to-face or from visiting 
any Petrofac sites, I believe we were still 
able to maintain a good understanding 
of the inner workings of the business. 
Through our bi-annual meetings with 
the Petrofac Workforce Forum, we were 
able to converse directly with employees 
representing different levels, functions and 
geographies. I am constantly impressed 
by the quality of the dialogue, and I know 
the entire Board values the insights 
it brings. 

Looking ahead to 2022 and beyond
We expect 2022 to be another challenging 
year. The new order intake outlook is 
beginning to improve, as is the scale of 
the 2022 bidding pipeline. While much 
of this business is scheduled for award 
in the second half of the year, it all adds 
to prospects for medium-term growth. 
A priority for the Board will therefore be 
to give Sami and his team the support 
they need in navigating the intervening 
uncertainties and rebuilding the 
order backlog. 

For the Board itself, it will be necessary 
to make some measured changes. 
In 2021 we took the view that it was 
important to maintain continuity, such 
that my term as Chairman was extended 
for another year. A priority for 2022 will 
be to plan and manage my succession 
and ensure that, going forward, the 
size and structure of the Board remains 
commensurate with the scale of the 
Company and the geographies in which 
it operates (see the Nominations Committee 
report on page 103). 

For now, I would like to thank the entire 
Petrofac team for their commitment to 
the Company, their exceptional response 
to the ongoing challenges, and their 
contribution to the achievements of the 
past year. I would also like to thank our 
shareholders for their patience and loyalty, 
and for the confidence shown through 
2021’s refinancing.

René Médori
Chairman
23 March 2022

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

05

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Group Chief Executive’s review

Establishing a platform  
for medium-term growth.”

Sami Iskander
Group Chief Executive

06

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Overview
 – Today’s Petrofac is a better company 
– we have emerged from legacy 
issues with strong controls, consistent 
processes, and an unwavering 
approach to ethical conduct

 – Our capital raise was significantly 
oversubscribed – showing that 
investors support our strategy, 
understand our differentiation, 
and believe in our growth prospects
 – We made progress in reshaping and 

rebalancing Petrofac – and, by arresting 
the decline in our backlog, are well 
positioned to rebuild the business 
 – For 2022, the emphasis is to regain the 
confidence of clients, including a return 
to bidding in markets from which we 
have been temporarily excluded
 – Over the medium term, I expect 

Petrofac to deliver US$4-5 billion, 
including US$1 billion of annual 
revenues from New Energy Services

Although 2021 was another challenging 
year, we made progress on several 
fronts. The business was rebalanced and 
reshaped, the decline in our order backlog 
was halted, the Serious Fraud Office (SFO) 
investigation was finally put behind us, and 
the investment community signalled its 
confidence in the Company, enabling us 
to secure a long-term capital structure.

Although the pandemic still exerts its 
influence, 2022 is set to mark the beginning 
of the rebuilding of our backlog. The bidding 
environment is improving, and we see a 
clear path to growth. In the medium term, 
we expect Petrofac to be a US$4-5 billion 
revenue business, with sector-leading 
margins and more than 20% of our 
revenues coming from New Energies.

Acknowledging the continuing  
impact of the pandemic
Once again, the year was overshadowed by 
the pandemic. The biggest consequence 
was project delays and additional costs. 
Customers were also under pressure, so 
commercial conditions remained tight. 
In response, we continued to reduce our 
costs, removing US$250 million from our 
overhead and project support costs relative 
to pre-pandemic levels, while being sure to 
protect our delivery capability.

With the increase in oil prices, the market 
showed some signs of improvement 
towards the end of the year, and the 
bidding environment further into 2022 
looks promising. However, this crisis 
has always been characterised by 
unpredictability, and we have prudently 
braced the Group for continued 
headwinds through 2022. 

Emerging from the SFO investigation
A key milestone was the resolution 
of the SFO investigation. Casting its  
shadow over the past four years, this 
has been a painful learning experience. 
The commercial and reputational impact 
was significant. Our teams felt badly let 
down by the actions of former colleagues. 
However, we have made sweeping changes 
in recent years, and I am pleased that the 
SFO and the Court commented publicly 
on the extent and integrity of our reforms.

Consequently, we emerge a better Group, 
with a world-class compliance regime, 
more codified behaviours and values, a 
more consistent approach to everything 
we do, and a determination to regain the 
confidence of all clients. I believe that 
the industry is coming to recognise the 
progress made, and we were pleased 
to announce in March 2022 that we had 
been reinstated to ADNOC’s bidding list 
in the UAE, which represents a major 
market for us going forward. 

Meanwhile, the subsequent refinancing 
programme had two key outcomes: it 
secured a long-term capital structure; 
and it confirmed that the markets 
have real confidence in our Group, its 
positioning, and our ability to deliver.

In the medium term, 
we expect Petrofac 
to be a US$4-5 billion 
revenue business, with 
sector-leading margins 
and more than 20% of 
our revenues coming 
from New Energies.”

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

07

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

Rebalancing, reshaping, and rebuilding 
The focus for my first full year in charge at Petrofac 
was what I call the ‘Three Rs’, namely the rebalancing, 
reshaping, and rebuilding of the business, and the  
way this enables us to deliver on our strategy. 
Across all three dimensions, progress was made –  
not in abstractions, but in tangible developments. 

As part of the rebalancing, the SFO investigation was 
concluded, the refinancing was secured, overheads 
were reduced, and the business was rightsized. 

In terms of reshaping, we established a new 
operating model. A key component is 1tec, a single 
technical services organisation, providing support 
and assurance, enabling us to operate with optimal 
efficiency, with common systems and procedures, 
backed by transparent checks and balances. 

The rebuilding element remains a work in progress.  
However, we did halt the decline in our order backlog, 
we won business in new geographies such as the 
Mažeikiai Refinery development in Lithuania, and added 
considerable momentum to our New Energies business. 

These Three Rs relate directly back to each of our 
strategic priorities – by enabling best in-class delivery, 
equipping us for a return to growth, and calibrating  
the business for superior returns.

Our strategy  
at a glance

Strategic priority 1

Best-in-class delivery 
 – Simplify the organisation
 – Global capability, local execution
 – Digitally enabled
 – Strategic partnerships/technology neutral

We will build relentlessly on our traditional strengths, 
introducing new efficiencies and bringing greater consistency 
to the way we operate the business – with a single technical 
services organisation (1tec) providing support and assurance 
and enabling us to operate with optimal efficiency.

A Petrofac differentiator is our local delivery model, helping us 
bid on challenging projects, keep costs to a minimum, reduce 
risk, and build stronger relationships with local stakeholders. 
To build on this, we ensure that our local teams reflect the 
clients they serve and deliver the highest levels of in-country 
value (ICV) in our industry.

We invest in digitalisation and in our technical expertise to 
maximise productivity and provide optimal solutions to our 
clients. Being technology neutral ensures we specify the best 
solution for each client. We develop strategic partnerships to 
help us achieve the best outcome for our clients.

2021 achievements
 – New operating model introduced with the creation of 1tec, 

a single technical services organisation

 – Local country managers appointed in India, Indonesia 

Libya, Mozambique and Oman and a formal ICV 
programme approved, including key targets and strategies 
agreed for every country

 – Digital solutions, such as Petrolytics, brought tangible 

benefits to more clients, including costs savings, emissions 
reductions, and optimised uptime

 – Several new partnerships agreed including, in New 

Energies, Protium, CO2Capsol, Storegga, Boya Energy, 
and Cranfield University 

2022 priorities
 – Leverage our new operating model to drive our excellence 

agenda 

 – Preserve our cost-competitiveness by maintaining an 

optimal cost structure

 – Further strengthen our ICV proposition in each of our core 

markets

 – Continue to digitalise the business with a strong focus on 

value creation

08

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

S

t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic priority 2

Return to growth 
 – Rebuild backlog
 – Selective growth in new geographies
 – Leverage capabilities in New Energies
 – Customer centric approach

Strategic priority 3

Superior returns 
 – Integrated ESG delivery
 – Enhanced risk management framework
 – Deliver premium margins, consistently
 – Capital light business model
 – Maintain strong balance sheet

As the oil and gas sector emerges from the COVID-19 
pandemic with a strong macro backdrop, our core MENA 
markets are expected to be the first to recover and provide 
a sustained period of growth. 

Our clear priority in E&C is to capitalise on this recovery in our core 
markets, whilst also targeting growth in selective new geographies. 
In New Energies, we are focusing on four clearly defined segments 
of the market where we have a strong track record and/or relevant 
experience, namely offshore wind, carbon capture utilisation and 
storage (CCUS), hydrogen and waste-to-value, and are achieving 
strong growth. Meanwhile, Asset Solutions continues to deliver 
significant revenue growth, and is expected to continue this 
trajectory in 2022, supported by stronger order intake in 2021 
and a healthy pipeline of opportunities.

As a services business, our clients sit at the heart of 
everything we do – and our operating model creates a 
customer centric approach, enabling the support of client 
relationships across the Group.

2021 achievements
 – The decline in our order backlog was halted, and the 

bidding environment showed signs of recovery

 – We successfully continued our push into new territories, with 
the award of the Mažeikiai Refinery development in Lithuania 
 – With the SFO investigation resolved, we began the process 
of re-engaging with clients in those markets from which we 
had been temporarily excluded

 – Strong progress in New Energies, with 16 contracts in 

execution in 2021 compared with two in 2020

Petrofac has traditionally had a strong reputation for 
operating with financial efficiency and generating sector-
leading margins. The headwinds of recent years, compounded 
by the SFO investigation, dented our operational and financial 
performance. We now have a clear pathway back to future 
growth and the delivery of superior returns.

Our best-in-class delivery and our local market model enable 
us to keep costs down, whereas the new operating model 
provides a strong risk management and an independent 
assurance function. Our ESG commitment brings additional 
rigour to the way we manage the business, unlocks new 
growth opportunities, and helps us meet client expectations.

We are confident that we will deliver our medium-term 
ambition of US$4-5 billion revenue (more than 20% of which 
from New Energies), with EBIT margins of 6% to 8% and a 
strong balance sheet with net cash.

2021 achievements
 – With the successful refinancing, we strengthened the 

balance sheet, and secured a long-term capital structure
 – We removed additional overhead and project support costs
 – We continued to make progress on the ESG agenda – 

enhancing our ICV ratio with 54% local procurement, and 
strengthening our comprehensive compliance regime

 – As part of our new operating model, we introduced enhanced 
risk management and independent assurance capability

2022 priorities
 – Rebuild the order backlog from a diverse pipeline of 
opportunities in available core markets and targeted 
growth in selective new markets

 – Regain the confidence of clients, including a return to bidding 
in markets from which we have been temporarily excluded

2022 priorities
 – Maintain strict bidding discipline 
 – Fully embed the new operating model with enhanced risk 
management processes to ensure consistent delivery and 
differentiated margins

 – Continue to collect and conserve cash and maintain 

 – Accelerate New Energies with a clear focus on early 

financial discipline

works that have the potential to convert into EPC contracts

 – Focus on the integration of our life-of-asset service 

offerings to create pull-through, for example, from FEED to 
brownfield modifications, emissions reductions, operations, 
to full EPC and decommissioning

 – Deliver on our ESG targets through emissions reductions,  
greater diversity, strong ICV proposition, and maintaining 
the highest standards of business ethics

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

09

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Strategic report
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

Delivering on the ESG agenda
How we do business is just as 
important to me as what we do. 
With a significant proportion of their 
incentives tied directly to the ESG 
agenda, this has the attention of the 
entire executive team, and more progress 
was made in 2021. On the environment, 
we provided details of how we would 
meet our Net Zero commitments, 
eradicated the use of single-use plastics 
at our major offices, and improved our 
emissions performance. On social, we 
were somewhat preoccupied by the 
impact of COVID-19 on our people and 
their communities, including the support 
of vaccination programmes in Algeria, 
India, and Iraq, but nonetheless made 
progress on diversity and invested 
in an already strong safety culture. 
On governance, ethical behaviour is 
paramount: compliance is a constant 
focus, and we are working hard to 
continue to build a more transparent 
and open culture.

Helping clients meet the world’s 
evolving energy needs
Another 2021 highlight was the 
progress we made in New Energies. 
We have a clear focus on four areas 
where we already have a strong track 
record or demonstrable experience – 
namely offshore wind, CCUS, hydrogen, 
and waste-to-value – and we made 
progress against each of them.

Clearly, the most mature opportunity is 
offshore wind. With more than a decade 
of experience, we have delivered several 
of Europe’s largest and most prestigious 
projects and are currently executing three 
EPC projects for offshore transmission 
systems. We achieved a number of significant 
milestones in the year, including installation of 
the topside High-Voltage Alternating Current 
(HVAC) units for both the Hollandse Kust 
Alpha project in the Netherlands and for 
the Seagreen project in the UK.

Most other New Energy projects are at 
a more conceptual stage. Many are looking 
to create first-of-a-kind projects, or to scale-
up pilot schemes. They want a partner who 
can help them achieve project sanction, 
secure investment, select technologies, 
mitigate technical and execution risks, 
and achieve certainty of cost and schedule, 
all of which play to our strengths.

Looking ahead to 2022, approximately 
US$7 billion of the Group bidding 
opportunities are in New Energies, 
which speaks to the current strength 
as well as the future opportunities of 
this rapidly growing part of our business.

Achieving global consistency  
with local delivery
A differentiator of the Petrofac 
model is local delivery, and excellent 
progress was made. 
We want our local teams to reflect the 
clients they serve and deliver the highest 
levels of ICV in our industry. In 2021, we 
formalised our ICV strategy, with key 
targets and strategies for every country, 
and strengthened our in-country teams.

Ultimately, we aim to be – and to be seen 
as – an Omani business in Oman, an 
Algerian business in Algeria, a Kuwaiti 
business in Kuwait, and so on. As well 
as being the right thing to do, this is a 
source of competitive advantage, helping 
us bid on challenging projects, rely on 
local supply chains, keep costs down, 
and build stronger relationships with 
local stakeholders.

10

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

A strengthened executive team

Afonso Reis e Sousa
Chief Financial Officer

Elie Lahoud
Chief Operating Officer, 
Engineering & Construction

Nick Shorten
Chief Operating Officer,  
Asset Solutions

John Pearson
Chief Operating Officer, 
New Energy Services

Matthew Barton
Group General Counsel

Alison Flynn
Group Director of 
Communications & Sustainability

Jim Andrews
Group Head of Health, Safety 
and Environment

Des Thurlby
Group Director of 
Human Resources

Skills and experience

International experience
8

HSE
5

Digital
6

Operational/strategic 
management
8

Engineering
4

Oil and gas experience
6

Leadership
8

Regulatory and governance
5

Finance
2

 For full biographies go to: 

www.petrofac.com

Leading the Petrofac 
team back to growth
2021 was another challenging year, 
particularly for those working on our 
operational sites, compounded by a 
painful rightsizing process. Through it 
all, our people showed resilience and 
professionalism, and I would like to offer 
my profound thanks to everyone for their 
ongoing commitment to the Group. 

Ultimately, this is a people business. 
It is our employees who set us apart. 
I am determined that Petrofac should be 
a place where people feel proud to work, 
without reservation, as well as a place 
where they feel safe and cared for. 

operate. Four of my eight direct reports 
are new to their role. We have also been 
strengthening our in-country teams with 
new local managers, and all of us share 
real enthusiasm for the future of Petrofac 
and the delivery of our strategy.

I am therefore looking to a refreshed 
executive team to nurture their respective 
organisations and ensure that we maintain 
consistent standards everywhere we 

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

11

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

Establishing a platform 
for medium-term growth
Although the coming year may be 
characterised by uncertainty, we do 
see a clear pathway to strong growth 
over the medium term.

Irrespective of the speed of the global 
energy transition, oil and gas will remain 
an important part of the mix for the 
foreseeable future. Given the current 
investment climate, we expect the onus 
for fulfilling this demand to fall largely on 
National Oil Companies in the MENA 
region, where Petrofac has a strong 
track record and a leading position. 

At the same time, we expect a rapid 
acceleration of investment in renewables, 
considerable pressure on energy 
companies to reduce their existing 
emissions, and a shift in emphasis 
to those fossil fuels with lower carbon 
intensities. We have shown that we are 
well positioned to help clients to navigate 
these changes.

Helped by a recovery in oil and gas 
prices, we successfully halted the 
decline in our 2021 backlog, and have 
a Group pipeline of US$37 billion that is 
scheduled to be awarded to the industry 
by the end of 2022. While the majority of 
opportunities in E&C are scheduled for 
award in the second half of the year, we 
expect this to mark the beginning of a 
multi-year upcycle, with more sustained 
growth anticipated from 2023. Our recent 
reinstatement to ADNOC’s bidding list 
supports our confidence and will add 
at least US$10 billion of opportunities 
in 2023. This strong outlook and a 
commitment to strict bidding discipline 
in pursuit of quality backlog supports 
our ambition to become a US$4-5 billion 
revenue company, with at least 20% of 
our revenues coming from New Energies, 
sector-leading EBIT margins of 6% to 8%, 
and a net cash position. I am therefore 
confident that, by following through on 
the changes implemented in 2021,  

and executing our strategy, we will 
recover and deliver sustainable value 
for all our stakeholders.

Sami Iskander
Group Chief Executive
23 March 2022

Positioned for recovery 
and sustained growth.”

12

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Chart 1. Total primary energy supply by fuel and scenario

Chart 2. Oil and gas investments $bn

Chart 3. New energy capex forecasts
Exponential growth across our focus sectors

Market  
outlook

As the world emerges 
from the pressures 
of the COVID-19 
pandemic, and the 
energy transition builds 
momentum, Petrofac  
is well positioned  
for long-term growth.

In the long term
The long-term fundamentals are strong. 

In all plausible scenarios, absolute 
energy demand is expected to remain 
robust, and oil and gas will continue to 
be a significant proportion of the global 
energy mix, even as far as 2050.

Whatever the pace of the energy transition, 
all forms of energy will be required for 
several decades (see chart 1).

We are active in the most robust 
hydrocarbon markets within the upstream, 
refinery, and petrochemical sectors, 
and expect to see sustained spending, 
particularly in the MENA region, driven 
by ambitious OPEC production targets 
(see chart 2).

At the same time, there will be an 
acceleration of investment in new energies, 
including strong growth in offshore wind, 
CCUS, hydrogen and waste-to-value 
(W2V) projects. In each of these, Petrofac 
has strong credentials and a rapidly 
developing track record, and expects 
to see exponential growth (see chart 3).

Under pledges made at COP26 in Glasgow, 
reducing emissions will be a key priority 
in all markets. There will therefore be 
considerable pressure on energy companies 
to reduce the carbon intensity of their 
existing operations and to shift their focus 
to lower intensity fuels, such as natural gas. 
At Petrofac, we are committed to reducing 
our own emissions (with a 2030 Net Zero 
commitment) and are well equipped to 
assist clients in reducing theirs.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

13

202027%29%24%4%12%5%141.8187.9162.216%27%24%2%6%26%12%22%20%3%37%7%3%8%11%67%11%STEPS 20501APS 20502NZE 20503CoalOilRenewablesOtherSource: International Energy Agency, World Energy Outlook 2021(1) STEPS Stated Policies Scenario(2) APS Announced Pledges Scenario(3) NZE Net Zero Emissions by 2050Natural gasTraditional use of bio mass20203816210454742370121614468811266754768510566649391109693509978469020222023202120242025UpstreamSource: Rystad, GlobalData and Petrofac analysisRefineryPetchem2020Offshore windGW installedcapacity in EuropeWaste-to-valueSAF demand kbpdCarbon Capture & StorageMillion tonnes captured per annumHydrogenGlobal production Mtpa205020302020Source: Wind EuropeSource: Carbonomics, Goldman SachsSource: Carbonomics, Goldman SachsSource: Carbonomics, Goldman Sachs25110400401,0007,0001001,00011,000712551620502030202020502030202020502030Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Group Chief Executive’s review continued

Chart 4. Global upstream capex forecasts $bn
MENA region to grow at 10% CAGR 2021-2025

Chart 5. Global liquid cost curve

In the short to medium term
To satisfy immediate demand and 
compensate for several years of under-
investment, as clients prioritised cash 
preservation over new investments, 
considerable spend is forecast in 
production infrastructure, particularly 
in Petrofac’s core MENA markets. 

The investment case is made stronger by 
the return to higher oil prices, which are 
expected to remain elevated due to the 
supply shortages and growing demand 
as global economies recover from the 
pandemic. With many of the International 
Oil Companies maintaining capital 
discipline, focusing on decarbonising, 
and allocating an increasing proportion of 
investments to new energies, much of the 
supply gap is expected to be met by the 
National Oil Companies, which are set for 
a sustained period of production growth. 

By virtue of our geographic focus, 
Petrofac is well positioned to benefit. 
Regardless of one’s view on the pace 
of the energy transition, the MENA 
geographies are where the last barrels 
of oil will be produced due to their low 
costs of production (see charts 4 and 5). 

Petrofac has an extensive track record 
and a leading position in MENA, where 
investment is expected to grow at a 
10% CAGR between 2021 and 2025. 
Our leading position in these markets has 
been established through our local delivery 
model, which enhances our understanding 
of local markets, de-risks delivery, and 
generates sector-leading margins. 

Whatever the pace of the 
energy transition, all forms 
of energy will be required 
for several decades.” 

14

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

20203106219.93527120.31263568022.41053788522.43919123.22023202420222025Global (excl. MENA)Source: RystadMENAMENA % of total100200300400500 Onshore Middle East Oil sands RoW onshoreSource: Rystad Energy UCubeNumbers shown represent the average breakeven price Deepwater NA tight liquids Shelf Extra heavy oil Russia onshore001020304050Brent breakeven price ($/bbl)Total recoverable liquid resources (billion bbl) 60708090100•32•37•42•40•54•45•55•36Of course, uncertainty regarding the future 
impact of the pandemic remains in focus 
as well as the pace of recovery in client 
spending. However, with a Group pipeline 
of US$37 billion scheduled to be awarded 
to the industry by the end of the year, 
we are well positioned for recovery, and 
expect to deliver sustained growth over 
the medium term.

Growth in new energy projects
Number of contracts in execution in 
the year

New Energies’ pipeline in 2022

US$6.8

billion

Offshore wind  26% CCUS 
22%
Waste-to-value  22% Hydrogen  30%

Meanwhile, as the energy transition gathers 
pace, we have built on our existing new 
energy credentials, largely in offshore 
wind, and have secured a series of 
contracts across CCUS, hydrogen and 
waste-to-value, significantly enhancing our 
experience. We have also created alliances 
with several technology providers and 
developers to best position the Group 
to grow in these sectors.

In the near term, offshore wind continues 
to represent the most material opportunity 
in new energies, and we expect to be 
competitive on several EPC opportunities 
in 2022. The medium-term outlook is 
further enhanced by ScotWind’s recent 
award of 25GW of offshore wind seabed 
leases, which is more than twice the UK’s 
existing installed capacity.

By 2025, the addressable market 
for Petrofac is expected to exceed 
US$105 billion per annum, comprising 
US$70 billion in upstream oil and gas, 
refining and petrochemicals, US$20 billion 
in new energies, and US$15 billion in 
operating expenditure. 

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

15

20202021CCUSHydrogenOffshore windWaste-to-valueStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Strategic report
Strategic report

Our business model
Our business model

Our purpose

We enable our clients to meet  
the world’s evolving energy needs.

Our vision

To be the preferred services  
partner to the energy industry.

Our values

Driven

Agile

Respectful

Open 

Our resources 

The right people and culture
As a service business, it is our people, their capabilities and 
skills that set us apart from our competitors. Our values and 
behaviours underpin our ways of working. We are committed 
to developing our people, identifying and nurturing future 
leaders, and enabling everyone within the business to perform 
to their true potential and make a real difference.

Strong and trusted relationships
Our deep understanding of our sector allows us to develop 
and deliver solutions that solve our clients’ problems.

Our knowledge and skills
We develop deep knowledge of the many businesses in 
our supply chain; we know when and how to call on their 
respective strengths to deliver for our clients.

Asset light
Low capex, highly cash flow generative business model, 
with a long-term capital structure in place.

Making a positive contribution
We aim to make a positive contribution to the societies in 
which we operate. We are committed to ethical conduct, put 
an emphasis on safety, care deeply about creating in-country 
value and, to minimise our environmental impact, have set a 
Net Zero target for carbon emissions.

What we do

Design
Engineering expertise is at 
the heart of everything we 
do. We provide a full suite 
of engineering services from 
conceptual and feasibility 
studies and Front-End 
Engineering and Design 
(FEED) to detailed design.

Build
We build some of the 
world’s largest energy 
facilities, leveraging our 
differentiated engineering, 
procurement, construction 
and commissioning skills 
to safely deliver projects on 
time and on budget. We offer 
clients a range of flexible 
commercial delivery models, 
from lump-sum turnkey 
to fully reimbursable.

Our services

Oil and gas  
processing facilities

Storage and  
pipelines

How we do it  
differently

1.
Best-in-class 
delivery

2.
Commitment to 
bidding discipline, 
and prioritising 
differentiating 
margins

3.
Trusted partner 
with long-
standing client 
relationships

Find out more at: 
www.petrofac.com

16

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Value  
created  
in 2021

Client value
Benefiting from certainty 
of cost and delivery, utilising 
commercial models that 
meet their needs.

In-country value
Developing local skills 
and capabilities, benefiting 
local development and 
stimulating productivity 
in local economies.

Social performance

54% 

on local goods and services 
(2021)

Tax spend

$157m

Employee value

84%

Employee engagement 
score

8,200 

employees (13% decrease)

Emissions reduction
Emission reductions and 
low-carbon offering on 
tenders, enabling clients to 
meet their targets.

Operate
We safely operate and maintain 
energy facilities on behalf of 
our clients through a variety 
of services, from the provision 
of labour to fully managed 
solutions. The deployment 
of digital technologies is 
at the heart of our offering 
as we focus on maximising 
productivity and efficiency.

Train
We develop local workforces 
through a range of services, 
from assessing capability 
needs and creating tailored 
training courses to designing, 
building and managing state 
of the art training facilities. 
Our unique offering is 
supported by industry- 
leading software solutions.

Decommission
We decommission energy 
assets at the end of their life, 
delivering an integrated services 
offering to extend production, 
while minimising operating and 
abandonment expenditure.

Refining and  
petrochemicals

Offshore production

Offshore wind

4.
Local delivery model: 
employ local people, 
build local supply 
chains, and develop 
local capabilities  
and talent

5.
Engineering 
expertise, expertly 
delivered across the 
life cycle of energy 
assets

7.
A focus on 
maintaining a  
strong balance  
sheet

6.
A problem-
solving culture 
that harnesses 
innovation and digital 
technology to find 
new ways to add 
value

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

17

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Key achievements of 2021

Global 
reach, local 
delivery

 Working with local 

supply chains
Wherever in the world we operate, we 
always prefer to work with local vendors 
and support local supply chains. 

A hallmark of our approach is the way we 
nurture local supply chains, helping them 
develop their competencies, capabilities, 
and quality standards. A good example is 
Oman, and the way we have delivered the 
OQ-LPG project in the region of Salalah, 
where we engaged with more than 300 
locally-based businesses. At the outset, 
we hosted a roadshow for more than 100 
companies, to gain an understanding of 
their respective credentials, specialisms, 
and appetite for growth. We then ensured 
they were included on the relevant 
invitations to tender – not just for direct 
contracts, but also those issued by our 
main subcontractors.

When we identify a vendor with the 
appetite for growth, we offer practical 
support. For example, we advised 
Dhofar Structures and Iron Industries, 
a Salalah-based steel fabricator, on 
the best equipment to invest in, helped 
it to embed a strong safety culture, and 
introduced it to potential customers across 
Oman. Since we first started working 
together, the company has increased 
its manufacturing capacity three-fold.

18

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

S

t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 Appointing more  

local country managers
While Petrofac has always benefited 
from an ethnically diverse workforce, 
comprising more than 60 nationalities, 
we do want all our teams to become 
more representative of the societies in 
which they work – especially at senior 
management levels.

To this end, we made a series of significant 
hires in 2021, including the appointment 
of local nationals as country managers 
in India, Indonesia, Libya, Mozambique 
and Oman.

For example, in August 2021, Dr Khalid 
Al Jahwari joined us as Country Manager 
for Oman, bringing more than 20 years’ 
experience in the energy industry, 
with a varied background in technical, 
commercial and management roles 
from across the Middle East, Africa and 
Europe. Most recently, he was Shell’s 

General Manager for Operations in Egypt 
and, prior to that, Global Production 
Excellence Leader for Shell based in the 
Netherlands. He also spent 15 years with 
Petroleum Development Oman with key 
roles in areas such as operations, well 
engineering, and strategy.

At Petrofac, he has a mandate to develop 
Oman into one of our major operational 
hubs, to match those currently located in 
the UAE, India, and the United Kingdom, 
and has big ambitions to grow the order 
backlog and, with it, the size of the in-
country team. To match Oman’s oil and 
gas heritage, he also sees considerable 
opportunity for the Sultanate to become 
a global leader in new energies. “With 
a long coastline, intense sun, strong 
winds, and an energy mindset, Oman 
is perfectly positioned to be a global 
leader in new energies.”

Oman is perfectly 
positioned to be a global 
leader in new energies.”

 Creating value  

in Algeria 
We have been creating value in Algeria  
for 25 years, and have contributed to 
many of the country’s most significant 
energy assets.

A support office in Algiers is supplemented 
by a busy operations hub in Hassi 
Messaoud, plus project sites in Tinrhert 
and Ain Tsila. Depending on the nature and 
stage of our projects, we typically employ 
more than 800 people in Algeria, more 
than half of whom are Algerian nationals. 
Through sub-contractors, several thousand 
more people are generally employed on 
Petrofac-led projects and, in 2021, more 
than 85% were Algerian nationals.

We also nurture local supply chains. 
In the past five years, 5,300 purchase 
orders were placed with Algerian vendors 
and service providers, with an in-country 
spend of US$642 million, while some 
60% of goods and services are typically 
sourced from locally-based suppliers and 
subcontractors.

We continue to invest heavily in training 
and development. We designed, built 
and operate the Hassi Messaoud 
Construction Skills Training Centre, 
with the capacity to deliver skills-based 
training to 400 delegates annually. 
A five-year development plan is set to 
deliver additional modules, third-party 
certification, and management training  
for supervisors.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

19

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Strategic report

Key performance indicators

Measuring our progress

Petrofac sets key performance (KPI) targets 
and assesses performance against these 
benchmarks on a regular basis.
  Part of the 2021 Executive Directors’ Remuneration

Revenue

2019

2020

2021

EBITDA1

2019

2020

2021

-25% Description

Measures the level of revenue of the business.

US$5,530m

US$4,081m

US$3,057m

Measurement
Revenue for the year as reported in the consolidated 
income statement.

-51% Description

US$559m

US$211m

US$104m

EBITDA means earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation and provides a measure of the operating 
profitability of the business.

Measurement
EBITDA is calculated as operating profit, including the share 
of profit from associates and joint ventures, adjusted to add 
back charges for depreciation and amortisation (see A3 in 
Appendix A of the consolidated financial statements).

Reported net profit/(loss)2,3

-2% Description

Measures the reported net profitability of the business.

2019

2020

2021

Business performance net 
profit1,2,3 

2019

2020

2021

US$73m

US$(192)m

US$(195)m

Measurement
Reported net profit/(loss) attributable to Petrofac Limited 
shareholders per the consolidated income statement.

-30% Description

Provides a measure of the net profitability of the business.

Measurement
Business performance net profit attributable to Petrofac 
Limited shareholders, as reported in the consolidated 
income statement.

US$276m

US$50m

US$35m

Return on capital employed 
(ROCE)1,3

3.7% Description

ROCE is a measure of the efficiency with which the Group is 
generating operating profits from its capital.

2019

2020

2021

20

23.3%

7.1%

3.7%

Measurement
Return on capital employed (ROCE) is calculated as EBITA 
(earnings before interest, tax and amortisation, calculated 
as EBITDA less depreciation) divided by average capital 
employed (see A9 in Appendix A of the consolidated 
financial statements).

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Business performance diluted 
earnings per share (EPS)1,2,3

2019

2020

2021

Free cash flow4

2019

2020

2021

Cash conversion3

2019

2020

2021

Backlog

2019

2020

2021

Employee numbers

2019

2020

2021

Lost time injury

2019

2020

2021

Recordable injury frequency rates

2019

2020

2021

-34% Description

EPS provides a measure of net profitability of the Group 
taking into account changes in the capital structure, for 
example, the issuance of additional share capital.

Measurement
Business performance diluted EPS attributable to Petrofac 
Limited shareholders, as reported in the consolidated 
income statement and calculated in accordance with note 9 
of the consolidated financial statements.

Description
These KPIs measure both the absolute amount of cash 
generated from operations and the conversion of EBITDA 
to cash.

Measurement
Free cash flow, as per appendix A7 of the consolidated 
financial statements. Cash conversion is calculated as 
cash generated from operations divided by business 
performance EBITDA.

80.4¢/s

14.8¢/s

9.7¢/s

US$138m

US$(123)m

US$(281)m

71%

36%

0%

-20% Description

Provides a measure of the visibility of future revenues.

US$7.4bn

US$5.0bn

US$4.0bn

Measurement
Backlog consists of: the estimated revenue attributable to the 
uncompleted portion of Engineering & Construction operating 
segment contracts; and, with regard to Asset Solutions, the 
estimated revenue attributable to the lesser of the remaining 
term of the contract and five years.

-13% Description

Provides an indication of the Group’s service capacity.

Measurement
For the purposes of the Annual Report, employee 
numbers include contract staff and the Group’s share of 
joint venture employees.

Description
Provides measures of the safety performance of the Group, 
including partners and subcontractors.

Measurement
Lost time injury (LTI) and recordable injury (RI) frequency 
rates are measured on the basis of reported LTI and RI 
statistics for all Petrofac companies, subcontractors and 
partners, expressed as a frequency rate per 200,000 work 
hours. We aim continually to improve our safety record, but 
our target for these measures is zero.

11,500

9,400

8,200

0.013

0.013

0.018

0.060

0.065

0.091

1  Business performance before separately disclosed items. This measurement is shown by Petrofac as a means of measuring underlying business performance.
2  Attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders, as reported in the consolidated income statement. 
3  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9 of the consolidated financial statements. 
4  Definition amended to include repayment of lease liabilities. 2019 and 2020 figures have been restated accordingly.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

21

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Stakeholder engagement

Our vision

To be the preferred  
services partner to  
the energy industry

Petrofac is focused on driving long-term sustainable performance 
for the benefit of all stakeholders, and this can be best supported 
through proactive and effective engagement. We believe that by 
taking into account what matters to our stakeholders, we can 
secure long-term success for the business.

The Board has engaged proactively with key stakeholder groups 
during the year. We have been able to better understand their 
concerns and issues, which has been of particular importance 
in light of the challenges faced in recent years. 

Stakeholder engagement below Board level is also important. 
The requirements identified are considered in business 
decisions taken across the Group, to ensure effective and 
continued engagement. 

Shareholders

Delivering an attractive return to our shareholders is 
a core priority for the Board. Their views are considered 
during strategy discussions to enable the Board to provide 
information that will drive informed investment decisions.

Key interests

 – Financial performance and returns 
 – Conclusion of the SFO investigation 
 – Application of the business model
 – Implementation of our strategy 
 – Governance matters, including Board effectiveness, 

succession and remuneration

 – Sustainability and ESG performance
 – Strong leadership
 – Reputation 

How we engage

 – Regular meetings and roadshows held with key investors 
to discuss strategy, operational and financial performance
 – Management presentations provided to institutional investors 

following publication of our results, which are streamed live via  
a webcast and are available on our website

 – The Chairman and the Remuneration Committee Chair 

engage with investors on matters relating to governance, 
succession and remuneration

 – Shareholders have the opportunity to ask questions at general 

meetings 

 – Regular updates provided to the Board on investor sentiment

Further details on Board stakeholder engagement can be found 
in our Governance report on page 101.

Outcome of engagement

 – The Board reflected on the ongoing external impacts on the 
Group and consequently no dividend was recommended
 – Extensive engagement was undertaken upon conclusion of 
the SFO investigation in relation to the refinancing project. 
During the year, approximately 120 meetings with key 
shareholders, investors and analysts were held

Further links

Financial review, pages 83 to 87

Shareholders

22

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Employees

Suppliers

Strong supplier relationships ensure sustainable, 
high-quality delivery for the benefit of all stakeholders. 
So, wherever the Group operates, we are committed 
to employing local people, working with local suppliers 
and developing local capabilities.

Key interests

 – Implementation of the strategic agenda
 – Business model application
 – Ethical credentials
 – Transparent tendering process

How we engage

 – Attendance at industry events, such as EIC Connect Oil, Gas 

& Beyond

 – Engagement between supply chain partners and our 

Compliance function to ensure understanding and compliance 
with our Code of Conduct

 – We work with our extended supply chain to uphold and 

advance human rights throughout our operations to ensure 
everyone who works with and for us are treated with respect, 
fairness and dignity

Outcome of engagement

 – Our supplier portal is a key tool that enables each supplier’s 
offering to be understood, allowing improved collaboration 
through the procurement cycle

 – As part of our sustainability strategy, we are committed to 
working with our supply chain to assist in setting their own 
emissions targets to support their lower carbon ambitions
 – Performed annual assessment of our operations for human 

rights issues 

 – Petrofac remains a member of the UK Prompt Payment Code

Further links

Global reach, local delivery case studies pages 18 and 19 
ESG, pages 35, 40 and 56

Suppliers

Employees

We are fundamentally a people business, and our 
employees are the driving force behind our Group. 
Their capabilities and skills set us apart from our 
competitors and we are committed to ensuring 
we have safe and effective working environments, 
which enable everyone to perform to their true potential.

Key interests

 – Career and development opportunities
 – Diversity and inclusion matters
 – Health, safety and wellbeing
 – Fair pay and reward
 – Implementation of the strategic agenda and the impact 

of digitalisation

 – The energy transition agenda 

How we engage

 – Regular interaction between the Board and management 

during and after Board meetings, focusing on performance 
and strategy

 – Talent management and succession plan discussions
 – Direct engagement via the Employee Workforce Forum
 – Senior management attendance at townhalls
 – Annual employee surveys
 – Internal engagement campaigns to reinforce important topics 
such as health & safety, compliance, diversity & inclusion, 
mental health awareness and Net Zero initiatives

Outcome of engagement

 – Extensive internal communications on COVID-19 impact, 

including mental health awareness programmes

 – Mentoring programmes introduced 
 – Diversity and inclusion employee network groups created
 – Board endorsement of new diversity targets 
 – PetroVoices survey issued
 – The opportunity for employee shareholders to take part in 

the Open Offer

 – Engagement in relation to the rightsizing of the business 

Further links

ESG, pages 49 to 51

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

23

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Stakeholder engagement continued

Communities

We actively support local communities to address 
local issues responsibly and manage the social and 
environmental impacts of our business, which we believe 
will bring long-term sustainability to the communities 
where we work.

Key interests

 – Investments in local supply chains
 – Supporting infrastructure improvement programmes
 – Human rights matters
 – Local employment opportunities
 – The impact of activities on the wider community
 – STEM education initiatives

How we engage

 – Ad hoc face-to-face meetings with local communities
 – Vocational development programmes with our local partners
 – Public consultations
 – Our ICV programmes are continually reviewed and extended 

to grow sustainable economies and create value for the Group 
as well as local communities

Outcome of engagement

 – Several social programmes are in place which are focused 

on building capacity with the local supply chain, creating local 
jobs, and supporting vocational training and apprenticeships 
and scholarship programmes 

 – A team in India worked in collaboration with Samhita’s 

Collective Good Foundation and Vaccine on Wheels, to offer 
support and help to deliver COVID-19 vaccines to vulnerable 
people in the community with limited access to healthcare 

Further links

ESG, pages 52 to 55

Communities

Clients

Clients

The better we understand the needs and 
concerns of our clients, the better we can serve 
them. Ongoing engagement ensures these matters 
are considered, while gaining relevant feedback and 
views, in the identification of growth opportunities.

Key interests

 – Operational delivery
 – Implementation of the strategic agenda
 – Ethical credentials
 – Consideration and development of an ESG strategy

How we engage

 – Meetings with key clients, involving Executive Directors  

and members of senior management

 – At industry events
 – Via our website
 – At trade shows and conferences
 – Online materiality review surveys

Outcome of engagement

 – Close collaboration with clients was of paramount importance 
throughout the year to ensure operations and projects could 
continue, despite the ongoing restrictions caused as a  
result of the COVID-19 pandemic

 – Following the conclusion of the SFO investigation, engagement 

with clients to outline our robust compliance framework
 – Greater deployment of new digital technologies enabled us 

to overcome many of the challenges presented by COVID-19 
and conduct virtual site audits, perform equipment inspections 
and safely mobilise our people in offshore locations

Further links

Best-in-class delivery case studies, pages 72 to 74

24

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Governments, 
regulators and 
industry bodies

We believe that open 
engagement is central 
to how we do business 
to ensure the effective 
delivery of our strategy.”

We are subject to the laws and regulations of many 
governments and regulators across the world. As a result, 
we are committed to engaging constructively on a range 
of issues, as local and central government policy and 
regulation can have implications for our business.

Key interests

 – Health and safety matters
 – Performance against regulatory targets
 – Governance and compliance matters
 – The Energy Transition agenda
 – Taxation
 – The UN Climate Change Conference (COP26)

How we engage

 – Through the UK regulator Oil and Gas Authority (OGA)
 – Through our representation with trade bodies, such as Oil & 

Gas UK, the EIC, CBI and Renewable UK

 – Participation in round table and industry consultations on 

issues that are relevant to our business, e.g. Carbon capture, 
utilisation and storage (CCUS) business models

 – Responding to consultations on issues affecting the industry

Outcome of engagement

 – Our New Energies team met with a local MP to discuss the 

importance of hydrogen to the UK economy and the role we 
can play in hydrogen projects both in the UK and overseas 
 – In Oman, we hosted UK Government representatives at our  

Duqm site

 – We attended the World Future Energy Summit in Abu Dhabi, 
where the theme was on the transition to low carbon energy 

Further links

ESG, pages 41 and 42

Examples where the Board actively 
considered stakeholders when 
making key decisions

 Rightsizing the business

During the year, management continued its actions to 
control costs, protect the Group’s balance sheet and maintain 
liquidity, taking into account the constraints placed on the 
Group’s ability to generate revenue. Although the Group took 
advantage of Government support initiatives and financing 
facilities, redeployed staff where possible and implemented a 
package of other mitigations, a number of redundancies were 
unfortunately inevitable due to the economic environment in 
which the Group was operating and continues to operate.

The Board has given its full support to management with 
respect to the package of measures that has been employed 
to rightsize the business, taking into account the impact on 
the Group’s employees.

Through updates received from management, the Board is 
satisfied that actions taken to date are in line with the Group’s 
culture and values: importantly that redundancies were made 
with respect and sensitivity, with the aim of mitigating the 
impact on those employees affected. In its support of the 
rightsizing actions, the Board had regard to the interests of 
employees and to the needs of the Group’s other stakeholders. 
The Board’s decision to support management was based on 
the Board’s responsibility for safeguarding the future success 
of the Company.

 Capital raise and refinancing

The Board considered several factors when looking at 
launching a capital raise during the year, including the 
best interests of shareholders, investors and employees. 
Providing financial certainty was felt to be important for 
employees, many of whom are also shareholders.

The Board and its advisors consulted with many shareholders 
shortly before and during the proposed project. Based on 
the engagement and the strong investor appetite, the Board 
decided to launch the capital raise at US$275 million.

The Board was mindful that the quantum of the offer capital 
raise would require significant investment by shareholders. 
However, it also considered that the trading environment 
remained uncertain and, having reviewed the Group’s long-term 
capital and liquidity needs, raising their amount of equity was 
prudent given downside risks and supported management’s 
ability to deliver long-term value for shareholders.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

25

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Key achievements of 2021

New 
energies

 Infinite Blue Energy 
Arrowsmith Hydrogen 
Project, Australia
The Arrowsmith Hydrogen Project is a 
proposed green hydrogen project being 
developed by Infinite Blue Energy near 
Dongara in Western Australia, 320 kilometres 
north of Perth. It will have a production 
capacity of 25 tonnes of green hydrogen per 
day, derived from renewable energy sources. 
To produce this volume of hydrogen, the 
plant includes around 100 MW of solar 
power, supplemented by 114 MW of wind 
generation capacity, both generated onsite. 

The scope of work covered every element 
of the project and its operations, from the 
power that generates the electricity to 
electrolyse the water, to the roads, cables, 
substations, piping integration, nitrogen, 
and buildings for people to shelter and 
work in. To successfully deliver the front-
end engineering and design (FEED) for the 
project, we brought together our expertise 
across renewable energy, low carbon 
engineering, and gas processing. 

One of the requirements was a hydrogen 
storage facility, with the capacity for 2 to 4 
days’ production capacity. We came up with 
an ingenious solution, in which the volume of 
hydrogen is kept to a minimum by storing it 
as a high-pressure gas in several kilometres 
of large diameter steel piping arranged in a 
line packing approach (like a busy airport 
security queue).

Meanwhile, our safety management 
framework identified and modelled all major 
accident hazards and identified prevention 
measures, with specific engineering 
safeguards built into the design.

26

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Our scope of work 
covers a plant capable 
of capturing more than 
800,000 tonnes of CO2 
every year.”

 Stockholm Exergi, 

Sweden
Stockholm Exergi, the energy company 
that provides heating, cooling, electricity, 
and waste management services across 
the Stockholm region, awarded us a FEED 
contract for a planned CO2 capture facility at 
one of its combined heat and power plants. 

This will support Stockholm Exergi’s goal 
of reducing carbon emissions while also 
meeting the energy needs of the city and 
the surrounding area. Our scope of work 
covers a plant capable of capturing more 
than 800,000 tonnes of CO2 every year, 
along with CO2 compression, dehydration, 
liquefaction, onsite storage, and an outward 
shipment terminal, from where the CO2 will 
be transported to its final storage site.

As well as extending our carbon capture 
credentials, the project takes us into the 
Swedish energy market for the first time.

 Protium and Quorn, UK

Through our strategic partnership with 
green hydrogen specialists Protium, we 
have been contributing to several intriguing 
and innovative hydrogen projects. We are 
exploring the deployment of green hydrogen 
technology to enable Quorn, the meat-free 
manufacturer, to accelerate its ambitious 
decarbonisation plans.

Drawing on our process engineering skills, 
we are assessing how the introduction of 
dual-fuel boilers (combusting both hydrogen 
and natural gas blend) could meet Quorn’s 
expanding production capacity. We are also 
working with Protium to explore the feasibility 
of supplying green hydrogen via a pipeline as 
part of its green hydrogen project in Teesside.

The project could serve as a blueprint for 
other manufacturing companies looking 
to decarbonise their manufacturing 
processes, not only in the vegan protein 
space but across the broader food and 
beverage manufacturing sector – which, 
collectively, accounts for 35% of the UK’s 
total CO2 output.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

27

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Strategic report
Key achievements of 2021 continued

28

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Offshore wind plays 
a crucial role in the 
energy transition.”

 HKZ, The Netherlands

Over the past four years, we have 
been working towards the delivery 
of two 700-megawatt transformer 
substations for the Hollandse Kust Zuid 
(HKZ) windfarm zone in the North Sea. 
Located 20 kilometres off the Dutch 
coast, and stretching for more than 
235 square kilometres, it comprises 
four 350 MW offshore windfarms – and 
our involvement adds to our decade-long 
experience in offshore wind. 

With a combined value of US$200 million, 
the contract, awarded by the Dutch-
German transmission grid operator 
TenneT, covers the engineering, 
procurement, construction and 
offshore installation of the HKZ 
platforms Alpha and Beta. 

Both the jackets and the first of the 
topsides have now been installed in 
the North Sea. The installation of the 
second topside, together with the final 
completion and commissioning work, 
are scheduled for 2022.

At 50 metres long, 34 metres wide and 
44 metres high, the jackets are anchored 
to the seabed by six piles, each weighing 
162.5 tonnes, while each of the topsides 
weigh in at 3,800 tonnes. 

As ever, safety has been a priority. 
The fabrication of the first of the top 
sides involved 2.57 million work hours. 
Yet the entire process was completed 
without a single lost-time incident (LTI).

Our involvement 
adds to our decade-
long experience in 
offshore wind.”

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

29

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Strategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance

“How we do business  
is as important to me  
as what we do.”

Complete alignment 
between our business 
model and our 
ESG agenda
Our business model and our ESG 
agenda are completely aligned. 

We see the energy transition as a strategic 
opportunity, the creation of in-country value 
is central to our local delivery model, and 
our best-in-class delivery is characterised 
by uncompromising commitments to ethical 
behaviour, safety, employee wellbeing, 
diversity and inclusion.

Ultimately, our role is to help clients to meet 
the world’s evolving energy needs – and this 
means our purpose is intrinsically linked with 
overcoming one of the biggest challenges 
currently facing humanity, namely the 
decarbonisation of the global energy sector.

A stronger, better company
In recent years, it was difficult to talk 
candidly about Petrofac’s ESG agenda 
without also referencing the Serious Fraud 
Office (SFO) investigation. The commercial 
and reputational impact was significant, 
and obscured much of the good work 
we were doing in areas such as the 

30

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

environment, human rights, in-country 
value, and employee engagement. 
It made us reflect even more deeply on 
the importance of how we do business.

With this regrettable episode very much 
in the past, I know that we are now a 
stronger, better Company. We have a 
deep commitment to ethical conduct, 
backed by a world-class compliance 
regime, more codified behaviours and 
values, and a determination to regain 
the confidence of all clients – and this 
exists within the context of a broader 
ESG agenda, which encapsulates our 
approach to how we do business.

Clear commitments 
and solid progress 
ESG has the full attention of the Executive 
team, and we are making demonstrable 
progress on many fronts. 

In 2021, for example, we gave details 
of how we would meet our Net Zero 
commitments, eradicated the use of 
single-use plastics at all our permanent 
offices, and improved our emissions 
performance. We also made progress 
on diversity and inclusion, introducing 
several related initiatives, and setting 
more ambitious targets. 

Meanwhile, an already strong safety 
culture was bolstered with new senior-
level appointments.

Putting our people first
We also remain acutely aware of the 
impact of COVID-19 on our people 
and their wellbeing.

2021 brought another difficult rightsizing 
programme: the pandemic created 
continuing disruption, especially for onsite 
teams, and morale was inevitably impacted. 
We have therefore been increasing our 
focus on employee engagement.

I should stress that this is just a snapshot. 
As I hope this report demonstrates, these 
few highlights exist within a Petrofac 
approach to ESG which is holistic as 
well as authentic.

Sami Iskander
Group Chief Executive

1.   Define internal and external 
stakeholders Broad selection 
taken from key stakeholder groups 
and geographies.

2.  Stakeholder information gathered  

Via survey questionnaires, 
stakeholder roadshows, and 
various engagement events.

3.  Follow-up engagement sessions  

One-to-one sessions with key 
stakeholders to ‘deep dive’ on 
specific topics and emerging issues.

4.  Materiality reviews Collate and 

evaluate data, review accompanying 
commentary and rank issues.

5.  Finalise materiality matrix 

Material issues presented to the 
Sustainability Steering Committee 
and executive management to inform 
strategy and disclosure.

Defining our 
material issues
Understanding what matters most 
to our stakeholders
To understand what matters to 
them most, we formally engage with 
representatives from various stakeholder 
groups (including clients, suppliers, 
investors, NGOs, policymakers, 
employees, and our supply chain) 
and align our Environment, Social 
and Governance (ESG) priorities to 
the material issues identified.

In 2021, we undertook a limited materiality 
review, updating our previous survey with 
a programme of more focused one-on-
one discussions with key stakeholders. 
We also consulted employees from 
across the business through various 
webinars and engagement events 
to listen to their views and better 
understand their priorities.

Based on this engagement, we maintain 
a materiality matrix, which is used to 
inform our sustainability strategy and 
guide our ESG programmes. 

12

15

16

1

7

5

13

6

14

9

8

11

10

The ESG issues that  
matter most to our  
stakeholders 

4

3

2

s
r
e
d

l

o
h
e
k
a
t
s

l

a
n
r
e
t
x
e
o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

y
t
i
l

a
i
r
e
t
a
m
h
g
H

i

l

a
i
r
e
t
a
M

l

a
i
r
e
t
a
m

t
a
h
w
e
m
o
S

Somewhat material

Material

High materiality

Importance to Petrofac

Material issues
Environmental aspects
1. Tackling climate change 
2. Environmental accidents
3. Plastic pollution
4. Biodiversity

Social aspects
5. Diversity and inclusion 
6. Worker welfare 
7. Human rights 
8. In-country value 

9. Process safety 
10. Emergency preparedness 
11. Safety systems 
12. Worker safety

Governance aspects
13. Whistleblowing
14. Responsible governance 
15. Anti-bribery and corruption 
16. Ethical conduct

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

31

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

An ESG framework focused 
on shared value

Embedding our sustainability strategy
A priority for 2021 was to embed our newly-launched 
sustainability strategy, introducing the ESG goals to our people 
and stakeholders, and showing how our purpose is aligned 
to our sustainability ambitions.

The strategy is structured around the three ESG pillars:

 – Environment – ensuring that Petrofac minimises its own 

environmental impact, while supporting our clients in achieving 
their lower carbon ambitions

 – Social – promoting safe local delivery of our projects and 

services, drawing on ethical supply chains, building a diverse 
workforce, and helping to address the skills gaps that will 
support a just transition 

 – Governance – underpinning everything we do with clear, 

consistent standards of ethical behaviour, bound by rigorous 
compliance and governance

Our strategic goals

Environmental
Minimise our  
environmental impact

Social
Inform, educate  
and engage

Governance
Embed integrity, 
transparency  
and trust

Our material issues

Our targets

Progress in 2021

Further information

On target

Progressing

Target not achieved

Addressing climate risk Net Zero by 2030  
(Asset Solutions by 
2025)

Scope 1 & 2 emissions were reduced by 22% and we started reporting against 
Scope 3 emissions

Spill prevention  
and response

Zero pollution

We made progress in preventing and reducing spills, though unfortunately  
had one recordable spill, with a volume of two barrels

Promoting a  
circular economy

Circular economy  
adopted by all sites

We launched our No, Less, Better plastic reduction strategy and eliminated 
single-use plastics in our main offices

Sector leading  
health and safety

Zero harm

Enhancing diversity  
and inclusion

Respecting  
human rights

Optimising  
in-country value

30% women in  
leadership roles  
by 2030

All third parties 
screened for  
human rights

Sector leading  
local delivery

Embedding ethical  
values and behaviours

No regulatory  
non-compliance

Tragically, we saw one fatality on a third-party contractor manual excavation 
activity on a project in Thailand. We have taken far-reaching actions to address 
the underlying causes and remain determined to achieve our zero-harm target

We increased the proportion of women in senior management to 25% and 
adjusted our target of 30% by 2030 bringing it forward by five years to 2025

We screened 100% of third parties for human rights violations, and no incidents 
of modern slavery were reported. However, at lower tiers of our supply chain, we 
did undercover labour rights violations (late salary payment)

The proportion of locally-sourced goods and services increased to 54%, 
reflecting our continued investment in our local delivery capability

We worked with the Serious Fraud Office to bring to conclusion the investigation 
into seven historic offences of failing to prevent former employees from offering 
or making payments to agents in relation to project awards between 2012 
and 2015. We have taken responsibility, reformed, and learnt from these past 
mistakes, as acknowledged by the SFO and the Court.

Enhancing transparency, 
governance and 
disclosure

Full compliance  
with TCFD

We successfully completed our first climate response report, which achieved 
full compliance with the TCFD recommendations and was recognised by the UN 
Global Compact as good industry practice

See page 35

See page 35

See page 36

See page 45

See page 49

See page 56

See page 53

See page 58

See page 37

Aligning with the sustainable development goals
Our sustainability strategy is aligned with the seven UN 
Sustainable Development Goals that we believe are most  
relevant to Petrofac’s business.

We are also a signatory of the UN Global Compact, and 
this report serves as our Communication on Progress on the 
implementation of its 10 Principles. The report is also prepared in 
accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative, the Sustainability 
Accounting Standards Board, and the recommendations of the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

32

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Environmental

Why this is important to our 
business model and strategy
As an energy services company that 
designs, develops and operates large scale 
facilities, Petrofac’s business is inextricably 
linked to environmental considerations. 

This includes energy and climate change 
concerns and the risk of environmental 
incidents, as well as the environmental 
performance of our own operations. It also 
includes the requirement from clients to help 
reduce the carbon intensity of their facilities 
and operations, and incorporates Petrofac’s 
role in the global energy transition. 

We are committed to reaching  
Net Zero¹ in Scope 1 & 2² 
emissions by 2030

Our UK offices switched 
over 90% of supplied energy  
contracts to renewable energy

We phased out single-use plastics 
across our permanent offices

Gas abatement plans 
implemented on PM304  
reduce gas flaring by a third3

Our performance4

Scope 1 emissions
(direct from owned or controlled sources) 
Tonnes of carbon emissions (000 tCO2e)

Scope 2 emissions
(indirect from purchased energy)  
Tonnes of carbon emissions (000 tCO2e)

Number of spills above one barrel
(0 from vandalism)

2019

2020

2021

231

2019

250

2020

188

2021

12

10

2019

2020

8

2021

17

1

1

GHG intensity IES 
(000 tCO2e per million boe production)

GHG intensity E&C/AS 
(000 tCO2e per million man-hours worked)

Hydrocarbon spilled volume in barrels
(0 from vandalism)

2019

2020

2021

97

2019

116

2020

256

2021

0.23

2019

0.27

2020

0.30

2021

558

2

2

1  Net Zero: no net increase in GHG emissions to the atmosphere as a result of GHG emissions associated with Petrofac’s activities, where residual emissions will be offset by carbon credits.
2  Scope 1 (direct emissions e.g., production processes) and Scope 2 (indirect emissions e.g. energy purchased).
3  Gas flaring reduced by 5MM SCF/d from November; equivalent to 1/3 of the average gas flaring per day in 2021
4   Greenhouse Gas Protocol Standard Corporate Accounting and Reporting (equity share approach) followed for Scope 1 and 2 emissions (market based), utilising SANGEA Energy and 

Emissions Estimating System and UK Government greenhouse gas (GHG) conversion factors.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

33

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Engagement
A Net Zero community of practice (Environmental Sustainability Network) was launched to facilitate employee collaboration and idea 
sharing on low carbon and circular economy initiatives.

Supply chain 
To assess the carbon intensive 
parts of our supply chain and 
promote decarbonisation, 
a programme began and 
a standard GHG protocol 
evaluation tool used to 
complete our first Scope 3 
emissions inventory report. 

Production operations
To reduce our flaring and fugitive emissions, gas 
management plans were implemented, focusing on:

 – Gas shut-off – improvements to reservoir 

management through working over production wells 
and inserting downhole sleeves to isolate the gassier 
parts of the reservoir and reduce the gas going to flare.

 – Action on methane – enhancing our infrared 

surveys and leak detection programmes to reduce 
fugitive methane emissions.

Digitalisation 
Work on an established emission 
and energy management tool was 
advanced. The tool uses predictive 
data analytics to enhance the 
visibility of the carbon impacts 
of engineering and operational 
decisions, better enabling those 
within our value chain to make low 
carbon choices.

SCOPE 3

S CO PE 1

SCOP E 2

SCOPE  3

Value chain
(upstream)
3,650kt (total Scope 3)

Construction
(8%)
Carbon footprint 17kt

Operations
(88%)
Carbon footprint 171kt
(EPS 3kt, PM304 164kt)

Administration
(4%) 
Carbon footprint 8kt

Value chain
(downstream)

P ETROFAC’S AC TIVIT IE S

Carbon
Management
Planning

Action on Scope 3

Energy efficiency

Emissions reduction

Renewable energy

Action on Scope 3

Transport electrification

Low carbon construction sites
A technical specification for low carbon construction sites 
was developed that combines greater energy efficiencies and 
use of renewable power (including solar-diesel hybrid power 
generation). Implementation on suitable future projects. 

Low carbon offices
Office Net Zero action plans were put in place for all our main 
offices, focusing on switching energy supply to renewable 
energy (where available), advancing initiatives to promote 
more efficient use of energy and water, and introducing EV 
charging points. Our UK offices switched more than 90% of 
supplied energy contracts to renewable energy. 

34

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

SCOP E 3

SCOP E 1

S CO PE  2

SCOPE 3

Value chain

(upstream)

Construction

Operations

Administration

(8%)

(88%)

(4%) 

Value chain

(downstream)

3,650kt (total Scope 3)

Carbon footprint 17kt

Carbon footprint 171kt

Carbon footprint 8kt

(EPS 3kt, PM304 164kt)

PET RO FA C’ S  A CT IV ITI ES

Carbon

Management

Planning

Action on Scope 3

Energy efficiency

Emissions reduction

Renewable energy

Action on Scope 3

Transport electrification

Moving from ambition to action  
on Net Zero
In 2020 we committed to transition to 
a lower carbon business. To this end, 
we aim to reach Net Zero1 in our Scope 
1 and 2 emissions2 by 2030 and are 
promoting decarbonisation across our 
supply chain. Our targets support the 
principles of the Paris Climate Agreement 
and the increased ambition from the 
COP26 Climate Conference in Glasgow. 
They are also aligned with our clients’ 
own ambitions as the wider sector 
moves towards decarbonisation. 

In 2021 we developed a Net Zero 
roadmap outlining the approach being 
taken by each area of the business. 
Broadly, the path to Net Zero emissions 
involves two steps:

 – First, to decarbonise to organically 

lower emissions

 – Then to offset residual emissions with 

carbon credits

Our main decarbonisation levers are: 

 – Switching our energy supply to 

renewable power

 – Improving our energy efficiencies 
 – Reducing flaring, venting and 

fugitive emissions 

 – Electrifying our transport 

We also support the lower carbon 
ambitions within our supply chain, 
and began a programme to address 
Scope 3 emissions2 and define related 
reduction targets. 

Another 2021 achievement was 
to set up Carbon Management 
Teams in each of our business units. 
Each of these teams is led by a senior 
management sponsor, includes broad 
representation from operational teams, 
and has responsibility for identifying 
and coordinating the local initiatives that 
will achieve our overall decarbonisation 
targets. Workstreams were also 
established to cover: engagement, 
supply chain, low carbon construction 
sites, production operations, low carbon 
offices, and digitalisation.

1  Net Zero: no net increase in GHG emissions to the 

atmosphere as a result of GHG emissions associated 
with Petrofac’s activities, where residual emissions will 
be offset by carbon credits.

2  Scope 1 (direct emissions e.g. production processes), 
Scope 2 (indirect emissions e.g. energy purchased), 
Scope 3 (value chain emissions).

How we manage our 
environmental performance
Our goal is to manage the environmental 
risks of our projects and operations 
effectively, optimise our use of resources, 
and minimise our environmental impacts.

emissions intensity for 2021. The emission 
intensity in Asset Solutions has increased 
due to the inclusion of data from W&W 
Energy Services, a company acquired by 
Petrofac that operates a fleet of specialised 
well services’ trucks and vehicles.

In terms of emissions, to support our 
2030 Net Zero target, we are committed 
to an interim target of a 3% year-on-
year reduction in greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emission intensity from 2021 to 2023. 

Each year, we participate in the Carbon 
Disclosure Project (CDP), and in 2021 we 
continued to enhance our climate change 
programme and again achieved a CDP rating 
of ‘B’. This is within the upper band of CDP 
rating for managing and taking coordinated 
action on climate-related issues, and above 
the average of ‘C’ for our sector.

We calculate our carbon footprint and 
energy consumption in accordance with 
the new UK Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) regulations, and our data 
is assured and verified by an independent 
AA1000 licensed assurance provider. 

Our Waste Management Standard governs 
our waste practices, with duty of care 
as a basic principle. We aim to reduce 
the amount of waste we generate and to 
maximise reuse and recycling. In 2021, 
we reviewed existing waste management 
practices across the Group, and developed 
a new digital tool to bring more consistency 
and rigour to our reporting.

Reflecting on our 2021 performance
In 2021 our absolute emissions reduced 
by 24%. 

In our E&C business, a reduction of 22% 
was achieved. Several measures in our Net 
Zero plan contributed to this performance, 
including enhanced energy efficiency 
in our offices, reduced travel, and lower 
fuel consumption, at construction sites. 
We switched to renewable energy across 
our UK offices and are exploring similar 
opportunities in other regions.

At our offshore asset in Malaysia, we 
completed a programme of optimisation. 
A production issue led to lower than 
anticipated levels of flaring and fuel 
consumption and lower production. 
In combination, this resulted in a 27% 
reduction in absolute emissions.

We are on target to meet our long-term 
commitment of a 20% reduction in GHG 
intensity. However, with lower production 
in IES and less activity in our E&C projects, 
these business units saw an increase in 

Overall, our energy use decreased by 
20% to 333 GWh (Scope 1: 311 GWh, 
Scope 2: 22 GWh). This decrease was 
driven largely by lower levels of natural gas 
consumption at our Malaysian operations 
and reduced fuel consumption on our 
construction projects. 

In terms of spill performance, we 
experienced one recordable spill, with 
a volume of two barrels. Our spill risks 
have significantly reduced since divesting 
our Mexican assets, which had historically 
been prone to vandalism.

Addressing our Scope 3 emissions 
We recognise that the emissions from 
our value chain are a material part of 
our carbon footprint and, in 2021, we 
initiated a Scope 3 programme to better 
understand the related decarbonisation 
challenges and opportunities.

The Quantis Scope 3 evaluator 
tool developed by the GHG Protocol 
was customised for in-house carbon 
accounting. To improve its accuracy, 
the tool’s proxy carbon emissions data 
was augmented with data from our 
key vendors, plus direct measurement 
of some emissions data. This first cut 
analysis assessed our emissions across all 
the material Scope 3 categories (excluding 
use of sold products) as 3,650kt CO2e.

A programme was also commenced to 
engage with the most carbon intensive parts 
of our supply chain. Our Net Zero supply chain 
team conducted surveys with more than 300 
suppliers and vendors, initiating dialogue 
and identifying opportunities to support their 
respective decarbonisation programmes. 
Going forward, we will incorporate carbon 
data into our supply chain and vendor 
management systems to assist with the 
selection of low carbon goods and services. 

We are on target to 
meet our long-term 
commitment of a 20% 
reduction in GHG 
intensity.”

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts
Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

35

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Although in its early stages, this Scope 
3 programme is making progress and 
has revealed that many suppliers and 
vendors have begun to decarbonise. 
Early successes include the identification 
of several carbon neutral service providers 
for oilfield equipment, warehousing, and 
logistics, as well as sources of low carbon 
steel and other bulk materials.

We also partnered with the UK Net 
Zero Technology Centre to support 
solutions that aim to accelerate 
the energy transition through the 
deployment of new technologies. 

Our Scope 3 programme and engagement 
of low carbon suppliers and technology 
providers is also being incorporated into our 
low carbon service offering as we support 
our clients decarbonisation programmes. 

Encouraging Net Zero behaviours
Our Net Zero engagement team consulted 
with environmental advisors from across 
the Group to identify and agree on the 
type of individual behaviours that will 
support our decarbonisation agenda. 
We then developed a Net Zero Rules 
promotional campaign, following the 
same widely recognised format as the 
International Association of Oil and 
Gas Producers (IOGP) Life-Saving 
Rules, ready for roll-out during 2022.

Phasing out single-use plastics
We are reducing our reliance on plastic and 
phasing out single-use plastic across the 
Group. Our approach to plastics focuses on:

 – No plastic: eliminating the main 

single-use items 

 – Less plastic: reducing the amount 
of essential plastic we use or receive

 – Better plastic: ensuring that as much 
of this essential plastic as possible 
has a higher recycled content and 
is recyclable 

Across our permanent offices, single-use 
plastics were set to be eliminated from the 
start of 2022, and we are looking at how to 
reduce them from all our operational sites.

Protecting biodiversity
As an energy services company operating 
across many geographies, we are often 
faced with biodiversity challenges, and 
work with clients and other stakeholders 
to develop effective solutions to protect 
the natural environment. 

To support the theme of this year’s World 
Environment Day, ‘Reimagine, Recreate, 
Restore’, several of our project teams 
partnered with local community groups 
to support restoration and conservation 
projects. In Thailand, we worked with 
the local marine department and Ban Ao 
Udom fishery group to restore local marine 
conservation areas and, in Oman, our 
Duqm project teams worked to clean up 
plastic waste pollution from local beaches 
– an initiative that was recognised through 
an outstanding achievement award by our 
client OQ8.

Our Net Zero supply 
chain team conducted 
surveys with more 
than 300 suppliers 
and vendors, 
initiating dialogue 
and identifying 
opportunities 
to support 
their respective 
decarbonisation 
programmes.” 

36

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures

We are committed to supporting 
the recommendations of the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) and, in 2021, 
issued our first climate response 
report covering the initial work 
undertaken in 2020. We also built 
on this programme of climate risk 
management and opportunity 
capture, and began to integrate 
it into our existing risk and 
governance processes.

Governance 
Climate change is a material governance 
and strategic issue that is regularly 
addressed by our Board and Executive 
team through strategy and investment 
discussions, Enterprise Risk Management, 
and performance review against 
our commitments. 

In 2021, the Sustainability Steering 
Committee that reports to the Board 
and Executive team was strengthened 
and transitioned to the Net Zero Steering 
Group. It provides support, guidance, 
and oversight of progress on our Net 
Zero programme. The Steering Group 
is supported by a TCFD Working 
Group that monitors and evaluates 
climate-related risks and opportunities 
and tracks management actions. 
Performance is reported periodically 
to Executive management and the 
Board through bimonthly KPI metrics 
and presentation of regular technical 
and strategic papers. 

Informing our strategy

Our strategic risk and opportunity reviews 
continue to be informed by a range of 
sector analyses, including the full range 
of future scenarios developed by the 
International Energy Agency1. The scenarios 
are used to aid our understanding of how 
the pace and nature of the energy transition 
may affect our strategy, and the actions 
we can take to build resilience and pursue 
related opportunities.

We actively manage climate-related 
physical and transition risks, ranging from 
the increased potential for extreme weather 
events to disrupt our operations, to the 
evolving policy landscape that may impact 

the Group, such as carbon taxation or 
more restrictive emissions legislation.

In 2021 we regularly engaged with policy 
makers, contributing to their public 
consultation programmes, offering our 
expertise, and encouraging all industry 
stakeholders to support a ‘just transition’.

The transition to a lower carbon economy 
also presents climate-related risks and 
opportunities to our business. As well as 
taking action to meet our Net Zero carbon 
commitments, we are rapidly developing 
our capabilities to unlock value for our 
clients – for example by helping them 
to decarbonise their existing operations, 
and by helping them to plan, build and 
manage new assets in the offshore wind, 
hydrogen, CCUS, and waste-to-value 
market segments. See pages 26 to 29 for 
detail on the short- and long-term market 
outlook and how our strategy addresses 
future risks and opportunities.

Climate risk management
Climate-related risks are classified 
according to the TCFD’s risk management 
framework. This addresses transition 
and physical risks, such as the evolving 
policy landscape, the shift to a low 
carbon economy, changing stakeholder 
perceptions and preferences, and risks 
that are event-driven, such as the increased 
severity of extreme weather, as well as 
longer-term shifts in climate patterns. 
Issues such as changing energy usage 
and the shift to a low carbon economy 
are also assessed for the opportunities 
they create as we look to expand our 
new energies business. Assessments are 
undertaken over three- year and 10-year 
time frames to align to business planning 
and long-term strategic time horizons.

Climate-related risks and opportunities 
arising out of the energy transition are 
fed into the Enterprise Risk Management 
programme and consolidated into our 
principal and emerging risks, which are 
reviewed by the Group Risk Committee, 
endorsed by the Audit Committee, 
and approved by the Board (see pages 
60 and 61).

Further detail of the identified climate-
related issues and how they have affected 

the business, its strategy and financial 
planning is set out in our full response 
to the eleven TCFD recommendations 
(see pages 38 to 43). 

Metrics and targets
Petrofac is committed to becoming a 
Net Zero company by 2030, with our 
Asset Solutions business unit achieving 
Net Zero by 2025. We have also set 
decarbonisation targets that support 
the principles of the Paris Climate 
Agreement, the UK Government’s Net 
Zero goal, and are aligned with our clients’ 
respective ambitions as the energy sector 
progressively decarbonises.

In 2021 we began to develop a carbon 
intensity ranking for each of our projects 
and operations. The objective is to 
benchmark each part of the business, 
identify examples of good practice, 
pinpoint areas that require additional work, 
and hold line managers accountable for 
meeting local decarbonisation targets. 

Meanwhile, we continue to encourage 
the adoption of emissions reduction 
targets among key suppliers. We also 
completed an assessment of our Scope 
3 emissions, in preparation for setting 
supply chain engagement targets in 
2022 with a focus on the most carbon-
intensive goods and services.

Finally, accountability for climate change 
leadership and decarbonisation continues to 
be embedded into executive performance 
measures and remuneration. This means 
that we are actively incentivising our 
leadership to accelerate our transition 
to a low carbon business.

Read the full TCFD report at 
www.petrofac.com

1  Climate Scenarios: (i) Low Carbon Future at under 1.5°C 

(based on IEA Sustainable Development Scenario), (ii) High 
Carbon Future at more than 3°C (based on IEA Stated 
Policies Scenario)

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

37

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

In compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6(8), our climate-related financial disclosures, which are partially consistent with TCFD Recommendations 
and Recommended Disclosures published in June 2017, are summarised here. Where our disclosures are not consistent with TCFD 
Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures, the reasons and steps we are taking are set out in our ESG Report

* For further detail refer to our TCFD Climate response report 2021 at petrofac.com

Response

Recommendation
GOVERNANCE
a) Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities
Process and role 
of Committees

Climate change is a material governance and strategic issue that is regularly 
addressed by our Board and Executive team through strategy and investment 
discussions, enterprise risk management, and performance reviews against 
our commitments.

The Board is responsible for oversight of the overall conduct of the Group’s 
business, which extends to setting our climate response strategy and approach 
to the energy transition. The Board is assisted by four Board committees that 
have climate-related responsibilities covering – Audit, Compliance and Ethics, 
Nominations and Remuneration. 

The Audit Committee has been delegated the responsibility of monitoring and 
reviewing the integrity and effectiveness of the Group’s overall risk management 
and internal control systems, and exercises oversight of energy transition and 
climate risks.

Disclosure location

Pages 60-61

Page 95

Pages 6-7 Climate 
response report*

Examples of the Board 
and relevant Board 
committees taking 
climate into account

The Board and its committees typically meet every 2-3 months. Climate and 
energy transition issues are discussed at each meeting.
In 2021 the Board progressed key actions defined by the Chairman from the 
annual effectiveness review, including continued development of the sustainability 
strategy and the ESG roadmap, clearly defining the Group’s direction on energy 
transition and climate response.

Pages 3-5

Pages 30-36

Page 100

Performance is reported periodically (typically bimonthly) to Executive management 
and the Board through KPI metrics that include:

 – GHG intensity reduction across each business unit
 – Progress on emissions reduction initiatives
 – % of purchased electricity switched to renewable sources, and 
 – Progress incorporating low carbon services into bids and tenders 

(new KPI from 2022) 

In addition to KPI metrics, in 2021 a number of technical and strategic papers and 
progress updates were presented (quarterly to six-monthly) on our Net Zero and 
New Energies strategies and plans. 

b) Describe management’s role in assessing climate-related risks and opportunities
Who manages climate-
related risks and 
opportunities

The assessment and management of climate-related risk and opportunity is 
integrated into Executive Management’s area of responsibility as climate-related 
objectives. Associated targets and key performance indicators are cascaded 
down through line management and incorporated into staff scorecards.
The Board and its Committees are updated on climate-related issues by the 
company secretary’s office, which works closely with the Group Executive team 
to develop materials that assist the Board and its Committees to discharge 
their responsibilities.

How management 
reports to the Board

Page 10

Pages 7-8 Climate 
response report*

Page 11

In addition to these Board committees, there are a number of executive management 
committees in place, which meet more frequently (biweekly-monthly), and are 
involved in assessing the materiality of climate-related and energy transition risks 
and opportunities and consider matters for recommendation to the Board and 
its Committees. 

The Group Director of Communications & Sustainability and Group Head of Health, 
Safety and Environment are the principal points of contact with the Board and 
Group Executive for ESG matters.

38

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Recommendation

Response

Processes used to 
inform management

In 2021, the Sustainability Steering Committee that reports to the Board and 
Executive team was strengthened and transitioned to the Net Zero Steering 
Group. It provides support, guidance, and oversight of progress on our Net Zero 
programme. The Steering Group is supported by a TCFD Working Group that 
monitors and evaluates climate related issues and tracks actions.

Carbon Management Teams (CMT) established within each business unit take local 
ownership for delivering decarbonisation. Each CMT has a senior management 
sponsor who oversees the programme and keeps Executive Management 
informed on progress

Climate-related matters and progress on our Net Zero and New Energies strategies 
were discussed at each of the business unit leadership global town hall meetings 
in 2021. In addition, a regular status report (typically quarterly) was provided to 
management on decarbonisation progress through the Net Zero Steering Group’s 
meeting minutes.

Disclosure location

Page 35

Page 7 Climate 
response report*

STRATEGY
a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and 
long term
Processes used to 
determine material 
risks and opportunities

Our strategic risk and opportunity reviews continue to be informed by a range 
of sector analyses, including the full range of future scenarios developed by the 
International Energy Agency. The scenarios are used to aid our understanding of 
how the pace and nature of the energy transition may affect our strategy, and the 
actions we can take to build resilience and pursue related opportunities.

Page 10 Climate 
response report*

Pages 60-61

Pages 13-14

The climate risk and opportunity analysis undertaken in 2021 continued to be 
based on the following low and high climate scenarios: 

 – Low Carbon Future at under 1.5 °C (based on IEA Sustainable Development 
Scenario) – characterised by industry alignment with the Paris Agreement, rapid 
acceleration to a low-carbon economy, green technology breakthroughs and 
global policy coordination on carbon tax and emissions that materially reduces 
fossil fuel use. 

 – High Carbon Future at more than 3 °C (based on IEA Stated Policies 

Scenario) – characterised by current policy intentions and targets. Energy demand 
rising by 1% per year to 2040, with low-carbon sources, led by solar PV, supplying 
more than half of this growth, though the momentum behind clean energy 
technologies insufficient to offset the effects of an expanding global economy 
and growing population. The rise in emissions slows but, with no peak before 
2040 and the world falls short of the Paris climate goals.

Relevant time horizons In reviewing our strategy, we consider a wide range of opportunities and risks 

Pages 60-61

across two discrete time horizons:

 – Short term (0-3 years): defined by detailed business and financial plans, which 

are performance managed in delivery of our business plan targets.

 – Medium – Long term (4 – 10+ years): given the rapid pace of external change 
and the wide range of uncertainties, this time horizon enables us to consider 
longer term scenarios and possible energy transition pathways

The transition to a lower carbon economy presents both risks and significant 
business opportunities for Petrofac. Climate-related physical and transition risks 
are managed and reported as part of the Group’s risk management framework. 
We actively manage climate-related physical and transition risks, ranging from the 
increased potential for extreme weather events to disrupt our operations, to the 
evolving policy landscape that may impact the Group, such as carbon taxation or 
more restrictive emissions legislation.
Climate-related risks and opportunities associated with the energy transition, such 
as changing energy usage and the shift to a low carbon economy were taken into 
consideration alongside other inputs in developing our New Energies strategy. 

Page 20 Climate 
response report*

Pages 60-61

Page 150

Page 23 Climate 
response report*

Page 10

Pages 26-29

Transition or physical 
climate-related risks 
identified

Transition or physical 
climate-related 
opportunities identified

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

39

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

Recommendation

Response

Disclosure location

b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and 
financial planning
Impact on strategy, 
business, and financial 
planning

The potential implications of climate change and the energy transition building 
momentum are described in the Market Outlook and New Energies sections of our 
Strategic report.

Pages 26-29

Pages 13-15

We have reviewed the renewables and low carbon sectors in depth to identify where 
our technical expertise and delivery experience would be the most valuable to 
clients. And, are aligning our experience in high voltage systems, offshore platforms, 
gas processing, clean fuels and grey hydrogen to where clients need our ability to 
integrate and manage risk around large complex capital project delivery. As a result, 
we are focusing our New Energies strategy on Offshore Wind, Carbon Capture 
Utilization and Storage (CCUS), Hydrogen, Waste-to-Value and Emissions Reduction.

In addition to advancing New Energies, The Group’s ambition is to become a 
Net Zero company by 2030 (scope 1 & 2 emissions). The Group’s current climate 
change strategy focuses on reducing GHG emissions, investing in low emission 
technologies, supporting emission reductions in the value chain and promoting 
product stewardship, managing climate-related risk and opportunity, and working 
with others to enhance the global policy and market response. 

Petrofac is also progressing a scope 3 emissions programme, engaging our value 
chain on decarbonisation strategies to enable their low carbon ambitions.

We have started to consider the impact of climate-related issues on our financial 
planning, for example de-risking financial assumptions and contract renewal terms 
against possible carbon taxation for our producing assets in Malaysia. We aim to 
further enhance our processes and assurance as we mature our understanding 
of the risks, opportunities and interdependencies of climate-related issues on 
the business.
To achieve our Net Zero ambition, we recognise that much of our workforce will 
need to have additional skills and capabilities. For example, In the UK in 2021 we 
set up an internal Taskforce to create the right climate across our workforce, to 
ensure it has the right skills and capabilities. 

One of the programmes under implementation is a competency mapping exercise, 
to understand what transferable skills we already have and what skills will be 
required to support the Transition and ensure alignment with Government and 
Industry initiatives and client requirements.
A programme was commenced targeting the most carbon intensive parts of our 
supply chain (eg. steel, cement, copper, logistics). Our Net Zero supply chain 
workstream conducted surveys with more than 300 suppliers and encouraging 
them to make their own GHG emission reduction targets and decarbonisation 
plans. Climate-related risks are also built into our supply chain due diligence.

We are also reducing our reliance on international supply chains, matching local 
suppliers with project opportunities, and improving our logistics efficiencies, 
carbon footprint and supply chain resilience.
Purchased energy emissions comprise 4% of our total carbon footprint. Our target 
is to progressively transition to 20% renewable energy by 2030 and we are 
pursuing opportunities to switch to renewable energy across the Group. 

Most of our UK offices and facilities switched to renewable power in 2021 and 
we have put in place transition plans for our other permanent offices globally. 
We have also developed a green building standard to enhance our building 
selection process and promote more sustainable offices. Our UK offices have 
also undertaken Energy Savings Opportunity Scheme assessments, and have 
improvement plans in place.

Pages 33-36

Page 66

Pages 16-17 Climate 
response report*

Pages 52-53

Pages 16 and 18 
Climate response 
report*

Page 18

Page 23

Pages 34-36

Pages 53-54

Page 18 Climate 
response report*

Pages 33-36

Page 16 Climate 
response report*

Impact on products 
and services

Impact on our  
supply chain 

Impact on our offices 

40

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Recommendation

Response

Impact on operations

Our production operations account for 88% of our total carbon footprint, largely 
due to flaring, venting, fugitive emissions and fuel gas. Our aim is to deliver a 25% 
reduction in emissions by 2030 through operational improvements, gas shut-
off and power generation changes. We are also targeting a 30% reduction in 
emissions intensity by 2030 from our construction operations through savings from 
energy efficiency and hybrid power generation initiatives. 

In 2021 we commenced a programme to review the operation of our site facilities 
and offices to identify opportunities to decarbonise. For example, we completed 
development of a low carbon specification for our construction camps, developed 
low carbon construction execution methods, and commenced changes to our 
supply chain systems to promote the use of low carbon intensity goods and services. 

Disclosure location

Pages 33-36

Pages 16-17 Climate 
response report*

c) Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower scenario
Embedding climate 
into scenario analysis

We believe our strategy is resilient to the range of energy transition pathways and 
scenarios including the pledges made at COP26 in Glasgow and the targets support 
the principles of the Paris Climate Agreement, see Strategic report: Market outlook.

Pages 13-15

Pages 16-17 Climate 
response report*
Pages 22-25

Page 10 Climate 
response report*

Pages 22-25

Page 14 Climate 
response report*

How we factor in 
evolving government 
policy

How we collaborate 
with industry to build 
resilience 

We regularly engage with policy makers, contributing to their public consultation 
programmes, offering our expertise, and incorporating evolving developments into 
our strategy and scenario planning. For example, we engage on a regular basis 
with UK and Scottish Government departments. The Department of Business, 
Energy, and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) and the Department of International Trade 
(DIT) are key interlocutors. 

2021 was a year the UK Government issued a raft of policies in support of the 
Energy Transition including the Hydrogen Strategy, the Net Zero Review, the 
Industrial Decarbonisation Strategy, and the Biomass Strategy. Petrofac engaged 
with Government at various levels across all these developments. 

We seconded an employee one day a week for 3 months to a BEIS Working 
Group set up by the Energy Minister, to develop and maximise the carbon 
capture utilisation and storage (CCUS) supply chain in the UK and support the 
Government’s consultations on low carbon business models. 

The Group are also represented on a number of Working Groups with Government 
and stakeholder organisations ie BEIS Technical Expert Group for CCUS business 
models and the Sustainable Aviation Fuel Delivery Group. 
We believe substantive input from Industry and other stakeholder organisations 
leads to better outcomes on evolving policy, practice, and standards. 

In 2021 we undertook and supported a variety of collaborative initiatives as 
members of various industry trade bodies such as Oil and Gas UK, Renewable UK 
and the EIC and organisations specific to the new low carbon technologies such as 
Global CCUS, Wind Europe, NECCUS and the Hydrogen Fuel Cell Association and 
Hydrogen Strategy Now campaign. 

Examples of our engagement included: 

 – Participating as a Board member on the Energy and Climate Change Board 

at the CBI, which sets the agenda on climate and energy issues and works to 
influence Government policy on moving urgently towards a low carbon future. 

 – Participation on the UK-UAE Business Council Climate Change and Energy 

Board to stimulate bilateral trade between the two countries.

Ensuring continued 
relevance of our 
strategies

The Group continues to develop its assessment of the potential impacts of climate 
change and the transition to a low carbon economy. Evolving changes to global 
climate change strategy or decarbonisation milestones are continuously monitored 
by the Net Zero Steering Group and the TCFD Working Group. 

Page 150

Pages 66-67

As part of our governance processes our strategy is validated annually by the 
Board to ensure it remains relevant and resilient. As our approach matures, we will 
look to begin incorporating greater financial quantification and internal assurance 
into our climate risk analysis.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

41

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

Response

Recommendation
RISK MANAGEMENT
a) Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks
Process

Our risk management framework provides us with a consistent approach to identify, 
manage and oversee the risks that may impact our business. Effective risk analysis 
and response underpin our ability to achieve our objectives and assess opportunities 
as our business evolves.

In 2021, risk and opportunity meetings were held with key functions to identify 
climate-related risks, update and revalidate the existing assessments, review 
progress closing out actions and review resilience, agreeing any further 
actions required.

We are integrating climate risk into the supporting policies, processes, and controls 
for our key climate risks, and we will continue to update these as our climate risk 
management capabilities mature over time.

b) Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks
Process

Our risk management framework provides us with a consistent approach to 
identify, manage, and oversee climate-related risks that may impact our business 
and is designed to underpin the Group’s longer-term sustainability. For further 
detail see Strategic report: Risk management.

As part of our business planning process, we review the Group’s principal risks and 
uncertainties quarterly. The Energy Transition emerging risk was identified in 2019 
and embedded as a sub-risk under the principal risk ‘Failure to deliver strategic 
initiatives’ in 2020. This risk was reclassified as a standalone emerging risk in 2021 
and reworded as ‘Failure to deliver New Energy Services (NES) strategy’ reflecting 
the establishment of NES. This covers various aspects of how risks associated with 
the energy transition could manifest. Similarly, physical climate-related risks such as 
extreme weather are covered in our principal risks related to HSSE incidents.

Identified risks are prioritised in terms of their materiality, enabling decisions on the 
adequacy of our controls and the most appropriate and cost-effective response 
calibrated to the risk appetite of the Group.

Disclosure location

Pages 60-62

Page 66

Pages 20-24 Climate 
response report*

Pages 60-62

Pages 66-67

Pages 20-24 Climate 
response report*

c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the 
organisation’s overall risk management framework
Implemented risk 
management

Transition and physical climate-related risks are identified, assessed, and managed 
across the Group, addressing issues such as evolving policy, threat of legal action, 
market changes, reputational issues, and extreme weather. 

Pages 34-36

Page 66

Page 150

Page 23 Climate 
response report*

Examples of how risks are integrated into overall risk management include: 

 – Policy risks – Government consultation and advocacy strategy that supports 
appropriate climate action while providing stability for business. In 2021 we 
closely monitored the policy landscape in core geographies to ensure business 
preparedness, including de-risking asset financial assumptions against potential 
policy shifts.

 – Market risks – A New Energy Services (NES) business line was created in 

2021 to build capability to advance the company’s position within the energy 
transition and target a greater market share of non-O&G projects.

 – Production risks – to reduce our flaring and fugitive emissions, gas management 
plans were implemented in 2021, focusing on: gas shut-off improvements to 
reservoir management reduce the gas going to flare and action on methane to 
detect and reduce fugitive emissions.

 – Fines or other regulatory penalties – whilst difficult to predict how these might 
crystalise, the base case cost contingencies and downside adjustments aim 
to capture any exposure here as well as other legal / regulatory risks on other 
aspects of the business. We undertake a periodic review of the voluntary carbon 
offset market to have visibility of future offset costs and on current assessment. 

 – Extreme weather – in the base case, the business’ budgets are built up with 

the industry knowledge of operating in extreme weather conditions (North Sea, 
Malaysian monsoons, deserts, etc) and contingencies are included accordingly, 
whether by way of cost or scheduling contingencies or both. In the downside 
scenario, the business has captured the risk of further downside within 
the scheduling delays and cost overruns in E&C, margin reduction in Asset 
Solutions and production downside in IES.

42

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Response

Recommendation
METRICS AND TARGETS
a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risk and opportunities in line with its 
strategy and risk management process
Our business 
performance 

Petrofac sets key performance (KPI) targets for business performance and delivery of 
our strategy and assesses progress against these benchmarks on a regular basis.

Pages 20-21

Disclosure location

Page 76

Price assumptions

A range of probable price scenarios have been selected for carbon offset calculations 
and the voluntary offset market monitored to inform our future offset strategy. 

Sustainability,  
water and 
biodiversity metrics 

Board or senior 
management 
incentives

The BloombergNEF Long-Term Carbon Offset Outlook will be utilised as a primary 
indicator of the evolving prices of offsets input into future offset price assumptions 
to account for the cost of achieving Net Zero.
A priority for 2021 was to embed our newly launched sustainability strategy, 
introducing the ESG goals to our people and stakeholders. Performance in 
delivering this strategy is gauged by a range of metrics aligned to our sustainability 
ambitions and material issues.

Each year, we also produce an ESG datasheet that aims to provide a consolidated 
overview of Petrofac’s non-financial performance. Metrics included in this 
datasheet cover our activities during the period 1 January to 31 December for 
the years indicated.
Line management ownership of carbon was promoted in 2021 through embedding 
a range of KPIs into senior management goal plans such as GHG intensity 
reduction, CDP rating score and TCFD recommendations compliance.

Development of a broader range of KPIs was completed in 2021 for 2022 
implementation, covering delivery of our Net Zero programme. Metrics include 
supply chain decarbonisation, targets for incorporating low carbon services into 
bids/tenders, and proportion of energy purchased from renewable sources. 

Pages 32-36

Pages 3-4 ESG 
Datasheet 

Page 10

Pages 116-127

b) Disclose scope 1, scope 2 and, if appropriate, scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions and the related risks
Our own operations

Pages 32-33

We report scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions resulting from our operations 
and each year submit to the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP). We also calculate 
our carbon footprint and energy consumption in accordance with the new UK 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) regulations, and our data is 
assured and verified by an independent AA1000 licensed assurance provider.
We recognise that the emissions from our value chain are a material part 
of our carbon footprint and, in 2021, we initiated a Scope 3 programme to 
better understand the related decarbonisation challenges and opportunities. 
This first cut analysis assessed our emissions across all but one of the 
material Scope 3 categories (Category: Use of sold products, will be 
included in the 2022 assessment).

Pages 3-4 ESG 
Datasheet

Pages 35-36

Pages 3-4 ESG 
Datasheet

Our value chain

c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance 
against targets
Sustainability  
Net Zero targets

In 2020 we committed to transition to a lower carbon business. To this end, we 
aim to reach Net Zero1 in our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030 and are promoting 
decarbonisation across our supply chain. Targets cover our main decarbonisation 
levers and include:

Pages 32-36

Page 150

 – Energy supply changes – progressively transition to 20% renewable energy 

by 2023, and 50% by 2030.

 – Energy efficiencies – 30% energy consumption saving by 2030.
 – Emissions reduction – Our aim is to deliver a 25% reduction in emissions 

by 2030.

 – Transport – we are targeting a 30% reduction in transport emissions by 2030.

Pages 16-17 Climate 
response report*

Pages 3-4 ESG 
Datasheet

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

43

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Social

Why this is important to our 
business model and strategy
As a service business, it is our people, 
their attitude and skills who set us apart 
from our competitors. We are therefore 
committed to building a diverse workforce, 
which is representative of the communities 
in which we operate, while developing 
all our people, keeping them safe, and 
looking out for their wellbeing. 

Wherever the Company operates, we are 
committed to creating shared value, by 
engaging with local communities, investing 
in local supply chains, employing local 
people, and stimulating local economies. 
As well as being the right thing to 
do, we see the creation of in-country 
value (ICV) as a source of competitive 
advantage, helping us to build strong 
client relationships and bid on challenging 
projects, while benefiting from the 
economies of delivering locally.

Because we operate in challenging 
environments, where the rights and welfare 
of workers can sometimes be at risk, we 
are committed to protecting human rights 
throughout our business operations and 
extended supply chain, ensuring that 
everyone who works with and for us is 
treated with respect, fairness, and dignity.

Gender profile of our people (%) 
Employees

Our GC-32 project in Kuwait 
received three ASSP HSE  
Golden Awards

We have set a target of 30% of 
women in senior management 
roles by 2025

16 years without an LTI on the 
North Sea Kittiwake platform

Provided 7,200 COVID-19 vaccines 
for marginalised people in India

Accredited Living Wage  
employee in the UK

US$60m of orders placed 
with Omani vendors

Age profile of our people (%)

Grade profile of our people (%)

M

F

Leadership

M

F

86

14

74

26

<30

30-39

40-49

50-59

>60

11

31

33

21

Executive

Management

Supervisory

Professional

4

Support

1

10

25

46

18

Lost time injury frequency rate 

Recordable incident frequency rate

% Spend on local goods and services* (%)

2019

2020

2021

44

0.013

2019

0.013

2020

0.018

2021

0.06

2019

0.065

2020

0.091

2021

* Non-JV projects

41

53

54

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Strong new leadership 
An important development for 2021 
was the appointment of Jim Andrews 
as Group Head of Health, Safety and 
Environment (HSE).

His aim is to build on Petrofac’s already 
strong safety record with the launch of 
a refreshed HSE strategy – including 
the deployment of more digital tools, 
enhanced employee engagement, and 
an increased use of data and analytics 
to understand and address safety risks 
before they materialise.

Whatever their role 
and wherever they 
work, we want everyone 
involved with Petrofac 
to feel safe, valued, 
and cared for.”

In terms of broader indicators:

 – Lost time injury (LTI) frequency rate 
– increased to 0.018 per 200,000 
work hours, compared to an industry 
average of 0.044 (International 
Association of Oil and Gas 
Producers 2020)

 – Recordable incident frequency rate 
– increased to 0.091 per 200,000 
work hours, compared to an industry 
average of 0.14 (International 
Association of Oil and Gas 
Producers 2020)

While these rates did increase, the 
number of incidents remained low, 
and their prevalence was comparable 
with 2020. Also, with most of the LTIs 
taking place during the first six months 
of 2021 (seven out of a total of nine), 
our performance showed signs of 
improvement during the second half of 
the year. With a refreshed HSE leadership 
and strategy in place, we are optimistic 
that these improvements will continue 
into 2022.

Some of the more significant 
achievements in the year include: 

 – 16 years without an LTI on the Kittiwake 

platform in the North Sea 

 – 13 years without an LTI on the Jasmine 

FPF003 FPSO offshore Thailand 

 – The team delivering the Visakh Refinery 
in Andhra Pradesh, India, surpassed 
10 million work hours without an LTI 

 – The Ithaca Integrated Services 

Contract team on the Alba, Captain 
and Erskine platforms in the North Sea 
went 365 days LTI-free

 – Our GC-32 project in Kuwait received 
Golden Awards in three categories 
(HSE Excellence, Environmental 
Excellence, and Management of Driving 
Safety) from the American Society of 
Safety Professionals in the ASSP HSE 
Excellence Awards 2021

Health, safety  
and security 
Whatever their role and wherever they 
work, we want everyone involved with 
Petrofac to feel safe, valued, and cared 
for. Ultimately, our aim is for zero safety 
incidents, as reflected in the name of our 
Horizon Zero global safety campaign – 
which we see as an entirely realistic goal. 

Although our overall safety record is 
among the strongest in the industry, our 
performance during 2020 and the start 
of 2021 had seen a slight deterioration, 
primarily due to the operational challenges 
the COVID-19 pandemic placed on the 
business. The emphasis for 2021 was to 
bring more consistency, so that the same 
uncompromising safety culture exists 
across the entire Group, and the same 
impeccable standards are applied on 
every site. 

Health and safety
From a safety management perspective, 
2021 was another challenging year.

Once again, our health and safety teams 
were focused on how best to continue our 
operations, while protecting our people 
and partners from the virus. This included 
compliance with local requirements and 
international guidelines, the restrictions 
on travel, the enforcement of social 
distancing, and the acceleration of 
vaccination programmes.

The situation was exacerbated by the 
fact that many of our people had to work 
extended rotations on sites and were 
kept apart from family and friends for 
long periods of time. Inevitably, this had 
an impact on their engagement levels, 
situational awareness, and overall health 
and wellbeing.

Tragically, we reported one fatality. 
In Thailand, on the Sriracha Refinery 
project, a woman employed by one 
of our contractors died when she was 
digging around three piles and one of the 
pile heads collapsed. The incident was 
investigated in detail and reviewed by 
senior management and, separately, by 
the Board. The lessons learnt were fed 
back into our ongoing safety programmes. 

Despite our precautions, we tragically 
lost a further 11 colleagues to COVID-19, 
demonstrating how dangerous the virus 
can be.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

45

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Catching up virtually 
With so many of our employees working 
from home, we wanted to replicate some 
of those casual office chats, when we 
catch up informally with colleagues. 
Meanwhile, our senior leaders were 
looking for new ways to engage with their 
teams and keep in touch with the mood 
of the organisation. So, we ran a series of 
virtual social breaks, hosted by our senior 
leaders, who had just one rule to follow – 
no discussions could be work-related. 

The Virtual Social Breaks were full of 
laughter and inspiration, as people shared 
their personal stories, goals, hobbies, 
passions and more, giving everyone the 
chance to get to know each other better.

Protecting our people from COVID 
One of the ways we protected our people 
from the threat of COVID-19 was to 
work with public and private healthcare 
providers to orchestrate and accelerate 
vaccination programmes. 

A good example was at one of our 
projects where, in the second quarter 
of 2021, we were challenged by a major 
outbreak involving nearly 300 positive 
cases. Over a two-month period, we 
brought this under control by fast-tracking 
the vaccination programme, thereby 
protecting our people, and avoiding 
further operational disruption.

Setting out our 2022 priorities 
During 2021, under our new HSE 
leadership, we developed and agreed 
a new HSE strategy, which will be 
implemented in 2022. This is based 
around five pillars:

1. Leadership – the shadow you cast

2.  Employee engagement – greater 

engagement, fewer incidents

3.  Contractor management – 

consistency and performance driven

4.  Training – formalise, simplify 

and standardise, with a refreshed 
learner experience

5. Compliance – do it right, first time

Making better use of digital platforms
An important theme for the year was to 
get more value from digital technologies 
and analytical techniques, to help us 
understand our vulnerabilities, predict 
emerging issues, and inform our 
decision making.

Examples include a new data 
collection and reporting tool 
and the introduction of a Group-wide 
digital safety dashboard, which gives 
all employees real-time visibility of our 
safety performance. Several of the 
initiatives from 2020 also became more 
deeply embedded during 2021, including:

 – HSE Deep Dives – regular sessions 
with senior leaders to identify and 
address any potential barriers to 
safe and healthy working

 – Life Saving Rules e-learning 

– a mandatory course for 
all employees, partners and 
subcontractors, incorporating videos 
in English, Hindi, Russian, and Arabic

 – Behavioural-based training – 

a number of training programmes, 
including our HSE Bootcamp for 
supervisors and mental health 
awareness modules

 – Virtual site audits – more formal use 
of virtual tools to conduct HSE audits 
and Petrofac Assurance Index audits

Stepping up our health and 
wellbeing programmes 
Given that most site-based employees 
had to contend with extended rotations, 
and most office-based staff worked 
remotely for most of the year, mental 
health and wellbeing continued to 
be a major focus. To supplement 
our awareness programmes and 
our Employee Assistance programme, 
new initiatives for 2021 included:

 – Virtual social breaks – online 

sessions for employees and leaders 
to talk and socialise, with the one rule, 
no discussion could be work-related

 – Mental health webinars – to raise 
awareness of key challenges, and 
discuss potential solutions

 – Self-care challenges – to promote 

the use of simple self-care actions that 
can be fitted into everyday working 
schedules, such as yoga, healthy 
eating, sleep, and stress reduction 

 Kittiwake: 16 years 
without a single lost 
time incident
Petrofac has been Duty Holder on 
the Kittiwake platform in the North 
Sea since 2003 and, in 2021, we 
secured another one-year contract 
extension from EnQuest the asset 
owner. One of the characteristics 
of the team has always been its 
uncompromising attitude to safety, 
and the latest safety milestone is 16 
years without a single lost time incident.

“A truly remarkable 
credit to everyone 
who has spent time 
here. Whether it 
was a flying visit for 
a couple of days or 
being part of the team 
for all of the 16 years, 
everyone has played 
a part. It is everyone’s 
responsibility to 
look after ourselves 
and each other. 
Kittiwake is big on 
team spirit. It always 
has been, and long 
may that continue.”
Stuart Fraser
Offshore Installation Manager

46

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Getting value from a new suite 
of digital tools
As with other areas of the business, we 
deployed more digital tools during 2021. 
These included:

 – Asset integrity dashboard – we 
continued to gain experience of the 
new asset integrity KPI dashboard, 
refine the way we use it, and increase 
the value it creates. We reviewed 
not just the number of indicators but 
the interplay between them. As the 
enhancements take effect, we expect 
to get a better understanding of 
cumulative asset integrity risks.

 – Remote asset integrity reviews – 
we refined and improved our ability 
to meaningfully conduct remote asset 
integrity reviews using a variety of 
mobile and digital tools, which should 
increase our efficiency and accuracy 
of reviews going forward.

The use of digital tools will continue to 
be prioritised in 2022. This will help us 
to maintain our leadership commitment 
to asset integrity, engage more of our 
people with the value created, refine 
and simplify our asset integrity KPIs, 
and extend the learnings from our regular 
programme of investigations and our 
audits. Going forward, and enabled by 
meaningful real-time data, our assurance 
activities can be targeted more efficiently, 
based on an accurate and up-to-date 
understanding of the true condition 
of each asset.

95% said the 
programme helped 
them improve their 
approach to self-care.”

 Taking better care  

of ourselves
We wanted to encourage all our 
people to take some time out of their 
working days to focus on their health 
and wellbeing. So, we launched a 
10-day programme of simple self-
care challenges. Around 500 people 
enrolled and each day they received 
an email, offering tips and techniques 
to take better care of themselves, and 
suggesting simple activities to fit into 
their everyday working lives, like healthy 
eating, breathing exercises, and more.

This programme was extremely well 
received – 99% of participants rated 
the daily emails as good or excellent, 
95% said the programme helped 
them improve their approach to self-
care, and 78% completed most of the 
practical challenges.

The major themes of the strategy, which 
will feed into 2022 activities, include:

 – Data-2-Decisions – using data and 

analytics from key leading and lagging 
indicators to define areas of focus and 
reduce incidents

 – Technology enabled – extensive 

use of mobile technology to increase 
situational awareness

 – Engagement and communication 
– engaging, insightful, focused and 
even fun

 – Proactive vs. reactive – 

observations and interventions 
before an incident occurs

 – Accountability – the joint ownership 

of HSE performance by line 
management and the HSE function

Asset integrity
Our aim is to design, build and operate 
energy assets that are safe, reliable, and 
meet or exceed their operational purpose. 
We generally work with high-hazard 
facilities, maintaining the right mindset, 
backed up by disciplined processes and 
controls, is critical to our success – as well 
as the safety of our people and our clients.

In 2021, the Group was responsible for 
managing and ensuring the integrity 
of 14 operating assets. This work also 
informs our wider operations, including 
our approach to designing, building, 
commissioning, and completing projects. 
With a renewed demand among clients 
for integrated service offerings, our asset 
integrity expertise positions Petrofac to 
provide more managed integrity services. 

Reflecting on our 2021 performance
In evaluating our asset integrity 
performance, our main area of focus 
is managing process safety hazards, 
reducing high-potential incidents (HiPos) 
and those incidents that involve process 
safety procedures.

In 2021, we did not experience any asset 
integrity-related HiPos (compared with six 
HiPos across all operations and projects 
in 2020). However, we did conduct a 
small number of serious investigations 
into incidents that did have asset integrity 
implications, and may therefore have been 
indicative of a failure to follow our asset 
integrity procedures.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

47

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Security and crisis management
Remaining responsive to a fast-
changing security environment
Petrofac works in challenging 
environments with fast-changing 
security issues. Our aim is to protect 
our employees and assets in a responsible 
manner, and to prevent any security-
related disruption.

Our security and crisis management 
teams are closely integrated into the 
wider HSE community. Our Security Policy 
sets out the responsibilities of our senior 
management team and our business units 
and, with regard to crisis management, 
we aim to operate to the same standard 
as ISO 22301:2019.

Refreshing and renewing
In the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Security and Crisis Management 
function began the process of reviewing 
approaches in our existing projects and 
incorporating the lessons learnt around 
digital and remote working technologies. 
Meanwhile, our traditional three-tier crisis 
management system is being incorporated 
into a digital platform to bring new 
efficiencies, and reduce the burden on 
any teams working in a crisis situation.

Looking ahead to 2022
In many countries, the recovery from 
the COVID-19 pandemic is likely to be 
slow and bumpy. The Petrofac security 
team will therefore review all plans 
and procedures as sites return to 
normal working routines, and ensure 
they respond to any changes in the 
security environment.

We envisage disruption to the global 
travel system will continue into at least 
the first quarter of 2022, which adds to 
the pressure on our teams. As this eases, 
the focus can return to project delivery.

Cyber-security and 
data protection 

Remaining cyber-resilient and 
continuing to improve our cyber-
security readiness

In response to rapidly evolving cyber-
security risks, and to support Petrofac’s 
wider digitalisation initiatives, cyber-
security and data protection continued 
to be an area of focus.

During 2021, we stepped up the focus 
on our own supply chain risks, engaging 
with key vendors, subcontractors and 
suppliers to ensure that cyber-security 
risks are mitigated across the supply 
chain. Meanwhile, we continue to align our 
information security management practice 
with the ISO27001 standard and other 
best practices.

Related initiatives included:

 – Continuing to enhance our threat 
detection and threat-hunting 
capabilities, with a greater focus on 
artificial intelligence and machine 
learning-based detection systems

 – Continuing to test and improve cyber 

incident response and resilience planning

 – Enhancing our awareness programmes 

for vendors, sub-contractors and 
suppliers to further mitigate third-
party cyber-security risks and create 
a culture of cyber risk awareness 
across our supply chain 

 – Continuing our phishing simulation 
tests and enhancing our awareness 
programme with more ‘snackable 
content’ (such as micro-videos) to 
ensure our employees remain aware 
of the latest phishing techniques 
and to create a strong and dynamic 
cyber-security culture

 – Continuing the assessment of cyber-

security risks with regular vulnerability 
assessments, penetration tests and 
Red Team exercises

Meanwhile, cyber-security remained a key 
priority in all our digitalisation initiatives, 
and we ensure that effective cyber-
security architecture is embedded from 
the initial ideation and conceptual phases.

Petrofac works 
in challenging 
environments with 
fast-changing security 
issues.”

48

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

People 
Given the continuing impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, 2021 was another 
challenging year for Petrofac from the 
people perspective.

It was necessary to further reduce our 
labour costs and put extra resources into 
protecting the mental and physical wellbeing 
of our people. We were able to make some 
encouraging progress with several of our 
planned HR initiatives – including the launch 
of our new values and behaviours, several 
new training and development initiatives, 
and continued progress with our diversity 
and inclusion programme.

Addressing the challenges of 2021
Given the market conditions, our project-
based E&C business was hit hard, and 
we had to bring a significant reduction 
to our related headcount. By comparison, 
our Asset Solutions business fared well, 
enabling modest growth to the size of our 
UK-based teams.

Overall, temporary and permanent 
employment reduced by 1,207 in 2021, 
down to 8,219 people, representing a  
13% decrease on 2020.

Making progress on diversity 
and inclusion 
In 2021, we further increased our focus 
on diversity and inclusion, building on past 
achievements, introducing new initiatives, 
and setting more ambitious targets. 

Although we have a long way to go,  
we are committed to being a more diverse 
company, which embraces differing 
perspectives, is representative of the 
communities in which we operate,  
and provides equal opportunities to  
all employees and job applicants.

Key developments and achievements 
include:

Achieving a better gender balance
Given the nature of our business and 
the location of many of our operations, 
achieving a better gender balance is 
a challenge. 

One focus is our senior management 
positions. In 2021, women accounted for 
25% of our senior managers, up from 6% 
in 2018. Given this progress, we brought 
our target of 30% of women in senior 
management roles forward by five years 
– from 2030 to 2025.

As well as building diversity from within, we 
have mandated that at least one woman 
is included on the final interview shortlist 
for all external recruitment into middle and 
senior management roles. Since 2020, the 
proportion of women recruited externally 
into senior management roles has 
increased from 6% to 26%. 

 – More ambitious targets: 30% of 
women in senior management by 
2025 moved forward by five years

 – A four-fold increase: Up from 6% to 
26% externally hired women appointed 
into senior management positions

 – Parity in our graduates: 46% women 
in the 2020 graduate engineering intake

Representing the communities 
in which we operate
Comprising more than 60 nationalities, 
one of Petrofac’s strengths has always been 
its ethnic diversity. However, we do want 
our workforce to be more representative 
of the communities in which we operate, 
especially at senior management levels. 
During 2021, we made a series of significant 
hires, including the appointment of five local 
nationals as country managers in India, 
Indonesia, Libya, Mozambique, and Oman.

Giving voice to diverse viewpoints
To ensure that the Company hears 
and engages with a wider spectrum of 
viewpoints, we established two new global 
employee network groups – a Women’s 
Group and a Pride Group. 

Getting a more granular understanding 
of our performance
Across our UK operations, we invited all 
employees to add ethnic origin information 
to their HR records. Based on best practice, 
this was a voluntary exercise, and the 
information will only ever be used to analyse 
trends, not identify individuals. This data will 
enable us to better monitor and minimise the 
risks of any bias in our recruitment, training, 
development, reward, and other processes. 

Adding to a solid foundation 
The 2021 initiatives supplement a pre-
existing programme. In 2020, for example, 
we appointed our first Global Head of 
Diversity and Inclusion, as well as two 
Diversity Champions in the leadership 
team. We also have a mandatory diversity 
and inclusion e-learning programme, and 
each member of the Group Executive 
Committee mentored two high potential 
female employees.

 Championing the  
views of employees  
from across the Group
One of the ways we engage with and 
hold conversations with our workforce 
is our Petrofac Workforce Forum.

Established in 2019, the Petrofac 
Workforce Forum builds on the framework 
set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, and the approach we took is 
relatively progressive. Meeting with the 
Board and the Executive team twice a 
year, the Workforce Forum comprises 
12 employee representatives from 
across the Group.

The Workforce Forum enables the Board 
and the Executive team to understand 
the mood of the workforce, better 
understand their ideas, concerns, 
and perspective, plus ascertain what 
it is about Petrofac that motivates and 
engages them. It has also played an 
important role in helping us navigate 
the recent challenges arising from the 
COVID-19 pandemic – for example, 
by giving us deeper insights into the 
everyday realities of those people who 
have had to work on extended rotations 
in remote areas.

2022 marks the end of the three-year 
term of the first Workforce Forum 
representatives. Nominations and 
elections will be held early in 2022 for 
the second term. Given the success of 
the initiative and its high profile within the 
Group, we expect this to have many new 
nominations and a lively election process. 
René Médori has stated: “I am constantly 
impressed by the quality of the dialogue, 
and I know the entire Board values the 
insights it brings”.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

49

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Developing a performance culture
As part of the rebalancing and reshaping 
of Petrofac, a new set of behaviours 
were defined, aligned with our new 
values. These were integrated into our 
performance management systems and 
professional development programmes 
in 2021. The five behaviours are:

 – Collaborating with purpose – 

we bring people together to share 
knowledge, co-create solutions 
and deliver the best business 
outcome for everyone

 – Taking ownership – we lead work 
to completion, take responsibility for 
decisions, represent the organisation 
and do not tolerate unethical behaviour

 – Building relationships with 
integrity – we have respectful 
relationships, we build a climate of 
trust, and foster an environment where 
we can constructively challenge and 
resolve conflict

 – Coaching, developing and 

empowering – we encourage our 
people to grow, acquire the confidence 
and skills to make accountable 
decisions, and provide opportunities  
to progress

 – Driving positive change – we 

embrace change, encourage constant 
improvement and, where appropriate, 
challenge the status quo

The behaviours have been incorporated 
into our employee goal plans, which 
means that they are now factored into 
mid-year reviews and year-end appraisals. 
To continue the process, and fully embed 
the new values and behaviours, we intend 
to make better use of our digital HR tools, 
and enable more of a coaching culture 
among our managers.

Investing in training and 
development
We continued to evolve our training and 
professional development programmes, 
including our early career education 
initiatives, our Leadership Excellence 
Programme and our Petrofac Academy 
online distance learning programmes. 
Highlights of the year included:

Welcoming back our first cohort 
of Master’s graduates 
Back in 2020, one of the ways we 
responded to the COVID-19 pandemic 
was to work with the American University of 
Beirut to sponsor a first-of-its-kind Master’s 
programme in Engineering Management.

As an alternative to redundancy, 
we offered talented young engineers 
the opportunity to join the programme, 
with Petrofac paying tuition fees and 
covering subsistence costs. The first 
cohort of 46 students graduated in 2021, 
41 of whom rejoined the Company. 
The second cohort of more than 30 
people is due to graduate in 2022. 

Extending our successful 
apprenticeship programmes 
In the UK, one of the ways that we 
attract and develop the next generation 
of our workforce is through our Offshore 
Apprenticeship programme. In 2021, we 
welcomed six new apprentices, taking the 
total number recruited since 2016 to more 
than 60.

This four-year programme equips young 
people for a career in the energy industry 
in either mechanical maintenance, 
electrical maintenance, or instrumentation 
and control maintenance. Each apprentice 
initially spend two years at college before 
spending a further two years offshore.

Helping people improve their 
everyday effectiveness 
Meetings are an essential part of how we 
operate at Petrofac, helping us to share 
information, solve problems, collaborate and 
build camaraderie. So, any improvement in 
the way we manage meetings helps us to 
generate better ideas, make better decisions 
and produce better work.

To this end, we introduced a new remote 
training module on meeting etiquette and 
effectiveness. Completed by more than 
500 people, this received exceptionally 
high ratings from almost all participants.

Focusing on employee 
engagement
We have a number of mechanisms and 
programmes to support and monitor 
employee engagement, build on strengths 
and address concerns. For example:

Maintaining an open, two-way 
conversation – the Petrofac Workforce 
Forum is an important route for the Board 
and the leadership team to get deeper 
insights into the opinions of our people 
(see page 49).

Keeping track of attitudes and 
opinions – each year we ask all 
employees to participate in PetroVoices, 
our confidential employee engagement 
survey, run by an independent third 
party (Willis Towers Watson). In 2021, 
the participation rate increased to 65%, 
up from 59% in 2020. The results were 
strong, with most metrics scoring at more 
than 80%, but we did see an across-the-
board drop of a few percentage points. 

We believe this is in part due to the 
difficult market conditions, the ongoing 
ramifications of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
and the impact on Petrofac. However, we 
are charging all senior leaders to produce 
action plans for the top three topics in 
their respective areas. These plans will 
be reviewed by the leadership team with 
a view to implementing improvements 
throughout 2022.

50

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 Paying the real Living 

Wage
In 2021, Petrofac committed to being a 
real Living Wage employer, and in early 
2022 we made our application to the 
Living Wage Foundation.

Wherever we operate, we want to 
be seen as a good employer offering 
competitive rates and conditions. And, 
irrespective of their role, location, or 
seniority, we want all our people to 
enjoy dignified working conditions 
and a decent standard of living.

By applying to become a real Living Wage 
Employer, we will be accredited by the 
real Living Wage Foundation which, each 
year, calculates the hourly wage that a 
UK family needs to live on, based on the 
cost of a basket of household goods and 
services. This wage is considerably higher 
than statutory requirements. 

Importantly, the commitment will extend 
to all UK-based employees. It will 
also cover indirect employees, such 
as temporary or agency staff, as well 
as any interns or placements. 

 – Introducing Total Reward 

Statements – we issued Total Reward 
Statements, which clearly itemise the 
full range and value of the benefits and 
remuneration our employees receive 

 – Bringing parity to all UK-based 
employees – again in the UK, we 
eliminated legacy differences in some 
employees’ terms and conditions. 
For the vast majority of employees, 
this meant that the standard holiday 
entitlement increased from 25 to 28 
days, and that maternity and paternity 
benefits also improved.

Recognising and rewarding 
our people
It is important to Petrofac that all our 
people are appropriately rewarded.

In 2021, we made several changes, including:

 – Becoming a real Living Wage 

employer – in the UK, we committed 
to paying at least the real Living Wage 
to all employees.

 – Introducing a new recognition 

scheme – we launched an additional 
Groupwide recognition scheme. 
This enables line managers to instantly 
reward colleagues who are exceptional 
role models and live our values with 
a cash award of US$100 to US$250 
or a spot bonus, equivalent to one 
month’s salary. In the first month alone, 
242 of these awards were made.

 – Reducing working hours in the 
UAE – for employees based in our 
Sharjah office, to coincide with the 
national shift to a Saturday-Sunday 
weekend, we decided to reduce our 
own working week from 45 hours to 40 
hours with no loss of pay, with effect 
from 1 January 2022

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

51

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Extending our support of 
COVID-19 response initiatives
During 2021, we continued to support 
several COVID-19 response initiatives, 
including:

 – Algeria – we donated 220 oxygen 
concentrators for the Ministry 
of Health, with 40 of the units 
dedicated for use in Illizi province 
to support the communities local 
to our Tinrhert project

 – India – our Mumbai operations 
hub worked with a local charity, 
Samhita’s Collective Good Foundation, 
to support a community vaccination 
programme, providing vaccines for 
7,200 people from marginalised and 
underprivileged communities

 – Thailand – we supplied COVID-19 
support bags to nearby villages to 
help those within the local community 
who needed to self-isolate and 
home quarantine

Algeria – supporting our 
local communities
Our Ain Tsila project teams assisted the 
nearby village of Tin Fouy. They donated 
medical equipment for its clinic, bought 
and installed air conditioning and heating 
systems for the elementary school, and a 
new sound system for its mosque. 

India – supporting women’s 
education and employability
There is a regulatory requirement for us 
to spend at least 2% of our revenues in 
India on social investments, equating to an 
investment of approximately US$200,000 
per annum. In 2021 the focus of our 
community engagement programmes 
continued to be the provision of training 
and employability skills for disadvantaged 
people, with a focus on young women.

From Mumbai, through the PanIIT Alumni 
Reach for India Foundation (PARFI), 
we supported a one-year commis chef 
training programme for young women 
from disadvantaged communities, 
and successfully placed 61 of them 
in full-time hospitality jobs. As part 
of an empowerment programme for 
young women, our staff supported the 
Wavaloli Ashram school, contributing to 
educational resources and tuition fees.

Meanwhile, from Chennai, we 
financed the installation of a new hall 
at the Sri Ramakrishna Math school 
for underprivileged girls, extended 
our sponsorship of the Women’s 
Organisation for Rural Development, 
and supported several projects run 
by Sevalaya, a local charity that 
provides skills and employability 
education in rural communities.

Community  
engagement
Making a positive contribution 
to our local communities 
Our local delivery model is a key 
differentiator for Petrofac and, wherever 
we work, we want local communities to 
benefit from our presence. We therefore 
engage with local stakeholders to better 
understand and manage the social 
impacts of our business, address any 
concerns they may have about our 
work, and maximise the benefits we 
are able to bring to their communities.

The Petrofac Social Performance 
Framework governs the way we approach 
community engagement. It consists of 
our Social Performance Standard and a 
set of guidelines that enable us to meet 
the commitments set out in the Petrofac 
Ethical, Social and Regulatory Risk Policy.

Enhancing our approach 
to social investment
In 2021, we updated our social investment 
guidelines to ensure that our activities 
create value for both Petrofac and the 
recipients, are conducted in compliance 
with our Code of Conduct, and are subject  
to rigour and transparency. 

These guidelines explain that our social 
investment initiatives should be consistent 
with three strategic priorities:

1.  Promote STEM (science, technology, 

engineering and mathematics) 
education, and improve educational 
access and employability

2.  Contribute to community improvement, 
capacity building and disaster relief

3.  Support a just transition as the 

energy sector evolves and reduces 
its carbon intensity

We also provided more clarity on the 
types of initiatives that are eligible for 
support and tightened our due diligence 
processes. Across the Group, training 
on the new guidelines was delivered 
to all corporate social responsibility 
representatives and will be extended to 
country managers and project managers 
in 2022.

52

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Oman – helping to recover 
from Cyclone Shaheen 
In Oman, a focus of our community 
engagement activity was to assist 
the relief operation following Cyclone 
Shaheen, which swept through 
the Sultanate in October 2021. 
Through a fundraising appeal our 
employees, assisted with a Petrofac 
company donation, raised around 
US$130,000 and partnered with the 
Oman Charitable Organization (OCO) to 
deliver relief, including the repair of vital 
infrastructure and delivery of emergency 
supplies. Our teams also helped on the 
frontline, supporting the local community 
by clearing storm-damaged properties.

Other social investments in Oman include 
initiatives from our Duqm project team, 
such as the construction of a sports 
ground, the provision of benches and 
shelters at a popular beach, and the 
donation of IT equipment to local schools. 

Thailand – becoming an active 
member of the local community 
In the Ban Thung and Ban Ao-Udom 
communities, adjacent to our Thai Oil 
refinery project, several community 
relations and youth development 
projects were sponsored. We supported 
weekly ‘Big Cleaning’ events, partnering 
with the community representatives 
to clean up neglected areas. We also 
supported several road safety campaigns 
to raise awareness of hazards and promote 
safe behaviours, with volunteers routinely 
supporting safe traffic management 
during rush hour. Meanwhile, our youth 
development activities included the 
sponsorship of an English language camp 
programme over seven months for 24 
students aged 13 to 18 years.

UAE – supporting STEM education 
and research
We continued to support STEM education 
at the American University of Sharjah. 
The university’s Renewable Energy 
Research Center (RERC), established in 
2017, is backed by Petrofac, and supports 
12 faculty members and research staff 
assistants working on new energies 
initiatives. We also sponsor a Research 
Chair in Renewable Energy and support 
several university events such as its open 
day, careers fair, and an environmental day.

To encourage breakthroughs in green 
energy, we also collaborated with the 
Middle East and Africa Innovation Hub, 
by supporting and helping to judge 
a three-day hackathon for university 
students. Meanwhile in Abu Dhabi, 
we worked with the UAE Ministry of 
the Interior and the Saaed Association 
to support marginalised communities 
during Ramadan.

UK – partnering for a just transition 
In support of a just transition to a lower 
carbon energy industry, we established 
a partnership with the East of England 
Energy Group (EEEGR) an industry-led 
membership organisation. EEEGR builds 
skills and capability for the hydrogen, 
carbon capture, offshore wind, and 
waste-to-value sectors. Our support 
covers several EEEGR core programmes, 
including Skills for Energy and Clean 
Energy technologies. 

We also signalled our support of the UK 
armed forces community, signing the 
Armed Forces Covenant, which seeks to 
ensure those who serve, or have served, 
in the armed forces are treated with 
fairness and respect.

In-country value

% Spend on local goods and 
services* (%) 
54% (US$158m)

2019

2020

2021

*Non-JV projects

Key project jobs (’000)

2019

2020

2021

41%

53%

54%

57.0

41.0

33.0

Generating economic value 
in-country 
Wherever Petrofac operates, we are 
committed to creating shared value by 
employing local people, supporting local 
supply chains, developing local capabilities, 
and stimulating local economies.

As well as being the right thing to 
do, we see the creation of in-country 
value (ICV) as a source of competitive 
advantage. It enables our local delivery 
model, helping us to bid on challenging 
projects, keep costs down, improve the 
quality and capability of local vendors 
and supply chains, and build stronger 
relationships with local stakeholders.

Alongside shareholder and client value, 
we regard ICV as one of the most 
important outcomes of our business 
model. We therefore aim to make a 
positive and measurable contribution 
to the economies in which we operate.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

53

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Formalising our ICV 
delivery strategy
The creation of ICV has always 
been a hallmark of our approach. 
In 2021, we enhanced and extended 
our commitment with a formal ICV 
strategy based on four levers: 

 – Employing and developing a  

world-class national workforce –  
strengthening our local teams, 
making them more representative 
of communities they work in, 
and enhancing our in-country 
delivery capabilities

 – Building the capacity and technical 

capability of local suppliers – 
understanding the capabilities of 
local supply chains, supporting 
skills development, and promoting 
technology transfers

 – Sourcing goods and services 
locally – reducing our reliance 
on international supply chains, 
matching local suppliers with 
project opportunities, and 
improving our efficiencies

 – Investing in our local presence and 
host communities – ensuring that 
our community engagement initiatives 
support our local operations, and 
are closely aligned with our strategic 
priorities (see pages 8 and 9)

A three-year implementation plan was 
agreed, along with key performance 
indicators for each of the pillars.

Supporting local economies
In 2021, just taking into account our major 
non-joint operations projects (as listed on 
page 78), where we have direct control 
over procurement and subcontracting, we 
purchased almost US$158 million worth of 
goods and services, and supported more 
than 33,000 jobs at our project sites.

The proportion of locally-sourced goods 
and services marginally increased to 
54% in 2021, up from 53% in 2020. 
This reflects our continued work to 
source more local goods and services, 
build the capability of our supply chain, 
and invest in our local presence.

Indicative examples from across our 
operations include:

India
As part of the implementation of the ICV 
strategy, the local market was assessed, 
and service providers, vendors and 
partners identified to support our plans  
in India. 

Given the maturity of the Indian market, 
almost all goods and services are 
already sourced locally, other than 
licensor-mandated imported items. 
A focus for 2021 was to build our locally-
based bidding and project execution 
teams with a view to maximising our 
in-country delivery capabilities and 
minimising any requirement for external 
support. For 2022, we aim to increase 
the capabilities further and establish 
India as an operations hub for bids and 
projects in Africa. 

Oman
In Oman, where we have worked on 
many of the Sultanate’s most significant 
energy assets and jointly operate the 
prestigious Takatuf Petrofac Oman training 
centre, our formal ICV programmes have 
been running for more than 16 years, and 
we have a dedicated ICV management 
team in place to optimise and quantify 
our impact. 

In 2021, we appointed a new Country 
Manager, Dr Khalid Al Jahwari, recruited 
a further 41 Omani nationals, identified 
new ways to strengthen our in-country 
teams, and presented plans for our 
nationalisation programme to the Ministry 
of Labour. We also received an award 
from our client, Petroleum Development 
Oman (PDO) for our ICV performance, 
while our Ghazeer project was named 
Commercial Project of the Year in the 
2021 Construction Week Oman Awards.

In selecting vendors and subcontractors, 
we routinely give priority to local providers 
and offer formal support to small and 
medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). 
In 2021, we placed orders worth around 
US$60 million with Omani vendors, many 
of which were SMEs.

For 2022, priorities include strengthening 
our Omani middle management teams 
and continuing our Omani graduate 
programmes. We also intend to assess 
the capabilities of the local supply chain 
in the new energies sector, identify gaps, 
and provide support accordingly.

 Helping to establish 
UAE as a global hub for 
new energy projects 
With a significant presence in the 
UAE, we are working with local 
partners to deliver a number of new 
energy projects, while also creating 
outstanding new opportunities for our 
Emirati graduate engineers. 

We chose to fabricate the facilities of 
two of our new energy projects at the 
Drydocks World Dubai and Eversendai 
facilities respectively. We assigned 
23 Emirati graduate engineers to 
their delivery.

To add to their formal studies at the 
Petrofac Academy, these graduates 
benefited from on-the-job training, 
support, and real-world experience 
in the new energies sector. Meanwhile, 
Petrofac benefited from their enthusiasm, 
their ambition, and their commitment to 
the local economy, while the UAE builds 
its credentials in one of the world’s most 
important and rapidly growing sectors.

Delivering locally 
to global standards 
is key to Petrofac’s 
strategy and unlocks 
in-country value for all 
stakeholders, wherever 
we operate.”
Sami Iskander
Group Chief Executive

54

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

To support the development of our 
local workforce, an HR review evaluated 
future resource needs and prioritised the 
recruitment and development of more 
Emirati middle managers and project 
staff, both through external recruitment 
and internal professional development 
programmes. We also partnered with 
Sharjah Research Technology and 
Innovation Park as part of an initiative 
to identify and co-create innovative 
solutions to emerging energy challenges.

Kuwait
In recent years, Petrofac has delivered five 
major projects in Kuwait, helping clients 
to increase production and modernise 
their infrastructure. In doing so, we have 
established project offices, recruited 
local leadership teams and graduates, 
and spent around US$3.4 billion on local 
goods and services. For 2022, we intend 
to step up our Kuwaitisation programme 
and appoint a local Country Manager.

Australia
Our Australian operations have built 
a strong reputation for well engineering 
services. We are working on Australia’s 
largest commercial scale green hydrogen 
project, and we are extending our 
involvement in the region’s energy 
industry. For 2021, for example, we 
signed a Memorandum of Understanding 
(MOU) with Boya Energy, a majority 
Aboriginal-owned Western Australian 
renewable energy project developer.

Making a significant contribution 
to public finances
Through the taxes we pay, Petrofac makes 
a significant contribution to the public 
finances of the local economies in which 
we operate.

The total amount paid to governments 
in 2021 was US$157 million, comprising 
corporate income tax, employment 
taxes, and other forms of tax and social 
security contributions.

Algeria
Petrofac’s commitment to Algeria is 
reflected in the scale and nature of our 
in-country operations. A support office 
in Algiers is supplemented by a busy 
operations hub in Hassi Messaoud, plus 
project sites in Tinrhert and Ain Tsila. 
We also operate the Hassi Messaoud 
Construction Skills Training Centre. 
In 2021, more than 85% of the people 
working on our project sites were 
Algerian nationals.

For 2022, our priorities include 
capability building initiatives, including 
evolving our contracting model 
and establishing more framework 
agreements with local suppliers.

UAE
Our Sharjah office is home to 1,450 
employees and a significant part of our 
heritage is closely associated with the 
Emirates. As an operational hub for 
many of our projects, we source goods 
and execute large-scale fabrication 
works in the UAE for export to our clients 
worldwide. In 2021 we continued to focus 
on localising strategically critical parts of 
our business, and worked with selected 
subcontractors to build their capabilities 
and promote decarbonisation initiatives 
to lower their carbon footprint.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

55

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Enhancing project 
grievance processes

At each project site, we operate grievance 
processes, which are designed to be 
transparent and accessible, and based 
on engagement and constructive 
dialogue. Workers can raise complaints 
and suggestions for improvement both 
anonymously and in person, and we 
engage with all parties to support the 
fair and prompt resolution of any issues 
raised. Given the potential impacts of the 
pandemic, we worked to raise awareness 
of these grievance systems and how to 
access them.

Giving a voice to workers
As part of our focus on worker welfare in 
2021, all project sites were encouraged 
to elevate the role of their worker welfare 
committees. The committees represent an 
important component of our commitment 
to labour rights, and are an important 
pillar in our due diligence framework. 
We worked to ensure that regular monthly 
meetings are held, that workforce groups 
are fairly represented, and an effective 
dialogue is maintained between all parties.

Supporting labour rights 
through the pandemic
While the pandemic has impacted the 
entire supply chain, it is often our less 
financially resilient subcontractors who are 
most vulnerable. Across several projects, 
our labour rights monitoring and grievance 
management systems highlighted instances 
of labour rights infringements. For example, 
due to country travel restrictions, some 
subcontracted workers opted to work 
extended rotations rather than return 
to their home countries and risk finding 
themselves unable to return to work. In other 
instances, lower-tier subcontractors with 
cash flow problems were unable to pay 
workers’ salaries or health insurance on 
time, or made unacceptable cuts in the 
welfare provision.

In all instances, we worked in collaboration 
to facilitate solutions, monitoring the 
situation until resolved. As a preventive 
measure, we also stepped up our reviews 
of the welfare of our subcontracted 
workers and provided additional support 
where necessary. 

Refreshing labour 
rights awareness
To remind our subcontractors of the 
importance of worker welfare, the 
principles we follow, and the support 
we make available on each of our project 
sites, a programme of labour rights 
refresher training was implemented 
(aligned to the International Finance 
Corporation Standards on Environmental 
& Social Sustainability, Labour Standard 
2). Information campaigns were also 
developed in multiple languages, such 
as posters and discussion topics for 
toolbox talks with groups of workers.

Human rights
Respecting human rights across 
our supply chain 
We strive to protect and respect 
human rights throughout our business 
operations and extended supply chain. 
Our commitments are set out in our Code 
of Conduct, and we work in accordance 
with our Social Performance Framework, 
the UN Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights, and the Fundamental 
Conventions of the International Labour 
Organization (ILO). We are also proud of our 
long-term commitment to the United Nations 
Global Compact and disclose annually our 
progress against its Ten Principles.

However, we acknowledge that the nature 
of our global operations and the type of 
geographies we work in at times present 
human rights risks. Our main exposure is in 
the extensive supply chains of our large EPC 
projects, particularly the labour practices 
of subcontractors and the recruitment 
agents and brokers they use. 

Evaluating our performance
Each year, we assess our operations 
for human rights issues and take a 
risk-based approach to addressing 
any incidents of modern slavery related 
to forced and bonded labour, worker 
welfare infringements, and other labour 
rights abuses. This review is detailed in 
our annual Modern Slavery Statement, 
published in accordance with the UK 
Modern Slavery Act 2015, which outlines 
the steps taken in respect to human 
rights. This can be found on our website 
at www.petrofac.com. 

All third-party suppliers undergo human 
rights and labour rights due diligence 
screening as part of prequalification onto 
our vendor management system, and are 
required to read and commit to Petrofac’s 
Labour Rights and Worker Welfare 
Standards. We also review compliance 
with our standards through our audit, 
review, and inspection programmes. 
Where issues are identified, we work 
collaboratively with third parties to 
support improvement plans. 

In 2021, there were no incidents of 
modern slavery or human rights violations 
reported through our auditing or internal 
incident reporting mechanisms. However, 
we did uncover several labour rights issues 
arising from the ongoing challenges of 
the pandemic.

56

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Strategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Governance

Why this is important to our 
business model and strategy
Responsible governance and 
ethical business practice are critical 
considerations for Petrofac.

As a key stakeholder and a significant part 
of the supply chain in the industries and 
countries in which we operate, we must 
uphold the highest standards of integrity 
and transparency, and consistently earn 
the trust of clients, governments, partners, 
and the wider energy industry.

We therefore recognise the responsibility 
and opportunity we have to enable and 

Our performance

Alleged breaches of the Code of 
Conduct reported via Speak Up

embody ethical behaviours. We take this 
commitment seriously and continue to 
invest in our people and processes to 
ensure that we live up to it.

100% of employees  
completed an annual declaration 
confirming compliance with  
the Code of Conduct

Speak Up reports increased 
indicating a more transparent 
Speak Up culture

Proportion of employees with line 
management responsibility who 
completed mandatory Code of 
Conduct e-learning

Number of substantiated  
allegations

* This number does not reflect 15 ongoing cases from 2021

2019

2020

2021

61

57

2019

2020

125

2021

97.9

2019

99.3

2020

97.2

2021

24

21

39*

Proportion of employees who 
completed mandatory e-learning
(Share Dealing Code, Standard for the 
Prevention of Bribery & Corruption, 
Code of Conduct)

Number of employees facing 
discipline or dismissal following 
substantiated allegations

Number of employees attending 
training conducted by the 
compliance team
(Code of Conduct, trade compliance, 
investigations)

2019

2020

2021

99.2

2019

98.9

2020

98.5

2021

20

39

41

2019

2020

2021

n/a

997

1,449

Proportion of employees who 
completed an annual declaration 
confirming their compliance with 
the Code of Conduct

2019

2020

2021

99.7

100.0

99.9

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

57

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Environmental, Social and Governance continued

Ethical behaviour 
and compliance
Over recent years, and in the wake of 
the Serious Fraud Office (SFO) investigation, 
we have put significant effort into reinforcing 
the importance of ethical behaviour to 
our people and enhancing our systems 
and processes.

Over the past five years, the size of our 
compliance team has grown from two 
to 12 people, the skills and experience 
within it have been significantly enhanced, 
and the budget almost doubled. We also 
benefit from a new unequivocal Code of 
Conduct, more codified behaviours and 
values, and the frequent delivery of clear 
and consistent messages from all tiers 
of leadership. 

At the close of the investigation, the SFO 
and the Court commented on the extent 
and integrity of our reforms. We know 
that we have emerged a better company, 
backed by a world-class compliance 
regime, and an open reporting culture 
in which reporting unethical behaviour 
is actively welcome. We believe that, 
because of these major enhancements, 
the type of behaviours that prompted the 
investigation would not now occur.

We also believe that ethical behaviour 
and compliance are ongoing considerations 
that require consistent attention and 
enhancement, which is what our three 
lines of defence structure brings.

Continuing to embed a 
compliance ethos across 
the Group
Following the launch of our revised Code 
of Conduct in 2020, we continued with 
our related training and communications 
programmes. Although face-to-face 
training programmes were restricted by 
the pandemic, we continued with our 
online programmes, with a total of 1,449 
employees receiving training from the 
compliance team. 

To complement the communications 
and frequent messaging from the senior 
leadership, we also focused on fostering 
more openness among middle managers 
and their direct reports, especially those 
working in higher risk roles and locations. 
We launched and rolled out a mandatory 
Code of Conduct e-learning module for 
everyone at middle management levels 
and below. 

Enabling Group-wide engagement
The compliance team continued to 
implement new ways to engage with 
and support colleagues from across the 
business. Aside from their day-to-day 
operational responsibilities, all senior 
compliance team members have a 
remit to work closely with the leadership 
team of a given business unit, act as a 
compliance focal point, and provide support 
and problem-solving advice. We also 
implemented compliance review rhythms 
with the senior leaders of our business units.

Three lines of defence
Each line in our defence system includes a feedback loop that informs improvement

1. 
Leadership  
and people

2. 
Processes 
and controls

3. 
Assurance

Optimising our processes 
and controls
The purpose of our compliance processes 
and controls is to prevent deviations from 
our policies, highlight any new or emerging 
risks, and detect and flag deviations 
or suspicious-looking activities.

A major focus for 2021 was to revamp 
our due diligence systems, eliminate 
any remaining manual processes, and 
transition to a new cloud-based platform, 
as well as bringing increased efficiencies 
and enhanced controls. This means that 
our due diligence and financial controls 
are now fully integrated. It also means 
that we benefit from live monitoring of 
counterparty risks, and are able to take 
immediate action if issues should arise.

Encouraging more people 
to Speak Up
It is vital that everyone working with or 
for us can raise any concerns they might 
have, without fearing retaliation, and have 
the option to do so anonymously.

Following the 2020 improvements to our 
Speak Up tool (which is how employees, 
contractors, suppliers, and customers 
and any other third parties can report 
any breach or suspected breach of our 
Code of Conduct, policies, standards, 
procedures or local laws), the priority 
for 2021 was to encourage more open 
reporting through the tool or through 
management. This entailed additional 
training, again targeting middle-level 
managers, to promote a strong and 
healthy Speak Up culture, reinforced 
by a top-down cascade to all employees 
on the importance of speaking up. 
To ensure our stakeholders, and especially 
our employees, feel safe in speaking 
up, we introduced a standalone Non 
Retaliation policy.

As a result, we saw an increase in Speak 
Up reports, which more than doubled 
to 125. This is in line with recognised 
international benchmarks. It demonstrates 
that people feel more comfortable in 
reporting and discussing their concerns, 
which is indicative of the more open and 
transparent culture we are nurturing.

58

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Tax transparency
Petrofac is committed to ensuring 
compliance with the tax laws and 
regulations of the countries where we 
operate. We have an open, cooperative 
and collaborative working relationship 
with tax authorities. 

Our Tax Strategy and Tax Policy explain 
how we approach the management of 
our tax affairs (these are available for 
download at www.petrofac.com). 

The total amount that we pay in taxes is 
not limited to the corporate income tax 
disclosed within the financial statements. 
It also includes employee and employer 
taxes and social security payments, VAT 
and sales taxes, and other taxes such as 
withholding, property and other indirect 
taxes. The total amount paid by Petrofac 
to governments worldwide includes those 
taxes which are borne by Petrofac, as well 
as taxes collected by Petrofac, but which 
are recoverable from tax authorities or 
clients and suppliers. 

We report our taxes paid and collected 
on a cash basis, except for VAT and 
sales taxes, which are shown on an 
accrual basis. We believe this is the 
most meaningful way to demonstrate 
our annual tax contribution.

Bringing more rigour and 
consistency to our investigations 
Where concerns are reported, we respond 
to them promptly and investigate them 
objectively and independently. We ensure 
that whoever reports a concern is 
kept abreast of the outcome and that 
recommended actions are implemented 
in a timely manner. This is the result of 
a major redesign of the investigations 
function, procedures and tools.

Maintaining strong third-party 
assurance
To help us develop and implement our 
enhanced compliance regime, in 2019 
we appointed the specialist law firm 
Freeh, Sporkin & Sullivan. In 2021, we 
confirmed that this would be a long-

term engagement and a key part of 
our assurance processes – helping us 
monitor our performance and adapt 
our approach accordingly.

Continuing priorities for 2022
For 2022, we will continue to enhance 
our approach. Plans include a detailed 
and elaborate communications and 
training programme using lessons 
learnt, emerging trends and other 
communications channels. This will have 
an emphasis on continuing to nurture a 
culture of openness and transparency 
– so that all our people feel comfortable 
discussing our Code of Conduct, and 
all tiers of management understand the 
right ways to engage in these discussions 
and, where appropriate, to escalate 
the outcomes.

It is vital that everyone 
working with or for us 
can raise any concerns 
they might have, without 
fearing retaliation, and 
have the option to do 
so anonymously.”

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

59

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Risk management

We operate 
in challenging 
environments and 
understand that risks 
are an inherent part 
of our business. 

Identifying and 
managing risks and 
opportunities is key to 
the successful delivery 
of our strategy.
Our knowledge and insight, coupled with 
the right set of tools and processes, help 
us understand the factors that lead to risk, 
and enable us to manage them effectively.

Our risk management framework provides 
us with a consistent approach to identify, 
manage and oversee the risks that may 

impact our business and is designed 
to underpin the Group’s longer-term 
sustainability. Based on the principles 
and guidelines of BS ISO 31000:2018 
Risk Management, our framework 
encompasses the policies, standards, 
procedures, culture, behaviours, 
organisational design, systems and 
other aspects of the Group that, taken 
together, enable Petrofac to operate 
effectively and efficiently. 

Governing our risk 
management framework 
Petrofac’s system of risk governance 
comprises several committees and 
management processes which bring 
together reports on the management 
of risk at various levels. The Board has 
overall responsibility for risk management, 
which includes establishing the Group’s 
risk appetite and its enterprise risk 
arrangements, and ensuring we have 
an effective risk management framework 
in place. 

Risk governance framework
Board
 – Sets risk appetite
 – Approves principal risks
 – Reviews and approves significant 

opportunities

Audit Committee
 – Reviews principal risks, emerging risks 

and risk appetite

 – Provides assurance on risk 

management and internal controls 
framework

Group Risk Committee
 – Oversight of the Enterprise Risk 

Management Framework, including 
the principal and emerging risks and 
risk appetite

 – Reviews and recommends significant 

opportunities

Divisional Risk Review Committees
 – Divisional management oversight and 

review of opportunities

Board

Group Risk 
Committee

Audit  
Committee

Divisional  
Risk Review 
Committees

Service  
lines

Service lines
 – Risk management is embedded within 

Group  
functions

Internal  
audit

each service line

Group functions
 – Assurance to management, the Audit 

Committee and the Board

The Audit Committee has been delegated 
the responsibility of monitoring and 
reviewing the integrity and effectiveness 
of the Group’s overall risk management 
and internal control systems. The Audit 
Committee primarily, but not solely, utilises 
the processes and reports set out below 
to evaluate the risk management and 
control activities of the Group.

 – The Principal Risk Report identifies 
and assesses the principal risks and 
emerging risks facing the Group, 
outlines how these are managed, 
reviews the effectiveness of relevant 
controls and monitors exposures 
with respect to our risk appetite. 
Coupled with updates from the Group 
Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer 
and the Group Risk Team, this report is 
submitted quarterly and is considered 
at both Committee and the Board level 
throughout the year. A summary of this 
Report is provided on pages 63 to 69.

 – Management Reports for various 

principal risks are submitted either to 
the Board or to one of its Committees 
whose area of expertise best aligns 
with the risk area under consideration. 
The purpose is to enhance the level 
of oversight for each principal risk. 
The relevant Committee is responsible 
for reviewing the status of each 
principal risks, seeking information 
on controls and processes, and 
considering mitigation and management 
strategies. Following its review, each 
Committee provides feedback to the 
Audit Committee and to the Board 
for discussion and recommendations.

 – Control Self-Assessment (CSA) 

certificates are a way for management 
to review and maintain adequate 
internal controls. These certificates 
are completed by each function and 
business unit to check and assure the 
adequacy of controls and disclose any 
reportable weaknesses in the control 
environment. They are then cascaded 
and consolidated to confirm the extent 
to which the internal controls have 
operated effectively throughout the 
year. Further reviews are performed 
by the internal Audit team. The Audit 
Committee received regular updates 
from the Head of Internal Audit on the 
effectiveness of the internal controls. 

60

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

In addition to these activities, reports are 
submitted to the Audit Committee by our 
internal and external auditors, as well as 
from our newly established Assurance 
function. In reviewing each of the submitted 
reports, the Committee considers:

 – How effectively risks have been identified
 – How they have been mitigated and 

managed

 – Whether appropriate and prompt action 
is being taken to remedy any failings or 
weaknesses 

 – Whether the cause of the failing or 
weakness was the consequence 
of poor decision making, a need 
for more extensive monitoring, or a 
reassessment of process effectiveness 

These considerations are intended 
to provide the Audit Committee with 
a balanced assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks and the effectiveness 
of the systems of internal controls.

The Group Risk Committee is responsible 
for the oversight of the risk management 
framework, as agreed by the Board, 
including the review of Group policies 
and the management of the Group’s 
Delegated Authorities.

In addition to the Group’s regular risk 
review meetings, the Group Executive 
Committee meets regularly to discuss 
safety, compliance, operational, commercial 
and finance matters, with changes in risks 
and opportunities being identified and 
addressed as appropriate. 

The diagram on the previous page sets out 
the risk governance framework, showing 

Risk management framework

the interaction between the various risk 
review and management committees.

statements and indicators relevant to 
each of our principal risks 

Identifying and managing our risks 
The Group’s divisions and functions 
conduct regular risk assessments and the 
risk information from these are consolidated 
into our principal risks. Emerging risks are 
identified as part of the business planning 
cycle, with a view to considering those risks 
that may have a material impact beyond 
the planning horizon.

The list of principal and emerging risks 
is reviewed by the Group Risk Committee, 
endorsed by the Audit Committee and 
approved by the Board. Once approved, 
each principal risk is categorised and 
assigned to an executive owner who 
is accountable for coordinating the risk 
assessment, reviewing the adequacy 
of relevant internal controls, establishing 
a response plan and reporting. 

Depending on the category of the risk, 
the Assurance teams may be engaged to 
devise and support an effective assurance 
programme. The Board may also appoint 
a relevant Committee to enhance the level 
of oversight.

We assess the materiality of each principal 
risk and aim to contain them within the 
context of our risk appetite framework. 
Our risk appetite statements are 
established in three layers:

 – The first layer aligns with Petrofac’s vision, 
purpose, business model, and strategy
 – The second layer ties into the business 
plan through overall risk indicators
 – The third layer operationalises the 
previous layers through specific 

The Board and the Group Risk 
Committee jointly govern all material 
new business opportunities and projects 
(including bid submissions, new country 
entries, joint ventures, investments, 
acquisitions and disposals) and provide 
direction as to the management and 
mitigation of any related risk exposures. 
Proposals are only presented to the 
Group Risk Committee after being 
reviewed and supported at divisional 
level. Based on the recommendations 
of the Group Risk Committee, the Board 
then has responsibility for approving 
or declining any high-risk opportunities.

Enhancing our risk management 
framework
During 2021, we enhanced our 
risk management in several ways. 
We continued to integrate risk management 
into our key processes and further aligned 
authority levels with our risk appetite. 
Following the review of the effectiveness 
of our internal control systems, we also 
created a new Value Assurance team and 
a framework was established to coordinate 
and oversee various assurance activities 
throughout our opportunity life cycle and 
across our operations. 

In 2022, we plan to continue this work by:

 – Integrating the value assurance 

framework further into our operations 

 – Further aligning and integrating 

assurance efforts throughout the 
organisation 

Integration with key 
business processes
 – Delegated authorities
 – Strategic planning/

budgeting

 – Treasury/financial 

planning

 – Stage-gate reviews
 – Project controls & 
management

 – Procurement and vendor 

management

 – Business continuity and 

crisis management

Risk management process

Communicate and consult

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Risk 
identification

Risk 
assessment

Risk 
treatment

Risk 
monitoring

Risk 
reporting

Assurance

Company values and culture

Enterprise Risk Management system (and other tools)

Leadership, communications and engagement

Alignment with 
assurance functions 
via principal risks
 – Compliance
 – Value assurance
 – Financial control
 – HSE
 – Cyber security

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

61

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group’s principal risks were reviewed and revised at the end of 2021, drawing on feedback from the business, Executive 
management and the Audit Committee. Key changes made to our principal risks are outlined below. No new emerging risks were 
identified during the year. 

Key changes to 
our principal risks

Details

Reflecting the 
impact of
the COVID-19 
pandemic

Rewording and 
reclassification of 
‘Energy Transition’ 
emerging risk

Rewording some 
principal risks

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a significant impact on our business and is 
accounted for in the assessment of the principal risks listed below:

 – ‘Adverse geopolitical and macro-economic changes in key geographies’ to reflect the 

potential for a long-term global recession as well as economic/social impact in some of our 
key markets 

 – ‘Low order intake’ to reflect the risks related to COVID-19 and the subsequent impact on 

investment by our existing and potential clients

 – ‘Operational and project performance’ to reflect the risk to project delivery due to restrictions 
in workforce mobilisation, remote working practices, delay/suspension in project execution 
due to supply chain issues and the impact on client relationships due to these conditions

 – ‘HSSE incidents’ to reflect the COVID-19 related risks to the health and safety of our 

employees, customers and service providers 

The Energy Transition emerging risk was identified in 2019 and embedded as a sub-risk under 
the principal risk ‘Failure to deliver strategic initiatives’ in 2020. This risk was reclassified as a 
standalone emerging risk in 2021 and reworded as ‘Failure to deliver New Energy Services 
strategy’ reflecting the establishment of New Energy Services (NES).

We revised the wording of certain principal risks, specifically:

 – ‘Historic or future breaches of laws, regulations, and ethical standards’ to ‘Breach of laws, 

regulations, and ethical standards’

 – ‘HSSEAI incidents’ to ‘HSSE incidents’ for simplicity and consistency

The Group’s current principal and emerging risks are outlined below:

Strategic risks

Adverse geopolitical 
and macro-economic 
changes in key 
geographies

Low order intake

Failure to deliver 
strategic initiatives

Failure to deliver NES 
strategy

Operational risks

Operational and project 
performance

Insufficient IT 
resilience

HSSE incidents

Financial risks

Loss of financial  
capacity

Misstatement of 
financial information

Legal and  
Compliance risks

People risks

Breach of laws, 
regulations, and ethical 
standards

Inadequate leadership 
and talent management

Due to adverse changes in our business volume and balance sheet, we saw a reduction in our risk-bearing capacity in 2021. 
This was reflected in our risk assessment methodology, specifically in financial materiality levels. In some extreme cases, this 
resulted in an increase in the severity of some of the risks, despite a reduction in absolute risk levels.

62

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Adverse geopolitical and macro-economic changes in key geographies
The Group’s backlog is concentrated in emerging markets, which may increase our vulnerability to adverse geopolitical events. 
Recent global economic conditions and the enduring impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is having an impact on economies that are 
exposed to the downturn in commodities. This, in turn, places greater pressure on governments to find alternative means of raising 
revenues and increases the risk of social and labour unrest.

The impact of adverse geopolitical changes in our key geographies includes risks to the successful delivery of our strategy, our 
operations and associated impact on margins, the safety of our people, security issues, material logistics, and travel restrictions.

Risk appetite
 – We actively assess risks associated with geopolitical 

Risk category: Strategic 
Link to our strategy: Return to growth

changes in our key geographies, and we have appetite 
for more risk in this area where we have the experience 
of managing it

 – Where we operate in countries that have very high or 

high geopolitical risks, we actively monitor risks associated 
with geopolitical events and have plans in place to support 
the ongoing delivery, or suspension, of our business in 
each country

Risk appetite measures
 – Cash flow exposed to geopolitical risk

Sub-risks
Sub-risks are specific to each country where we operate 
based on scenarios triggered by various threats such as: 

 – The COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent reduced 

demand for hydrocarbon

 – Civil unrest
 – Recession and fiscal stress
 – Increased controls over trade and payments

For more information see: 
pages 8-9, 13-15, 18-19 and 52-56

Assessment: Increased
The risk remained unchanged in absolute terms. However, due 
to recalibration of financial materiality thresholds it increased 
in 2021. The increase in our risk profile was mainly driven by 
re-entry into countries such as Libya. It was offset by reduced 
exposures in countries exposed to high geopolitical risks and 
growth of our backlog and pipeline in the EU and the UK. 
The recent increase in geopolitical risks due to the conflict 
between Russia and Ukraine is offset by reduced exposure 
in this country.

Mitigation and management
The Group Risk Committee (GRC) and the Board actively 
monitor political developments and seek to avoid or minimise 
our exposure to jurisdictions with risk levels beyond our 
appetite. A detailed risk analysis is conducted before entering 
any new country and while pursuing and executing projects 
in new geographies.

We have good experience in project execution and 
maintain positive relationships with key stakeholders. 
Careful consideration is given to contractual terms and 
security conditions through our detailed risk review process 
and we seek external advice on specialist issues as required.

The delivery model is modified to suit each project and we 
limit exposure to single sources of supply and service. We limit 
our fixed asset commitment within each contract and closely 
monitor and manage our cash flow and commitments.

Our Business Continuity Management System considers 
response to and recovery from geopolitical incidents. There is 
also continued focus on evacuation and emergency response. 
Our operations are assessed and executed in accordance 
with our security policy and security standards.

In 2021, we continued to enhance our Business Continuity 
Management System and expanded it to cover all the key 
geographies where we operate and execute projects. 

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

63

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Low order intake 
The risk is that our clients exercise capital discipline, which impacts the demand for our services through the cancellation or delay 
of planned investments. The potential impact is that the Group could fail to deliver its anticipated backlog and growth targets. 

The Group wins most of its work through a competitive bidding process, and as competition increases, there is a risk that we could 
fail to maintain differentiated margins.

Risk category: Strategic 
Link to our strategy: Return to growth 

Mitigation and management
Our order intake is driven by our strategy, the development 
of which is overseen by the Board. Our service lines work 
together to identify, review and win opportunities. We regularly 
analyse our business development activities, bid-to-win ratios 
and our competition.

We responded to the reduced number of awards in all our 
key markets in 2021 and prepare Petrofac for a recovery by 
addressing client objectives such as increased in-country 
value and improving sustainability.

Notwithstanding the challenging environment, we continued to 
secure new orders during 2021, including projects in Oman, the 
UK, Azerbaijan, Libya, Bahrain and Lithuania. We continue to 
focus on converting opportunities in target adjacent geographies 
and sectors. We see a good pipeline of bidding opportunities 
for 2022 and 2023 in our core markets and targeted growth in 
selective new markets. We anticipate tendering activity will pick 
up in response to a recovery in the oil price and increased capital 
investment by clients.

Risk appetite
 – We pursue opportunities consistent with our strategic 
focus and core competencies, and expect to secure 
a diversified portfolio in order to de-risk adverse events 
in our core markets 

 – We have appetite for more risk provided we review each 
opportunity, taking account of its respective risk profile 
and putting in place relevant controls to adequately mitigate 
risks to the planned execution strategy. We do not enter, 
or will exit, an opportunity, if we cannot ensure compliance 
with laws and regulations, execution quality or the safety 
and security of our people or reputation.

Risk appetite measures
 – Book-to-bill ratio

Sub-risks 
 – Oil and gas industry downturn driven by lower oil price
 – Loss of key markets due to geopolitical/litigation/

budgetary concerns

 – Increased competition in our core geographies/sectors
 – Reduced bidding competitiveness
 – COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent impact on 

investments

For more information see: 
pages 8-10, 13-15 and 18-19

Assessment: No change
The increase in the principal risk during the first half of 
2021 was offset by the resolution of the SFO investigation. 
We expect further improvement when we are able to return 
to bidding in markets from which we have been temporarily 
excluded in recent years. 

64

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Failure to deliver strategic initiatives 
Each of our strategic priorities is supported by various strategic initiatives that are overseen by senior management and the Board. 
To build enterprise value, we ensure each initiative is de-risked and respective success targets are met, assuring shareholders and 
opinion formers that we are pursuing an appropriate strategy capable of delivering shareholder value. The impact is reflected in the 
appetite from new investors and, consequently, the market valuation of the Group.

Risk appetite
 – We have limited appetite for risks affecting our strategic 

Risk category: Strategic 
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery, and Return to growth 

initiatives, although we recognise that the delivery of these 
is also a function of market dynamics. We identify and 
adequately mitigate the risks to each initiative, having some 
appetite to be flexible over the timing of their delivery.

Risk appetite measures
 – Initiative impact (cost, value) and schedule targets
 – Initiative-specific success goals

Sub-risks 
 – Failure to deliver structural cost reduction
 – Failure to deliver functional excellence through a single 

technical organisation (1tec)

 – Failure to deliver on our digitalisation initiatives
 – Failure to rebuild backlog from core and new geographies
 – Failure to deliver on client centricity

For more information see: 
pages 6-10, 13-15, 16-19 and 24

Assessment: No change
Good progress has been made in all our strategic initiatives, 
and the risk remained stable during 2021.

Mitigation and management
Each strategic initiative is governed by a stage-gate process 
and overseen by GEC or a formal Group-level steering 
committee. The Board regularly assesses our strategic 
initiatives and overall strategic plan to satisfy itself that the 
right balance of risk, capability and reward is maintained. 
We conduct detailed sensitivity analysis to assess the 
robustness of our plans.

The GRC reviews all material new business opportunities 
and projects, new country entries, joint ventures, investments, 
acquisitions and disposals.

In a challenging environment, we continued to deliver our 
strategic initiatives in 2021. Key achievements for the year include: 

 – Finalisation of our structural cost reduction programme and 
introduction of the new operating model including creation 
of 1tec, a single technical services organisation
 – Establishment of digital solutions, bringing tangible 

benefits to more clients, including cost savings, emissions 
reductions, and optimised uptime

 – Approval and execution of a formal ICV programme with 

key targets and strategies agreed in order to drive growth 
in our core and new geographies

 – Setting up of new partnerships and continued push into 

new territories 

The priorities for 2022 include leveraging the new operating 
model to drive our excellence agenda; preserve our cost-
competitiveness; further strengthen our ICV proposition 
in core markets; and continue to digitalise the business. 

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

65

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Failure to deliver New Energy Services strategy 
Due to climate change and the energy transition, our markets are changing and the portfolios of our clients are going through a major 
transformation. New Energy Services (NES) was established to respond to this change, and the Group has outlined a medium-term 
ambition for 20% of revenue to come from this area by 2025. An inability to meet changing market needs will limit our future growth, 
and would hinder our commitments with regard to our response to climate change. 

Risk appetite
 – We are willing to be exposed to more risk in the new energies 
sector and recognise that lower margins are to be expected 
as we seek growth

Risk appetite measures
 – Short and medium-term growth forecasts

Sub-risks 
 – Inability to secure partnerships
 – Adverse/delayed change in government policies
 – Changes in client requirements (T&Cs and funding)
 – Failures in our supply chain
 – Failures in delivery and execution of NES projects

For more information see: 
pages 6-10, 12, 13-15 and 26-29

Assessment: New risk
This emerging risk aims to assure the success of our response 
to changing market needs due to the energy transition. 
Good progress in pursuit of our medium-term ambition was made 
in 2021, with 6 FEED awards, new alliances and partnerships 
signed, and a NES pipeline of US$9 billion of opportunities. 

Risk category: Strategic – emerging risk 
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery, and Return to growth 

Mitigation and management
NES focuses on four clearly defined segments of the market, 
namely offshore wind, CCUS, hydrogen and waste-to-value 
where we have a strong track record and relevant experience. 
The growth will be facilitated through partnering in relevant 
technologies and with established developers; monitoring 
of relevant government policies; and supporting the NES 
organisation with 1tec expertise to successfully execute 
and deliver NES projects.

In 2021, we:

 – Established an agile NES organisation and aligned 1tec to 

support the core team  

 – Extended our reach to government and representative 

bodies of relevant industries 

 – Agreed several strategic partnerships, including Protium 

and Boya Energy 

 – Demonstrated rapid progress in NES by securing new 

contracts in 2021

Insufficient IT resilience 
The Group’s performance is increasingly dependent on the ongoing capability and reliability of our IT platforms. We (as with all 
companies) continue to be exposed to external cyber-security threats.

Risk category: Operational 
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery 

Mitigation and management
We operate a Group-wide information/cyber-security 
programme and utilise a ‘cloud’ strategy to maintain a resilient 
IT platform. 

In 2021, we continued to improve our information security 
controls through:

 – Establishment of new enterprise storage and network 

access control solutions

 – Limiting the use of flat networks
 – Upgrading, retiring or re-engineering existing applications in 

order to upgrade older servers 

 – Implementing a specific cyber-security programme to 

protect our industrial systems and networks

Risk appetite
 – We will manage our IT infrastructure to ensure the security 
of confidential information and the availability of our critical 
systems are not compromised. 

 – We have some appetite for risks to our IT infrastructure and 
cyber-security that do not impact services provided to our 
clients or deteriorate the effectiveness of key controls

Risk appetite measures
 – Number of significant cyber incidents
 – System resilience and access
 – Removal of legacy systems

Sub-risks 
 – System breach due to malware attack
 – Unavailability/loss of data due to inadequate response/recovery
 – Cyber-attacks
 – Network unavailability due to end-of-life devices
 – Compromise of user accounts through phishing and social 

engineering attacks

 – System unavailability due to legacy and unsupported 

applications and server infrastructure

 – Operational technology breach leading to operational disruption

For more information see: 
page 48

Assessment: No change
The risk remained stable during 2021. A number of initiatives 
were implemented during 2021 to further enhance our resilience.

66

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Operational and project performance 
Our portfolio typically includes a relatively small number of large value contracts, a larger number of smaller value contracts and some 
sizeable oil and gas assets. Cost or schedule overruns on any of the large value contracts, or operational issues affecting production 
within our key assets could negatively impact the Group’s profitability, cash flows and relationships with key stakeholders.

Risk appetite
 – We have limited appetite for risks affecting execution of our 
portfolio. Portfolio margins will be maintained to support 
the delivery of our target total shareholder return relative to 
our global peers over the cycle.

Risk appetite measures
 – Division level cash flow and net income

Sub-risks 
 – Project execution
 – Operation of assets

For more information see: 
pages 6-10, 16-17, 18-19, 23 and 72-81

Assessment: No change
Project risks increased further during 2021 as the COVID-19 
pandemic created execution challenges. However, the pandemic 
became more contained in the final quarter of the year, and 
the risk was reduced to 2020 levels.

Risk category: Operational 
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery, and Superior returns 

Mitigation and management
Key risks to delivery are initially identified at the tender 
stage, through the risk review process by relevant risk review 
committees and escalated to the GRC or Board, as required. 
On award, detailed execution strategies are further developed. 
During the execution phase, emerging risks and opportunities 
are managed through assurance, operational and project reviews. 
Lessons learnt are cascaded through leadership lines and our 
quality initiatives are focused on a ‘right first time’ approach.

In 2021, a new operating model was established including 
the creation of 1tec (a single technical services organisation 
focused on technical excellence). A new, independent 
assurance function was also introduced, and a value 
assurance framework was devised to govern all aspects 
of project delivery across our operations.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we continued to monitor 
closely contractual and execution challenges in our supply 
chain, with our subcontractors and our clients. Project recovery 
plans were maintained and project delivery remained a 
significant area of focus for executive management and the 
Board throughout the year.

HSSE incidents 
There are several factors that could impact our ability to operate safely. These include safety and asset integrity risks and extend to a 
range of environmental risks. The risk is the potential harm to our people, and the commercial and/or reputational damage that could 
be caused.

Risk appetite
 – We have no appetite for activities that do not meet our  

Risk category: Operational 
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery 

Horizon Zero vision

Risk appetite measures
 – Number of projects/assets at risk
 – Total recordable incident rate

Sub-risks 
 – Oil spills/gas leaks
 – Integrity failure
 – Loss of well control
 – Driving accidents
 – Fall from heights/lifting accidents/accidents during 

commissioning

 – Contractor/JV partner/client with inadequate HSSE 

standards/controls

 – Threats to security of our staff
 – COVID-19 health threats

For more information see: 
pages 30-31, 32-33 and 45-48

Assessment: Decreased
The risk reduced in 2021 as a result of further improvements 
to our safety culture, and enhanced situational awareness. 

Mitigation and management
Safety is a core value for Petrofac and the risk is governed 
largely by our operating framework, Group policies, and 
systems that cover all elements of occupational health and 
safety, security, environmental and asset integrity programmes.

Following up on the lessons learnt from some isolated incidents 
in 2020 and in the first quarter of 2021, we launched and 
executed a ‘Safety – Back to Basics’ campaign to enhance our 
already strong safety culture. Details of our Safety Improvement 
Plan for 2021 and 2022 are provided on pages 45 and 46. 
A Driver Safety Programme was also rolled out to enhance 
driver monitoring. Our response to the COVID-19 pandemic 
was extended to cover the mental wellbeing of our employees.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

67

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Strategic report
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Loss of financial capacity 
Failure to maintain adequate liquidity or provide guarantees to our customers could adversely affect our ability to deliver our strategy 
and may ultimately result in financial loss and/or ability to comply with our financial covenants. 

Costs of debt may rise as a result of rating agency downgrades or reduced access to funding. 

Access to funding is critical to our sustainability and future growth. Reduced access to funding could hamper the Group’s growth  
and/or adversely affect the Group’s financial performance.

Risk appetite
 – We have no appetite for a loss of financial capacity that 

Risk category: Financial 
Link to our strategy: Superior returns 

results in a failure to meet our financial obligations as they 
fall due and remain solvent, or that impairs our ability to 
meet client requirements for guarantees

Risk appetite measures
 – Liquidity
 – Credit rating
 – Unfunded facilities

Sub-risks 
 – Failure to maintain adequate liquidity
 – Failure to provide guarantees

For more information see: 
pages 4-5, 25, 83 and 87.

Assessment: No change
Through a successful, comprehensive refinancing in late 2021, 
we strengthened the balance sheet, and secured a sustainable, 
long-term capital structure. However, in 2021 the overall 
risk rating remained unchanged as key financial measures 
– liquidity, leverage and credit rating were below target.

Mitigation and management
We maintain an adequate level of liquidity in the form of readily 
available cash, short-term investments, or committed credit 
facilities and ensure minimum level of liquidity as defined by 
the Audit Committee is maintained.

Debt, cash and liquidity balances are monitored on a daily 
basis We prepare cash flow forecasts on a quarterly basis 
aligned to our reforecast cycle, and rolling cash forecasts 
on a monthly basis to help manage liquidity and short-term 
forecasting. Our financial policy targets BBB investment grade 
credit metrics over the long term.

In 2021, we further reduced our overhead and project support 
cost. In 2022, we will continue to collect cash and maintain 
financial discipline.

Misstatement of financial information
We execute complex projects in a dynamic environment across various jurisdictions with numerous clients. Due to operational volatility 
and financial complexity, our assumptions and financial estimates may not accurately reflect our business performance and financial 
results, or provide inadequate information to key decisions. These may negatively impact investor confidence.

Risk appetite
 – We have no appetite for reporting materially incorrect 

Risk category: Financial  
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery 

financial information

Risk appetite measures
 – Assessment of effectiveness of financial controls
 – Reporting errors/restatements

Sub-risks 
 – Inaccurate revenue recognition
 – Breakdown in transactional accounting controls
 – Asset carrying amounts exceeding recoverable amounts
 – Inaccurate corporate income tax reporting
 – Breakdown in system access controls
 – Inaccurate financial consolidation and reporting

For more information see: 
pages 107, 110-113 and 132-139

Assessment: No change
In 2021, the risk remained stable despite a reduction in 
financial materiality thresholds.

Mitigation and management
Our Financial Control Framework ensures that adequate 
controls are identified, implemented and monitored throughout 
all of our key financial activities. Adequacy of these controls 
are certified and reviewed by various assurance activities 
and overseen by the Audit Committee.

External auditors review and test our financial accounts. 

In 2021, we continued to improve our controls in this area with 
implementation of a new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) 
platform, and the project will continue in 2022.

We continued to upgrade our IT systems and platforms to 
further enhance the operating effectiveness of the Group’s 
financial controls.

68

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Breach of laws, regulations and ethical standards 
Non-compliance with laws, regulations and ethical standards due to failures in our compliance controls or unethical behaviour, 
including but not limited to bribery, corruption, money laundering, trade sanctions and labour rights may result in fines and/or adverse 
impact on our reputation.

Risk appetite
 – We have no appetite for non-compliance with laws and 

Risk category: Legal and Compliance 
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery 

regulations 

 – We expect our direct and indirect staff and third parties to 
act according to the highest ethical standards and in line 
with our Code of Conduct

Risk appetite measures
 – Third-party due diligence
 – Employee completion of mandatory compliance training 

and annual declaration of compliance

 – Investigations of ‘Speak Up’ cases

Sub-risks 
 – Violation of laws and regulations, including: FCPA, UK 

Bribery Act; Whistleblower Protection; Trade Compliance; 
Modern Slavery Act; Anti-Money Laundering; and Antitrust 
and Competition

For more information see: 
pages 4-5, 6-10, 25, 30-31, 32, 56, 57-58 and 114-115.

Assessment: No change
Risk of a future breach is reduced due to improvements in 
our compliance programme. However, the overall risk level 
remained unchanged due to the sustained impact of the 
SFO investigation.

Mitigation and management
We operate a Group level compliance programme overseen 
by the Compliance and Ethics Committee. We have continued 
to enhance this programme during 2021. Specifically, we have:

 – Created a new compliance risk assessment methodology
 – Enhanced our compliance training programmes
 – Conducted an independent review and subsequent regular 

audit process on the effectiveness of our compliance 
processes and culture

 – Built further awareness to encourage open reporting 

through our Speak Up tool

Further information on our compliance programme is provided 
on pages 57 and 58.

Inadequate leadership and talent management 
Our operations are heavily dependent on our ability to attract, retain and lead the right level of skilled and experienced personnel. Failure 
to do so could negatively impact our distinctive, delivery-focused culture, and prevent us from maintaining our operational capability and 
relationships with clients.

Risk category: People  
Link to our strategy: Best-in-class delivery 

Mitigation and management
We remain confident that our policies to attract, retain, train, 
promote and reward our people are appropriate for the Group, 
and will enable us to meet our strategic goals. 

We continued fine-tuning our organisational structure in 2021, 
including the creation of 1tec and the establishment of NES 
to capitalise on the energy transition. Diversity and inclusion 
initiatives were extended with creation of our employee 
network groups, and the introduction of more ambitious 
targets to hire and promote a diverse workforce, including 
leadership roles. 

The Workforce Forum meetings continued in 2021, providing 
an additional avenue for employees to directly engage with 
Board Directors and senior management.

Risk appetite
 – We take a balanced approach towards risks to establishing  
and maintaining a talented workforce within the context of 
prevailing job market economics

 – Our leaders live our values and behaviours and operate as  

“one team” at all times 

Risk appetite measures
 – Results of employee surveys
 – Staff turnover
 – Diversity and inclusion targets
 – Succession plans

Sub-risks 
 – Inability to attract and retain the capability necessary to 

deliver the business plan

 – Fragility in our succession planning for key roles 
 – Leadership fails to live our values and behaviours
 – Reduced performance of staff due to insufficient diversity 

and inclusion

For more information see: 
pages 23, 30-31, 32, 49-51, 56 and 105

Assessment: Increased
The risk has increased since our last update due to a higher 
attrition rate, although this had a limited impact on our 
operations in a quieter year for project execution.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

69

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Viability statement 

In accordance with the requirements of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’), the Directors confirm that they 
have performed a robust assessment of the Group’s prospects 
and its ability to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period of their assessment. In doing 
so, they have considered the Group’s current position and 
the principal risks and uncertainties that would threaten the 
viability of the business. The Group’s financial statements for 
2021 are prepared on a going concern basis, with no material 
uncertainties identified. Details of the Group’s risk governance 

and management framework, and a description of its principal 
risks and uncertainties are included in the Strategic report on 
pages 60 to 69.

In addition to the inherent risk of delivering large and complex 
projects on time, on budget and in an HSSE compliant 
manner, the key medium- to long-term factors affecting the 
Group’s prospects together with the Group’s current position 
and outlook, which inform the Directors’ assessment are set 
out below:

Factors affecting the Group’s prospects
Oil price: the oil price environment impacts the timing and 
quantum of new awards, principally in our E&C division as 
well as cash generated from oil and gas production.

Economic and market environment: the appetite of clients 
to award contracts and any restrictions on access to certain 
markets reflects the macro-economic environment, geopolitical 
conditions and other macro events.

Continued access to markets: in both existing and new 
accessible markets, and any developments in restricted markets 
following the conclusion of the SFO investigation.

Energy transition: the nature and speed of the transition to new 
energies, and the Group’s ability to address these new market 
opportunities in the medium to long term.

Cost competitiveness: the ability to maintain a sustainable, 
cost competitive position to win contracts and positive economic 
returns through operational excellence.
Availability of funding: the capital markets’ and banking 
appetite to finance the global energy industry and the Group.

Group’s current position and outlook
Addressable market: the Group’s addressable market, excluding 
the UAE, Saudi Arabia and Iraq, is estimated to grow to more 
than US$105 billion per annum by 2025, driven by growing 
energy demand and a lack of investment in the industry in recent 
years. Significant growth is expected in the MENA region, driven 
by spending from national oil companies, where Petrofac has 
a differentiated position with its local delivery model.

Near-term visibility: at 31 December 2021, the Group had 
backlog of US$4.0 billion, of which less than 1% is from Russia 
– with secured revenue in 2022 of US$2.2 billion (55%) – with 
a current tendering pipeline of approximately US$37 billion 
of opportunities scheduled for award in 2022, excluding 
opportunities in UAE, Saudi Arabia, Iraq and Russia.

Medium-term ambition: the Group is targeting a medium- 
term revenue of US$4 billion - US$5 billion, sector-leading EBIT 
margins of 6%-8% and a net cash position, which is supported 
by the business plan.
Energy transition: the Group is well positioned in the new 
energy services market, with more than a 10-year track record 
in offshore wind and is quickly developing credentials in carbon 
capture utilisation and storage, hydrogen production and waste-
to-value. To enhance its competitive position, the Group has 
established alliances with technology providers and developers 
to position the Group to expand in these markets.
Cost management: the Group focuses on continuous 
innovation, the application of technology and other measures 
to deliver cost savings and maintain its cost competitiveness.
Net debt and liquidity: at 31 December 2021, the Group 
had cash and cash equivalents of US$620 million, net debt 
of US$144 million, with liquidity of US$705 million and was 
in compliance with its financial covenants. US$600 million 
(68%) of the Group’s borrowing facilities remain available until 
November 2026, with the remaining 32% maturing in October 
and November 2023.

The Group’s prospects are subject to inherent forecasting risks 
relating to the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties, which 
include inter alia low order intake, loss of financial capacity, 
macro-economic uncertainty, prevailing oil price environment, 
impact of energy transition, ability to re-enter core markets, 
and the ability of the Group to deliver its strategic initiatives. 

The Directors have determined that a three-year period to 
31 December 2024 (the ‘Period’) is the most appropriate duration 
for its viability assessment period. This Period has been selected 
as it provides the Board sufficient visibility into the Group’s clients’ 
capital and operational expenditure plans, it covers the period 
over which existing backlog is executed, and it is consistent with 
the Group’s business plan duration. These elements comprise 

the foundation for modelling the Group’s financial performance, 
including sensitivities and scenarios, which instructs the Directors 
on whether there is a reasonable expectation of viability over 
the Period. 

The key assumptions within the Group’s business plan for the 
Period include:

 – Oil price: US$70 per barrel in 2022 and 2023, reducing to 

US$65 per barrel in 2024

 – Accessible market: continued access to a diversified pipeline 
of opportunities throughout the Period, even excluding the 
UAE, Saudi Arabia, Iraq and Russia

70

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 – New order intake: a book-to-bill of 1x or greater in each year 

of the plan in both E&C and AS business units

 – Margins: net profit margins in E&C remain at lower levels in the 
near term as a result of higher costs from COVID-19 related 
disruption, low order intake in recent periods, with recovery in 
the medium term driven by an expected improvement in market 
conditions. AS is expected to continue its resilient performance 
with continued revenue growth at strong margins

 – Liquidity and net debt: the Group has a long-term capital 

structure, with options to repay, extend or refinance at the time 
of the maturity of the RCF and bilateral loans in October and 
November 2023 as required 

Prioritised principal risks and uncertainties
 – Adverse geo-political and macro-economic changes in key 

geographies

 – Low order intake

 – Failure to deliver strategic initiatives

 – Poor project execution 
 – Loss of financial capacity

 – Breach of laws, regulations, and ethical standards

The scenarios above were modelled in combination to assess the 
impact on the Group’s liquidity headroom and financial covenant 
metrics. The Group is expected to retain sufficient liquidity and 
covenant compliance under this downside scenario. 

The Directors have also evaluated mitigating actions that 
management could realistically take to avoid or reduce the 
impact or occurrence of the principal risks and uncertainties 
materialising. Management acted decisively to successfully 
implement such measures during 2020 and 2021 in response to 
the impact of COVID-19 pandemic and fall in oil prices generating 
over US$250 million of cost savings compared to pre-pandemic 
levels. The Directors are confident that management could build 
on such measures in response to the crystallisation of principal 
risks and uncertainties. 

The Directors also considered the following key assumptions in 
their viability assessment:  

 – Oil price: with the recent sustained higher oil price 

environment, compared to the budgeted price of US$70 per 
barrel, the Group will benefit from improved profitability in its 
IES division and an expected short-term improvement in the 
new order outlook and commercial and operating environment 
in both the E&C and AS divisions

 – Winning work: the Group will continue to win work based on 
its resources, competencies, experience and track record as 
a leading contractor to the energy industry, and the impact of 
restricted geographies in the pipeline will not have a material 
impact on future prospects - Russia comprises less than 
10% of the pipeline, whilst the Group has been reinstated to 
ADNOC’s bidding list in the UAE

The continued operational and financial impact from the 
COVID-19 pandemic was considered in the business plan. 
With the majority of projects returning to pre-pandemic activity 
levels, the most pronounced impact was forecast in the 
E&C business unit in 2022, through the delay to close out 
of settlement positions and catch up in milestone billing and 
payments during the Period following the progress delays at 
the end of 2021.

In order to assess the resilience of the Group to threats to its 
viability, the Group’s business plan forecasts were subjected to 
robust multi-variable stress test and sensitivity analysis together 
with an assessment of potential mitigating actions. This analysis 
included scenarios that assumed the realisation of principal risks 
and uncertainties arising from the following:

Scenarios
A material decline in new order intake, notably an approximate 
50% reduction in new awards across the Period, which could 
be driven by factors such as, but not limited to, a low oil price 
environment, economic uncertainty, and an accelerated energy 
transition and other restrictions such as sanctions
Net profit margin deterioration, which could be driven by cost 
overruns, adverse commercial or legal settlements

The Group retains access to a sufficient level of financing to meet 
its funding requirements and secure guarantees in support of 
new contract awards 
No financial impact that threatens viability would crystalise from 
contingent liabilities during the Period (refer to note 30)

 – Access to finance: the Group will continue to have access to 
finance at maturity of the existing facilities during the Period, 
if required to maintain liquidity to support operations

 – Other adverse events and conditions: the Group is exposed 
to inherent risks, for example, poor operational execution, 
unfavourable commercial settlements and/or adverse 
outcomes in disclosed contingent liabilities (see note 30), 
which could – based on the nature, amount and timing of 
such events and conditions – threaten its viability. Based on 
available liquidity headroom, the occurrence of such events 
and conditions are assessed not to fully erode liquidity or 
covenant headroom, after available mitigations.

 – Mitigations available: the specific mitigations modelled include 
reducing operating costs, minimising uncommitted capital 
expenditure and continued suspension of the dividend. 
Additional actions are in the control of – or realistically available 
to – management, such as further disposals of non-core assets.

The Group actively monitors and responds to the risks identified 
in the viability assessment scenarios. There is an inherent risk 
that the outcome to events and conditions is more adverse than 
assumed. However, the Directors concluded, after conducting 
a robust assessment taking into account the Group’s current 
position, prospects, principal risks and uncertainties, and 
assumptions listed above, that it has a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the three-year assessment period 
to 31 December 2024.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

71

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Key achievements of 2021

Best-in-class 
delivery

 OQ-LPG, Oman

With a daily processing capacity of eight 
million cubic metres, the new OQ-LPG 
facility will enable Oman to get more  
value from its gas assets and has the 
potential to become a new energy hub  
for the region.

Together with the central processing 
facility, the vast EPC project entailed 
storage facilities, jetties, and tie-ins to  
the Sultanate’s pipeline infrastructure. 

Several innovative construction techniques 
were deployed. The roofs of two 48-metre 
diameter cryogenic tanks were lifted into 
place using nothing but air. To increase 
the efficiency of the execution, we also 
trialled our Connected Construction 
digital solution. By giving the project team 
real-time insights into the location and 
movements of onsite people, equipment, 
and materials, this contributed to the 
project’s intricate sequencing.

In all, 15 million work hours were entailed. 
At peak, 4,800 people were working 
on site. The project team also had 
to contend with several unexpected 
challenges, such as the disruption 
wrought by the pandemic, a spate  
of cyclones, and the most severe 
monsoon storms for more than 50  
years. Yet everything was delivered  
safely without a single lost-time incident.

72

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 Hewett,  

United Kingdom 
Dating back to the 1960s and located 
20 miles off the UK coastline, the Hewett 
gas field was one of the first developments 
in the North Sea. At the height of production, 
it was delivering 20% of the UK’s total 
gas supply. 

As Duty Holder and Pipeline Operator, 
Petrofac’s involvement dates back almost 
20 years, and we are now managing its 
decommissioning. The biggest challenge 
stems from the age of the cluster of 
platforms that make up the facility. They  
were built, piece-by-piece, at a time when 
little thought was given to when and how 
they may need to be dismantled.

Together, the team are working through 
a methodical process, involving the 
cessation of production, the plugging 
and abandonment of the wells, the 
removal of the conductors, and the 
making safe of the platforms. With this 
done, they can prepare for the arrival of 
a heavy lift vessel to remove what is left 
of the platforms and transport them back 
to shore to be dismantled and recycled.

By 2025, there should be no trace the 
facility ever existed.

At the height of 
production, Hewett was 
delivering 20% of the 
UK’s total gas supply.”

 Thaioil Clean Fuel 

Project, Thailand
Awarded in 2018, the Thaioil Clean Fuel 
project sees us extend our credentials 
in downstream projects and move into 
a less familiar geographic territory. It is 
therefore a strategically significant contract 
for Petrofac, which also contributes to 
Thailand’s long-term energy stability and 
economic development. 

The project will transform the existing 
Sriracha Refinery into an environmentally 
friendly facility producing high-quality, low-
emission fuels, and lift production capacity 
from 275,000 to 400,000 barrels per day. 
Valued at around US$4 billion, and covering 
engineering procurement, construction, 
and commissioning, it is being delivered 
in a consortium with Saipem and Samsung. 
As the lead partner, Petrofac’s share is 
around US$1.4 billion.

It is a busy, congested site, which is 
home to a live production facility, and is 
hemmed in on all sides. With no space for 
laydown areas, warehousing, or traditional 
construction techniques, a modularisation 
strategy had to be pursued. Around 380 
vast components, weighing-in at anything 
up to 2,000 tonnes, are being pre-
fabricated offsite, primarily in India 
and China, and then transported, fully 
intact, to be pieced together onsite with 
millimetre precision.

The project also involves around 
1,400 interfaces with the existing plant, 
which brings another layer of complexity. 
The delivery therefore entails precision 
planning and intricate sequencing – our 
teams have likened it to assembling a 
Swiss watch.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

73

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Key achievements of 2021 continued

Despite the challenges 
of COVID, pre-
commissioning 
is well underway.”

 Tinrhert, Algeria
Located in the heart of Illizi Province, 
around 1,500 kilometres south of 
Algiers, the Tinrhert Field Development 
is a 36-month, US$500 million, EPC 
project, which sees Petrofac bringing 
this strategically important gas field 
online on behalf of our client, Sonatrach.

In addition to a new inlet separation  
and compression centre, the 
overall scope of work includes a 
pipeline network of approximately 
400km to connect 36 wells, along 
with commissioning, start-up, and 
performance testing of facilities.

At peak, almost 1,400 people have 
been working onsite. Despite the 
disruption wrought by the pandemic, 
the new facilities were tied-in comfortably 
ahead of schedule, pre-commissioning 
work is well underway, and first gas is 
expected by mid-2022.

74

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

75

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Strategic report

Segmental overview

Engineering & 
Construction

Asset Solutions

Integrated 
Energy Services

Revenue

Revenue

Revenue

2019 

2020 

2021 

4,475

2019 

3,090

2020 

1,971

2021 

889

2019 

933

2020 

1,111

2021 

195

110

50

Business performance net margin

Business performance net margin

Business performance net margin

2019 

20202 

2021 

6.2%

2019 

2.0%

20202 

0.4%

2021 

5.4%

2019 

4.3%

2020 

7.7%

2021 

(2.1)%

(16.4)%

(10.0)%

Business performance net profit1

Business performance net profit1

Business performance net loss1

2019 

20202 

2021 

278

2019 

63

20202 

8

2021 

48

2019 

40

86

2020 

2021 

(4)

(18)

(5)

Group revenue contribution (2021)

Group revenue contribution (2021)

Group revenue contribution (2021)

64%

34%

2%

Headcount at 31 Dec 21

Headcount at 31 Dec 21

Headcount at 31 Dec 21

4,350

250

3,350

US$ million

For the year ended 31 December

Engineering & Construction
Asset Solutions
Integrated Energy Services
Corporate, others, consolidation adjustments and eliminations
Group

%

For the year ended 31 December

Engineering & Construction
Asset Solutions
Integrated Energy Services
Group

Revenue

Business performance 
net profit1,2

EBITDA

2021

2020

2021

20203

1,971
1,111
50
(75)
3,057

3,090
933
110
(52)
4,081

8
86
(5)
(54)
35

63
40
(18)
(35)
50

2021

10
84
21
(11)
104

Revenue growth

Business performance 
net margin1,2

EBITDA margin

2021

(36.2)
19.1
(54.5)
(25.1)

2020

(30.9)
4.9
(43.6)
(26.2)

2021

0.4
7.7
(10.0)
1.1

20203

2.0
4.3
(16.4)
1.2

2021

0.5
7.6
42.0
3.4

20203

114
60
39
(2)
211

20203

3.7
6.4
35.5
5.2

1  Attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders, as reported in the consolidated income statement.
2  This measurement is shown by Petrofac as a means of measuring underlying business performance (see note 4 of the consolidated financial statements).
3  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs, in April 2021 (see note 2.9 of the consolidated financial statements).

76

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operational performance
E&C continued to demonstrate its 
ability to deliver for clients across 
the portfolio despite the challenges 
presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Operational performance was impacted 
by stringent health protocols, travel 
restrictions, and supply chain disruption, 
resulting in a reduction in productivity 
and extensions to project schedules. 
The emergence of the Omicron variant 
caused further disruption in Q4 and 
extended the expected period through 
which such challenges will need to 
be navigated. 

Force majeure claims in our contracts 
allow for extensions of time in response to 
the disruption, but clients have generally 
adopted more inflexible commercial 
positions in relation to the recovery 
of incremental costs, which has had 
a material impact on profit margins. 
We experienced some improvements in 
the second half of the year, with several 
clients agreeing variation orders that 
provide partial compensation for the 
additional costs. 

Despite the challenging environment, 
we have continued to deliver to a high 
standard for our clients, minimising delays 
and disruption, and good progress was 
made on all projects in 2021. Notably, our 
LPG project for OQ was commissioned in 
Salalah, Oman. The Yibal Khuff Project, 
delivered for Petroleum Development Oman, 
was officially inaugurated in December 
2021. We also completed the successful 
integration of Kuwait Oil Company’s new 
Crude Oil Control Centre at the Lower Fars 
heavy oil development project. 

In our offshore wind portfolio, both 
substation jackets were successfully 
installed for HZK Alpha and Beta and 
the first of two topside High Voltage 
Alternating Current (HVAC) units was 
installed in December. On the Seagreen 
offshore wind project, we reached a major 
milestone with the successful installation 
of the offshore substation jacket, also in 
December and ahead of schedule. 

Our delivery of the Ghazeer project was 
recognised at the 2021 Construction Week 
Oman Awards, securing the ‘Commercial 
Project of the Year’ title, having been safely 
delivered ahead of schedule and exceeding 
a demanding in-country-value target.

Financial performance
Revenue for the year decreased 36% 
to US$2.0 billion (2020: US$3.1 billion), 
driven by a decline in project activity 
and COVID-19 related project delays. 
Business performance net profit 
decreased to US$8 million (2020 
restated1: US$63 million), with net profit 
margin declining 1.6ppts to 0.4% (2020 
restated1: 2.0%) due to cost increases 
related to continued COVID-19 related 
disruption and the recognition of full life 
losses on a small number of contracts. 
This was partly mitigated by management 
actions to reduce costs and by tax 
provision releases. The latter contributed 
US$29 million to net profit in the year.

Backlog at 31 Dec 21 by country

US$2.4bn

Lithuania 26%
Thailand  24%
Algeria  19%
11%
Oman 
4%
Libya 

Iraq 
Kuwait 
UK 
Others 

4%
3%
3%
6%

Backlog at 31 Dec 21 by market

US$2.4bn

Refining 
Upstream gas 
Upstream oil 
New energies 

57%
24%
14%
5%

Elie Lahoud
E&C Chief Operating Officer

Engineering & 
Construction

The Engineering 
& Construction (E&C) 
division delivers 
onshore and offshore 
engineering, procurement, 
construction, installation 
and commissioning 
services. Lump-sum 
turnkey is the predominant 
commercial model used, 
but we also offer our 
clients the flexibility of 
other models. The division 
has a 40-year track record 
in designing and building 
major oil, gas, refining, 
petrochemicals and 
new energies projects.

1  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the 

adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and 
customisation costs, in April 2021 (see note 2.9 of the 
consolidated financial statements).

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

77

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Segmental overview continued

Engineering & Construction – Key project progress
Value of Work Done (VOWD) at 31 December 20211

Key Project status, % completion, December 2021

Onshore project, UAE 

Duqm Refinery, Oman 

Tinrhert, Algeria 

HKZ Alpha – Netherlands

HPCL Visakh, India 

Seagreen, United Kingdom

Majnoon CPF, Iraq 

HKZ Beta, Netherlands 

Clean Fuels Project, Thailand 

Ain Tsila, Algeria 

94%   

91%

88%

88%

87%

82%

76%

73%

66%

66%

Mabrouk, Oman 

14%

Erawin, Libya 

3.0%

PC Orlen, Lithuania  0.5%

NOC/NOC-led consortium 

IOC company/consortium

Electric utility

1  Excludes projects that are >95% complete.

New orders
The contraction in capital spending by 
clients, initially triggered by the decline 
in oil prices and the COVID-19 pandemic 
in 2020, continued into 2021 in our 
addressable markets. As a result, new 
order intake in the year was US$1.2 billion 
(2020: US$0.7 billion), comprising EPC 
contracts in Oman, Libya and Lithuania 
and other net variation orders. 

Marmul Gas Compression project, 
Oman
In February 2021, E&C secured a 
c.US$100 million EPC contract with 
Petroleum Development Oman (PDO), along 
with a c.US$200 million project delivery 
contract for the Asset Solutions division. 
This new facility will eliminate permanent 
flaring and manage associated gas 
production from the Marmul development.

Erawin Field Development Project, 
Libya
In September 2021, we secured a contract 
valued at over US$100 million with Zallaf 
Libya Oil & Gas Exploration and Production 
Company, to deliver their Erawin Field 
Development Project Phase 1 Early 
Production Facilities. Libya holds some 
of the largest oil and gas reserves in Africa 
and this contract represents an attractive 
entry point to position the Group for a large 
potential pipeline of opportunities. 

Strategic partnership with Gazprom
In October 2021, we signed a strategic 
partnership with Gazprom through 
Gazprom’s INTI – Russian Institute Oil/
Gas Technology Initiatives to export 
and promote the ambition, quality, 
and standards of the Russian energy 
industry domestically and internationally.

However, in light of the current geopolitical 
situation in Russia, the Group has decided 
to remove opportunities in this market 
from the bidding pipeline.

Mažeikiai Refinery upgrade and 
expansion project, Lithuania
In October 2021, we were awarded 
an EPC contract by PC ORLEN Lietuva, 
valued at around EUR550 million 
(approx US$640 million), to support 
a comprehensive modernisation, 
environmental upgrade and expansion 
programme at its Mažeikiai Refinery in 
North-West Lithuania. This project is 
designed to meet the requirements for 
cleaner fuels and improve the operational 
and carbon efficiency of the plant. 
Project completion is planned for 
the end of 2024.

78

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Operational performance
Operational performance for Asset 
Solutions in 2021 was strong, with growth 
across each of its service lines (Asset 
Operations, Asset Development, and 
Wells and Decommissioning). Engineering, 
procurement and construction activity 
on Asset Developments project portfolio 
progressed well, overcoming challenges 
presented by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
with a notable increase in activity levels 
on several projects in the MENA region. 
Activity in Asset Operations increased, 
particularly in the UK, due to healthy order 
intake and the recovery from fewer people 
working offshore in 2020 as a result of the 
pandemic. In the US, our subsidiary W&W, 
which provides field maintenance and 
production services in the Permian basin, 
recovered quickly from the downturn, 
delivering results in Q4 above its pre-
pandemic levels. 

The volume of work in new energies 
sectors, including carbon capture and 
storage, hydrogen, waste-to-value and 
offshore wind increased markedly from 
2020, with Asset Solutions executing 16 
contracts, predominantly Pre-FEED and 
FEED studies, up from two contracts in 
2020. We invested in capability, expanding 
the business development team and range 
of subject matter experts, positioning 
this business segment for continued 
momentum into 2022 and beyond. 

Financial performance
Growth in both revenue and 
margins delivered a strong financial 
performance in Asset Solutions. 
Revenue for the year increased 19% 
to US$1.1 billion (2020: US$0.9 billion). 
Business performance net profit increased 
115% to US$86 million (2020 restated1: 
US$40 million), with business performance 
net profit margin increasing 3.4ppts to 7.7% 
(2020 restated1: 4.3%) reflecting higher 
revenues, a lower overhead ratio, higher 
contract margins on certain projects, 
higher income from associates and tax 
provision releases. The underlying business 
performance net profit margin, excluding 
tax provision releases, was 5.5%, a 1.2ppts 
increase on prior year.

New orders
Asset Solutions had another strong year 
of order intake, securing US$1.0 billion of 
awards and extensions in the year (2020: 
US$0.9 billion), representing a book-to-bill 
of 0.9x. 

Key awards included: 

 – In Asset Developments (previously named 
‘Projects’), we secured a number of EPC 
contracts for upstream oil and gas facilities 
in Oman, Bahrain, Malaysia and Algeria. 
Many of these awards are evidence of 
the synergistic potential of an improved 
‘one Petrofac’ approach, leveraging 
E&C’s strong relationships in Oman and 
Algeria, and our front-end engineering 
capability through RNZ in Malaysia. 
Continued geographic expansion 
through growth in small to medium size 
projects is a core part of our strategy 
and is an area where we see growth 
as operators allocate capital to existing 
assets to protect asset integrity, enhance 
production and extend asset life.

 − In Asset Operations (previously named 

‘Operations’), we extended our contract 

Backlog at 31 Dec 21 by country

US$1.6bn

UK 
53%
Azerbaijan 11%
8%
Oman 
7%
Bahrain 

Malaysia  6%
4%
Iraq 
Kazakstar  3%
8%
Other 

Backlog at 31 Dec 21 by market

US$1.6bn

47%
Asset operations 
Asset development 
40%
Wells & Decommissioning  13%

Nick Shorten
Asset Solutions 
Chief Operating Officer

Asset Solutions

The Asset Solutions (AS) 
division (previously known 
as Engineering & Production 
Services) provides services 
across the full life cycle 
of energy infrastructure. 
It manages and maintains 
client operations, both 
onshore and offshore, 
delivers small to medium 
scale brownfield EPC 
projects and provides 
concept, feasibility and front-
end engineering design 
(FEED) services. The division 
is also home to market-
leading well engineering, 
decommissioning and 
training capabilities. 
The majority of AS 
services are executed  
on a reimbursable basis. 

1  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the 

adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and 
customisation costs, in April 2021 (see note 2.9 of the 
consolidated financial statements).

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

79

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Segmental overview continued

 − CO2Capsol (carbon capture): 
Preferred engineering and EPC 
partner for CO2Capsol’s hot potassium 
carbonate carbon capture technology. 
We are currently working together on 
the Stockholm Exergi Bio-CCS project
 − Storegga (carbon capture): Technical 
Delivery Alliance partner to support 
Storegga in developing future carbon 
capture, utilisation and storage projects 
globally, leveraging our combined 
experience and learnings from the Acorn 
project in the UK through PMC, owner’s 
engineer, engineering and operations 
support services

to operate the Iraq Crude Oil Export 
Expansion Project (ICOEEP), as well as 
securing a number of new awards and 
extensions with clients, such as Shell, 
AOC, NEO, and Ithaca in the UK North 
Sea, maintaining our exceptional track 
record of contract renewals

 − In Wells, we announced a number of 
well management and well operator 
support contracts in the UK North Sea, 
including with Dana Petroleum and NEO 
to support ongoing drilling operations. 
Internationally we have also been 
successful in MENA and Asia Pacific

Good progress was made in New Energies 
with a significant increase in awards in 
2021, including:

 − Carbon Capture: several contracts for 
the Acorn project in the UK, supporting 
the lead developer as their technical 
delivery partner, including the pre-FEED 
for the first large-scale Direct Air Capture 
Facility in Europe. Awards also included 
a FEED contract for a CO2 capture 
facility at a combined heat and power 
plant in Sweden, for Stockholm Exergi, 
which will be the largest Bio Energy 
Carbon Capture and Storage (Bio-CCS) 
plant anywhere in Europe (see page 27)

 − Hydrogen: expansion of engineering 

scope on Arrowsmith in Australia, which 
has the potential to be a large-scale 
green hydrogen project (see page 26); 
pre-FEED and FEED contracts for green 
hydrogen project developments to 
support the decarbonisation of clients in 
the food and beverage sector, displacing 
their use of natural gas for process heat 
and enabling hydrogen fuelled trucking

 − Waste-to-value: a number of pre-

FEED and FEED contracts for projects 
ranging from tyre waste-to-fuel plants 
to sewage-to-sustainable aviation fuel
 − Offshore wind: engineering studies 

for several offshore wind developments

In addition to the new contracts secured, 
we entered into a number of strategic 
alliances with leading technology providers. 
These included:

 − Protium (hydrogen): Strategic 

partnership to leverage Protium’s leading 
green hydrogen expertise in the UK with 
Petrofac’s world-class engineering and 
EPC capabilities

80

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

S

t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Integrated Energy 
Services

Integrated Energy 
Services (IES) is Petrofac’s 
upstream oil and gas 
business, providing an 
integrated service for 
clients under flexible 
commercial models that 
are aligned with their 
requirements. 

Following the completion 
of the sale of our 51% 
interest in our Mexico 
operations in November 
2020, our interest in 
the Production Sharing 
Contract (PSC) for Block 
PM304 in Malaysia’s 
offshore Cendor field 
is our sole remaining 
material IES asset. 

Operational performance
On a like-for-like basis, excluding 
production from the divested Mexico 
assets in 2020, net production for the 
year decreased by 35% to 640 thousand 
barrels of oil equivalent (kboe) in 2021 
(2020 PM304: 990 kboe). 

Production in the main Cendor field was 
approximately 60% lower than the prior 
year (c.0.9 kboed) due to an unplanned 
outage that occurred in December 2020. 
The issue is expected to be resolved in the 
second half of 2022, returning production 
in this field close to previous levels.

The East Cendor development topsides 
were installed and development drilling 
commenced in Q2 2021, with six production 
wells and two water injectors being 
drilled on schedule and under budget. 
Production commenced in June 2021, 
rising to a peak production of 1.6 kboed 
by the end of December, with all wells 
flowing naturally and responding well 
to water injection. 

As a result of the production from East 
Cendor, the exit rate net production was 
2.9 kboe/d compared with an average of 
1.8 kboe/d for the full year. The average 
realised oil price increased by 92% to 
US$75/boe in 2021 (2020: US$39/boe).

IES has placed a strong emphasis 
on reducing the carbon intensity of its 
production and made significant progress 
in 2021. In November, a workover was 
performed on a well to shut off some 
of the gas producing reservoir zones. 
This achieved the desired effect of 
reducing the amount of gas flared by 
approximately 5mmscf per day (gross).  

Financial performance
Revenue for the year decreased 55% 
to US$50 million (2020: US$110 million), 
reflecting the disposal of our Mexico 
operations in the second half of 2020 and 
the unplanned outage in the main PM304 
Cendor field, partly offset by production 
from the East Cendor development. Like-
for-like revenue, excluding the divested 
Mexico assets, increased by 19%, 
with the increase in oil price more than 
offsetting lower production in PM304.  

EBITDA declined 46% to US$21 million 
(2020: US39 million), principally reflecting 
the divestment of the Mexico assets. 
On a like-for-like basis, EBITDA increased 
by 40%. 

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

IES generated a business performance net 
loss of US$5 million (2020: US$18 million; 
US$14 million loss on a like-for-like basis), 
with lower interest and depreciation 
partially offset by lower EBITDA and lower 
tax credits.

Impairment of PM304
The PSC for Block PM304 in Malaysia 
expires in 2026, and we are currently in 
technical and commercial discussions with 
Petronas and the joint venture partners in 
respect of an extension.

However, based on developments in 
the current year and the associated 
uncertainty in respect of securing that 
extension, management feels it is no 
longer appropriate to assume that it 
will be secured when assessing the 
carrying value of the asset at the year-
end. Consequently, management has 
concluded that an impairment charge 
of US$15 million should be recognised, 
reducing the carrying value of the asset. 
Furthermore, given the significant impact 
this assumption has on the recoverability 
of the associated deferred tax asset (DTA), 
management has also written off the 
full amount of the DTA balance brought 
forward at 1 January 2021, of $43 million.

As a result of the impairment, the net book 
value carrying amount of Block PM304 as 
of 31 December 2021 is US$99 million.

 Net PM304 production (kboe/d)

2020

2021

2021

exit rate

2.6

1.8

2.9

81

 
 
Strategic report

Financial review

82

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Successful capital 
raise and debt 
refinancing for 
long term capital 
structure.”

Afonso Reis e Sousa
Chief Financial Officer

The Group’s financial performance 
in 2021 reflected lower activity levels 
and challenging market conditions for 
Engineering & Construction (E&C), caused 
by continued COVID-19 related disruption 
and delays to tender awards, partly offset 
by strong performance in Asset Solutions 
(previously known as Engineering & 
Production Services). Overall, revenue 
and profitability declined, while the 
impact on net margins was mitigated 
by management actions to reduce costs 
and the impact of tax provision releases, 

following successful tax audits and 
assessments resolved during the year.

In November 2021, we successfully 
concluded a comprehensive refinancing 
and capital raise to create a long term 
capital structure. This included an equity 
raise of US$275 million4, US$600 million 
of senior secured notes due in 2026 and 
a new US$180 million two-year revolving 
credit facility. An existing US$90 million 
bilateral term loan was also repaid and 
replaced with a new US$50 million term 
loan, maturing in October 2023.

Year ended 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020 (restated)3

Business
performance2
US$m

Separately 
disclosed 
items
US$m

Reported
US$

Business
performance2
US$m

Revenue
EBITDA
Net profit/(loss)1

3,057
104
35

–
n/a
(230)

3,057
n/a
(195)

4,081
211
50

Separately 
disclosed 
items
US$m

–
n/a
(242)

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Reported
US$

4,081
n/a
(192)

83

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsStrategic report
Financial review continued

Income statement
Revenue
Group revenue decreased 25% to 
US$3.1 billion (2020: US$4.1 billion). 
This was principally due to a decline in 
revenue in the E&C operating segment, 
which decreased 36%, driven by a decline 
in backlog and COVID-19 related project 
delays. Revenue in Asset Solutions 
increased by 19% with growth across all 
of its service lines (Asset Operations, Asset 
Development and Wells). Revenue in the 
Integrated Energy Services (IES) operating 
segment decreased 55%, primarily reflecting 
prior year asset sales in Mexico. On a like-
for-like basis, revenue in IES increased by 
19% with higher realised oil prices partially 
offset by lower production in PM304 due 
to the outage in the main Cendor field. 

The Group generated revenue from a 
broad range of geographic markets in 
2021, with UK, Algeria, Thailand and 
Oman generating 65% of Group  
revenue (2020: top four markets –  
Oman, Thailand, Algeria and UK 
generated 60% of revenue).

Earnings Before Interest, Tax, 
Depreciation and Amortisation 
(EBITDA)2
Business performance EBITDA 
decreased 51% to US$104 million (2020: 
US$211 million), reflecting lower revenue 
and margins. The decline in E&C margins 
was driven by cost increases due to 
continued COVID-19 related disruption, 
the relative maturity of the current project 
portfolio and the recognition of losses on a 
small number of contracts. Higher margins 
in Asset Solutions were due to a lower 
overhead ratio, higher contract margins 
on certain projects and higher net profit 
from associates. The decline in IES 
margins principally reflects the divestment 
of the Mexico assets in the prior year. 
Consequently, Group EBITDA margin 
declined to 3.4% (2020 restated3: 5.2%).

Revenue by geography: 2021

US$3.1bn

UK, Algeria, Thailand 
and Oman were the top 
four markets in 2021.”

UK
Algeria
Thailand
Oman
Kuwait
Iraq
UAE
Netherlands
Other

Year ended 
31 December 2021

Total revenue
EBITDA
EBITDA margin

24%
14%
14%
13%
6%
5%
5%
4%
15%

Engineering & 
Construction
US$m

Asset 
Solutions
US$m

Integrated 
Energy 
Services
US$

Corporate & 
others
US$m

Consolidation 
adjustments 
& eliminations 
US$m

1,971
10
0.5%

1,111
84
7.6%

Business

performance2 

US$m

3,057
104
3.4%

–
(11)
n/a

(75)
–
n/a

Corporate & 
others
US$m

Consolidation 
adjustments 
& eliminations 
US$m

Business 
performance2 
US$m

–
(2)
n/a

(52)
–
n/a

4,081
211
5.2%

50
21
42.0%

Integrated 
Energy 
Services
US$

110
39
35.5%

Year ended 
31 December 20203

Total revenue
EBITDA
EBITDA margin

Engineering & 
Construction
US$m

Asset 
Solutions
US$m

3,090
114
3.7%

933
60
6.4%

84

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Depreciation and amortisation
The depreciation and amortisation decreased to US$68 million 
(2020 restated3: US$123 million), principally due to a one-off 
US$34 million impairment charge in IES in the prior year (recorded 
within amortisation), predominantly in relation to the disposal 
of our Mexico operations. On a like-for-like basis, excluding 
the impairment recognised in the prior year, depreciation 
and amortisation reduced by 23%. 

Engineering & Construction
Asset Solutions
Integrated Energy Services
Corporate
Total

2021  

US$m
24
10
27
7
68

2020
(restated)3
US$m
35
10
69
9
123

Finance income/(expense)
Finance income decreased to US$6 million (2020: US$9 million) 
due to lower bank interest and lower unwinding of discount on 
receivables. Business performance finance expense increased 
to US$44 million (2020: US$37 million), largely reflecting 
higher amortisation of debt acquisition costs following the 
refinancing processes completed in April and November 2021. 
Finance expense on Group borrowings marginally increased with 
a higher interest expense following the November refinancing 
offsetting lower average interest rates prior to the refinancing, 
which benefited from the relatively low cost of the £300 million 
COVID Corporate Finance Facility that was in place between 
1 February and 30 November 2021. 

Finance income
Bank interest
Unwinding of discount on receivables
Total finance income

Finance expenses
Group borrowings (including 
amortisation of debt acquisition costs)
Lease liabilities 
Other
Total business performance 
finance expense 

2021  

US$m
1
5
6

2021  

US$m

(36)
(7)
(1)

(44)

2020
US$m
3
6
9

2020
US$m

(27)
(9)
(1)

(37)

Taxation
The Group benefited from a business performance income 
tax credit for the year of US$40 million (2020: US$19 million 
expense), principally reflecting successful tax audits and 
assessments resolved during the year resulting in the release 
of US$57 million of tax provisions, as well as the change in 
mix of profits in the jurisdictions in which the profits are earned.

Reported income tax expense was US$3 million (2020: US$18 million) 
due to the write-down of a US$43 million deferred tax asset 
in Malaysia as part of the impairment of the PM304 asset (see 
‘Separately disclosed items’). 

Separately disclosed items 
During the year, the Group incurred US$230 million (2020: 
US$242 million) of separately disclosed items.

These predominantly related to:

 – US$106 million penalty imposed by the UK courts in 

connection with the conclusion of the SFO investigation

 – US$10 million of legal and other costs associated with the 

SFO resolution

 – US$28 million of costs in relation to the Group’s refinancing in 

Q4 2021

 – A non-cash impairment charge of US$58 million (post-tax) 

following a review of the carrying amount of the investment in 
Block PM304 in Malaysia based on the likelihood of agreeing 
an extension for the Production Sharing Contract beyond the 
current term, which expires in 2026. This comprises:

 1. A US$15 million impairment charge of the carrying amount 
of the asset; and 

 2. A US$43 million write-down of the associated deferred tax 
asset based on the shorter recoverability period.

 – Other net separately disclosed items of US$28 million, 
including cloud ERP software implementation costs 
(US$12 million), other fair value adjustments (US$8 million), 
a loss in Asset Solutions related to the disposal of part of the 
UK training business, and professional service fees in the 
Corporate reporting segment (total of US$4 million)

Further details of these separately disclosed items can be seen in 
note 6 of the consolidated financial statements.

Net profit 
Business performance net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited 
shareholders for the year decreased 30% to US$35 million (2020 
restated3: US$50 million) with the lower EBITDA and higher net 
finance expense being partially offset by the income tax credit 
and lower depreciation and amortisation. Business performance 
net margin was broadly in line with the prior year at 1.1% (2020 
restated3: 1.2%).

A reported net loss of US$195 million (2020 restated3: 
US$192 million) resulted from separately disclosed items of 
US$230 million (2020 restated3: US$242 million), as noted above. 

Earnings per share
Business performance diluted earnings per share decreased 
34% to 9.7 cents per share (2020 restated3: 14.8 cents per share), 
reflecting both the decrease in business performance net profit 
and a higher weighted average number of ordinary shares as a 
result of the equity raise (see note 9 of the consolidated financial 
statements). Reported diluted loss per share was 53.8 cents per 
share (2020 restated3: 57.0 cents loss per share), reflecting lower 
business performance profit and the increased number of shares 
in issue.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

85

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Strategic report
Financial review continued

Cash flow
Operating cash flow
Operating activities generated a net cash outflow of 
US$161 million (2020 restated3: US$30 million), principally 
reflecting the decline in EBITDA, operating profit cash flow 
adjustments and a working capital outflow during the year. 
The operating profit cash flow adjustments of US$(70) million 
included payment of end of service employment benefits 
that were provided for in the prior year, the reversal of certain 
expected credit losses (for which the associated receivable 
balances will now be collected in future periods) and the impact 
of a reduction in other provisions. Net income taxes paid 
decreased to US$42 million (2020: US$74 million).

EBITDA
Operating profit adjustments 
Operating profit before changes 
in working capital and other items
Net working capital movement
Separately disclosed items paid
Net income taxes paid
Net cash flows used 
in operating activities

2021  

US$m
104
(70)

34
(125)
(28)
(42)

2020
(restated)3
US$m
211
26

237
 (160)
(33)
(74)

(161)

(30)

The net working capital outflow of US$125 million (2020: 
US$160 million) was due to cash outflows on accrued contract 
expenses and contract liabilities more than offsetting cash inflows 
in trade and other receivables and contract assets. These cash 
inflows were largely driven by the reduction in revenue in the 
E&C division, while the underlying DSO (days sales outstanding) 
increased due to longer billing cycles as a result of COVID-19 
related disruption on E&C projects as well as slower cash 
collections from clients. 

Accrued contract expenses decreased due to lower volumes, 
higher payment milestones being reached in the year relating to 
vendors and subcontractors predominantly in the E&C division 
and the maturity of the E&C project portfolio. Consequently, trade 
and other payables increased as accrued contract expenses 
migrated into trade payables.

Working capital inflow/(outflow): 
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Related party receivables
Other net current financial assets
Assets and liabilities held for sale
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities
Accrued contract expenses
Net working capital movements

2021  

US$m
(15)
211
78
–
(106)
–
120
(59)
(354)
(125)

2020
(restated)3
US$m
4
122
409
1
(25)
7
(156)
(153)
(369)
(160)

Free cash flow
The free cash outflow for the year of US$(281) million (2020 
restated5: US$(123) million) primarily reflects the higher net cash 
outflow generated from operating activities. 

Group capital expenditure increased to US$53 million (2020 
restated3: US$43 million), with approximately 50% being incurred 
in IES for the planned East Cendor development in Malaysia. 
Free cash flow benefited from the lower amount of interest paid 
in the year as well as lower repayments of lease liabilities.

Net cash flows used in operating 
activities
Capital expenditure
Divestments
Other investing activities, including 
dividends received from associates  
and JVs
Net cash flows used 
in investing activities
Interest paid
Separately disclosed items – 
refinancing-related costs paid
Repayment of lease liabilities 
Free cash flow

2021  

US$m

2020
(restated)3
US$m

(161)
(53)
9

14

(30)
(27)

(23)
(40)
(281)

(30)
(43)
28

8

(7)
(36)

–
(50)
(123)

Balance sheet
IES carrying amount
The carrying amount of the IES portfolio stood at US$99 million 
at 31 December 2021 (2020: US$116 million), solely comprising 
the Group’s interests in its operations in Malaysia and reflecting 
the impairment described above. 

Deferred and contingent consideration associated with the 
sale of non-core assets in prior years is excluded from the IES 
carrying amount as it is included in other financial assets (see 
note 17 of the consolidated financial statements). 

Leases
Net lease liabilities, calculated as gross lease liabilities less 
the amount receivable from joint operation partners, decreased 
9% to US$124 million at 31 December 2021 (31 December 
2020: US$136 million). Net lease liabilities attributable to PM304 
amounted to US$59 million (31 December 2020: US$76 million) 
and largely relate to the bareboat charters for the floating 
equipment used for block operations.

Total equity
Total equity at 31 December 2021 increased to US$485 million 
(2020 restated3: US$410 million), reflecting US$250 million 
generated from the issue of shares through the equity raise 
(net of associated costs), offset by the reported loss for the year 
of US$192 million. No dividends were paid in the year (2020: nil).

Of the US$485 million total equity at 31 December 2021, 
US$475 million (2020 restated3: US$403 million) was attributable 
to Petrofac Limited shareholders and US$10 million (2020: 
US$7 million) was attributable to non-controlling interests.

86

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Refinancing, net debt and liquidity 
Refinancing and capital raise
In October and November 2021, the Group successfully 
concluded a comprehensive refinancing and capital 
raise. This included a capital increase of US$275 million4, 
US$600 million of senior secured notes (due 2026), a new 
US$180 million two-year revolving credit facility, a new 
US$50 million bilateral loan facility maturing in October 
2023 (denominated in AED) and amendments to an existing 
US$50 million bilateral loan facility maturing in November 2023.

The new facilities, together with the proceeds from the capital 
raise, were used in part to repay and cancel existing credit 
facilities including the £300 million of commercial paper under the 
UK Government’s COVID Corporate Financing Facility (US$405m 
at 30 November 2021, when it was repaid), the previous revolving 
credit facility and a bilateral term loan.

Details of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
are set out in note 26 of the consolidated financial statements.

Net debt
Net debt, excluding net finance leases, increased to 
US$144 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: US$116 million), 
predominantly reflecting lower cash conversion (see A10 in 
Appendix A of the consolidated financial statements). 

Total gross borrowings less associated debt acquisition 
costs were US$764 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: 
US$800 million). This consisted of US$580 million senior secured 
notes, US$85 million drawn on the revolving credit facility and 
US$99 million of term loans (all net of debt acquisition costs).

Cash and short-term deposits
Interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings
Net debt

31 December 2021
US$m
620

31 December 2020
US$m
684

(764)
(144)

(800)
(116)

Liquidity
Following the refinancing, the Group’s total available borrowing 
facilities, excluding bank overdrafts, were US$880 million at 
31 December 2021 (2020: US$1,250 million). 

Of these facilities, US$85 million was undrawn at 31 December 
2021 (2020: US$495 million). Combined with the Group’s cash 
and short-term deposits of US$620 million (2020: US$639 million, 
excluding US$45 million cash from bank overdrafts), the Group 
had US$705 million of liquidity available at 31 December 2021 
(2020: US$1,133 million).

Borrowing facilities
Senior secured notes
Revolving credit facility
Term loan 1
Term loan 2 
Total borrowing facilities

Amount (US$m)
600
180
50
50
880

Maturity date
Nov-26
Oct-23
Oct-23
Nov-23

The revolving credit facility and the term loans are subject to two 
financial covenants relating to leverage (net debt to EBITDA) and 
interest cover (EBITDA to finance expense). At 31 December 
2021, the Group was in compliance with both covenants:

Covenant
Ratio at 31 December 2021

Leverage
≤3.75x
2.8x 

Interest cover
≥3.0x
3.1x

The Group has a BB- (positive outlook) credit rating from S&P 
and a B+ (negative outlook) credit rating from Fitch. 

Backlog 
The Group’s backlog decreased 20% to US$4.0 billion at 
31 December 2021 (2020: US$5.0 billion), reflecting low new 
order intake in E&C due to the contraction in capital spending 
by clients, initially triggered by the decline in oil prices and the 
COVID-19 pandemic in 2020. Backlog in Assets Solutions 
declined marginally. 

Overall, Group order intake for the year was US$2.2 billion, 
representing a book-to-bill of 0.7x. Order intake in E&C was 
US$1.2 billion (2020: US$0.7 billion), comprising EPC contracts 
in Oman, Libya and Lithuania and other net variation orders. 
Order intake in Asset Solutions increased to US$1.0 billion 
(2020: US$0.9 billion), with good growth in awards in the Asset 
Developments service line including brownfield projects in Oman, 
Bahrain, Malaysia and Algeria. 

Engineering & Construction
Asset Solutions 
Group

31 December 2021
US$m
2.4
1.6
4.0

31 December 2020
US$m
3.3
1.7 
5.0

Return on capital employed
The Group’s return on capital employed for year decreased 
to 3.7% (2020 restated3: 7.1%), due to the reduction in business 
performance earnings before interest, tax and amortisation 
(EBITA), partially offset by a reduction in the average capital 
employed. Details of this alternative performance metric 
calculation are contained in A9 in Appendix A.

Dividends
In April 2020, the Board cancelled the payment of the final 
dividend in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the fall in 
oil prices. The Board recognises the importance of dividends to 
shareholders and expects to reinstate them in due course, once 
the company’s performance has improved. Under the terms 
of the new debt facilities, the company will be permitted to pay 
dividends from 1 January 2023, subject to the satisfaction of 
certain covenant tests.

Afonso Reis e Sousa
Chief Financial Officer
23 March 2022

Notes:
1  Attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders.
2  This measurement is shown by Petrofac as a means of measuring underlying business 

performance, see note 4 of the consolidated financial statements.

3  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on 

cloud configuration and customisation costs, in April 2021 (see note 2.9 of the consolidated 
financial statements).

4  On 26 October 2021, the Company announced a proposed equity raise of US$275 million 
via the issuance of 173,906,085 ordinary shares. On completion of the equity raise on 
15 November 2021 shares were issued at £1.15 per share generating gross proceeds 
of approximately £200 million (US$268 million) before issue and associated costs of 
US$18 million.

5  Definition amended to include the repayment of lease liabilities.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

87

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Chairman’s introduction

Good 
governance is 
central to our 
business.”

René Médori
Chairman

Dear shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Group’s 
Corporate governance report for 2021.

Governance 
Throughout 2021, the Board maintained its governance focus, 
despite continuing to operate virtually as a result of the ongoing 
COVID-19 related travel restrictions. While the challenges facing 
the Group as a result of the pandemic continued to have an 
impact on our business, progress in a number of areas was 
achieved. Further details are set out on pages 7 to 12.

Significant time, effort and focus were given by all Directors 
throughout the year. This is evidenced by the 42 meetings 
held during 2021, during which 48% of the additional time was 
spent focusing on SFO matters and 34% on strategic financing 
considerations. This concerted effort enabled us to conclude 
the investigation in October 2021, closely followed by the 
completion of a capital raise and refinancing of debt facilities. 

The Group’s continued considered response to the pandemic, 
the strong client-focused culture of the organisation, coupled 
with the commitment of our employees, enabled us to live our 
purpose, to enable our clients to meet the world’s evolving 
energy needs. We have also continued to deliver on our ESG 
commitments and continue our journey towards meeting our 
Net Zero greenhouse gas emission targets. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to express our sincere 
thanks to each of our employees and recognise their 
outstanding contribution throughout the year. 

Board changes
We started 2021 with a new Group Chief Executive in Sami 
Iskander. His contribution and commitment throughout the 
year have been nothing short of exceptional. He, along with 
this executive management team, have made excellent progress 
in their efforts to rebalance, reshape and rebuild the business.

In August 2021 Alastair Cochran stepped down from the Board, 
having served five years as Chief Financial Officer. He was 
succeeded by Afonso Reis e Sousa, an internal appointment, 
who most recently was Group Treasurer and Head of Tax. 
During 2022, there will be further changes to the Board as 
Andrea Abt and George Pierson, both of whom joined the 
Board in 2016, will step down in May and will not seek re-
election at the Annual General Meeting (AGM). Further details 
on each of these changes are set out on page 103. 

Looking ahead
Over the year ahead, we will continue to focus on developing 
our strategic response to the challenges faced over recent 
years. The Board will maintain its stakeholder engagements 
so we can strive to ensure that we make the right decisions 
to support the long-term sustainable success of our business 
and create long-term value for all stakeholders.

I would like to thank our shareholders for their continued 
support, loyalty and patience during these challenging times.

René Médori
Chairman
23 March 2022

88

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
The UK Corporate 
Governance Code

Petrofac Limited (Petrofac) is subject 
to the principles and provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (UK 
Code), which underpins the corporate 
governance framework for premium 
listed companies. The 2018 UK Code 
sets out a number of principles and 
provisions of good governance with 
compliance with the UK Code resting 
with the Board. A copy of the UK 
Code is available at www.frc.org.uk.

As a Jersey incorporated company listed 
in the UK, Petrofac is required to explain 
how the Company has complied with the 
UK Code and applied the principles and 
provisions set out therein. 

This governance report details how the 
principles of the UK Code have been 
consistently applied. For the year ended 
31 December 2021, the Board has been 
compliant in all but one aspect of the 
UK Code. 

Provision 19 of the UK Code states that 
the chair of a company should not remain 
in post beyond nine years from the date 
of first appointment, although it does allow 
for an extension of the chair’s tenure for a 
limited time to support effective succession 
planning and development of a diverse 
board. René Médori’s tenure as a Board 
member reached nine years during 2021. 
The 2020 Annual Report noted that 
Mr Médori’s tenure would be extended 
to provide continuity on the Board as a 
result of executive management changes. 
Given the challenges faced by the Group 
during 2021, the Nominations Committee 
has recommended that he remain as 
Chairman until the AGM to be held in 2023, 
when he will step down from the Board. 
Further details are set out on page 104.

During 2021, the Company complied 
with all relevant requirements of the 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules, 
the UK Listing Rules and narrative 
reporting requirements. 

The table opposite sets out where 
shareholders can find further information 
on how the Company has applied the 
principles of the UK Code within this 
Annual Report.

1. Board leadership and company purpose
The Board sets the tone of the Company with regard to the corporate governance 
framework and the application of corporate values and behaviours. The Board also 
maintains oversight to ensure resources are in place for the Company to meet its 
objectives and that there is an established risk framework for the management 
of effective controls. 

a. Effective Board
b. Purpose, values and culture
c. Governance framework and controls
d. Stakeholder engagement
e. Workforce engagement

Pages 92 to 98
Pages 2 to 12, 16 and 94
Pages 94, 95 and 109
Pages 22 to 25, 101 and 102
Pages 23, 49 and 50

2. Division of responsibilities
There is a clear definition of Board responsibilities, with Directors collectively 
responsible for the development of strategy and the long-term success of the 
Company. We believe all Directors are able to work together in an atmosphere 
of openness, trust and mutual respect. To ensure there is a clear division of 
responsibilities, while retaining control of key decisions, the Board has in place a 
Schedule of Matters Reserved that sets out items for its consideration and approval.

f. Board roles and responsibilities
g. Independence
h. External appointments and Board attendance
i. Key activities of the Board, information and support

Pages 96 and 97
Pages 92 and 93
Pages 92, 93 and 98
Pages 90 and 98

3. Composition, succession and evaluation
The Company has a formal, rigorous and transparent selection procedure for the 
appointment of all new Directors. The Nominations Committee has the responsibility 
of identifying and nominating all candidates, with emphasis given to ensuring Board 
composition remains well balanced with the multi-disciplinary skills and experience 
needed to support Petrofac’s future plans. 

j. Appointments to the Board
k. Board skills, experience and knowledge
l. Annual Board evaluation

Page 103
Pages 91 to 93
Pages 99 and 100

4. Audit, risk and internal control
The Board maintains a sound risk management and internal controls framework to 
ensure the Group’s long-term strategic objectives can be achieved. The Board has 
established transparent policies and procedures to ensure the independence and 
effectiveness of the Group audit function, with well-established committees in place 
to assist it in the undertaking of its delegated duties. 

m.  I nternal and external audit functions;

financial reporting and narrative statements
n. Fair, balanced and understandable assessment 
o. Internal control framework and risk management

Pages 108, 110 and 111
Page 110
Pages 60 to 69 and 109 

5. Remuneration
The Remuneration Committee ensures that there is a formal and transparent 
process for determining and reporting on Executive Director and senior management 
remuneration. Remuneration policies and practices have been designed to support 
the Group’s strategy, in alignment with the newly-formed purpose, values and 
expected behaviours and to promote the long-term success of the organisation. 

p. Alignment of remuneration with purpose, strategy and values  Pages 116 and 117
q. Remuneration policy
Page 116
r. Performance outcomes and strategic targets
Pages 118 to 121

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

89

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Governance at a glance

Highlights

Board changes

42

Board meetings held  
during the year

2

new Board members

2

employee Workforce  
Forum meetings held

84%

employee engagement score  
for 2021

120

investor meetings 
held during 2021

100%

Board meeting attendance  
for scheduled meetings

Sami Iskander was appointed to the 
Board as Group Chief Executive with 
effect from 1 January 2021. 

Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed to 
the Board as Chief Financial Officer with 
effect from 1 September 2021.

Major Board activities 
How the Board spent its time during the year 2021

Financial matters 
Governance 
Leadership and 
people development 
Project approvals
Risk management 
and internal controls
Strategic matters 
SFO review 
Strategic refinancing 

9%
10%

2.5%
0.5%

2%
12%
39%
25%

2

1

3

2

2

Director tenure
as at March 2022 (years)

10+

6-9

4-5

2-3

0-2

90

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
Our Board 10

Executive and Non-executive Directors
as at March 2022

different nationalities  
represented on our Board
as at 31 December 2021
Geographical mix 
of the Board
Geographical mix of the Board
UK

Europe

US

Middle East 

3

5

1

1

0

4

Directors falling within the Parker 
Review’s classification
as at 31 December 2021

30%

female representation  
on our Board
as at 31 December 2021

6

of our Board have 
digital experience

Key expertise

10

of our Board have 
operational/strategic 
management 
experience

8

of our Board have 
HSE experience

10

of our Board have 
leadership experience

2
 Executive Directors  
  Independent Non-executive Directors  6
1
  Non-independent Non-executive  
1
 Chairman 

6

of our Board have  
oil and gas experience

7

of our Board 
have engineering 
experience

5

of our Board have 
financial experience

10

of our Board have 
international experience

7

of our Board have regulatory 
and governance experience

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

91

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Board of Directors

1

5

9

2

6

3

7

4

8

10

11

1. René Médori
Non-executive Chairman

Committees: Nominations (Chair)
Appointed to the Board: January 2012
Non-executive Chairman: May 2018
Independent: On appointment

Key strengths and experience 
Extensive international financial experience, 
with knowledge of balance sheet strengthening 
opportunities and financing arrangements. 
Well-established knowledge of governance and 
regulatory matters and a good understanding 
of operational and strategic management.

Stepped down as Finance Director of Anglo 
American plc in April 2017 and retired from 
the company in January 2018, after 12 years. 
Until December 2017 he was a non-executive 
director of De Beers and Anglo American 
Platinum Limited. He was a non-executive 
director of SSE plc until December 2017 
and Cobham plc until January 2020.

External appointments
Non-executive chairman of Puma Energy. 
non-executive director of Vinci SA and 
Newmont Corp.

2. Sami Iskander
Group Chief Executive

Appointed to the Board: January 2021
Independent: Not applicable

Key strengths and experience
More than 30 years’ international experience in 
both oilfield services and upstream companies. 
Executive Vice President for Royal Dutch Shell’s 
upstream joint ventures from February 2016 
until May 2019.

From 2008, prior to joining Shell, he worked 
for BG Group plc where he held the position 
of Chief Operating Officer from November 
2013. In this role, he was responsible for BG 
Group’s global upstream operations as well as 
BG Technical. From 2009, he was Managing 
Director for Africa, Middle East & Asia, where 
he was responsible for all upstream, midstream 
and downstream activities in the region.

Prior to BG Group, he held many 
key leadership roles with Schlumberger, 
undertaking assignments in the Middle East, 
Africa, Europe, Latin America and the USA.

External appointments 
None

3. Afonso Reis e Sousa
Chief Financial Officer

Appointed to the Board: September 2021
Independent: Not applicable

Key strengths and experience
Extensive experience in corporate and project 
finance, specialising mainly in energy-related 
and infrastructure financing. Afonso joined 
Petrofac in 2012 as Group Head of Structured 
Finance and accumulated a portfolio of 
increasing responsibility including Group 
Treasurer, Head of Tax and Group Head of 
Enterprise Risk. He has more than 25 years’ 
experience in finance, including a background 
in investment banking, having begun his career 
with Deutsche Morgan Grenfell. 

External appointments 
None

4. Matthias Bichsel
Senior Independent Director

Committees: Audit, Compliance and Ethics, 
Nominations, Remuneration (Chair)
Appointed to the Board: May 2015
Senior Independent Director: May 2018
Independent: Yes

Key strengths and experience
More than 40 years’ experience in the oil 
and gas industry. Extensive commercial and 
strategic capabilities. Deep understanding 
of operational, project and technology 
management. Broad knowledge of 
sustainable development issues.

Until 2014, held several senior managerial 
roles over his 34-year career with Royal Dutch 
Shell. His last position was as a member 
of the Group’s executive committee and 
director of Capital Projects and Technology. 
Other positions include director of Petroleum 
Development Oman; President of Shell 
International Exploration & Production Inc and 
MD of Shell deepwater services in Houston; 
executive vice president global exploration 
and executive vice president technical of Shell 
Upstream in The Hague.

External appointments
Non-executive director of Sulzer AG 
(Switzerland), Canadian Utilities Limited 
(Canada), South Pole Group (Switzerland) 
and Voliro (Switzerland). Member of the 
advisory board of Chrysalix Energy Venture 
Capital (Canada).

92

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

5. Andrea Abt 
Non-executive Director 

Committees: Compliance and Ethics, Nominations, 
Remuneration
Appointed to the Board: May 2016
Independent: Yes

Key strengths and experience 
Extensive background in a variety of 
functional roles, including sales, finance, 
procurement, supply chain and logistics. 
Specialist knowledge of the European market.

She started her career at Dornier Luftfahrt, 
a company of the Daimler-Benz Group, 
before joining Siemens in 1997. At Siemens 
she held various leadership roles, including 
Head of Supply Chain Management and Chief 
Procurement Officer for Infrastructure & Cities 
from 2011 to 2014. She was a non-executive 
director of Brammer plc until February 2017, 
a non-executive director of SIG plc until 
February 2020, a non-executive director 
of John Laing Group plc until September 2021 
and a non-executive director of Polymetal 
International plc until March 2022.

External appointments
Non-executive director of Exide Technologies. 
A member of the supervisory board of 
Gerresheimer AG.

6. Sara Akbar 
Non-executive Director

Committees: Nominations, Remuneration
Appointed to the Board: January 2018
Independent: Yes

Key strengths and experience
More than 40 years’ experience in the oil and 
gas industry with a unique insight into the Middle 
Eastern region. Wide-ranging international 
experience and significant operational and 
project management capabilities.

Until the end of 2017, Sara was Chief Executive 
Officer of Kuwait Energy KSC, which she 
founded in 2005 to leverage the opportunity 
for an independent engineering and production 
company in the Middle East and North 
Africa and Eurasia regions. Served in various 
positions in the oil and gas industry in Kuwait 
and internationally from 1981 to 1999. Holds a 
BSc in Chemical Engineering. Former Member 
of the Kuwait Supreme Council for Planning 
and Development. 

External appointments
Chairman and CEO of Oil Serve and Chairperson 
of the Advisory Board to the American University 
of Kuwait, and an active member of the Board of 
Trustees of Kuwait’s Silk Territory project.

7. Ayman Asfari
Non-executive Director

Committees: Nominations
Appointed to the Board: January 2002
Non-executive Director: January 2021
Independent: No

Key strengths and experience 
Distinguished record with strong operational 
leadership skills and international focus. 
Extensive entrepreneurial and business 
development skills, a clear strategic vision, and an 
in-depth knowledge of the oil and gas industry.

Established Petrofac International in 1991. 
Following a corporate reorganisation in 
2002, acquiring the original US business and 
subsidiaries, became Group Chief Executive. 
In 2005, he led the successful initial public 
listing of the Company. He has more than 
40 years’ experience in the energy industry. 
Formerly worked as MD of a major civil and 
mechanical construction business in Oman. 
Stepped down as Group Chief Executive with 
effect from 31 December 2020.

External appointments
Executive Chairman of Venterra Group plc. Co-
founder and Chairman of the Asfari Foundation. 
Member of the board of trustees of the 
American University of Beirut. Member of the 
board of trustees for the Carnegie Endowment 
for International Peace. Fellow of the Royal 
Academy of Engineering and member of the 
Chatham House Panel of Senior Advisors.

8. David Davies
Non-executive Director 

Committees: Audit (Chair), Nominations
Appointed to the Board: May 2018
Independent: Yes

Key strengths and experience 
Extensive international financial experience, 
including capital and debt raising as well as 
managing companies exposed to substantial 
and rapid change. Chartered Accountant with 
an MBA from the City University Business 
School. Served on the boards of listed 
companies in seven different countries.

More than 35 years’ experience as a financial 
professional with a successful career as Chief 
Financial Officer and Deputy Chairman of the 
executive board at OMV Aktiengesellschaft. 
Served as Group Finance Director for both 
Morgan Crucible Company plc and London 
International Group plc, and was a Non-
executive Director of Ophir Energy Plc until 
May 2019 and of Uniper SE until April 2020.

External appointments
Non-executive director of Wienerberger AG.

9. Francesca Di Carlo
Non-executive Director 

Committees: Nominations, Remuneration
Appointed to the Board: May 2019
Independent: Yes

Key strengths and experience 
Extensive background in various senior 
positions, specialising in corporate finance 
operations, strategy, audit, and human 
resources and procurement.

Holds a BA in Economics from La Sapienza 
University in Rome. She began her professional 
career in 1987 in London at the UBS Group 
where she specialised in Corporate Finance. 

Currently she is the Head of Global Procurement 
of the Enel Group. Previously she was Director 
of the People and Organization division, 
Director of Group Audit and Head of Corporate 
Strategy in Enel Group. She covered a wide 
range of roles at the Telecom Italia Group, 
including Head of Investor Relations, Head 
of Financial Planning and Head of Corporate 
Development and Mergers & Acquisitions, 
and was a director of Open Fiber, Italy’s largest 
broadband operator. Former Chairperson of 
Stream and Telespazio, as well as a former 
director of Sky Italy.

External appointments
Group Executive Vice President of Procurement 
at ENEL S.p.A.

10. George Pierson
Non-executive Director

Committees: Audit, Compliance and Ethics (Chair), 
Nominations
Appointed to the Board: May 2016
Independent: Yes

Key strengths and experience
A qualified lawyer and engineer. Extensive  
background in risk management, contracting, 
construction law, compliance and cost 
efficiency. Excellent understanding of 
operational and engineering management.

Appointed as President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Parsons Brinckerhoff between 
2010 and 2014 having been General 
Counsel and Secretary from 2006 and 
COO of its Americas operations from 2008. 
Previously non-executive director of WSP 
Global Inc, Terracon Consultants, Inc. 
and Railworks LLC. Joined The Kleinfelder 
Group Inc. in August 2016 and served 
as President and Chief Executive Officer 
until becoming Executive Chairman in 
September 2019.

External appointments
Executive Chairman of The Kleinfelder Group 
Inc. and the Vertex Companies, Inc., and 
Non-executive director of Citadel Systems 
Integration Holdings LLC.

11. Alison Broughton
Head of Company Secretariat and 
Secretary to the Board

Key strengths and experience
Joined Petrofac in August 2011, and is responsible 
for the Group’s regulatory, governance and 
listing rule compliance framework.

A Fellow of ICSA: The Chartered Governance 
Institute, with 25 years’ experience in a UK- 
listed environment. She is Secretary to the 
Board and its committees.

Prior to joining Petrofac, she spent eight years 
with Wolseley plc (now Ferguson plc) as Deputy 
Company Secretary. In 2002, she joined the 
company secretariat of Shell Exploration & 
Production Limited, part of the Royal Dutch 
Shell group, following the takeover of Enterprise 
Oil plc, where she started her company 
secretarial career in 1997.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

93

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Board leadership and 
company purpose

Core to the 
Petrofac offering 
is the Group’s 
distinctive, 
delivery-focused 
culture.”

Board governance structure 
The Board seeks to ensure there is a strong and effective 
governance framework in place across the Group. It recognises 
that the Group’s long-term success depends on a commitment 
to good corporate governance standards and acknowledges 
that good governance is something that should be ingrained 
in our behaviours, the way we make decisions and run our 
business, rather than simply a compliance metric. 

The Board sets the Group’s strategy, with the aim of delivering 
on its purpose, within an agreed risk appetite. As a unitary Board, 
our Directors share equal responsibility for all decisions taken, 
with Directors collectively responsible for strategic direction. 
In determining the Group’s strategy, and the sustainability of 
the business model, the Board is conscious of its responsibilities, 
not just to shareholders but to all stakeholders. It seeks to ensure 
that the necessary corporate and management structures are in 
place for our strategy to be implemented effectively.

The UK Companies Act 2006 sets out a number of general duties 
to which all Directors are expected to adhere. While Petrofac 
Limited, as a Jersey-registered entity, is not required to comply 
with this legislation, our Directors have duties under the 
Companies (Jersey) Law but are also informed by UK practice 
and wish to act in good faith to promote the long-term success 
of the Group. 

Matters reserved 
The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved for 
its decision making and approval. These matters include 
responsibility for the overall management and performance of 
the Group and the approval of its long-term objectives, strategy, 
budgets, material contracts, capital commitments, risk appetite, 
the long-term viability statements and key policies. The matters 
reserved for decision by the Board are regularly reviewed and 
approved by the Board.

Purpose, values and culture 
The Board recognises that having a defined purpose and 
vision, with values and supporting behaviours embedded within 
the organisation, can help to create a culture that optimises 
performance and delivers long-term results. The Company’s 
purpose, vision and values, which were updated at the start of 
2021, see page 16. The Board sets the tone of the Group with 
regard to the application of our corporate values and behaviours, 
taking into consideration the views and interests of all stakeholders. 
The Company’s values articulate the qualities we wish all employees 
to demonstrate and we aim to have these embedded within our 
operational practices throughout the organisation. The Group 
Executive Committee is delegated with the responsibility for ensuring 
that policies and behaviours set at Board level are communicated 
and implemented effectively across the Group.

Governance framework 
We believe our corporate governance framework underpins 
good governance practices and enables the Board to provide 
effective stewardship of the Company. The Board is assisted by 
four committees – Audit, Compliance and Ethics, Nominations 
and Remuneration – and matters which the Board considers 
suitable for delegation are contained in their respective terms 
of reference. Copies of these documents are available at 
www.petrofac.com. In addition to these Board committees, 
there are several executive management committees, which are 
involved in the day-to-day operational management of Petrofac 
and which have been established to consider various matters for 
recommendation to the Board and its committees. Our corporate 
structure framework is set out on page 95.

Key focus areas 
The main priorities of the Board are primarily to provide leadership 
and guidance in support of the Group’s strategic priorities, with 
consideration to the Group’s financial performance. This was 
evidenced throughout 2021 by the focus given to the resolution of 
the SFO investigation and in relation to the refinancing programme 
which was undertaken by the Company and completed towards 
the end of 2021. 

The Board also focuses on best-in-class delivery and maintaining 
bidding discipline to secure new orders. It concentrates on good 
governance, compliance, and risk management procedures 
and processes to ensure they are fully embedded across the 
Group and ensures succession plans are in place throughout 
the organisation. How the Board spent its time during 2021 
and the key matters considered are set out on page 90.

Regulatory investigation 
The Company has reported in prior reports that in May 2017 
the SFO had commenced an investigation into the activities of 
Petrofac Limited, its subsidiaries and their officers for suspected 
bribery, corruption and/or money laundering. 

Following significant engagement with the SFO during the 
year, this investigation reached a conclusion in October 
2021. The sentencing brought to an end the investigation into 
suspected bribery and corruption as far as Petrofac and its 
subsidiaries are concerned.

94

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
Governance framework

Shareholders

Elect the Directors

Ongoing engagement

The Board
The Board’s role is to provide leadership and direction for the Group and to ensure long-term success by setting a sustainable 
strategy and overseeing its implementation. The Board provides rigorous challenge to management and ensures appropriate 
systems and processes are in place to monitor and manage enterprise risk and internal controls. The Board is responsible for 
the financial performance and overall corporate governance of the Group.

Informs

The Board delegates certain matters to its principal committees, which report to the Board at every meeting.

Reports

Audit  
Committee
Chaired by: David Davies 

Nominations  
Committee
Chaired by: René Médori

Compliance and 
Ethics Committee
Chaired by: George Pierson

Remuneration 
Committee
Chaired by: Matthias Bichsel

Reviews and monitors the 
integrity of the Group’s 
financial statements; 
reporting processes; 
financial and regulatory 
compliance; the systems 
of internal control and 
risk management; and 
the external and internal 
audit processes.

Reviews the structure, size 
and composition of the 
Board and its committees. 
Takes primary responsibility 
for succession planning 
and Director succession. 
Identifies and nominates 
suitable candidates for 
Board appointments.

Supports the Board 
in fulfilling its oversight 
responsibilities 
in all respects of 
compliance and ethics. 
Provides assurance that 
the Group’s compliance 
and ethics policies 
remain effective.

Sets the remuneration 
policy for Executive 
Directors and determines 
individual compensation 
levels for Executive 
Directors, the Chairman 
and members of senior 
management. Oversees the 
remuneration framework for 
the Group.

Committee report on pages 
106 to 113

Committee report on pages 
103 to 105

Committee report on pages 
114 and 115

Committee report on pages 
116 to 127

Informs

Executive management
Responsible for day-to-day operational management, the communication and implementation of strategic decisions, and 
administrative matters. Identifies and reviews matters for recommendation to the Board and its committees. Supported by 
a number of management committees, including the Group Executive Committee, Third Party Risk Committee, Disclosure 
Committee, Guarantee Committee and Group Risk Committee.

Reports

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

95

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Board leadership and company purpose continued

Board composition 
At the date of this report, the Board has ten Directors, comprising 
the Chairman (who was independent on appointment), six 
independent Non-executive Directors, one non-independent Non-
executive Director and two Executive Directors. Full biographies, 
setting out their career background, relevant skills, external 
appointments, and Committee memberships are detailed on 
pages 92 and 93.

In line with the requirements of the UK Code, the Board comprises 
a majority of independent Non-executive Directors. All new Board 
appointments are subject to a formal and rigorous procedure 
led by the Nominations Committee. Further details on the work 
undertaken by this Committee during 2021 are set out on pages 
103 to 105. Each of our Directors has a varied career history, 
and considerable effort has been taken to ensure that the Board 
retains the right balance of skills, capabilities, knowledge diversity 
and industry expertise (see pages 91 to 93) to ensure we are able 
to run the business effectively and deliver sustainable growth.

Our two Executive Directors have rolling service contracts, 
containing a notice period provision of 12 months by either party. 
Our Non-executive Directors each have letters of appointment 
that contain a termination provision of three months’ notice by 
either party. The terms and conditions of appointment of all 
Directors are available for inspection at our registered office 
in Jersey and at our Corporate Services office in London. 
In accordance with the UK Code, Directors offer themselves 
for reappointment by shareholders at each AGM. 

At the AGM to be held In May 2022, Andrea Abt and George 
Pierson will step down from the Board, each having served 
for six years. Recognising the current size of the organisation, 
we believe it is commensurate to reduce the size of the Board at 
this time. This will be kept under review, with consideration given 
to increasing the size of the Board as we start to rebuild.

Board roles
The roles and responsibilities of our Directors, including the 
Chairman, Group Chief Executive and Senior Independent 
Director (SID) are set out on page 97. Our Non-executive 
Directors are encouraged to share their experience, and each 
is well positioned to support management, whilst providing 
constructive challenge. All Directors are encouraged to be open 
and forthright in their approach as we believe this helps to forge 
strong working relationships, allowing them to make their best 
possible contribution.

Regular meetings between the Chairman and Group Chief 
Executive are held throughout the year, particularly before and 
after scheduled Board meetings, allowing general matters to be 
discussed and enabling them to reach a mutual understanding of 
each other’s views, especially in matters where they may initially 
not be in agreement. The Chairman and SID also maintain regular 
contact between scheduled Board meetings, with time also set 
aside at each meeting for the Chairman to meet with the Non-
executive Directors without the presence of management. 

The relationships between these roles are of particular 
importance, as these individuals represent the views of both 
management and Directors, respectively. The combination of 
these meetings ensures that the Chairman is fully informed of 
the views of the Directors and management, which assists in 
setting meeting agendas and ensures all Directors can contribute 
effectively through their individual and collective experiences.

The Nominations Committee has the responsibility for monitoring 
the external commitments of the Non-executive Directors 
who, from appointment, are each made aware of the need 
to allocate sufficient time to the Company to discharge their 
responsibilities effectively. Any proposed change to a Director’s 
external commitments must be notified to the Board immediately 
in order that any potential conflict of interest, time commitment 
or residency status issues can be considered.

Meeting attendance
The Board normally holds six scheduled meetings each year, 
which are supplemented with ad hoc meetings to review any 
items of business that need to be addressed ahead of the 
next scheduled meeting. All Directors are also invited to attend 
Audit Committee meetings, and the Chairman, Group Chief 
Executive and Chief Financial Officer are also invited to attend 
Remuneration Committee meetings, where appropriate. 

As a result of the key matters under review during the year, 
primarily relating to the resolution of the SFO investigation and 
the refinancing project, the Board met 42 times during 2021. 
Directors participated in all meetings using secure virtual 
meeting technology, dealing with matters efficiently and with 
the appropriate level of oversight and rigour. Details of individual 
Director attendance are set out on page 98.

To enhance their knowledge of the business, and as part of the 
process of maintaining an awareness of the Group’s strategic 
activities and assessing the ability of the management team, 
members of operational and functional management, one and 
two tiers below Director level, are routinely invited to present on 
matters under consideration at Board and Committee meetings. 

The Directors feel that these presentations enable them 
to deepen their understanding of Petrofac at both a local 
and functional level, while gaining an awareness of specific 
nuances that may not always be obvious in written reports. 
Attendance at these meetings also affords managers the 
opportunity to bring matters to the attention of the Board and 
allows the Board to consider key individuals who have been 
identified through the succession planning process.

Board site visit
In response to Government COVID-19 guidance and continuing 
worldwide travel restrictions, physical site visits were put on hold 
during 2021. However, we intend to reintroduce physical site visits 
for the full Board as soon as conditions permit. 

Where feasible, virtual site safety visits were arranged on an 
individual basis for members of senior management to continue 
to meet with local management, project teams and graduates.

96

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Corporate governance
Division of responsibilities

Board roles

Director

Responsibility 

Chairman

Senior 
Independent 
Director

Non-executive 
Directors

Group Chief 
Executive

Chief 
Financial 
Officer 

•  Leads the Board and ensures effective communication flows between Directors 
•  Promotes an inclusive forum to facilitate effective contribution, challenge and debate 
•  Builds a well-balanced Board, with consideration given to succession planning and Board 

composition
Is responsible for ensuring effective board governance and oversees the board evaluation process

• 
•  Ensures effective communication with stakeholders, which enables their interests to be 

represented at Board meetings

•  Acts as a sounding board and confidant to the Chairman
•  Available to meet shareholders to answer questions that cannot be addressed by the 

Chairman or Group Chief Executive

•  Meets annually with other Directors to appraise the Chairman’s performance, and on such 

other occasions as is deemed appropriate

•  Acts as an intermediary for other independent Directors

•  Support executive management, whilst providing constructive challenge and rigour
•  Monitor the delivery of strategy within the risk management framework set by the Board
•  Bring sound judgement and objectivity to the Board’s decision-making process
•  Review the integrity of financial information, controls and risk management processes
•  Share skills, experience and knowledge from other industries and environments
•  Have prime roles in the Board composition and succession planning process

Implements agreed strategy and objectives, and develops attainable goals and priorities 

• 
•  Provides leadership and day-to-day management of the Group. Has delegated authority from the 

Board to deliver the Company purpose 

•  Develops proposals to present to the Board on all areas reserved for its judgement and ensures 

the Board is fully informed of all key matters 

•  Develops Group policies for approval by the Board and ensures effective implementation. 
Supported by the leadership team, has responsibility for driving execution of the Group’s 
strategic aims

•  Maintains relationships with key external stakeholders, including investors, clients and governments 

•  Manages the Group’s finances and is responsible for financial planning and presenting and 
reporting accurate and timely historical financial information, both internally and externally 

•  Ensures an effective financial control environment fully compliant with regulations. Develops and 

implements the Group’s finance strategy and funding

•  Manages the Group’s financial risk and is responsible for mitigating key elements of the Group’s 

risk profile

•  Maintains relationships with key external stakeholders, including shareholders, lenders and credit 

rating agencies

Secretary 
to the Board

•  Acts as Secretary to the Board and its committees. 
•  Advises the Board on all governance, legislation and regulatory requirements as well as best 

practice corporate governance developments. 

•  Puts in place processes designed to ensure compliance with Board procedures. Facilitates the 
Board evaluation, induction and development processes. Available to individual Directors in 
respect of Board procedures to provide general support and advice.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

97

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Division of responsibilities continued

2021 Board and Committee meeting attendance:

Director

Role

Board meeting 
(scheduled)

Board meeting 
(ad hoc)

Nominations 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

C&E 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

René Médori 
Sami Iskander
Afonso Reis e Sousa1
Andrea Abt2
Sara Akbar2
Ayman Asfari 
Matthias Bichsel 
David Davies2
Francesca Di Carlo2
George Pierson2

Former Director

Chairman
Group Chief Executive
Chief Financial Officer 
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Senior Independent Director 
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director
Non-executive Director

6 (6)
6 (6)
2 (2)
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)

36 (36)
36 (36)
7 (7)
30 (36)
34 (36)
36 (36)
30 (36)
33 (36)
35 (36)
33 (36)

3 (3)
–
–
3 (3)
2 (3)
3 (3)
3 (3)
3 (3)
3 (3)
3 (3)

–
–
–
–
–
–
7 (7)
7 (7)
–
7 (7)

–
–
–
3 (3)
–
–
3 (3)
–
–
3 (3)

–
–
–
5 (6)
6 (6)
–
6 (6)
–
6 (6)
–

Alastair Cochran2,3

Chief Financial Officer

4 (4)

26 (29)

–

–

–

–

1  Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 September 2021.
2  Some Directors were absent from at least one ad hoc Board meeting, due to pre-existing commitments as a result of the meetings being called at short notice.
3  Alastair Cochran stepped down from the Board on 31 August 2021.

Board information and support 
A tailored approach to developing agendas is adopted for 
each Board meeting. A significant element of each agenda is 
dedicated to strategic matters, providing the Board with sufficient 
time to review and discuss strategic matters. We believe the 
flexibility of this approach allows Directors to engage effectively 
and encourages scrutiny and constructive debate, with Non-
executive Directors able to seek clarification from management 
where required. Each scheduled Board meeting includes a report 
from the Group Chief Executive, which covers health and safety, 
operational and overall business performance, and a report 
from the Chief Financial Officer including financial performance, 
cashflow and net debt, analysts’ reviews and share price 
performance. Any actions arising from meetings are overseen 
by the Company Secretariat and updated action lists form the 
agenda for the next scheduled meeting. 

All Directors utilise a dedicated secure app to access their 
papers. This provides them with immediate and secure access 
to documentation and ensures information can be provided in 
a timely manner and in a format and quality appropriate to enable 
the Board to discharge its duties effectively.

Dealing with potential conflicts of interest 
In the event a potential conflict of interest should arise during 
a term of appointment, processes and procedures are in 
place for Directors to identify and declare any such conflict, 
whether matter-specific or situational. The Company’s Articles 
of Association permit the Board to authorise any such conflicts, 
which can be limited in scope. Notifications are required to be 
made by the Director concerned prior to or at a Board meeting, 
and all Directors have a duty to update the whole Board of any 
changes in personal circumstances. During 2021, all conflict 
management procedures were adhered to, managed and 
reported effectively. 

Deeds of indemnity 
In accordance with our Articles of Association, and to the 
maximum extent permitted by Jersey Law, all Directors and 
Officers of Petrofac Limited are provided with deeds of indemnity 
in respect of liabilities that may be incurred as a result of their 
office. The Group also has appropriate insurance coverage in 
respect of legal action that may be brought against its Directors 
and Officers. Neither the Company’s indemnities nor insurance 
policies provide any cover where a Director or Officer was found 
to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly. 

98

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Corporate governance

Composition, succession 
and evaluation

Board training 
The Board believes that continuous training and development 
supports Board effectiveness. It is committed to offering relevant 
training opportunities, tailored to each individual, that provide 
Directors with the necessary resources to refresh, update and 
enhance their skills, knowledge and capabilities.

With the ever-evolving regulatory landscape in which the Group 
operates, it is critical that the Board remains aware of recent 
and upcoming developments in the wider legal and regulatory 
environment. Board members are therefore encouraged to attend 
seminars, conferences and training events as required and to 
proactively identify any areas where they would like additional 
information to ensure they are adequately informed about 
the Group. 

The Secretary to the Board regularly updates the Board on the 
governance, legislative and regulatory matters that may impact 
the Group and, where relevant, briefings from external advisors on 
a variety of topics that are significant for the Group and its strategy 
are provided. During 2021, updates on governance consultations 
were provided, including the FCA’s consultation on diversity and 
inclusion on company boards, and the BEIS consultation on audit 
reform and corporate governance. These were considered as 
key focus areas for the Board, particularly as the outcome of the 
consultations are expected to bring significant regulatory changes 
or new primary legislation into effect. 

Training records for all Directors are maintained by the Company 
Secretariat and are reviewed during the annual Board evaluation 
process. Over the course of 2021, approximately 54 hours of 
virtual training were recorded by Directors.

Board evaluation 
Our annual Board evaluation provides the Board and its 
Committees with an opportunity to consider and reflect on 
how it operates and the quality and effectiveness of its decision 
making, the range and level of discussion, and for each member 
to consider their own contribution and performance. The UK 
Code also requires the Board to undertake a formal and rigorous 
annual evaluation of its performance and that of its committees, 
with a provision of the UK Code requiring that this be externally 
facilitated every three years. In accordance with our three-year 
cycle, the Board’s last external evaluation took place in 2019 
and the next will take place in 2022. The Board understands 
the benefits of annual performance evaluations, both for 
Directors on an individual basis, as well as for the Board as a 
whole. It continually strives to improve its effectiveness and 
believes these evaluations can provide a valuable opportunity to 
recognise strengths, and identify any weaknesses, thereby driving 
continuous improvement.

2021 Board evaluation process
This year’s review of the Board’s effectiveness was facilitated 
internally by the Chairman and the Secretary to the Board. 
The review was again conducted via a confidential online self-
evaluation tool, using the Thinking Board® platform created 
by Independent Audit, who carried out the Board’s externally 
facilitated review during 2019. 

Detailed questionnaires were created for the Board, with all 
Directors and regular meeting attendees requested to respond 
to the anonymous questionnaires. The questionnaires covered 
a broad range of matters and topics aimed at addressing issues 
raised in prior evaluations. It enabled participants to provide 

The Board performance evaluation cycle

Y1 – 2020  
Internal evaluation
Facilitated by the Chairman 
and the Secretary to the Board, 
using confidential self-evaluation 
questionnaires. 

Action plan agreed and reviewed 
throughout 2021.

Y2 – 2021  
Internal evaluation
Facilitated by the Chairman 
and the Secretary to the Board, 
using confidential self-evaluation 
questionnaires. 

Results collated and presented to 
the Board in March 2022, with an 
action plan to be agreed and 
reviewed during the year.

Y3 – 2022  
External evaluation
Facilitated externally. 

Will be conducted towards the 
end of 2022, with the final report 
presented to the Board in early 2023.

Further details will be provided in 
next year’s Annual Report.

comments on all aspects of performance, including matters 
such as: Board succession, Board and Committee composition; 
meeting conduct; strategy and culture; risk management and 
internal controls; measuring and monitoring performance; 
content and scope of topics covered at meetings; the nature 
and dynamics of Director contributions during meetings and 
stakeholder engagement; and to provide written comments 
and highlight any areas for improvement. 

The responses were collated and provided, on an anonymous 
basis, to the Chairman. This enabled him to discuss the outputs 
with Directors and to assess performance and contribution, 
identifying development areas for individuals and the Board 
as a whole. The Senior Independent Director also led the Non-
executive Directors in a review of the Chairman’s performance, 
with feedback provided directly. In consultation with the 
Secretary to the Board, a detailed report on the output of the 
effectiveness review was prepared and presented at the March 
2022 Board meeting.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

99

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Composition, succession and evaluation continued

2021 Board evaluation outcome 
The Chairman considered the results of the evaluation and 
separately assessed the independence and time commitment of 
each Director. It was concluded that each Director’s performance 
continued to be effective and that they demonstrated significant 
commitment to their roles. 

The overall assessment from this year’s internal evaluation 
was that the Board continued to work effectively and to a high 
standard to achieve Group objectives, and that each Director 
performed well during the year despite the challenges faced 
by the Group.

It was agreed that all Directors demonstrated a collaborative 
and constructive attitude, ensuring an open environment within 
meetings for participation and challenge. The Board considered 
it had performed well and, in particular, noted the significant 
engagement and contribution given throughout the year in 
relation to the SFO and refinancing discussions, where it was 
felt the most value had been added during the year. Extensive 
focus was given to the financial performance of the Group. The 
Board composition changes, and the executive management 
succession processes, were felt to have been well managed. 
There were no material issues identified, although as always 
there were areas identified for continued focus and improvement.

Progress against actions arising from the 2020 effectiveness review
The outcome of last year’s external evaluation identified areas where the Board might improve and develop, with progress made 
throughout the year:

Theme

Strategy

Risk management

ESG

Area for recommended improvement

Progress

Greater focus to be given to strategic 
developments within the industry, including 
reviewing threats and opportunities to further 
develop longer-term strategy. Regularly 
reviewing progress against strategic priorities 
with increased engagement between the 
Board and senior management.
Recalibration of the Company’s appetite for 
risk, ensuring it remains aligned with emerging 
longer-term strategy. Deep dives to be 
undertaken, with the creation of lessons learnt 
documents to assist with future initiatives.

Greater focus to be given to the 
development of the Group’s ESG strategy, 
ensuring it is fully embedded throughout 
the organisation and reflected in operating 
key performance indicators.

Regular updates were provided to the Board throughout 
the year on progress against strategic developments. 
Significant engagement took place between the Board 
and senior management as the strategic priorities were 
further developed and as the functional excellence 1tec 
framework was introduced.

A revised risk framework has been developed to better 
articulate risk appetite, with regular updates provided 
to the Board and its committees on new and emerging 
risks. Key changes to principal risks and their mitigation 
measures were discussed, with the aim of addressing 
any systemic issues.
The Board reviewed the Company’s strategy and roadmap 
to achieve Net Zero by 2030, providing feedback and 
endorsing a three-year implementation plan, with targets 
set and decarbonisation levers considered.

It was agreed that the key actions defined by the Chairman from the latest evaluation would form part of the Board’s agenda for the 
coming year. These actions are set out in the table below:

The key recommendations arising from the 2021 effectiveness review:
Theme

Area for recommended improvement

Strategy 

ESG

Succession planning

Following the conclusion of the SFO investigation in 2021, focus to be given to clearly defining the 
medium- and long-term strategy to help stabilise the organisation, and thereby restore stakeholder 
confidence. Continued focus to be given to implementing the necessary actions to enable the business 
to deliver on the strategy, by rebalancing the Group’s financial health and rebuilding the backlog by 
winning new orders and re-entering core geographies. Deep-dives on key strategic initiatives to be 
provided during the course of the year.
To continue the development of the sustainability strategy and the ESG roadmap, clearly defining the 
Group’s direction on energy transition. To drive our continual corporate reforms to promote cultural 
changes throughout the organisation and ensuring the ESG strategy is fully embedded across the 
Group and reflected in operating key performance indicators.
To review the Board composition, ensuring Director succession plans are in place for the immediate 
and medium term. Continued focus to be given to leadership and talent development initiatives, with 
the aim of retaining key talent and developing suitable measures to curb attrition.

100

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Corporate governance

Stakeholder engagement

Stakeholder engagement
The Board has always placed significant importance on 
listening to, and establishing and maintaining good relationships 
with, stakeholders. This engagement allows the Board to 
better understand the impact on its stakeholders of any 
decisions taken, and ensures the Board is also kept informed 
of significant changes in the market, including the identification 
of emerging risks and trends, which in turn can be factored into 
strategic discussions. 

Stakeholder considerations are integral to our Board discussions 
and are central to the execution of our strategy. Our stakeholder 
engagement processes enable the Board to better understand 
what matters to each stakeholder group, and to recognise their 
differing interests. The Board acknowledges that it is not always 
possible to provide positive outcomes for all stakeholders and 
that, on occasion, decisions must be made based on competing 
priorities. In such circumstances, all relevant factors are taken 
into consideration by the Board to ensure that the course of 
action selected is in the best interests of the Group and the 
business as a whole, with the needs of the different stakeholders, 
as well as the consequences of any decision in the long term, 
considered carefully. 

Engaging with employees is valued highly by the Board. They are 
kept informed on the outcomes of all employee engagement 
surveys and are active participants in the Workforce Forum, 
which was established in 2019. This continued engagement 
and the sharing of views throughout the year provides insight 
on the realities being faced by employees across the Group. 

Open and constructive engagement with major shareholders is 
also considered vital and enables the Board to understand their 
views on governance, while providing the opportunity to explain 
performance against strategy. These discussions not only focus 
on delivering increased shareholder value, but also assess the 
impacts of decisions on the Group’s wider stakeholders.

Section 172 arrangements 
Under Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006, boards have 
a duty to promote the success of their company for the benefit of 
their members as a whole, whilst having regard for the interests 
of employees, the success of their relationships with suppliers 
and customers, the impact of their operations on the community 
and environment and maintaining a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct. 

As a Jersey incorporated company, Petrofac is not required 
to comply with this legislation. Nevertheless, our Directors are 
informed by UK practice and, in any event, wish to act in good 
faith to promote the long-term success of the Group for the 
benefit of all stakeholders. When making any decisions, each 
Director is encouraged to act in the way they consider, in good 
faith, to best promote the Company’s success for the benefit of 
its members as a whole, while having due regard to the Section 
172 requirements. 

An overview of how and why we engage with our key stakeholders 
and how we have considered their requirements relating to 
principal decisions taken during the year to ensure effective 
and continued engagement is set out on pages 22 to 25.

Investor Relations programme 
Open and constructive engagement with shareholders is 
considered vital by the Board, as this enables the Directors to 
better understand their views, while establishing and maintaining 
good relationships. 

Our Investor Relations (IR) team acts as the focal point for contact 
with key investors and analysts, with an annual programme of 
meetings with both existing and potential shareholders, as well 
as analyst and investor meetings scheduled throughout the 
year. The IR programme includes presentations to institutional 
investors and research analysts, in addition to question-and-
answer sessions with stakeholders following the publication 
of our full-year and half-year financial results. During 2021, 
the Head of IR, as well as the Group Chief Executive and 
the Chief Financial Officer, maintained regular dialogue with 
institutional shareholders focusing on key operational matters. 
Additional meetings were also held with our corporate brokers 
to better understand shareholder sentiment in light of ongoing 
market pressures.

Governance-specific meetings were also arranged during 
the year for the Chairman and Senior Independent Director. 
This allowed them the opportunity to gain insights on governance 
matters from a shareholder perspective, and to hear directly 
from key investors on matters such as succession planning and 
remuneration. Analyst research notes are regularly circulated to 
all Directors and a formal broker’s report is issued to Directors 
in advance of each Board meeting.

Over the last two years, the vast majority of investor meetings 
have been held virtually, as a result of the continuing travel 
restrictions imposed by the COVID-19 pandemic. All parties 
have adapted well to this virtual environment, with approximately 
120 meetings held during 2021. A large proportion of these 
meetings were held towards the end of the year, primarily due 
to the significant engagement following the conclusion of the 
regulatory investigation and the subsequent launch of the 
capital raise and refinancing of debt facilities in October 2021. 

The Board plans to continue to develop its comprehensive 
programme of stakeholder engagement over the coming year. 

Share capital 
The Company’s ordinary shares are quoted on the London 
Stock Exchange and, at the date of this report, the issued share 
capital (and total voting rights) consisted of 521,157,442 ordinary 
shares. The Company’s share capital was increased during the 
year as a result of the capital raising transaction which took place 
in November 2021. 

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities and/or voting rights. The only restrictions which may 
be in force, from time to time, are insider trading regulations 
where, in accordance with the UK Market Abuse Regulations, 
certain Company employees, including all Directors, are required 
to seek approval from the Company to deal in its securities. 

The Board requires express authorisation from shareholders to 
issue or purchase ordinary shares in the Company. These general 
authorities were granted by shareholders at the 2021 AGM, and it is 
proposed that they will be renewed at the 2022 AGM. Details relating 
to the rights and obligations attached to the Company’s ordinary 
shares are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

101

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Stakeholder engagement continued

Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
Full details of this year’s AGM are set out in the Notice of Meeting. 
As a matter of good practice, all resolutions will be conducted on 
a poll and the results will be announced to the market as soon as 
practicable after the meeting. All shareholders are invited to the 
Company’s AGM at which they can put questions to the Board 
and meet with those Directors who are able to attend. 

Shareholders who are unable to attend the AGM are reminded 
that they can submit questions to the Board in advance of the 
meeting to agmquestions@petrofac.com. The Board will consider 
all questions received and, to the extent practicable, will respond 
directly or publish answers on our website. Shareholders are 
also encouraged to submit their votes on the resolutions to be 
submitted to the 2022 AGM electronically. The results of the 
voting will be announced to the London Stock Exchange and 
made available on our website as soon as practicable after 
the meeting. 

At last year’s AGM, all resolutions were passed, with votes in 
support ranging from 61.10% to 99.96%.

Response to shareholder voting less than 80%
Following the voting outcome of Resolution 2 (Annual Report on 
Remuneration) at the 2021 AGM, the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee engaged with key investors and proxy advisors to better 
understand the views expressed. From this engagement it was 
recognised that while the majority of shareholders were supportive 
of the key remuneration recommendations, the concerns raised, 
which primarily related to the onboarding arrangements for the 
new Group Chief Executive, were understood. Having reflected 
on the comments received, greater transparency and clarity on 
remuneration decision-making processes have been provided 
this year, with confirmation that all discretionary awards have 
been made in accordance with remuneration policy and in line 
with the UK Code. 

As part of the Chairman’s annual engagement with key investors, 
the voting outcome relating to Resolution 7 (re-election of Ayman 
Asfari) at the 2021 AGM was discussed. While the position taken 
by some shareholders and proxy advisors in relation to former 
Executive Directors remaining on the Board is understood, 
the Board is content that Mr Asfari continues to discharge his 
role effectively and that his retention on the Board has provided 
additional support and stability in a year of significant challenge and 
transition for the business. The Board has noted that Mr Asfari has 
indicated his intention to step down from the Board at the AGM to 
be held in 2023. 

Major shareholders 
In accordance with the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 5), information provided to 
the Company is published on a Regulatory Information Service and on the Company’s website at the time of receipt. The Company 
has received notification of the following material interests in voting rights over the Company’s issued ordinary share capital, noting 
that the issued share capital was increased to 521,157,442 on 3 March 2022:

Name

Ayman Asfari and family
Schroders plc

Percentage of issued share capital 
as notified at 31 December 2021

Percentage of issued share capital 
as notified at 22 March 2022

17.11%
16.95%

17.07%
14.69%

Nature of holding

Direct and indirect
Indirect

Disclosures required under Listing Rule 9.8.4R 
The information required to be disclosed in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4R of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules 
can be located on the following pages of this Annual report and accounts:
Listing rule

Detail

Page reference

9.8.4R (1-2) - (5-14)
9.8.4R (4)

Not applicable
Long-term incentive schemes

Not applicable
120, 121, 123 and 126

Shareholders’ distribution
Shareholders (ownership) by territory

Meetings held with shareholders by country

UK
North America
Rest of Europe
Rest of World

68.1%
13.7%
14.8%
3.4%

Europe
Rest of World
UK
US

32%
3%
51%
14%

102

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Corporate governance

Nominations Committee report

René Médori
Chairman of the  
Nominations Committee

Role and responsibilities of the Committee:
 – Review the composition, size and structure of the Board 
and its committees, taking into consideration the skills, 
knowledge, experience, diversity of gender, social and 
ethnic backgrounds, and cognitive and personal strengths 
of Directors

 – Identify and recommend for Board approval suitable 

candidates to be appointed to the Board, fully evaluating 
the balance of existing skills, knowledge and experience 
required to support the strategic objectives of the Group

 – Consider the effectiveness and rigour of the succession 

planning processes for the Group and maintain oversight 
of the development of a diverse pipeline for succession 
to both Board and senior management roles

How the Committee spent its time during the year – 2021

Governance/other
Board composition
Diversity and 
inclusion
Talent development

24%
28%

21%
27%

Dear shareholder
This report provides an overview of the work of the Nominations 
Committee and its activities during the year. There were no 
changes to the Committee’s membership during the year. 
The biographies for all Committee members are set out on 
pages 92 and 93.

Board composition
The Committee takes the lead on all Board and committee 
appointments, including the process for identifying and 
nominating candidates for approval by the Board. The Committee 
also oversees the development of a diverse pipeline of candidates 
to ensure orderly succession plans are in place for both Board 
and senior management positions. 

The Committee remains committed to ensuring the Board and its 
Committees have the right balance of skills and experience to help 
achieve our strategic objectives. Our approach when considering 
the recruitment of new Board members involves the adoption of 
a formal and transparent procedure, with due regard to the skills, 
knowledge, diversity and level of experience required.

Board changes during the year
As we reported last year, following a formal and rigorous 
recruitment process, Sami Iskander was appointed as Group 
Chief Executive with effect from 1 January 2021, following the 
retirement of Ayman Asfari at the end of 2020. Sami’s prior 
experience, knowledge and personal strengths were all taken 
into consideration during the interview process, and it was 
agreed by the Committee that his appointment would provide 
strong leadership as well as strengthen the Board, especially 
considering the challenges and opportunities facing the Group.

On 31 August 2021, Alastair Cochran stepped down from 
the Board as Chief Financial Officer. Alastair had contributed 
to the Board during his five years with the Company, pioneering 
our transformation back to a capital-light business and assisting 
in ensuring the Company is positioned for efficient and effective 
execution as markets start to recover. Ahead of his departure, 
a considered succession exercise was undertaken and we were 
delighted that Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed as Alastair’s 
replacement with effect from 1 September 2021. Afonso, who 
had been with Petrofac for almost nine years on appointment 
to the Board, has extensive experience in a variety of senior 
finance roles, most recently as Group Treasurer & Head of 
Tax and Group Head of Enterprise Risk. His biography is set 
out on page 92. This internal appointment demonstrates the 
Committee’s commitment to developing a strong talent pipeline.

Future Board changes
Andrea Abt and George Pierson, having each served on the 
Board for two consecutive three-year terms, will step down from 
the Board at the 2022 AGM. Accordingly, neither will stand for 
re-election. The Board recognises the significant contributions 
Andrea and George have each made to Petrofac over the last six 
years, not only their substantial time commitments in recent years 
but in their resolute support for improving and embedding our 
compliance framework across the Group. On the Board’s behalf, 
I would like to thank them for their support and for being valued 
members of the Board, especially over the last 12 months.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

103

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Nominations Committee report continued

Director re-election
In line with the findings of our internally facilitated Board 
effectiveness review, as set out on page 100, and supported 
by their biographies (pages 92 and 93), we believe the Directors 
possess a broad range of skills and experience from a variety 
of industries. The Board believes that the election and re-
election at the 2022 AGM of those Directors standing is 
in the best interests of the Company. Further details on 
the AGM can be found at www.petrofac.com.

Chairman succession
My own succession has also continued to be a matter of 
consideration during 2021. I originally joined the Board as a Non-
executive Director in January 2012, before becoming Chairman 
in May 2018. My tenure on the Board accordingly reached nine 
years in 2021, which the Board acknowledges is at the maximum 
threshold of Provision 19 of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Given the recent changes and challenges faced by the Group, 
and following key shareholder engagement in 2021, it was 
previously agreed that I should continue as Chairman until 
the AGM in 2022. However, as the SFO investigation was not 
concluded until October 2021, and extensive time was required 
from the Board in relation to the capital raise and debt refinancing 
project in November 2021, the recruitment process to appoint my 
successor as Chairman was delayed. The Committee has now 
proposed that, given this delay and to provide continuing stability 
to the Board, it is content for me to continue as Chairman until 
the 2023 AGM, with the process to find a suitable successor to 
commence during 2022. It should be noted that Matthias Bichsel, 
as Senior Independent Director, chairs all discussions relating to 
Chairman succession and I absent myself from these meetings. 

Succession planning and talent management
Succession planning for senior management remains a key 
focus area for the Committee. Significant interest is taken in 
the development of the Group’s future leaders and, on a regular 
basis, the Committee considers those employees who have been 
identified as high-potential talent from across the Group with the 
HR and management teams.

This process is integral to the Group’s strategic plans, and 
effective succession planning and the development of a diverse 
talent pipeline have been key priorities for the Committee over 
the last few years. Our current talent programme at a senior level 
is well embedded across the Group.

A principal objective for the Committee is to build a strong, 
resilient and diverse talent pipeline for the future, which is in 
line with Petrofac’s purpose and values, and a key focus has 
been to develop employee skills and capabilities for the future. 
The progression of emerging talent is reviewed on an annual 
basis, not only to check that appropriate processes are in place 
to identify and monitor future potential leaders, but also to allow 
the Committee to discuss such talent on an individual basis.

A programme has also been developed for Group Executive 
Committee members to have individual get-to-know-you meetings 
with those employees identified as high performing/high potential 
on a cross-divisional basis, with the aim of strengthening the talent 
pipeline and developing our succession plans further.

Board evaluation
Our Board evaluation process for 2021 was internally facilitated. 
Details of the outcome from the 2020 process, along with actions 
arising from the 2021 review, are set out on pages 99 and 100. 
In accordance with our three-year cycle, an externally facilitated 
evaluation process will be undertaken during 2022.

Director induction process
On appointment to the Board, all new Directors undertake a 
detailed, tailored, comprehensive induction programme. This is 
intended to account for individuals’ differing requirements and 
to concentrate on key focus areas, thus ensuring each Director 
is fully prepared for their new role, taking their background and 
experience into consideration and, where relevant, to provide 
a broad introduction to the Group.

All newly appointed Directors are provided with external 
training to address their role and duties, receiving a compulsory 
presentation led by our external legal advisors on the duties, 
responsibilities and obligations of being a UK-listed company 
director. In addition, depending on which committees they will 
join, presentations are also provided by the Group’s auditors, 
brokers and remuneration consultants.

Our Directors visit the Group’s main operating offices as part 
of their induction and they are also encouraged to make at least 
one site visit each year throughout their tenure. Site visits are 
regarded as an important part of continuing education as well as 
an essential part of the induction process, as they help Directors 
understand the Group’s activities through direct experience 
of seeing operations in action and by having discussions with 
a range of employees. Physical site visits have been curtailed 
during the last two years as a consequence of COVID-19 
imposed travel restrictions, but, where possible, virtual meetings 
have been organised.

Sami Iskander, our Group Chief Executive, was appointed to 
the Board with effect from 1 January 2021. Having joined the 
Company in late 2020 as Deputy Chief Executive, his induction 
programme started on joining. Full details of his induction are set 
out in our 2020 Annual report and accounts.

Afonso Reis e Sousa, our new Chief Financial Officer, was 
appointed to the Board with effect from 1 September 2021. 
Having been with the Company for more than eight years, 
Afonso already had a deep understanding of Petrofac and had 
established strong relationships across the Group. Accordingly, 
the focus of his induction has been to increase his understanding 
of the role and duties of a Jersey director of a UK-listed company, 
with external training provided. This comprehensive induction 
process will be ongoing over the coming year.

104

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Diversity and inclusion
The Committee considers diversity and inclusion to be 
key factors in the Company’s success. It has continued to 
provide oversight to ensure effective strategies are in place 
that will develop and strengthen our talent pipelines to deliver 
improvements and promote a culture that upholds the Group’s 
principles of inclusion, diversity and equality. We believe this 
will support the delivery of our strategic objectives, allowing us 
to attract a diverse talent base, reflective and representative of 
our core geographies and of the communities in which we work.

The Committee remains committed to not only helping improve 
the levels of female representation throughout the Group, but 
to developing a diverse workforce and an inclusive working 
environment, irrespective of gender, race, colour, religion, sexual 
orientation or marital status. Petrofac aims to create a workplace 
that celebrates the diversity of all its employees and stakeholders. 
We are committed to engaging everyone from different cultures, 
backgrounds and experiences to create an environment of 
excellence and to ensure all employees are involved, engaged 
and respected, irrespective of any personal characteristics. 
Petrofac is fundamentally a people business and our employees 
are the driving force behind our Group.

The Committee recognises that, as a business, various initiatives 
have been implemented to address gender diversity over recent 
years, although it is acknowledged that work remains to be done 
in terms of diversity, both within our senior leadership positions 
and across the organisation. Notwithstanding that engineering 
continues to be a predominately male-dominated profession, 
we are determined that further progress can be made in this 
area over the coming years. The gender balance of our Group 
Executive Committee remains an area for further improvement, 
and while we appreciate there are long-term challenges to 
overcome, we are pleased with the significant improvements 
that have been made in respect to gender diversity within the 
Group’s talent pipeline. 

An overview of our significant progress against the FTSE 
Woman Leader Review, formerly the Hampton-Alexander 
recommendations, over the last three years are set out below:

2019

2020

2021

33.0%
6.3%
30%
18.7%
30%
25.8%

 Women on the Board 

 Women in senior roles

A formal mentoring programme was introduced during 2021, 
whereby all members of the Group Executive Committee 
have mentored at least one high-potential female employee. 
This programme will continue and be expanded in 2022.

Improvements in overall diversity awareness have also continued 
throughout 2021, with several initiatives introduced to drive the 
diversity agenda further and develop a comprehensive diversity 
strategy. Two new employee networking groups, a Women’s 
and a Pride network, were established, with key diversity and 
inclusion events celebrated throughout the year. We believe this 
continued promotion of diversity in its widest sense will lead to 
greater engagement across the organisation.

During 2021, work was also undertaken to appoint more local 
talent as country leaders in our key revenue generating markets, 
with targets set to continue the progress in this area. In addition, 
more local nationals have been appointed as country managers 
or business development heads in our key markets.

Our Diversity and Inclusion policy, the purpose of which is 
to ensure equality of opportunity and fairness in all areas of 
employment, has been in place across the Group since August 
2016. Our policy allows us to value the diversity of our employees, 
while promoting an inclusive culture across the Group.

The Committee will continue to monitor the Group’s progress 
as it delivers improvements in workforce diversity and will make 
recommendations to the Board on how to further promote 
diversity and inclusion across the Group. Further information 
on our approach to diversity and inclusion and the initiatives 
taken during 2021 are set out on page 49.

Ethnicity
In terms of ethnicity, Petrofac is a very diverse organisation, 
with more than 60 nationalities employed across the Group. 
Towards the end of 2021, we launched the voluntary collection 
of Ethnicity Data in the UK. To date, more than 33% of our UK 
workforce has responded, with 8.4% identifying as BAME. 
The Board is also in full compliance with the recommendation 
of the Parker Review, with four Directors on the Board falling within 
the review’s methodology classification1.

Employee engagement
My fellow Non-executive Directors and I were pleased to be 
able to meet with Workforce Forum representatives twice during 
the year. We recognise that this forum has been very beneficial 
in allowing us to hear directly from employee representatives, 
particularly in light of the significant challenges faced by the 
business over the last two years. The Committee remains 
committed to engaging with employees to understand their 
concerns and to ensure the appropriate culture is in place across 
the organisation. The Committee also receives feedback from 
employees through the PetroVoices annual survey. Further details 
on employee engagement are set out on pages 23, 49 and 50.

Focus for the year ahead
During 2022, the Committee’s primary focus will remain on 
my succession. However, we will continue to oversee the talent 
pipeline and succession initiatives, and monitor the developments 
arising from evolving best practice, overseeing actions that will 
enable us to meet our diversity targets.

René Médori
Chairman
23 March 2022

1  Those individuals with evident heritage from African, Asian, Middle-Eastern 

and South American regions.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

105

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Audit Committee report

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the Audit Committee, 
providing an overview of the Committee’s activities and areas of 
focus for this financial year.

Throughout 2021, the Committee was cognisant of the ongoing 
challenges facing the Group. The COVID-19 pandemic continued 
to have a significant impact on the business, which was reflected 
in our financial results. 

Consequently, the Committee’s focus has been to ensure 
the Group’s risk management and internal control processes 
continued to operate effectively and remain appropriate 
for the changing environment in which Petrofac operates. 
The Committee has also actively challenged the appropriateness 
of financial reporting judgements and estimates to ensure the 
reliability of the financial statements.

The Committee continues to play a vital role in providing 
independent oversight on the risk management process, with 
ongoing monitoring of the principal and emerging risks being 
faced by the Group. The Committee also reviews an emerging 
risks dashboard, which is monitored on an ongoing basis, 
to ensure risks have been identified, assessed, treated and 
reported appropriately.

Throughout 2021, the assumptions and evidence supporting 
the going concern and viability statements were reviewed and 
challenged extensively by the Committee. Financial models 
of scenarios prepared by management demonstrating the 
ongoing operational challenges, including the potential impact 
of COVID-19 on the business over the assessment period, as 
well as the liquidity position of the Group, the principal risks, the 
level of headroom against committed facilities and compliance 
with financial covenants, were considered by the Committee. 
Taking into consideration the detailed analysis undertaken, the 
Committee was satisfied that the going concern and viability 
statements were appropriate.

2021 saw the conclusion to the legacy SFO investigation. 
Following this, a capital raise and the refinancing of debt facilities 
was undertaken in the second half of the year. Unsurprisingly, this 
was a significant area of focus for the Committee.

A key role of the Committee is to provide assurance to the Board 
that it is satisfied that the Annual report and accounts are fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy. Our review process, 
which confirms the Committee is content to provide this 
assurance, is set out on page 110.

David Davies
Chairman of the  
Audit Committee

Role and responsibilities of the Committee:
 – Monitors the integrity of the Group and Company’s 

financial statements

 – Reviews formal announcements relating to the Group’s 

financial performance, position and prospects

 – Evaluates the significant financial reporting judgements and 
estimates and related disclosures, including going concern 
assessments and viability statements

 – Reviews the effectiveness of risk management and internal 
control systems, and provides reasonable assurance to 
the Board

 – Monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

audit function

 – Manages the appointment and oversees the independence, 

effectiveness and remuneration of the Group’s external auditor

 – Approves the remuneration and terms of engagement of the 
Group’s external auditor and makes recommendations to the 
Board regarding its reappointment

 – Develops, implements and monitors compliance with the non-

audit services policy

 – Advises the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities 
and considers whether the Annual report and accounts, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable

How the Audit Committee spent its time during the year – 2021

External audit,
including non-audit 
services review
Finance reporting
Finance reporting: 
Going concern
Governance matters
Risk management 
and internal 
control systems
Tax
Refinancing

18%
21%

5%
6%

32%
2%
16%

106

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Looking ahead
Over the coming year, it is likely that the Group will continue to 
face challenges related to COVID-19 and the market dynamics 
continuing to impact the sector.

The Committee will continue to maintain its focus on significant 
judgements and estimates impacting financial reporting and will 
look to further enhance the Group’s principal risks reporting, 
including improved articulation of the overall risk appetite to 
ensure the effective oversight of risk management and internal 
controls by the Committee.

The Committee will continue to monitor the ongoing 
developments in the UK’s audit environment, including the 
reforms proposed by UK Government’s Department for Business, 
Energy & Industry Strategy (BEIS) to improve trust in audit and 
corporate governance, following its consultation on the formation 
of a new regulator, the Audit Reporting and Governance Authority 
(ARGA), which is expected to be in place from April 2023. 

The Committee will work to ensure that the Group has 
appropriate plans in place and is compliant with any new 
regulations when they come into force.

I would like to thank my fellow Committee members, other 
Directors and the management team, and the internal 
and external auditors for their continued support, for the 
open discussions held, and for the contributions provided 
in the support of the Committee’s work throughout this 
challenging year.

David Davies
Chairman of the Audit Committee
23 March 2022

Principal matters considered during the year by the Audit Committee
The Committee met eight times during the year, with meetings coinciding with key points in the financial reporting cycle. Additional meetings 
were also held during the year to consider the refinancing project. The principal matters reviewed and considered were as follows:

Financial reporting 

 – Reviewed and discussed reports from the Chief Financial Officer on the financial statements, considered 

management’s accounting judgements and the policies being applied

 – Reviewed and assessed the principal accounting matters in relation to the full-year and half-year reporting 

periods

 – Reviewed the Annual report and accounts and provided a recommendation to the Board that, as a whole, 

it complied with the 2018 UK Code principle to be ‘fair, balanced and understandable’

 – Reviewed and recommended for Board approval the press releases relating to the full year and half year
 – Considered the implications of the new EU legislation for the European single electronic reporting format 
(ESEF) and reviewed the obligations to enable reports to be prepared, published and filed in accordance 
with the requirements

Going concern

 – Reviewed and approved the going concern and viability statements for inclusion in the Annual report and 

accounts 

Internal audit

 – Considered and discussed the internal audit reports presented at each meeting
 – Provided assurance that management had resolved or was in the process of resolving any outstanding 

issues and actions

External audit

Internal 
controls and 
risk management

Governance 

 – Reviewed and approved the internal audit plan for the year
 – Considered the Group external auditor’s year-end audit observations
 – Agreed the statutory audit fee for the year
 – Considered the Group external auditor’s letters to management and its interim results review
 – Discussed, reviewed and approved the non-audit services and fees
 – Considered the Group external auditor’s 2021 year-end planning report
 – Reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) processes and procedures 

and internal control systems

 – Reviewed the Group’s principal risks and risk appetite
 – Reviewed the Treasury Risk Management Policy
 – Reviewed the Committee’s terms of reference and recommended they be approved by the Board
 – Received an update from the Group external auditor on the changes to be introduced in the audit and 

governance landscape

Other

 – Discussed, reviewed and recommended for Board approval all elements of the capital raise and debt 

refinancing project

 – Reviewed and approved the annual tax update
 – Reviewed and approved the change in accounting policy regarding configuration and customisation 

costs incurred in implementing Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) and the resulting prior year restatement 
disclosures, following the publication of the April 2021 IFRIC agenda decision

 – Reviewed and approved the 2021 insurance programme renewal

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

107

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Audit Committee report continued

Accountability
Committee composition
There have been no changes to the Committee’s membership 
during 2021. However, at the AGM to be held in May 2022, 
George Pierson will be stepping down from the Board, having 
served for six years. Sara Akbar will be appointed to the 
Committee from May 2022. Biographical details of the current 
and future Committee members are set out on pages 92 and 93.

As required by the UK Code, the Board is satisfied that the 
Committee members have met the expected independence 
and experience parameters. David Davies has significant, recent 
and relevant financial experience, while Matthias Bichsel and 
George Pierson have competence relevant to the Group’s sector. 
Furthermore, all members of the Committee have extensive general 
management and commercial expertise.

To assist the Committee in its deliberations, the Chairman and all 
other Board members are invited to attend all Committee meetings. 
In addition, the Head of Audit, the Director of Group Finance and the 
Senior Enterprise Risk Manager are also invited to attend all or part 
of any meeting, as and when considered appropriate or necessary. 
The lead audit partner from Ernst & Young LLP also has a standing 
invitation to attend all Committee meetings.

Role and responsibilities
The Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in the effective 
discharge of its responsibilities for financial reporting, internal 
control and risk management. The Committee believes it is 
well positioned to challenge and debate the performance and 
relevance of the Group’s financial reporting, risk management 
and internal controls to safeguard the interests of shareholders 
and other stakeholders.

The Group has an internal control and risk management 
framework in place, which includes policies, standards and 
procedures, to ensure that adequate accounting records are 
maintained, and transactions are accurately recorded. In addition, 
the Committee has oversight of financial initiatives that remain 
under continuous review, which are designed to strengthen our 
control environment and improve financial reporting. This ensures 
that the Group’s financial reporting process and communications 
to the market provide a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Group’s performance, position and prospects.

Internal Audit
Internal Audit is an independent assurance function available 
to the Board, the Committee and all levels of management. 
The role of Internal Audit is to provide independent and objective 
assurance and advice on the overall design of the Group’s 
risk management, internal control systems, and governance 
processes. Internal Audit appropriately challenges and supports 
executive management to improve the effectiveness of these 
processes and provides assurance that any corrective action 
required is taken in a timely manner.

At each Committee meeting, the Head of Audit presents an update 
covering an overview of the work undertaken during the period, 
actions arising from audits conducted, the tracking of remedial 
actions, audit resources, and progress against the internal audit plan. 

The Committee also meets with the Head of Audit without 
executive management present, to discuss, among other matters, 
management’s responsiveness to any recommendations and the 
effectiveness of the internal audit process. The Head of Audit 

has direct access to the Committee Chairman and meets with 
the Group’s external auditor whenever required.

Each year, internal audit develops an annual risk-based audit 
programme for approval by the Committee. The Group’s internal 
audit programme for 2021 was considered and approved by the 
Committee in November 2020. The 2021 programme was further 
developed during the year to take into account the Group’s 
principal risks, identifying where they primarily occur in the 
business; through discussions with the Committee and senior 
management; recognising changes in the Group and the external 
environment; and with consideration to prior audit coverage.

In approving the 2021 audit programme, the Committee 
considered the coverage of the Group’s principal risks by the 
proposed audits. It was agreed that primary focus should be 
on the design and operating effectiveness of controls to manage 
risks associated with overarching management controls, such 
as the compliance programme and compliance due diligence 
processes; controls designed to prevent non-compliance with 
laws and regulations, such as money laundering, trade sanctions, 
tax governance, and remote office controls; project level controls 
such as project governance processes, project and logistics 
management; health and safety controls; financial controls; digital 
and automation initiatives; and governance controls in the ongoing 
Group-wide ERP project.

One of the Committee’s key roles is to challenge this audit 
programme, and specifically to determine whether the key 
risk areas identified as part of our risk management process 
are being audited with appropriate frequency and depth. 
Following the completion of each planned audit, Internal Audit 
seeks feedback from management and reports to the Committee 
on the findings of the audit, detailing progress, and including 
any key findings or actions that may be required. Where any 
significant areas of concern are identified during an audit, 
an implementation plan is agreed with management for any 
required corrective actions to be addressed on a timely basis, 
with follow-up audits arranged. Action closures are reported 
to, and monitored by, the Committee.

During 2021, 19 internal audit assignments were carried out, 
the results of which were included in Internal Audit’s annual 
assessment of the audited elements of the system of internal 
controls. In response to the COVID-19 restrictions, Internal 
Audit implemented an enhanced and agile audit methodology, 
consisting of weekly team reviews to inform audit testing and 
align risks, leveraging technology where possible. 

Where new audit findings were identified, management 
actions were agreed and all Group level findings and agreed 
management actions were reported to the Committee, enabling 
progress to be monitored and trends to be identified. All Group 
level findings were carefully considered by the Committee, with 
management direction given to ensure the necessary steps 
were taken to mitigate any arising issues. In November 2021, 
the Committee reviewed and approved the Internal Audit Charter 
and Internal Audit programme for 2022. 

To assist Group Compliance, Internal Audit continued to assist 
in the triaging of allegations raised from the confidential Speak Up 
line to the appropriate teams for investigation, providing support 
to the relevant investigations based on specific requests from 
Group Compliance.

108

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for establishing the Group’s 
risk appetite, its enterprise risk processes and for ensuring 
that the Group has in place an effective risk management 
framework. In accordance with the requirements of the Guidance 
on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial 
and Business Reporting published by the FRC, the Board has 
delegated responsibility to the Committee for monitoring and 
reviewing the integrity and effectiveness of the Group’s overall 
systems of risk management and internal controls.

Major improvements this year, driven by this review, included 
the centralisation of the value assurance function and the 
establishment of a value assurance framework to enable 
more efficient and aligned assurance efforts throughout each 
project’s life cycle and operations. Compliance controls have 
also been overseen and the review of and improvement of these  
controls are further detailed on pages 60 and 61. Additionally, 
when needed, the Board or other Board committees perform 
deep dives into principal risk areas and provide feedback 
to the Committee. 

The Committee performed a robust review of the Company’s 
principal and emerging risks and uncertainties during the 
year. The assessment of these risks is detailed on pages 
62 to 69. COVID-19 continued to have a major influence on 
the Group’s principal risks, with order intake and compliance 
with laws, regulations and ethical standards remaining a major 
focus. Following the conclusion of the SFO investigation, there 
has been an improvement in the Group’s overall risk profile. 

The Group’s principal risk reports are updated each quarter, 
capturing and assessing the principal and emerging risks 
facing the Group. These reports outline how risks are managed, 
and monitor exposures against the Group’s risk appetite. 
The principal risk reports, along with other management 
reports submitted to the Committee, provide assurance on the 
robustness, integrity and effectiveness of the systems in place, 
including those that could threaten the Group’s business model, 
operations, future performance, solvency and liquidity. This helps 
to provide the Committee with a balanced assessment of the 
Group’s principal risks and the effectiveness of the systems 
of internal controls. 

The Committee, in line with the processes described above and on 
pages 60 and 61, and in accordance with the FRC guidance cited 
above, performed the review on the integrity and effectiveness 
of the Group’s overall systems of risk management and internal 
controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls. 
As a result, the Committee was content to provide confirmation 
to the Board that the systems of internal control, including risk 
management and the risk framework and processes, operated 
effectively during 2021. 

Further details of the Group’s risk management systems 
and controls, including an overview of the risk governance 
and management frameworks, as well as the key principal 
and emerging risks of the business and how those risks are 
identified and managed, are presented on pages 60 to 69.

Internal controls
Petrofac aims to ensure that a sound system of internal controls, 
based on the Group’s policies, standards and procedures, remains 
in place for all material associate and joint arrangement entities. 
Where any failings or weaknesses are identified in the course of 
a review of internal control systems, management puts in place 
robust actions to address these on a timely basis, with action 
closures reported to and monitored by the Committee.

As with all companies, an internal control system can provide 
only reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
financial misstatement or fraud, as it is designed to manage 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives. The Committee is content that the ongoing reviews 
have established that management places a strong focus on 
closing audit actions and ensuring timely completion.

Insurance programme
Petrofac utilises the insurance market as a risk transfer 
mechanism to cover the types of insurable risks normally 
associated with an energy services provider, operating in similar 
challenging territories across the world. The cover procured is 
structured under a Group-wide insurance programme, designed 
to avoid potential coverage gaps and duplication across the 
Group, whilst also ensuring that the Group benefits from 
economies of scale. 

The effectiveness of the various global insurance policies is 
continually challenged against business activities, to ensure 
that the insurance cover will respond to our ever-changing risk 
exposures. This stress-testing also provides additional certainty 
that our cover remains as wide as commonly available across the 
insurance market, whilst continuing to represent a cost-effective 
risk transfer solution, considering various factors, including policy 
limits, deductible levels, and policy conditions. During 2021, 
a structured and targeted marketing exercise concerning the 
main Group policies was undertaken. As previously reported, the 
insurance market has undergone significant challenges in recent 
years, as underwriters reduce their appetite for certain risks, 
particularly those associated with the oil and gas industry. This has 
resulted in a reduction in market capacity, blanket rate increases 
and more restricted cover. Following detailed engagement, the 
2021 Group insurance programme was renewed at an overall 
increase in cost of just 1% compared with 2020. 

These challenging market conditions have continued into early 
2022. The extent of rate increases appears to be abating, with 
the Group insurance policies due for renewal in April 2022.

Treasury
As part of its remit, the Committee supports the Board in 
monitoring performance against the Group’s funding plan, 
as well as reviewing the Group’s compliance with the Treasury 
Risk Management Policy, a copy of which is available at 
www.petrofac.com. During the year, the Committee continued 
to closely monitor the Group’s funding and liquidity, particularly 
in light of the economic impact of COVID-19 and the ongoing 
challenging market conditions facing the Group and the 
resulting effect on financing. Following the resolution of the SFO 
investigation, the Committee reviewed and addressed the Group’s 
funding and liquidity position. This resulted in a successful capital 
raise and debt refinancing initiative, which was completed in 
November 2021. Further details are set out on page 87.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

109

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Audit Committee report continued

Assurance
At the year-end, and as required by the UK Code, formal 
assurance is provided to the Board that effective governance, 
risk management and internal control processes are in place 
and remain relevant, to ensure that the Group will continue to 
be viable for at least the next three years. This assurance covers 
all material controls, including strategic, financial, operational 
and compliance controls. Further details on the overall control 
processes are set out on pages 108 to 110.

Fair, balanced and understandable
Each year, the Committee advises the Board on whether, in its 
opinion, the Annual Report and Accounts (Annual Report) when 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable, and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

Throughout 2021, the Committee monitored the integrity 
of the Group’s reporting process and financial management, 
considered the results of management’s assessment of going 
concern and viability, reviewed in detail the work of the external 
auditor, and reviewed the significant financial judgements and 
estimates made by management.

In reaching its conclusion, the Committee assessed the results of 
the processes undertaken by management to provide assurance 
that the Group’s financial statements were fairly presented. 
The processes included a review of all material matters to 
ensure that the Annual Report correctly reflected the Company’s 
performance during the reporting year, and fairly reflected the 
continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the business, 
to ensure it presented a consistent message throughout.

This process was led by an internal team, consisting of 
members of the Group Finance, Company Secretariat, Group 
Communications and Investor Relations teams, who each 
collaboratively prepare sections of the Annual Report. This team 
also performed procedures to provide assurance to the Committee 
that the Annual Report was balanced, complete and accurate. 
This ensured that there was a clear and integrated link between 
the three main sections of the Annual Report – the Strategic 
report; the governance report; and the financial statements.

Each Committee Chair participated in the preparation of their 
individual Committee report, with the Board and management 
afforded the opportunity to submit their comments during the 
preparation process. The Committee was then presented with 
a full and final draft of the Annual Report for comment.

The Committee concluded that following its review, it was content 
to present the 2021 Annual Report to the Board for final approval 
with an assurance that it was fair, balanced and understandable, 
it was representative of the year under review, and provided 
shareholders with the necessary information to assess the 
Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

The Board subsequently approved the Committee’s 
recommendation that a fair, balanced and understandable 
statement reflecting this conclusion could be provided. 
This statement is set out on page 128. The Group’s external 
auditor’s report can be found on pages 130 to 140.

Group external auditor
Ernst & Young LLP (EY) continued as the Group and Company’s 
global external auditor throughout the year. In accordance with 
regulation, the lead audit partner responsible for the Group audit 
was last rotated at the end of the 2017 audit. The current external 
lead audit partner, Mr Colin Brown, will be required to rotate after 
the conclusion of the 2022 audit.

The Committee considers the effectiveness of the external 
auditor on an ongoing basis, considering its independence, 
expertise, performance and understanding of the Group, its 
resourcing capabilities, culture, and objectivity. The Committee 
remains satisfied, through its own observations and enquiries, 
as well as the interactions with executive management 
throughout the year, with the independence and objectivity 
of the external auditor and the effectiveness of the audit 
process. In making this assessment, the Committee gave 
due consideration to the information and content of reports 
and advice provided, the execution of the audit plan, and the 
robustness of EY’s understanding and challenge to management 
on key accounting matters.

During the year, the Committee met with the lead audit partner 
on several occasions without management present, to discuss a 
range of customary financial reporting and internal control matters. 
The Committee Chairman also maintained regular contact with 
the lead audit partner throughout the year outside of the formal 
meeting schedule, discussing formal agenda items ahead of 
upcoming meetings and reviewing any other significant matters.

Each year, EY submits its proposed audit strategy and scope, 
thereby ensuring the audit can be aligned with the Committee’s 
expectations. This work is carried out with due regard to 
the identification and assessment of business and financial 
statement risks that could impact the audit as well as continuing 
developments within the Group.

During 2021, the audit scope focused on management’s 
judgements and estimates concerning fixed-price engineering, 
procurement and construction contracts; robustness of 
management’s going concern and viability statement 
assessments and disclosures; impairment assessments 
and fair value re-measurements; uncertain tax treatments 
and recoverability of deferred tax assets; consideration of the 
macro-economic challenges being faced by the Group as 
a result of the COVID-19 pandemic in key markets; HMRC’s 
challenge to the historical application of national insurance 
contributions; accounting matters arising from the SFO 
investigation; presentation of the separately disclosed items; 
accounting matters arising from the Group’s capital raise 
and debt refinancing; and accounting for cloud computing 
implementation costs following the IFRS Interpretations 
Committee decision issued in April 2021.

In 2021, the Committee requested that EY perform a 
review on the Group’s 2021 half-year financial statements 
and, in addition, engaged them to complete the reporting 
accountant work required in respect of the capital raise 
and debt refinancing project.

110

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Audit tenure
Petrofac is fully compliant with the provisions of The Statutory 
Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 (the Order) as at 
31 December 2021. 

All engagements during 2021 were pre-approved by the 
Chief Financial Officer or by the Chair of the Audit Committee 
and did not include any activities defined as prohibited services 
by the Group’s non-audit services policy. In addition, and in 
parallel, EY performed similar safeguarding procedures to ensure 
that the proposed non-audit engagements could be accepted.

The Order provides that the Company must put its statutory 
audit services engagement out to tender no less frequently than 
every 10 years. While this order is not requried to be complied 
with under Jersey law, it was applied voluntarily. Petrofac last 
conducted a competitive tender process in 2016 and, following 
completion of this exercise, the Committee recommended that 
EY be retained as the Company’s external auditor. In making this 
recommendation, the Committee concluded that the decision 
was in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. 
EY was first appointed as external auditor in October 2005 and 
the last year it will be permitted to act as external auditor for the 
Group and Company will be 2024, which is the 20-year audit 
limit permitted under the Order. As a result, the next competitive 
tender process will take place no later than 2024.

Non-audit services
To preserve the independence and objectivity of the external 
auditor, the Group has a non-audit services policy that restricts 
the nature of non-audit services that can be provided by the 
external auditor. This policy was last reviewed and amended in 
2020 to reflect the FRC’s latest Ethical Standards and the more 
restrictive list of services that are now permitted for an equivalent 
UK company with a premium listing. The policy provides clear 
definitions of the services that our external auditor may and may 
not undertake. A summary of this policy is set out below, while 
a copy of the full policy can be found at www.petrofac.com.

To ensure compliance with the policy, the Committee reviews 
the Group’s cumulative non-audit expenditure each year and 
gives prior approval to the appointment of EY before any work 
is carried out should the nature or size of the proposed work 
require it.

The Committee is satisfied that EY’s objectivity and 
independence was not impaired during the year by any non-
audit service agreements and confirms there were no breaches 
to the policy during 2021. In addition, EY has confirmed that 
it was compliant with FRC Ethical Standards in relation to the 
audit engagement.

For 2021, there was an increase in the non-audit spend. 
The increase was primarily driven by management’s decision, 
approved by the Committee, to engage EY to perform a Group 
half-year review, in addition to the reporting accountant work 
completed in respect of the capital raise and debt refinancing 
project. This resulted in the non-audit spend for the year, as a 
percentage of the overall audit fee, being 46.7% (2020: 4.2%). 
Had these two items been excluded, the non-audit spend for 
the year, as a percentage of the overall audit fee, would have 
been 4.0%.

Non-audit services policy summary:
 – There is a general prohibition on the provision of non-audit 

services by the Group external auditor (and its network) which 
applies to Petrofac Limited and its subsidiaries. A narrow list of 
permitted non-audit services will continue to be allowed

 – Certain non-audit services are subject to an absolute 

prohibition

 – Permitted non-audit services (other than those required 

by national legislation) provided to Petrofac Limited and its 
subsidiaries are subject to a 70% cap (the Cap)

 – The Cap is defined as permitted non-audit fees (other than 

those required by national legislation) expected to be incurred 
in the current financial year not exceeding 70% of the average 
Group statutory audit fees for the previous three financial 
years

 – If the Cap is expected to be breached, then the Audit Committee 

must be informed in advance to ensure that enhanced 
procedures are performed to obtain assurance on the Group 
external auditor’s independence and objectivity (as defined 
by reference to the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard 2019)

 – All permitted non-audit services are subject to the prior 

approval of the Committee in advance of work commencing, 
subject to limited exceptions*

 – The Chief Financial Officer’s (the CFO) approval is required 
prior to engaging the Group auditor on any pre-approved 
permitted non-audit services*

 – The CFO will ensure that a full list of permitted non-audit 
service engagement, associated fees and continued 
compliance with the Cap is presented to the Committee every 
six months unless the Cap is expected to be breached

 – The Audit Committee will seek assurance at least once a 

year from the Group auditor on its policy and safeguards to 
maintain independence and objectivity

*  Committee pre-approval for permitted non-audit services is given where the estimated 

cumulative engagement fee in any one financial year is below US$50,000.

All services with estimated fee levels above the cumulative 
US$50,000 threshold must be sent to the Committee for approval 
prior to commencement of the engagement even if defined as 
permitted non-audit services.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

111

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Audit Committee report continued

Significant judgements
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and assessing whether the significant reporting judgements contained in the Group’s 
financial statements are reasonable and appropriate.

Focus area

Why this area is significant

Role of the Committee

Conclusion

Revenue and 
margin recognition 
on fixed-price EPC 
contracts

Financial review on 
page 83 and Note 
4 to the Financial 
statements on page 
163

The quantification and timing of 
revenue and profit recognition 
from fixed-price EPC contracts 
is a material driver of the 
Group’s financial performance 
and position, which is subject 
to significant management 
judgement and estimation. There 
is an inherent risk of bias or error 
in judgements and estimates 
concerning, for instance: variable 
consideration e.g. variation orders, 
liquidated damages; contract 
contingencies; and estimate-to- 
complete cost forecasts.

Accounting 
for contingent 
and deferred 
consideration

Financial review on 
page 86 and Note 
11 to the Financial 
statements on page 
173

Recoverability of 
PM304 oil and gas 
asset

Financial review on 
page 83 and Note 
6 to the Financial 
statements on page 
167

Taxation

Financial review on 
page 85 and Note 
8 to the Financial 
statements on page 
170

Executive management made 
several key judgements and 
estimates, under conditions of 
high uncertainty, associated with 
the recoverability of contingent 
and deferred consideration arising 
from past disposals.

Executive management made 
several key judgements and 
estimates, under conditions of 
high uncertainty, associated with 
the recoverability of the PM304 
oil and gas asset. This included 
determining the fair value of the 
assets in light of the current 
adverse economic developments 
and the ongoing commercial 
negotiations with the client 
regarding the Company’s existing 
production sharing contract which 
is scheduled to expire in 2026.

The global nature of the Group’s 
operations and the increasingly 
complex nature of local tax rules 
increases the risk of an income 
tax expense misstatement. 
Management is required to make 
several judgements and estimates 
around: uncertain tax treatments 
given the commercial structure 
of individual contracts; the 
increasing activity of the relevant 
tax authorities; and the valuation 
and recoverability of deferred 
tax assets.

The Committee reviewed and 
challenged the reasonableness of 
evidence to support judgements 
and estimates regarding revenue 
and profit recognition, including 
non-recognition in certain instances, 
through regular discussions with 
executive management.
The Committee focused on variable 
consideration; contract contingencies; 
and estimate-to-complete cost 
forecasts, particularly in light of the 
ongoing deterioration in market 
conditions caused by the pandemic 
and the below-expectation order intake. 
The Group’s external auditor also 
challenged management on the key 
drivers of revenue and profit recognition 
on fixed-price EPC contracts and 
reported its findings to the Committee.

The Committee evaluated the 
reasonableness and appropriateness 
of internally generated data and 
other data points used in determining 
judgements and estimates through 
reviewing and challenging management 
papers presented.
The Committee also examined the 
notes of the consolidated financial 
statements to ensure the risks 
associated with these judgements and 
estimates were clear and complete.

The Committee evaluated the 
reasonableness and appropriateness 
of internally generated data and 
other data points used in determining 
judgements and estimates through 
reviewing and challenging management 
papers presented. The Committee also 
examined the notes of the consolidated 
financial statements to ensure the risks 
associated with these judgements and 
estimates were clear and complete.

The Group’s tax judgements and 
estimates were reviewed by the 
Committee to ensure that the 
recognition of income tax expense, 
uncertain tax treatments, and deferred 
tax assets were based on reasonable 
and appropriate assumptions. 
Reports outlining principal tax matters 
were reviewed and discussed with 
management and the Group’s external 
auditor, which also reported to the 
Committee on its procedures and 
findings in relation to the Group’s 
tax affairs.

The Committee concluded after 
thorough deliberation that the 
quantification and timing of revenue 
and profit recognition on fixed-price 
EPC contracts, as well as associated 
reporting, was in accordance with 
the relevant International Financial 
Reporting Standards and the Group’s 
accounting policies.

The Committee was satisfied 
that reasonable and appropriate 
judgements and estimates were 
applied by management on the 
financial recognition, measurement 
and disclosure of these focus areas.

The Committee was satisfied 
that reasonable and appropriate 
judgements and estimates were 
applied by management on the 
financial recognition, measurement 
and disclosure of these focus areas.

The Committee was satisfied 
that taxation-related judgements 
and estimates were reasonable 
and appropriate and that the 
Group’s tax affairs were being 
managed, accounted and reported 
in accordance with the relevant 
legislation, International Financial 
Reporting Standards and Group 
policies.

112

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Focus area

Why this area is significant

Role of the Committee

Conclusion

The Committee evaluated the 
reasonableness and appropriateness 
of the new accounting policy and 
the assessment of the data used in 
determining judgements and estimates 
through reviewing and challenging 
management papers presented. The 
Committee also examined the notes of 
the consolidated financial statements to 
ensure the disclosures associated with 
these judgements and estimates were 
clear and complete.

The Committee was satisfied 
that the new accounting policy 
was appropriate and consistent 
with the IFRIC agenda decision 
released during the year, and 
that reasonable and appropriate 
judgements and estimates were 
applied by management on applying 
this standard, both in the year 
and in respect of the prior year 
restatements.

The Committee spent considerable 
time throughout the year discussing 
going concern and performed a robust 
assessment over the going concern 
assessment period to 31 March 2023 
(the Assessment Period) and the 
period beyond. This included reviewing 
and challenging the Group’s forecast 
cash flows, liquidity and borrowing 
requirements; evaluating downside 
scenarios based on the Group’s 
principal risks and uncertainties; and 
appraising the mitigation strategies 
available to management.
The Committee also evaluated 
the going concern disclosure to 
ensure that it was fair, balanced 
and understandable.

The Committee evaluated 
management’s assessment of 
developments during 2021. In 
particular, the Committee focused 
on ensuring that management had 
critically appraised advice provided by 
independent legal and tax specialists 
as well as ensuring that there was an 
awareness and prevention of inherent 
bias implicit in management’s position.

The Committee concluded, after 
rigorously evaluating relevant, 
available information, and following 
completion of the refinancing 
project, that there were no events or 
conditions that may cast significant 
doubt upon the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern over 
the Assessment Period and that the 
continued use of the going concern 
basis of preparing the Group’s 
financial statements remained 
appropriate.
The Committee recommended to the 
Board that the going concern basis 
of preparing the financial statements 
could be adopted together with 
management’s proposed going 
concern disclosure.

The Committee concluded, after 
reviewing information and challenging 
management, that it remained 
appropriate for this matter to continue 
to be disclosed as a contingent 
liability note in the consolidated 
financial statements. 

Management has made 
judgements when applying 
the Group’s new accounting 
policy in relation to the IFRIC 
agenda decision regarding 
configuration and customisation 
costs incurred in implementing 
SaaS. Where software costs 
are incurred as part of a service 
agreement, judgement is required 
in assessing whether the Group 
has control over the resources 
defined in the arrangement. 
Such judgements are inherently 
subjective and can have a material 
impact on determining whether 
such costs should be capitalised 
or expensed as incurred.

Management is required to make 
a decision whether to prepare the 
Group’s financial statements on a 
going concern basis.

Intangible assets 
- capitalisation 
of cloud-based 
software and 
development costs

Financial review on 
page 85 and Note 
2.7 to the Financial 
statements on page 
150

Going concern 
and viability

Notes 2.5 and 2.7 
to the Financial 
statements on pages 
147 to 151

Several key judgements, 
under conditions of significant 
uncertainty, were required in 
relation to determining whether 
recognition or disclosure of this 
matter was required. This included 
but was not limited to assessing 
the applicability of tax legislation 
cited by HMRC to the facts of the 
enquiry; and critically evaluating 
advice from independent legal 
and tax specialists.

Provision 
recognition or 
contingent liability 
disclosure of Her 
Majesty’s Revenue 
and Custom’s 
(HMRC) challenge 
to the historical 
application of 
National Insurance 
Contributions to 
workers in the 
United Kingdom’s 
Continental Shelf

Note 30 to the 
Financial statements 
on page 196

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

113

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Compliance and Ethics 
Committee report

George Pierson
Chairman of the  
Compliance and Ethics 
Committee

Role and responsibilities of the Committee:
 – To maintain direct oversight over key compliance and ethical 
risks and monitor the adequacy and effectiveness of controls 
in place and any mitigation activities

 – To evaluate the compliance and ethical aspects of Group 

culture and make recommendations to the Board on steps 
to be taken to ensure a culture of integrity and honesty in the 
Group’s business dealings

 – To ensure that ethical policies and practices are subject 
to an appropriate level of independent internal scrutiny; 
overseeing the development of, and amendments to, the 
Group Compliance Charter, its Code of Conduct and other 
compliance policies, procedures and standards

 – To support the Company in any engagement with regulatory 
bodies, industry groups, advisors and other stakeholders, 
as necessary and where permitted by law, regarding ethical 
issues and compliance matters

 – To oversee, review and approve the adequacy and security 
of the Group’s whistleblowing line as a tool available for 
employees and third parties to raise concerns, in confidence, 
about possible wrongdoing

 – To receive reports and review findings of significant internal 

and external compliance-related investigations and audits and 
exercise oversight, where possible, over any such investigation 
impacting the Group

How the Committee spent its time during the year – 2021

Whistleblowing
Compliance 
strategy
Compliance 
programme review
Governance/other
Third Party Risk 
Committee

33%
22%

35%

8%
2%

Dear shareholder
2021 saw further compliance improvements being embedded 
throughout the Group. The Committee continued to oversee 
existing processes, while providing challenge to management, 
to ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 
compliance activities could be maintained or improved. 
Regular updates from the Group Compliance function were 
received and direct engagement with management took place 
throughout the year.

Notwithstanding the conclusion of the SFO investigation, 
the Committee recognises the need to ensure that compliance 
processes are continuously developed, proportionate to the 
risks identified. This ongoing and improved monitoring provides 
enhanced insight and greater assurance into the effectiveness 
of the compliance programme. The Committee acknowledges the 
improvements that have been achieved to automate compliance 
processes and to close out actions quicker, but accepts that work 
must continue to drive the compliance agenda forward.

Committee membership
There were no changes to the Committee’s membership 
during 2021. However, at the 2022 AGM, Andrea Abt and 
I will be stepping down from the Board, both of us having 
served for six years. As a result, Francesca Di Carlo and David 
Davies will be appointed to the Committee from May 2022, with 
Francesca succeeding me as Committee Chair. Over the last 
two years, both have received all Committee papers and, where 
diaries have permitted, attended Committee meetings. We are 
confident that Francesca’s operational and HR background, in 
addition to her experience as VP for Audit and Compliance for 
Enel between 2008 and 2014, coupled with David’s extensive 
financial controls and audit experience, will support and oversee 
the Board’s continued leadership of this critical area as we work 
to build a more transparent and open culture across the Group. 
Biographical details of the current and future Committee members 
are set out on pages 92 and 93.

To assist the Committee in its deliberations, the Chairman, other 
Board members, the Group General Counsel, Chief Compliance 
Officer and Director of Investigations are invited to attend all 
Committee meetings. In addition, the Head of Audit, along with 
external advisors, may be invited to attend all or part of any 
meeting, when considered appropriate or necessary.

Gap analysis
Following a recommendation by the Committee, a gap analysis 
on the current compliance programme was undertaken in 
early 2021. This review, performed in consultation with Freeh 
Sporkin & Sullivan, LLP (FSS), an external body which originally 
commenced working with the Company when it conducted 
an external review of the compliance function in 2019, aimed 
to identify any potential areas that required additional review.

The scope of the gap analysis involved a robust and thorough 
self-evaluation programme, with documented analysis prepared 
for each element of the compliance function. Where gaps were 
identified, the analysis set out defined actions, assigned priorities, 
specific owners, time horizons, and the desired end-state of 
each item, to ensure gaps could be narrowed or, ideally, closed. 
These identified actions were closely monitored and reviewed 
quarterly with FSS. The aim of the exercise, which was carried 
out in line with legal expectations set out by the UK Ministry 

114

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

of Justice, was to provide certainty to the Committee that the 
Group had a well-functioning compliance programme in place 
to meet external expectations. Progress reports were provided 
to the Committee at each meeting and it is intended that this 
gap analysis review will be revisited by the end of 2022.

Evaluation and monitoring programme
To provide continuous improvement of the compliance 
programme, to ensure its effectiveness, and assure that the 
prevention and detection mechanisms are fully operational, an 
evaluation and monitoring programme was also designed during 
the year. This was led by the Group Compliance team, in line with 
best practice, and reviewed externally by FSS. Specific testing 
was designed and conducted to ensure continued improvements 
and enhancements to the programme could be identified and 
progress maintained. A ‘traffic light’ system was introduced 
to ensure all compliance elements were both in place and 
working as expected. This programme will be built into ongoing 
compliance processes, with reports provided to the Committee 
at each meeting.

Compliance function
As part of the development of the Group Compliance function, 
further appointments to the investigations team were made 
during 2021. These new appointments enabled the skills within 
the team to be enhanced, while providing the opportunity to 
further embed the cultural tone being permeated throughout the 
Group. These additional resources ensured that lead times for 
performing increased due diligence requests and turnaround 
times in responding to an increased number of investigations 
were not negatively impacted.

At the end of 2020, a Compliance focal point programme was 
introduced to facilitate improved engagement and interaction 
with the business. During 2021, this programme was further 
developed and has provided an increased level of compliance 
oversight and visibility at an operational level, with improved 
interaction at all levels.

Due diligence
During 2021, Petrofac transitioned to a new external due diligence 
platform operated by Dow Jones. While the implementation was 
slightly delayed as work was undertaken to integrate the relevant 
IT systems, ahead of the go-live date, more than 40,000 existing 
third parties and related entities were migrated to the new 
platform. For 2022, the process will be further refined to enhance 
our approach to due diligence reviews, thereby increasing the 
emphasis on compliance evaluation and ongoing monitoring 
of all third parties.

Training
The Group’s revised Code of Conduct was formally launched 
in January 2020, following which a mandatory e-learning training 
module was rolled out to the 2,600 most senior employees 
across the Group. This programme continued into 2021 and was 
provided to a further 7,000 employees, including all new hires, 
with the aim of entrenching the key messages and empowering 
individuals to take ownership of compliance, wherever they might 
work in the business. Several other compliance training initiatives 
were also launched during 2021, including specific training 
events on fostering a healthy Speak Up culture. This mandatory 
training was given to more than 1,000 managers to highlight the 
importance of a manager’s role in the process of creating a safe 
environment for raising concerns.

This was followed by a top-down Speak Up communication 
campaign, which was cascaded from the Group Executive 
Committee to reach more than 4,000 employees by the year-end. 
The outcome has been to embed our commitment to non-retaliation 
and to reiterate the message that a strong and healthy Speak 
Up culture can have a positive impact on the integrity of our 
business. Further details are set out on page 58.

Group investigations
Following the introduction of the training campaign to strengthen 
the Company’s Speak Up facility and the launch of an improved 
digital platform, a total of 125 Speak Up reports were received in 
2021. This represents a 248% increase in reports received over 
the prior year, and exceeds the international benchmark of 1.4 
cases per 100 employees.

As part of the Company’s investigations protocol, the Group 
investigations ‘triage’ committee considers all high-risk investigations 
into alleged breaches of the Company’s Code of Conduct to verify 
the severity level assigned and to decide on the most appropriate 
course of action. As a result of the increase in Speak Up reports 
being received, it was agreed that only those cases identified by the 
triage committee as high-risk would be submitted to the Committee 
for formal review, having been categorised by country, severity and 
status. During the year, progress reports on all cases were provided 
to the Committee, while full granularity of each high-risk case was 
shared and considered in detail. 

Further details of our whistleblowing programme, including the 
number of alleged breaches of our Code of Conduct reported 
via the Speak Up facility, the number of substantiated allegations, 
and the number of employees facing disciplinary action following 
a substantiated allegation are provided on page 57.

Third Party Risk Committee
As required by the Committee’s terms of reference, minutes 
of the meetings held by the Third Party Risk Committee (TPRC) 
were reviewed during the year. A total of 17 new third parties 
within the TPRC’s remit, including logistics and tax, legal and 
visa services, were engaged by the Group during 2021.

Looking forward
Looking forward, the Committee recognises the need to continue 
to strengthen the compliance message, and ensure all employees 
acknowledge that how we do business is just as important as 
what we do. I am confident that under the continued leadership 
of Sami Iskander and his management team, the importance of 
strong compliance and ethics will be maintained and monitored 
throughout the year.

I am very satisfied with the progress in compliance reform that 
has been achieved and that the Committee has overseen since 
its inception in 2017. The Committee was established to support 
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities in all aspects relating 
to compliance across the Group and to uphold the continued 
implementation of good principles. I believe this has been 
achieved and, as I pass over my chairmanship to Francesca, 
I am sure that her experience will help to drive the behaviours 
necessary to ensure this work continues and will be further 
developed in the years to come; thus ensuring the highest 
ethical standards are embedded throughout the organisation. 

George Pierson 
Chairman of the Compliance and Ethics Committee
23 March 2022

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

115

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Directors’ remuneration report

Matthias Bichsel
Chairman of the  
Remuneration Committee

Role and responsibilities of the Committee:
 – Determine, implement and review, on behalf of the Board, the 
framework and policy for the remuneration of the Company 
Chairman, the Executive Directors and other members of 
executive management. Review the ongoing appropriateness 
and relevance of the remuneration policy

 – Ensure that the objectives of the remuneration policies and 
practices are transparent, support the Company’s strategy 
and promote long-term sustainable success, while addressing 
the six principles set out in the UK Code of clarity, simplicity, 
risk, predictability, proportionality and alignment to culture

 – Review and oversee wider workforce remuneration and related 
policies and ensure that incentive schemes and rewards drive 
behaviours that are consistent with our purpose, values, and 
strategy, and take these into account when setting the policy 
for Executive Director remuneration

 – Approve the design of, and determine targets for, any 

performance-related pay schemes and review the total annual 
payments made under such schemes

 – Ensure that outcomes are only earned for achieving stretching, 
but fair, performance targets and that remuneration schemes 
and policies enable the use of Committee discretion and 
independent judgement to override

 – Maintain contact, and promote effective engagement, with 
principal stakeholders, as required, on matters relating to 
executive remuneration

How the Committee spent its time during the year – 2021

2021 remuneration
arrangement
Governance/investor
consultation and
review of external
environment
Wider workforce
remuneration
considerations
Review of employee
share plans and
performance
conditions, including
new share plans
reviews

43%

26%

11%

20%

Dear shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2021.

As a Jersey-incorporated company, Petrofac is not subject to the 
remuneration reporting regulations that apply to UK-incorporated 
companies. Nevertheless, the Committee recognises the 
importance of effective corporate governance, and we will 
therefore continue to operate in line with the UK remuneration 
reporting regulations.

Accordingly, we will be asking shareholders at our 2022 
Annual General Meeting (AGM), to vote on this Report, which 
summarises the remuneration outcomes for 2021 and explains 
how we intend to apply our remuneration policy during 2022. 
Our remuneration policy and accompanying notes, which were 
approved at the 2020 AGM, can be found at www.petrofac.com.

2021 Group performance
The Group has faced a very challenging year with continued 
disruptions in our operations caused by the COVID-19 pandemic 
and subsequent delays in both project completions and new 
awards. The Group reported lower revenue of approximately 
US$3,057 million and full-year business performance net profit 
was materially lower than in 2020, down 30% to US$35 million. 
Nevertheless, we continued to deliver high-quality projects and 
services, as attested by our clients, and successfully moved into 
the New Energies business, while doing everything within our 
control to protect the health and well-being of our people.

In 2021 we brought closure to the SFO investigation and continued 
to move forward with our turnaround and growth strategy, 
successfully completing a refinancing exercise. It is pleasing that 
this was heavily over-subscribed, as shareholders and lenders 
were convinced of our ability to implement our strategy over 
the next few years, delivering consistent, long-term sustainable 
performance. Under the direction of a new Group Chief Executive 
and Chief Financial Officer, it is clear that the Group is uniting 
around our strategy to rebalance, reshape and rebuild Petrofac. 

During 2021, the Group Executive Committee, all of whom 
have been appointed in the last five years, successfully managed 
to balance the time-consuming regulatory investigation and 
refinancing issues with delivering business performance. In this 
regard, it is particularly encouraging that the second half of 
2021 marked a return to growth for our order backlog as we 
moved into new geographies and into New Energies. Against this 
backdrop, the Committee is determined to provide a package of 
pay and benefits that attracts, retains and incentivises our people 
to help grow and transform Petrofac, while also ensuring that all 
stakeholders, including investors, employees and clients, benefit 
from a successful turnaround of the business. 

The remuneration outcomes for 2021
The total bonus pool for 2021 was US$19 million (down from 
US$55 million in 2019 – no bonus was awarded in 2021 in respect 
of the 2020 financial year). Notwithstanding the challenging 
market, this outcome reflects successful progress against key 
strategic objectives during the year that are critical to growth and 
our delivery of sustainable future profits. Our bonus deferral also 
ensures that beyond the initial performance period, Executive 
Directors remain focused on further successful realisation of 
value from these objectives in order to maintain or grow their equity 
investments. Most regrettably, we had an employee fatality in our 

116

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Thailand operation in January 2021. Consequently, the Committee 
exercised downward discretion and reduced the bonus award 
of all Executive Directors and the Group Executive Committee 
by 5%. Further details of the Annual Bonus Plan can be found 
on pages 118 and 119.

The 2019 Performance Share Plan (PSP) vested at 6% of the 
maximum. This reflects the performance of one key strategic 
measure (cost challenge) which was substantially over-achieved 
(US$202m saving versus a target of US$75m) over the period 
2019 to 2021. All other elements of the 2019 PSP did not 
result in any vesting. Further details are set out on page 120. 
The Committee considered that this 6% vesting for our long-term 
incentive plan was commensurate with Petrofac’s delivery over 
that period and was satisfied that no discretionary adjustment 
was necessary. The Committee noted that over the last eight 
years the PSP had paid out zero for the initial five years and  
15-16% in 2019 and 2020.

SFO investigation
Following the conclusion of the SFO investigation, the Committee 
discussed whether and what actions should be taken regarding 
past share awards. It was noted that no existing employees 
or Executive Directors had been either charged or convicted 
of any charge under the investigation. However, in recognition 
of the corporate failings that led to the Court penalty in relation  
to the SFO investigation, four individuals who were in positions 
of responsibility at the time of these failings, and who have 
subsequently left the business, had their outstanding 
awards cancelled. 

Executive Directors 
Alastair Cochran stepped down from the Board as Chief Financial 
Officer on 31 August 2021. As he had resigned, in line with our 
plan rules, all his share awards lapsed. Details of Mr Cochran’s 
treatment on separation can be found on page 120. Mr Cochran 
remains subject to the post-employment shareholding guidelines 
and will retain all existing vested shares for a period of two years 
from his separation date.

Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Director effective 1 September 2021. Mr Reis e Sousa 
was awarded a salary of £350,000 per annum for the initial 
period of his appointment, with a view to reassessing the position 
for 2022 as he developed and gained experience in the role. 
Following a highly successful transition and an outstanding first 
six months in the new role, we now propose to increase his salary 
to £400,000 with effect from 1 April 2022. As with the recent 
Group Chief Executive appointment, Mr Reis e Sousa is paid less 
than his predecessor and we have also taken the opportunity to 
align his pension treatment to that of the wider UK workforce, as 
previously pledged and in accordance with the UK Code. Mr Reis 
e Sousa’s bonus plan will also be structured such that any future 
pay-out will be 50% cash and 50% in deferred shares. Mr Reis 
e Sousa will receive a bonus of £127,887 (55% of maximum 
prorated for his time as Chief Financial Officer), and a PSP award 
at 200% of salary (capped at three times face value at award 
date). Details of his remuneration can be found on page 118. 

Sami Iskander was appointed as Group Chief Executive on 
1 January 2021. Mr Iskander will receive a bonus for his 2021 
performance of £587,067 (45% of maximum) for his contribution 
and personal performance in 2021, as outlined on page 119.

The average salary of the UK workforce will increase by between 
3.5% and 6% on 1 April 2022. Mr Iskander will be awarded a 
3.5% increase in basic salary on that date. He will also will be 
awarded a PSP equal to 200% of salary in April 2022 (capped 
in line with policy), which will vest in early 2025, subject to 
performance conditions. Further details of his remuneration 
can be found on page 118. 

Ayman Asfari retired from the role of Group Chief Executive 
on 31 December 2020. His remuneration arrangements were 
detailed in last year’s Annual Report. He received no bonus 
or share awards in 2021. 

Changes to be made in 2022
There are no changes proposed to the annual bonus or PSP 
frameworks in 2022. However, we intend to hold a policy review 
during 2022 ahead of submitting our remuneration policy for 
shareholder approval at the AGM to be held in 2023.

Pay outcomes 
In April 2020, the Group cancelled previously awarded annual 
pay increases and, in addition, implemented a 10% pay cut. 
This cut was applied to all levels of the Group, including 
the Executive Directors, the senior leadership team and the 
Non-executive Directors.

In April 2021, the decision was taken to award a 5% pay increase 
worldwide to those employees who had taken a 10% pay cut, but 
excluding the Executive Directors, the senior executive team and 
the Non-executive Directors. The Company has now determined 
that it will award a further 5% increase to these employees in 
April 2022. In reversing the 10% pay cut, the Company expresses 
confidence in the future and gives due recognition for the hard 
work and loyalty of our employees in this challenging period. 

Effective April 2022, we will reverse the 10% cut in salary for 
the senior executive team. We will also reverse the 10% cut in 
fees that had been imposed on the Chairman and the Non-
executive Directors. This returns the Non-executive Director fees 
to the levels prior to April 2020, which have not been increased 
since 2018. 

Our employees have shown tremendous loyalty and commitment 
over the last few years, despite experiencing pay cuts and low 
or zero bonuses. The Committee intends to ensure that as the 
business recovers, all stakeholders are able to benefit from the 
Group’s growth and successful business performance. 

Conclusion 
Over the last two years, the Committee has had to respond 
quickly and decisively to the challenges of COVID-19, the 
SFO settlement and the major refinancing of the business, 
as well as the transition to a new Group Chief Executive and 
the appointment of a new Chief Financial Officer. We have had 
to make some difficult decisions, but at all times we have sought 
to act in the best interests of Petrofac and all our stakeholders. 

I hope you find the report clear and informative, and that 
the Committee has your support for the Annual Report on 
Remuneration at the forthcoming AGM.

Matthias Bichsel
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
23 March 2022

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

117

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration 
Looking backwards
The information presented from this section, until the relevant note on page 123, represents the audited section of this report.

Single total figure of remuneration
The following table sets out the total remuneration for Executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 2021, with prior year 
figures also shown.

Base salary

Taxable benefits

Cash in lieu of 
pension and 
other benefits

Annual cash 
bonus

Long-term 
incentives

Total 
remuneration

Total fixed
remuneration

Total variable
remuneration

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

Executive Director1

US$000

US$000

US$000

US$000

US$000

US$000

US$000

US$000

0
0

0

Sami Iskander2
Afonso Reis e Sousa3

Former Director

2021

894
158

2020

144
0

29
0

4
0

1

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

63
10

10
0

2021

807
176

2020

383
0

0 1,793
0
344

2020

541
0

2021

986
168

2020

158
0

2021

807
176

2020

383
0

Alastair Cochran4

359

524

24

64

89

0

0

50

447

664

447

614

0

50

Notes to the table
1  The Executive Directors are paid in sterling. All amounts have been translated to US dollars based on the prevailing rate at the date of payment or award.
2  Sami Iskander was appointed as Group Chief Executive on 1 January 2021. He joined the Company as Deputy Chief Executive on 1 November 2020 and accordingly the 2020 figures reflect 

the period from 1 November to 31 December 2020. 

3  Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed as a Director on 1 September 2021. The 2021 figures reflect the period from 1 September to 31 December 2021. 
4  Alastair Cochran ceased to be a Director from 31 August 2021. The 2021 figures reflect the period from 1 January 2021 to this date. 

Further notes to the table – methodology
(a) Salary and fees – the cash paid in respect of 2021.
b)  Benefits – the taxable value of all benefits paid in respect of 2021, including private health insurance and appropriate life assurance. Sami Iskander received a car allowance during the period 

and Alastair Cochran received holiday pay.

(c) Cash in lieu of pension and other benefits – our Executive Directors receive a cash allowance in place of pension contributions. This reflects the application of the Company’s remuneration 

policy. Directors do not receive specific pension contributions from the Company.

(d) Annual cash bonus in respect of performance during 2021. The value for Afonso Reis e Sousa has been prorated for time based on the period from appointment as an Executive Director.
(e) Long-term incentives – 6% of the 2019 awards under the Performance Share Plan are due to vest on 23 March 2022. A value of US$377 is due to vest for Afonso Reis e Sousa, prorated for 
time based on the vesting period from his appointment as an Executive Director. This value represents an estimate of the market value of the shares that are due to vest, based on a three-
month average share price of 133.02 pence (1 October to 31 December 2021). Of the value due to vest, £(653) of the figure is attributed to a share price depreciation of 316.9 pence per share, 
based on an actual award price of 449.9 pence. The 2020 values in this column (relating to awards which vested in April 2021) have been revised from last year’s report, based on the actual 
share price of 125.53 pence at the date of vesting on 20 April 2021.

(f)  Total fixed remuneration is the total of (a) base salary, (b) taxable benefits and (c) cash in lieu of pension and other benefits.
(g) Total variable remuneration is the total of (d) annual cash bonus and (e) long-term incentives.

Additional disclosures in respect of the single figure table
Annual bonus
The financial elements of our annual bonus comprise 60% of the overall weighting, while the remainder of the annual bonus (40%) is 
subject to metrics covering seven strategic areas: Health and Safety, Customer and Service Quality; Growth; People; Sustainability (ESG); 
Energy Transition and strategic initiatives. The table below sets out the outcomes for the Executive Directors against our financial targets: 

Measure

Group net profit1
Group order intake
Group free cash flow2
As a % of maximum
As a % of salary earned (out of 120% for financial elements)

Performance targets

Weighting 
US$m

Threshold 
US$m

20%
20%
20%

27.1
1,800
(233)

Target 
US$m

39.1
2,405
(158)

Maximum 
US$m

52.1
3,000
(58)

Actual 2021 
outcome 
US$m

35.0
2,239
(281)

Pay-out 
as %

43.17%
44.51%
0%
29.23%
35.07%

1  Measured as Group business performance before separately disclosed items.
2  The Group free cash flow measure for the purposes of the annual bonus performance target is a management reporting metric calculated as free cash flow generated from operating 

activities and investing activities, less interest paid, repayment of finance lease principal and amounts received from non-controlling interests (see note A7 in Appendix A of the consolidated 
financial statements).

Group level performance was principally affected by the weaker performance of the E&C division during the year, following subdued 
new order intake and a delay in contract awards over the past couple of years and the continued challenge of COVID-19. However, this 
was partially offset by our continued delivery of significant cost reductions and the strong performance in the Asset Solutions division, 
where revenue and margins grew in the year across each of its service lines. Overall, this has resulted in a between threshold and target 
outturn for Group net profit. New order intake improved as the year progressed with some significant project wins in both E&C and 
Asset Solutions, which resulted in a between threshold and target outturn for Group order intake. The working capital outflows (primarily 
resulting from longer billing cycles as a result of COVID-19 related disruption) were partially offset by lower tax payments and cash 
conservation measures; however overall, this resulted in a below threshold outturn for Group free cash flow. 

118

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Discretion

The Committee reviewed the final bonus against Petrofac’s overall performance and the Executive Directors’ individual performance. 
Notwithstanding the formulaic outcomes of the financial and personal performance measures, the Committee was mindful of the 
tragic loss of life in the Thai Oil project. As a result, the Committee decided to exercise downward discretion and reduce the bonus 
award of all Executive Directors and the Group Executive Committee by 5%.

Director

Performance

Financial 
element (60%)

Strategic areas 
element (40%)

Overall

Formulaic 
outcome 
of bonus 
calculation

Downward 
discretion 
adjustment 
applied

2021 annual 
bonus after 
discretion

As a % 
of base 
salary

Sami Iskander1
Afonso Reis e Sousa2,3

35.1% of maximum 75% of maximum 50.0% of maximum £617,966
35.1% of maximum 100% of maximum 61.0% of maximum £134,618

£(30,898)
£(6,731)

 £587,067
£127,887

90%
109%

1 Based on figures rounded by pence values.
2 Reflects the bonus for the period 1 September to 31 December 2021 as Chief Financial Officer.
3 Reflects the prorated salary for the period 1 September to 31 December 2021 as Chief Financial Officer. 

Sami Iskander
Sami Iskander joined Petrofac in November 2020, initially as Deputy CEO. He was appointed Group Chief Executive in January 2021. 
His detailed scorecard was reviewed initially by René Médori, the Chairman and then with the Committee. The Chairman and the 
Committee felt there were a number of achievements that went “above and beyond” his normal duties and responsibilities.

Mr Iskander replaced Ayman Asfari, one of our founders, our largest shareholder, and our only Chief Executive since listing in 2005. 
The appointment of a new Group Chief Executive was a major event for the Group and it was essential that both parties worked well 
together through the transition, ensuring confidence amongst investors, clients, employees and all stakeholders. The Committee has 
been delighted by the smooth handover and the ongoing working relationship between these key individuals. In the second and third 
quarter of 2021, Mr Iskander was heavily involved in discussions with the SFO to bring the long-standing investigation to a conclusion. 
Under his leadership, the Company was able to achieve a settlement that enables the business to move on. Mr Iskander was able to 
convince the Court and the SFO that Petrofac is a changed organisation, has established a world class compliance regime, and is 
firmly committed to working in an ethical and appropriate manner in all future business dealings. Following the conclusion of the SFO 
investigation, Mr Iskander was then heavily involved in intensive engagements over a number of weeks with new and existing investors. 
He was able to present a credible investment proposition and an exciting future strategy. Under his leadership, a successful capital 
raise and refinancing programme was completed. Finally, Mr Iskander has engaged relentlessly with clients around the world and, 
during the second half of 2021 the Company saw an increase in order backlog, for the first time in more than four years.

This has been a period of great uncertainty for the Group and all of its stakeholders. Despite the extraordinary challenges of COVID-19, 
the SFO investigation, the capital raising and refinancing programme, and the change in Executive Directors, Mr Iskander was able 
to steady the ship, keep the team focused and even deliver an employee engagement score of 84%. After reviewing his scorecard 
performance and, in particular taking into consideration the exceptionally challenging achievements set out above, the Committee 
agreed to rate his performance as 4 (Substantially Exceeded Expectations) on our 5-point scale. This has resulted in the bonus 
outcome reported above.

Afonso Reis e Sousa
In early 2021, Alastair Cochran gave the Company notice of his resignation as Chief Financial Officer. The Company subsequently 
engaged with an executive search firm but quickly determined that the best candidate for the role was Mr Reis e Sousa, who was 
Group Treasurer, Head of Tax and Group Head of Enterprise Risk, and who had been with the Group for more than eight years. 
He was subsequently appointed Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director with effect from 1 September 2021.

Sami Iskander reviewed the detailed scorecard of Mr Reis e Sousa’s performance in 2021 with the Chairman of the Board and with the 
Committee. In addition to the normal duties of a senior executive and head of function, a number of Mr Reis e Sousa’s achievements 
were felt to be particularly noteworthy. In his role at the start of the year, Mr Reis e Sousa had developed excellent relationships with 
our banks and key partners. He had been instrumental in extending existing debt facilities, including terms loans and revolving credit 
facilities. On appointment to the role of CFO, Mr Reis e Sousa was required to fill the critical finance positions of Group Controller and 
Head of Finance for E&C, in addition to his own replacement. The Board have been impressed by the appointments made. He also 
had to stabilise the team which was suffering from high attrition and low morale at all levels. Positive comments have been received 
from the external auditor and others on the improved performance of the finance team under his leadership. Mr Reis e Sousa was 
intimately involved in the resolution of the SFO investigation and was able to provide supporting evidence that resulted in a penalty 
that was affordable and preserved the long term viability of the Group. Mr Reis e Sousa implemented the comprehensive capital 
raising and refinancing programme that provided a long-term capital structure for the future, working intensively over many months 
with all our stakeholders to achieve a highly successful outcome. 

After reviewing Mr Reis e Sousa’s scorecard performance and, in particular, recognising that the resignation of his predecessor 
had accelerated his appointment in his first role as a Chief Financial Officer, the Committee agreed to rate his performance as 5 
(Outstanding) on our 5-point scale. This has resulted in the bonus outcome reported above.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

119

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Resignation from office
Following Alastair Cochran’s resignation from the role of Chief Financial Officer, the Board agreed to reduce his 12-month notice period 
and accordingly he stepped down from the Board on 31 August 2021. Mr Cochran did not receive any pay in lieu of notice and all his 
salary and allowances ceased on 31 August 2021. He received no annual bonus for the 2021 financial year, and the outstanding 
awards under the 2019, 2020 and 2021 PSP lapsed on his cessation of employment. The vested post-tax 2018 Performance Share 
Plan shares, which vested in April 2021, remain subject to the two-year holding period until 20 April 2023. In line with the post-
cessation shareholding guidelines, Mr Cochran will continue to hold his entire shareholding for two years following departure, unless 
the value of the shareholdings should exceed the guideline amount. The Annual Bonus and PSP awards continue to be subject to 
malus and clawback provisions in accordance with the remuneration policy and Mr Cochran is expected to abide by the provisions 
of his service agreement. No payment for loss of office was made.

Appointment arrangements for Afonso Reis e Sousa
With the resignation of Alastair Cochran, Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed by the Board as the Chief Financial Officer from 
1 September 2021. Effective from this date, Mr Reis e Sousa’s arrangements have been aligned to the remuneration policy for Executive 
Directors, including annual bonus, long-term incentive plan opportunities, and the shareholding requirements for employment 
and post-cessation shareholdings. Mr Reis e Sousa was awarded a salary of £350,000 per annum on appointment, with a view to 
reassessing the position for 2022 as he developed and gained experience in the role. Following a highly successful transition and an 
outstanding first six months, it is proposed to increase his salary to £400,000 with effect from 1 April 2022. As with the recent Group 
Chief Executive appointment, Mr Reis e Sousa is paid less than his predecessor. We have also taken the opportunity to align his pension 
treatment to that of the wider UK workforce, as previously pledged, and in accordance with the UK Code. Mr Reis e Sousa’s bonus plan 
will also be structured such that any future pay-out will be 50% cash and 50% in deferred shares.

Performance Share Plan 
The performance conditions for the 2019 PSP award are set out below. As a result of the over maximum achievement of one out of 
five of the strategic objectives, 6% of this award is due to vest on 23 March 2022.

TSR element (70% of award):
The comparator group and vesting schedule are set out in the following tables:

Daelim Industrial Co 
Fluor Corporation
GS Engineering & Construction Corp  Maire Tecnimont
Hyundai E&C

JGC Corporation
KBR, Inc

McDermott International, Inc

Saipem
Samsung Engineering Co., Ltd Worley Parsons
Technip FMC 

Tecnicas Reunidas

Wood Group (John) 

Target range1

Less than median performance
Median performance
Median to upper quartile performance
TSR element vesting

1  Straight-line vesting operates between these points.

Strategic element (30% of award):

Outcome

0%
25%
100%
0% (below median performance)

Performance measure

Weighting

Threshold

On-target

Maximum

Outturn

Vesting 
(as a % of 
maximum)

Vesting % 
(actual)

Protecting our core E&C 
business

E&C net margin 
Global cost 
challenge savings 

Best-in-class delivery 
Positioning for a return to growth  New orders 
Improving operational 
efficiencies 
Enhancing returns 

Cash conversion 
ROCE2

6%

5.5%

6.5%

7.5%

4.4%

0.0%

0.0%

$50m

$75m
6%
6% $12,798m $17,298m $21,798m $7,037m

$202m 100.0%
0.0%

$100m

6%
6%

72%
15%

86%
18%

100%
25%

44.2%
13.1%

0.0%
0.0%

6.0%
0.0%

0.0%
0.0%

Strategic element vesting
Overall award vesting

20% of maximum
6% of maximum

2  Given the impact of the capital raise completed in November 2021, the ROCE return measure has been normalised.

120

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share plan interests awarded during the financial year
Performance Share Plan awards
As detailed in our remuneration policy, PSP awards are granted over ordinary shares representing an opportunity to receive Petrofac 
shares if performance conditions are met over the relevant three-year period. The number of shares under award is determined by 
reference to a percentage of base salary. Details of the actual number of shares granted are set out on page 123. The following table 
provides details of the awards made under the PSP. Performance for these awards is measured over the three financial years from 
1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023.

Sami Iskander
Afonso Reis e Sousa
Alastair Cochran

Type of award

Performance 
shares

Face value

£1,949,999
£306,885
£778,679

Face value 
(% of salary)

Threshold vesting 
(% of face value)

Maximum vesting 
(% of face value)

End of performance 
period

300%
88%
200%

25%

100%

31 Dec 23

Awards were made to Sami Iskander and Alastair Cochran on 23 April 2021, based on a share price of 117.20 pence. The award to 
Afonso Reis e Sousa was made on 25 May 2021, along with other members of senior management, based on a share price of 132.10 
pence. The face values shown have been calculated on this basis. The face value as a percentage of salary for Afonso Reis e Sousa is 
reflective of a percentage of his current salary as Chief Financial Officer. This share price represents the three-day average share price up 
to respective date of award. While the Committee recognises that the share price had fallen over the preceding year, it was satisfied that 
the level of awards remained appropriate given that they remain subject to a cap, such that the maximum value that can be delivered in 
the year of vesting is limited to three times the face value of the award at the time of grant. The award for Alastair Cochran lapsed on his 
departure from the Company. 

TSR element 
50% of the 2021 award is based on relative TSR. The comparator group and vesting schedule for 2021 are set out in the following 
tables:

Aker Solutions 
Fluor Corporation
Hunting 
KBR, Inc

Vesting schedule

Maire Tecnimont
Saipem
SNC Lavalin
Subsea7

Samsung Engineering Co., Ltd Wood Group
Technip FMC
Tecnicas Reunidas
Worley Parsons

Three-year performance against the comparator group

Performance equal to median
Performance equal to upper quartile
Straight-line vesting operates between the points above

Vesting as a % of maximum

25%
100%

Strategic element
The remaining 50% of the 2021 award is based on a basket of key strategic measures. We believe these measures align our incentives 
with the delivery of critical long-term strategic goals. Each measure is subject to stretching targets over the three-year period. At this 
stage, the Committee considers the precise targets for 2021 to be commercially sensitive. However, we intend to provide detailed 
disclosure of targets and performance against those targets following the end of the performance period.

The key strategic priorities and associated measures for the 2021 award are as follows:

Key strategic priorities and associated measures

Conserving cash 
Maintain competitiveness
Rebuild backlog
Deliver operational excellence
Promote sustainability

Performance measures 2021 to 2023

Cash conversion
Overhead ratio
Book-to-bill
Operational performance (on-schedule, on-budget)
Energy transition (New Energy Services revenue)
Diversity (FTSE Women Leaders) 
Greenhouse gas emissions 
Employee engagement

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

121

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Single total figure of remuneration for the Chairman and Non-executive Directors
The following table sets out the total remuneration for the Chairman and Non-executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 
2021, with prior year figures also shown. All figures are presented in US dollars. At 1 January 2021, the Non-executive Directors 
received a basic fee of £67,500 per annum, of which £5,000 per quarter was used to purchase Petrofac Limited shares. The basic 
Non-executive Director fee was reduced by 10% from £75,000 to £67,500 from 1 April 2020, in line with the reduction received by 
the wider Petrofac workforce. Additional fees of £15,000 per annum are paid for acting as either the Chairman of a Board Committee 
(excluding the Nominations Committee) or as the Senior Independent Director.

The Chairman received a fee of £288,000 per annum. This fee was reduced by 10% from £320,000 per annum with effect from 1 April 2020,  
in line with the wider Petrofac workforce arrangement. A total of £20,000 per quarter of his fee is used to purchase Petrofac Limited shares. 

Committee membership and other responsibilities

Fees US$000

Non-executive Directors1
René Médori
Matthias Bichsel
Andrea Abt
Sara Akbar
Ayman Asfari2
David Davies
Francesca Di Carlo
George Pierson

Audit 
Committee

Compliance 
and Ethics 
Committee

Nominations 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Other

Member Member Member Chairman Senior Independent Director

Chairman

Chairman of the Board

Member Member Member
Member Member
Member
Member
Member Member

Chairman

Member Chairman Member

2021 

2020

395
134
93
93
20
113
93
113

374
126
88
88
996
107
88
107

Notes to the table
1  Non-executive Directors are paid in either Sterling, Euros or US dollars. All amounts above have been translated to US dollars based on the prevailing rate at the date of payment. 
2  As reported in the 2020 Annual report and accounts, Ayman Asfari retired from the role of Group Chief Executive on 31 December 2020. He was appointed as a Non-executive Director 

with effect from 1 January 2021. His 2020 fee represents the total 2020 remuneration received as an Executive Director. The total amount received in 2020 of US$996,000 is lower than the 
amount disclosed in the 2020 report as the value of the 2018 PSP award, which vested on 20 April 2021, was revised, based on the actual share price of 125.53 pence achieved on the date 
of vesting. The value of the 2019 PSP award, which will vest on 23 March 2022 is US$22,305. This value represents an estimate of the market value of the shares that are due to vest, based 
on a three month average share price of 133.02 pence (1 October to 31 December 2021). Mr Asfari’s notice period commenced on 12 October 2020. The balance of his notice payment 
equated to £563,800, which was paid to him in lieu. He also received an additional £40,000 to cover the loss of healthcare benefits. Mr Asfari received no bonus during 2021 and agreed 
to receive no Board fees between 1 January and 11 October 2021. Accordingly, the 2021 fee represents the period from 12 October 2021 to 31 December 2021.

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests 
Directors’ shareholdings held during the year and as at 31 December 2021 and share ownership guidelines
The number of shares held by Directors during the year and as at 31 December 2021 or as at the date of departure are set out in the 
table below, along with the progress against their respective shareholding requirements:

Director

Sami Iskander1,5
Afonso Reis e Sousa2,5
Matthias Bichsel 
René Médori 
Andrea Abt 
Sara Akbar 
Ayman Asfari3
David Davies 
Francesca Di Carlo
George Pierson 

Former Director

Alastair Cochran4

% of salary held under 
shareholding guidelines

Shares owned outright at 
31 December 2021

Interests in outstanding share 
incentive schemes awarded, 
subject to performance conditions, 
at 31 December 2021

Shares owned outright at 
31 December 2020 
or at date of appointment 

13%
6%
–
–
–
–
>100%
–
–
–

217,391 
36,813 
50,331 
194,972
50,331
50,331
88,947,298
71,679
42,907
128,781

1,759,658
289,174
–
–
–
–
331,051
–
–
–

–
24,543
18,000
67,757
18,000
18,000
65,139,247
32,232
13,062
96,450

22%

147,541

–

132,267

1  Sami Iskander is expected to build up a shareholding of three times salary. He was appointed as Group Chief Executive on 1 January 2021 and is yet to fulfil this shareholder guideline.
2  Afonso Reis e Sousa is expected to build up a shareholding of two times salary. He was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 September 2021 at which point he held 24,543 shares. 

Accordingly he is yet to fulfil this shareholding guideline.

3  Ayman Asfari ceased to be an Executive Director from 31 December 2020. He is, however, expected to retain 100% of the shareholder guideline (three times salary) for the first year following 

departure, and 50% of the guideline for the second year following departure. He has substantially exceeded this requirement. 

4  Alastair Cochran ceased to be an Executive Director from 31 August 2021. The shares owned outright reflect the position on the date he stepped down from the Board. He is, however, 

expected to retain 100% of the shareholder guideline for the first year following departure, and 50% of the guideline for the second year following departure. As the shareholding guideline was 
not met prior to his departure from the Board, he is required to retain all his outstanding shares until 31 August 2023.

5  For the purposes of determining Executive Director shareholdings, the individual’s salary as at 31 December 2021 or at the date of leaving, and the share price as at 31 December 2021 

of 115.3 pence per share have been used.

122

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
 
 
 
Share interests – share plan awards at 31 December 2021
Share awards held at the year-end, or at date of leaving, including awards of shares made to Executive Directors during 2021, are 
shown in the table below:

Director and date of grant

Plan

Number of 
shares under 
award at 
31 December 
20201

Shares granted 
in year

Adjustment for 
Open Offer

Shares lapsed 
in year

Shares vested 
in year

Total number of 
shares under 
award at 
31 December 
2021 (or at date 
of leaving)

Dates from which 
shares ordinarily 
vest

Sami Iskander
23 April 2021

Afonso Reis e Sousa
27 March 20182
27 March 20184
6 March 20193
6 March 20194
6 March 2020
6 March 20204
25 May 2021

Ayman Asfari
27 March 20182
6 March 20193,5
6 March 20205

Former Director

Alastair Cochran
27 March 20182
6 March 20197
6 March 20207
23 April 20217

PSP

–

1,663,822

95,836

–

–

1,759,658
1,759,658

23 April 2024

PSP
DBSP
PSP
DBSP
PSP
DBSP
PSP

PSP
PSP
PSP

PSP
PSP
PSP
PSP

14,813
5,080
16,717
10,658
24,396
17,862
–

291,491
329,341
483,633

–
–
–
–
–
–
232,313

–
–
962
306
1,405
686
13,381

12,426
–
–
–
–
–
–

2,387
5,080
–
5,328
–
5,952
–

–
–
–

–
11,065
6,964

247,244
137,226
362,726

44,247
–
–

179,245
206,434
309,084
–

–
–
–
664,402

– 
– 
– 
 –

150,387
206,434
309,084
664,402

28,858
–
–
–

– 6 March 2021
– 6 March 2021
17,679 6 March 2022
5,636 6 March 2022
25,801 6 March 2023
12,596 6 March 2023
25 May 2024

245,694
307,406

– 6 March 2021
203,180 6 March 2022
127,871 6 March 2023
331,051

– 6 March 2021
– 6 March 2022
– 6 March 2023
23 April 2024
–
0

1  The award amounts disclosed under the PSP are the maximum number that may vest if all performance conditions attached to the awards are satisfied in full.
2  Following the end of the three-year performance period in respect of the March 2018 PSP award, the performance conditions were partially satisfied and therefore 16.1% of the maximum 

award vested on 20 April 2021.

3  Shares awarded on 6 March 2019 have satisfied the performance conditions and therefore 6% of the maximum award will vest on 23 March 2022. Based on a share price of 118.30 pence, 
which is the closing share price on 22 March 2022 (being the latest practicable date prior to the adoption of this report by the Committee), the value of the awards made to Afonso Reis e 
Sousa, prorated for time based on the vesting period from when he was appointed as an Executive Director, would be £244. The value of the award made to Ayman Asfari would be £14,422. 

4  On 20 April 2021, a third of the 2018 Deferred Bonus Share Plan (DBSP) award, a third of the 2019 DBSP award and a third of the 2020 DBSP award vested. The share price on the date of 
vesting was 125.53 pence. Following his appointment to the Board on 1 September 2021, no further awards under the DBSP will be made to Afonso Reis e Sousa. However, future awards 
may be made to all Executive Directors under the new Deferred Bonus Plan, which was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM. 

5  The shares awarded to Ayman Asfari have been prorated for time, based on his retirement date of 31 December 2020.
6  All outstanding awards of shares lapsed on 31 August 2021 when Alastair Cochran ceased to be an Executive Director of the Company. 

This represents the end of the audited section of the report.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

123

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Historical TSR performance and Group Chief Executive remuneration outcomes 
The chart below compares the TSR performance of the Company over the past 10 years with the TSR of the FTSE 250 Index. 
This index has been chosen because it is a recognised equity market index of which Petrofac was a member from December 2014 
until March 2021. 

The table below the chart summarises the Group Chief Executive single figure for total remuneration, annual bonus pay-outs and long-
term incentive plan vesting levels as a percentage of maximum opportunity over this period.

TSR chart – one-month average basis

 Petrofac

 FTSE 250

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

1
1
0
2

y
r
a
u
n
a
J

1

o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r

–
R
S
T

01 Jan 12

01 Jan 13

01 Jan 14

01 Jan 15

01 Jan 16

01 Jan 17

01 Jan 18

01 Jan 19

01 Jan 20

01 Jan 21

01 Jan 22

Source: Datastream 

Group Chief Executive

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Group Chief Executive single figure of 
remuneration (US$000)
Annual bonus pay-out  
(as a % of maximum opportunity)
PSP vesting outturn  
(as a % of maximum opportunity)

4,663

2,658

1,245

1,162

1,817

1,946

2,250

1,153

999

1,793

81%

59%

0%

0% 47.5% 60.4% 69.9%

0%

0%

45%

100%

13%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0% 15.2% 16.1%

6%

Pay ratios of Group Chief Executive to UK employees
The table below illustrates the pay ratio of the Group Chief Executive to the 25th, median and 75th percentile of the total remuneration 
of the full-time equivalent UK employees. 

Financial Year ended

31 December 2021
31 December 2020

Method

Option A
Option A

25th percentile pay ratio 
(lower quartile)

50th percentile pay ratio 
(median)

75th percentile pay ratio 
(upper quartile) 

1:21
1:16

1:17
1:12

1:16
1:10

The Group Chief Executive’s total remuneration is calculated on the same basis as the single figure of remuneration table set out on page 
118. The lower, median and upper quartile employee’s remuneration was calculated on full-time equivalent data as at 31 December 2021. 
Option A was chosen as it is considered to be the most accurate way of identifying the best equivalents of 25th, 50th and 75th percentile 
figures and is aligned with best practice and investor expectations.

In reviewing the employee pay data, the Committee is satisfied that the individuals identified within each category appropriately reflect 
the employee pay profile at those quartiles, and that the overall picture presented by the ratios is consistent with our pay, reward and 
progression policies for UK employees.

The following table provides further information on the total pay figures used for each quartile employee and the salary component 
within this: 

Financial Year ended

31 December 2021

Element of pay

CEO remuneration

Salary
Total remuneration

£650,000
£1,303,682

25th percentile pay ratio 
(lower quartile)

50th percentile pay ratio 
(median)

75th percentile pay ratio 
(upper quartile)

£51,480
£61,221

£64,000
£74,742

£73,161
£84,239

124

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
As expected, the ratio has increased with the payment of bonuses resuming for the 2021 performance period. Our pay ratio still 
remains towards the lower end of the range, which is reflective of the highly skilled and technically challenging nature of our roles 
across the UK.

Annual percentage change in Directors’ remuneration compared with average employee remuneration 
In accordance with The Companies (Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report) Regulations 2019, as 
applicable to an equivalent UK company, the table below illustrates the percentage change in each Executive and Non-executive 
Directors’ total remuneration, including salary, benefits (excluding cash allowance in lieu of pension) and annual bonus for executives, and 
annual fees for non-executives, compared with a representative group of the Company’s employees. For these purposes, we have used 
all UK-based employees as the comparator group, as this represents the most appropriate comparator group for reward purposes:

% change in 
base salary 
2021/2020

% change in 
base salary 
2020/2019

% change 
in benefits 
2021/2020

% change 
in benefits 
2020/2019

% change 
in annual bonus 
2021/2020

% change 
in annual bonus 
2020/2019

René Médori1
Matthias Bichsel1
Andrea Abt1
Sara Akbar1
Ayman Asfari1,5
David Davies1
Francesca Di Carlo1
George Pierson1
Sami Iskander2,3
Afonso Reis e Sousa2,4
All UK-based employees

-2.7%
-1.9%
-2.7%
-2.7%
-97.7%
-2.2%
-2.7%
-2.2%
–
–
5.3%

-7.5%
-5.4%
-7.5%
-7.5%
-5.7%
-6.3%
-7.5%
-6.3%
–
–
-3.2%

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0%

–
–
–
–
0%
–
–
–
–
–
0%

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
100%

–
–
–
–
0%
–
–
–
–
–
-100%

1  For the Non-executive Directors, fees are paid in US dollars, Sterling or Euros as determined by each Director. The table sets out the change in total fees. Base fees were reduced by 10% 
during 2020. There were no changes to the additional fees of £15,000 per annum, which are paid for acting as either the Chairman of a Board Committee (excluding the Nominations 
Committee) or as the Senior Independent Director.

2  Base salary is paid in sterling but translated into US dollars based on the prevailing rate at the date of payment (as set out on page 118). 
3  Sami Iskander was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 January 2021.
4  Afonso Reis e Sousa was appointed as an Executive Director on 1 September 2021.
5  Mr Asfari retired from the role of Group Executive Director on 31 December 2020. He was appointed as a Non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2021.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The chart below illustrates the change in total remuneration, 
dividends paid and net profit from 2020 to 2021.

The figures presented have been calculated on the following bases.

– Dividends – dividends paid in respect of the financial year.
– Net profit – our reported net profit in respect of the financial
year. This is a key performance indicator for the Company.
– Total remuneration – represents total salaries paid to all Group
employees in respect of the financial year (see page 166 of the
report for an explanation as to how this value is calculated).

Note that this includes social security costs, benefit and pension 
costs and share-based payment expenses.

Spend in respect of the financial year 
Dividends

Net profit

Total remuneration

 2020 

 2021

US$m
$0
$0
$50
$35
$804
$768

0%

(30)%

(4.5)%

Looking forward to 2022
Implementation of remuneration policy in 2022
This section provides an overview of how the Committee 
is proposing to implement our remuneration policy in 2022. 
A review of the remuneration policy will be undertaken in 2022 
and submitted for shareholder approval at the AGM in 2023.

Base salary
The table below shows the base salaries for 2022 effective 
1 April 2022:

Sami Iskander
Afonso Reis e Sousa

2022 basic 
salary 
from 1 April

£672,750
£400,000

2022 basic 
salary from 
1 January 

2021 
basic salary
to 31 December

£650,000
£350,000

£650,000
–

Benefits
There are no changes proposed to the benefit framework in 2022.

Cash allowance in lieu of pension and car allowance
The table below shows cash allowances for 2022:

Cash allowances

Cash allowances

2022

2021

Sami Iskander

Afonso Reis e Sousa

7% of 
salary
6.2% of 
salary

Pension

Car

Pension

7% of 
salary

Car

£20,000

£20,000

–

–

–

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

125

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Non-executive Chairman and Director remuneration 
The fees payable to the Non-executive Chairman and Directors 
were increased in 2018 and at that time it was proposed 
that there will be no further increase for the next three years. 
During 2020, the fees payable to the Chairman and Non-
executive Directors were reduced by 10% in line with the wider 
workforce as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

With effect from 1 April 2022, the fees for the Chairman and the 
Non-executive Directors will be reinstated to pre-2020 levels:

For 2022, the PSP framework will remain at 50% relative TSR and 
50% strategic element. This enables the utilisation of strategic 
measures, in addition to financial metrics, around ESG and our 
move into energy transition solutions.

1) TSR element (50% of award)
The tables below set out the TSR comparator group for the 
purposes of the 2022 awards and the vesting schedule used to 
determine the performance outcome. The TSR comparator group 
is unchanged from the prior year:

2022 fees 

1 January-31 March

from 1 April 

Chairman of the Board fee
Basic Non-executive Director fee
Board Committee Chairman fee
Senior Independent Director fee

£288,000
£67,500
£15,000
£15,000

£320,000
£75,000
£15,000
£15,000

Saipem

Aker Solutions
Fluor Corporation SNC Lavalin
Hunting
KBR, Inc
Maire Tecnimont

Subsea7

Samsung 
Engineering Co., Ltd

Technip FMC
Tecnicas Reunidas
Worley Parsons
Wood Group 

Annual bonus 
The maximum annual bonus opportunity for Executive Directors 
will remain at 200% of base salary for 2022.

The table below sets out the financial elements, which comprise 
60% of the total annual bonus:

Vesting schedule
Three-year performance against the Comparator group

Performance equal to median 
Performance equal to upper quartile 
Straight-line vesting between the points above

of maximum

25%
100%

Financial measures

Weighting in total bonus

Group earnings before interest and tax1
Group net order intake
Group free cash flow

20%
20%
20%

1  Measured as Group business performance before separately disclosed items.

The remaining 40% of the annual bonus will comprise robust 
metrics covering seven strategic areas: Health and Safety; 
Customer and Service Quality; Growth; People; Sustainability 
(ESG); Energy Transition; and strategic initiatives. This will provide 
the Committee with the ability to consider not only financial 
achievements, but also the wider health of the Company and 
the manner and behaviours by which our performance has been 
delivered. The Committee will set stretching 2022 targets and 
will provide disclosure at the end of the performance year.

Any bonus will be paid to Executive Directors half in cash and 
half in deferred shares under the new Deferred Bonus Plan, 
which will vest in equal tranches over one, two and three years 
from the date of award. 

The annual bonus is subject to malus and clawback provisions as 
set out in more detail in our remuneration policy. The Committee 
also retains the option to apply an additional discretion as 
deemed appropriate, based on the performance of the Company 
or the relevant Director during the financial year under review.

Performance Share Plan 
For 2022, Mr Iskander and Mr Reis e Sousa will receive an award 
of 200% of base salary in line with the remuneration policy. As for 
previous years, and recognising recent share price performance, 
the Committee has retained the cap of three times face value 
that can be delivered from the 2022 PSP award. Other than 
in exceptional circumstances (for which the Committee would 
provide justification), it is intended that the maximum value that 
can be delivered in the year of vesting will be limited to three 
times face value of the award at grant. This three times face 
value cap will apply to all PSP awards made to the Company’s 
executive team in 2022.

2) Strategic element (50% of award) 
The remaining 50% of the 2021 PSP award will be subject to 
three-year strategic performance conditions. For the 2022 
awards, the Committee will set stretching targets to five key 
strategic priorities. These strategic priorities and the associated 
measures for the 2022 award are as follows:

Strategic priorities

Performance measure 2021-2023

Cash conversion
Overhead ratio 
Book-to-bill

Conserve cash
Maintain competitiveness
Rebuild backlog
Deliver operational excellence Operational performance  
(on-schedule, on-budget)
Energy transition  
(New Energy Services revenue) 
Diversity (FTSE Women Leaders) 
Greenhouse gas emissions 
Employee engagement

Promote sustainability

Under each strategic priority, vesting for threshold performance 
will be 25% of maximum with straight-line vesting up to 100% 
of maximum. Each of the eight performance measures will 
have a weighting of 6.25%. The Committee considers that 
the precise financial targets for the 2022 to 2024 period are 
commercially sensitive. However, detailed disclosure of targets 
and performance against targets will be provided at the end of 
the performance period. 

Any vested post-tax shares will be subject to an additional two-year 
holding period. In addition, where participants have not reached 
the shareholding guideline target, they will be required to continue 
to hold any shares after the holding period until the guideline is 
reached. PSP awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions 
as set out in more detail in our remuneration policy. The Committee 
also retains the option to apply an additional discretion as deemed 
appropriate, based on the performance of the Company or the 
relevant Director during the financial year under review.

126

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Shareholder voting
The table below outlines the result of the advisory vote of the 
2020 Directors’ remuneration report at the 2021 AGM.

Annual Report on Remuneration 
Number of votes cast 
excluding abstentions

For

Against

Abstentions

178,302,456

108,939,472
61.10%

69,362,984
38.90%

382,287

The Committee recognises that more than 20% of votes were 
cast against this resolution. As a result, and in accordance with 
Provision 4 of the UK Code, engagement with key investors and 
proxy advisors was undertaken to better understand the views 
expressed. Details of this engagement is set out on page 102. 

The table below outlines the result of the advisory vote of the 
2019 policy report received at the AGM held on 15 May 2020.

Remuneration policy report
Number of votes cast 
excluding abstentions

For

Against

Abstentions

234,052,554

224,428,003
95.89%

9,624,551
4.11%

125,143

Availability of documentation
Service contracts and letters of appointment for all Directors are 
available for inspection by any person at our registered office in 
Jersey and at our corporate services office in London. They will 
also be available for inspection during the 30 minutes prior to the 
start of our 2022 AGM.

Annual General Meeting
As set out in my statement on pages 116 and 117, our Annual 
Report on Remuneration will be subject to an advisory 
shareholder vote at the AGM to be held on 26 May 2022.

On behalf of the Board

Matthias Bichsel
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
23 March 2022

Post-employment shareholding guideline
Executive Directors are required to maintain a shareholding 
of 100% of their shareholding guideline (or actual shareholding 
at the point of departure, if lower) for a period of 24 months 
following departure. 

Awards granted under any Company long-term incentive plan, which 
have vested but are subject to a holding period, will count towards 
the guideline (on a net of tax basis). The Company has implemented 
a mechanism for Executive Directors by which to enforce the 
application of these post-employment guidelines. As part of this 
arrangement, a restriction will be placed on shares held that will 
prevent their sale or transfer without prior authorisation by the 
Company until the guideline has been satisfied.

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to 
Directors’ remuneration
Support for the Committee
During the year, the Committee received independent advice on 
executive remuneration matters from Deloitte LLP (Deloitte), which 
was formally appointed as advisor by the Committee in October 
2005. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under a code of conduct 
in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK.

The Committee has reviewed the advice provided by Deloitte 
during the year and is satisfied that it has been objective and 
independent. Total fees received by Deloitte in relation to the 
remuneration advice provided to the Committee during 2021 
amounted to £63,700 based on the required time commitment. 
During 2021, Deloitte did not provide any other services to 
the Company.

The Secretary to the Board acts as Secretary to the Committee. 
During the year, the Group Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer 
and the Group Director of Human Resources attended meetings 
on an ad hoc basis at the invitation of the Committee and provided 
information and support as requested. However, no individual was 
present when their own remuneration was being discussed.

Governance
The Board and the Committee consider that, throughout 2021 
and up to the date of this report, the Company has complied 
with the provisions set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 
relating to Directors’ remuneration. In addition, relevant guidelines 
issued by prominent investor bodies and proxy voting agencies 
have been presented to and considered by the Committee during 
its discussions.

The Committee endeavours to consider executive remuneration 
matters in the context of alignment with risk management 
and, during the year, had oversight of any related factors to 
be taken into consideration. The Committee believes that the 
remuneration arrangements in place do not raise any health and 
safety, environmental, social or ethical issues, nor inadvertently 
motivate irresponsible behaviour.

External board appointments
Executive Directors are normally entitled to accept one non- 
executive appointment outside the Company with the consent 
of the Board. Any fees received may be retained by the Director. 
As at the date of this report, no Executive Director holds an 
externally paid non-executive appointment.

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

127

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsCorporate governance

Directors’ statements

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual report 
and accounts and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

The Directors have chosen to prepare the financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS). The Directors are also responsible for the preparation 
of the Directors’ remuneration report, which they have chosen 
to prepare, being under no obligation to do so under Jersey 
law. The Directors are also responsible for the preparation of 
the Corporate governance report under the UK Listing Rules 
and FRC regulations. 

Jersey Company law (the ‘Law’) requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial period in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles. The financial 
statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Company at the period end and of the profit 
or loss of the Company for the period then ended. In preparing 
these financial statements, the Directors should: 

 – Select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently 

 – Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable 
 – Specify which generally accepted accounting principles 

have been adopted in their preparation 

 – Prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis, 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting 
records, which are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and to disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements prepared by the Company 
comply with the requirements of the Law. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in Jersey governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Directors’ approach 
The Board’s objective is to present a fair, balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects, particularly in the Annual report and accounts, half-
year results announcement and other published documents 
and reports to Regulators. The Board has established an Audit 
Committee to assist with this obligation. 

Going concern 
The Company’s business activities, together with the factors 
likely to affect its future development, performance and position, 
are set out in the Strategic report on pages 6 to 17. The financial 
position of the Company, its cash flows, liquidity position and 
borrowing facilities are described in the Financial review on pages 
83 to 87. In addition, Note 2.5 to the financial statements includes 
the Company’s objectives, policies and processes for managing 
its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its 
financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to 
credit and liquidity risk. 

The Company has considerable financial resources together with 
long-term contracts with a number of clients and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. Consequently, the 
Directors believe that the Company is well placed to manage its 
business risks successfully. 

The Directors have a reasonable expectation, as set out in Note 
2.5 to the Financial statements on page 147, that the Company 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the period of at least 12 months from the date of signing the 
Group financial statements to 31 March 2023. Thus they continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
annual financial statements. 

Responsibility statement of the Directors 
in respect of the Annual Report 
Each of the Directors listed on pages 92 and 93 confirms that,  
to the best of their knowledge: 

 – The Annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 

balanced and understandable, and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy 

 – The financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole 

 – The Strategic report contained on pages 4 to 87 includes 
a fair review of the development and performance of 
the business and the position of the Company and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face 

By order of the Board

Afonso Reis e Sousa 
Chief Financial Officer
23 March 2022

128

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Financial statements

Group financial 
statements

Independent auditor’s report to the members  
of Petrofac Limited 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of other comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Note 1   Corporate information 
Note 2  Summary of significant accounting policies 
Note 3  Revenue from contracts with customers 
Note 4  Segment information 
Note 5  Expenses and income 
Note 6  Separately disclosed items  
Note 7  Finance income/(expense) 
Note 8 
Income tax 
Note 9   Earnings per share 
Note 10  Dividends paid and proposed 
Note 11  Deferred consideration 
Note 12  Property, plant and equipment 
Note 13  Non-controlling interests 
Note 14  Goodwill 
Note 15   Intangible assets  
Note 16   Investments in associates and joint ventures 
Note 17  Other financial assets and other financial liabilities 
Note 18  Inventories  
Note 19  Trade and other receivables 
Note 20  Contract assets and contract liabilities 
Note 21  Cash and short-term deposits 
Note 22  Share capital  
Note 23  Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) shares 
Note 24  Share-based payment plans 
Note 25  Other reserves 
Note 26  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Note 27  Provisions 
Note 28  Trade and other payables 
Note 29  Leases 
Note 30  Commitments and contingent liabilities 
Note 31  Related party transactions 
Note 32  Accrued contract expenses 
Note 33  Risk management and financial instruments 
Note 34  Subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements 

Appendices 

Pages

130
141
142
143
144
145

146
146
162
163
166
167
169
170
172
172
173
173
174
175
177
178
180
184
184
186
187
188
188
189
191
192
193
194
195
196
196
197
197
200

203

129

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Petrofac Limited

Opinion
In our opinion:

 – Petrofac Limited’s Group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the financial statements) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the Group’s loss and the parent 
company’s loss for the year then ended;

 – the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards; and
 – the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

We have audited the financial statements of Petrofac Limited (the parent company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 
31 December 2021 which comprise:

Group

Parent company

Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 
December 2021
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year 
ended 31 December 2021
Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2021
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 
December 2021
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended 
31 December 2021
Related notes 1 to 34 to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies

Company income statement for the year ended 31 December 2021

Company statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 
31 December 2021
Company balance sheet at 31 December 2021
Company statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 
2021
Company statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 
December 2021
Related notes 1 to 25 to the financial statements including a 
summary of significant accounting policies

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the Group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements, including the UK FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Company and we remain 
independent of the Group and the Company in conducting the audit.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and parent company’s 
ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

 – confirming our understanding of the Directors’ going concern assessment process. 
 – assessing the adequacy of the going concern assessment period to 31 March 2023 and considering the existence of any significant 

events or conditions beyond this period.

 – the lead audit partner increasing his time directing and supervising the audit procedures on going concern and utilising an EY 

specialist to assist in assessing the model and the key assumptions employed.

 – verifying inputs against Board-approved forecasts and debt facility terms.
 – reviewing borrowing facility documentation to confirm availability to the Group through the going concern period and to assess the 

completeness of covenants identified by management.

 – assessing management’s forecasting process and the consistency of the assessment with information obtained from other areas of 

the audit, such as accounting estimates.

 – testing the assessment, including forecast liquidity and covenant compliance under base and downside scenarios, for clerical accuracy.
 – assessing whether assumptions made were reasonable with reference to information obtained elsewhere in the audit and, in the 

case of downside scenarios, appropriately severe in light of the Group’s relevant principal risks and uncertainties. 

 – challenging the amount and timing of identified mitigating actions available to respond to a ‘severe but plausible’ downside scenario, 

and whether those actions are feasible and within the Group’s control.

 – performing independent sensitivity analysis on assumptions, including applying incremental adverse cashflow and covenant 

impacts, and a more conservative view on future mitigating actions.

 – we performed reverse stress testing in order to identify and understand what factors and how severe the downside scenarios would 

have to be to result in the Group utilising all liquidity or breaching a financial covenant during the going concern period.
 – for covenant amendments agreed with lenders on 4 March 2022, we inspected the amendment agreements approved to 

understand the revised covenant levels during the going concern assessment period to 31 March 2023.

130

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts – we assessed the plausibility of whether further covenant amendments or waivers would be approved by lenders, if required. 

Our audit procedures included assessing the conclusions of the Group’s external debt advisor, and the involvement of an EY debt 
advisory specialist to help us form an independent view.

 – assessing the appropriateness of going concern disclosures. 

Our key observations 
 – The Directors’ assessment forecasts that the Group will maintain sufficient liquidity and covenant compliance throughout the going 

concern assessment period in both the base case and mitigated ‘severe but plausible’ downside scenario. 

 – However, headroom against the revised covenants approved on 4 March 2022 is limited in the mitigated ‘severe but plausible’ 

downside scenario and further covenant amendments may be required in the going concern assessment period. 

 – The Directors’ conclusion is that it is a plausible that further covenant amendments or waivers would be approved by lenders if 

required. The Directors identified this as a significant judgement, which we concluded has been appropriately disclosed. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue to 31 March 2023. Going concern 
has also been determined to be a key audit matter.

In relation to the Group and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the 
directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group and 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Overview of our audit approach
Audit scope

 – We performed an audit of the complete financial information of five components and audit 

Key audit matters

Materiality

procedures on specific balances for a further five components.

 – The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 95% of the 
Group’s revenue, 89% of its business performance profit before tax and 92% of its total assets.

 – Going concern
 – Revenue and margin recognition on fixed price engineering, procurement and construction 

contracts

 – Recoverability of PM304 oil & gas asset and certain contingent and deferred consideration 

balances

 – Recoverability of deferred tax assets and assessment of uncertain tax treatments 
 – HMRC National Insurance inquiry
 – Conclusion of SFO investigation
 – We set overall group materiality at US$8.0m, representing 0.25% of revenue.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope 
for each company within the Group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. 
We consider the account size, risk profile, the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of group-wide controls, changes in the 
business environment and other factors such as recent internal audit results when assessing the level of work to be performed at 
each component.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative coverage 
of significant accounts in the Group financial statements, we selected components covering entities within the UAE, the UK, Malaysia 
and the USA, which represent the principal business units within the Group. The primary audit team performs audit procedures 
directly on those areas of accounting performed centrally, most notably impairment testing, contingent and deferred consideration 
accounting, taxation, matters relating to the conclusion of the SFO investigation, the HMRC National Insurance inquiry and 
consolidation procedures.

Of the ten components selected, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of five components (“full scope 
components”) which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics. For the remaining five components (“specific scope 
components”), we performed audit procedures on specific accounts within that component that we considered had the potential for 
the greatest impact on the significant accounts in the consolidated financial statements either because of the size of these accounts or 
their risk profile. The audit scope of these components may not have included testing of all significant accounts of the component but 
will have contributed to the coverage of significant accounts tested for the group.

The primary audit team also performed specified procedures on one further component.

131

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Petrofac Limited continued

Full scope components
Specific scope components
Total 

Number % Group revenue

5
5
10

86%
9%
95%

% Group business 
profit performance 
before tax

% Group total 
assets

83%
6%
89%

86%
6%
92%

Of the remaining components that together represent 5% of the Group’s revenue, none are individually greater than 1% of the 
Group’s revenue. For these components, we performed other procedures including journal entry testing, analytical review, testing 
of consolidation entries, intercompany eliminations and foreign currency translation calculations to respond to potential risks of 
material misstatement to the Group financial statements.

Changes from the prior year 
The key change to our scoping from 2020 was the removal of one review scope component as a result of the disposal of the Group’s 
Mexican operations in the prior year. 

Involvement with component teams 
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each of the 
components by us, as the primary audit engagement team, or by component auditors from other EY global network firms operating 
under our instruction. Of the five full scope components, audit procedures were performed on two of these directly by the primary 
audit team, with the remainder performed by UAE, UK and Malaysian component teams. For the five specific scope components, 
audit procedures were performed on three of these directly by the primary audit team, with the remainder performed by UAE and 
UK component teams. 

Where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable us to determine 
that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole.

The COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing travel restrictions resulted in the primary audit team being unable to conduct physical site 
visits with our component teams for the 2021 audit. To ensure that the lead audit partner or his designates were able to appropriately 
direct the audit and to exercise oversight during key audit activities at planning and execution, physical site visits were replaced with 
virtual site visits using video conference and more frequent conference calls with component teams. The nature and extent of these 
interactions were designed relative to the size and risk of the individual components, and the division of responsibilities between the 
component teams and the primary audit team on the significant risk areas applicable to each component. During the current year’s 
audit cycle, interactions were held with all component teams. These interactions involved discussing the audit approach with the 
component team and any issues arising from their work, meeting virtually with local management, attending planning and closing 
meetings and reviewing key audit working papers on risk areas. The primary audit team also attended all closing meetings for each 
full and specific scope location via video conference. This, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level, gave 
us appropriate evidence for our opinion on the Group financial statements.

Climate change
There has been increasing interest from stakeholders as to how climate change will impact Petrofac Limited. The Group has 
determined that the most significant future impacts from climate change on its operations will be from managing the transition 
to a lower carbon economy and developing its capabilities to unlock value for its clients as well as achieving its Net Zero targets. 
These are explained on pages 37 to 43 in the required Task Force for Climate related Financial Disclosures and on pages 62 to 69 
in the principal risks and uncertainties, which form part of the “Other information,” rather than the audited financial statements. 
Our procedures on these disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated. 

As explained in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements (pages 146 to 161), governmental and societal responses to climate 
change risks are still developing, and are interdependent upon each other, and consequently financial statements cannot capture all 
possible future outcomes as these are not yet known. The degree of uncertainty of these changes may also mean that they cannot 
be taken into account when determining asset and liability valuations and the timing of future cash flows under the requirements of 
International Financial Reporting Standards.

Our audit effort in considering climate change was focused on ensuring that the effects of material climate risks disclosed in Note 2 
have been appropriately reflected in asset values and associated disclosures where values are determined through modelling future 
cash flows, being the recoverable amounts of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets, and deferred tax assets. 
We also challenged the Directors’ considerations of climate change in their assessment of going concern and viability and 
associated disclosures. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources 
in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

132

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsRisk
Revenue and margin 
recognition on fixed price 
engineering, procurement 
and construction contracts
Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 112); Accounting 
policies (pages 153 and 154); 
and Note 3 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (page 162)

These contracts are reported 
in the Engineering and 
Construction (E&C) segment. 
Total E&C revenue for 
the year was US$2.0bn 
(2020: US$3.1bn) and 64% 
of Group revenue (2020: 75%).

Our response to the risk
The audit of these contracts was performed by a component team based in the 
UAE, with direct review, oversight and challenge from the primary audit team.

Our audit involved detailed testing on a selection of the most significant 
and judgemental contracts; these 18 contracts represent 79% of the 
revenue subject to this risk. On the remaining 21%, we performed other 
procedures including analytical review, management enquiry and cost and 
accrual testing where material.

Our audit procedures were primarily substantive in nature, however, we identified 
and assessed key controls over revenue recognition including:

 – senior audit team members virtually attended a selection of key quarterly 

contract review meetings held during the year where we observed 
constructive challenge as to contract status, risks and project forecast costs 
to complete; and 

 – transactional controls underpinning contract-related cost balances, including 

the purchase to pay and payroll process.

Accounting for fixed price 
engineering, procurement and 
construction contracts requires 
significant judgement and 
estimation, which increases the 
risk of bias or error and subjects 
the process to the risk of 
management override of controls.

For the 18 contracts selected for detailed testing:
 – we re-performed percentage of completion calculations, testing the clerical 

accuracy of revenue recognised in line with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers.

 – we inspected the contractual terms relevant to recognised variations and 

claims to ensure their recognition was supported by enforceable rights under 
the relevant contract. 

 – we corroborated management assertions in relation to the recognition of 

Judgement and estimation 
are needed in the following 
areas which directly impact 
revenue recognised:

 – recognition of variation orders 
and claims not yet approved 
by the customer in contract 
value; 

 – estimation of variable 

consideration in respect of 
liquidated damages as a 
deduction to contract value; 
and

 – forecasting of costs to 
complete including 
contingencies.

unapproved variation orders and claims, and the non-recognition of potential 
liquidated damages by inspecting correspondence and minutes of meetings 
between senior management and the customer and by reviewing the track 
record of settlements with the customer and/or in the wider region.

 – we inspected supporting documentation and tested a sample of underlying 

costs supporting the recognition of variation orders and claims not yet 
approved in contract value.

 – where management had engaged a third-party claims specialist, we obtained 
and reviewed their reports, met directly with the specialist and assessed their 
competency and objectivity.

 – we tested contract cost accruals on a sample basis by agreeing components 

of accruals to purchase orders, progress reports and payroll data. 
 – we tested cost to complete estimates by agreeing project material and 

subcontractor costs to quotations or rate schedules and manpower costs 
to mobilisation reports. We performed analytical procedures comparing 
budgets and prior period estimates and retrospectively assessed the 
accuracy of historical forecasts. We also challenged management’s 
assessment and the legal basis for the treatment of subcontractor claims.

 – we challenged the adequacy of the contract contingencies included in 
forecast costs to complete with respect to the physical progress on the 
project and remaining costs to complete based on our understanding of 
the project status, Petrofac’s experience and consideration of any contra-
indicators, including external sources. We analysed the movements 
throughout the life of the contract, compared against similar contracts and 
challenged management’s conclusions in light of remaining contract tenure 
and the associated risks.

 – in addition to the procedures over contract revenue and cost set out above, 
for those contracts identified as onerous we challenged the completeness 
and accuracy of the estimate of future contract losses provided for, and the 
disclosure of this provision in the Group financial statements. 

In addition to the above, for all significant revenue streams, we executed data 
analysis techniques to identify higher risk patterns, trends and anomalies for 
further testing to understand the business rationale, authorisation and 
appropriateness of the entry.

Key observations 
communicated to the  
Audit Committee 
We concluded that 
revenue and margin 
recognition on fixed 
price engineering, 
procurement and 
construction contracts 
has been appropriately 
recognised in 
accordance with 
the requirements 
of IFRS 15. 

We are satisfied 
that estimates made 
in relation to variation 
orders and claims, 
liquidated damages, 
cost accruals and 
forecast costs to 
complete, including 
contingencies, are 
appropriate and in 
line with IFRS 15 
and the Group’s 
accounting policy. 

We are also satisfied 
that the significant 
judgements and 
estimates associated 
with revenue 
recognition have been 
appropriately disclosed 
in Note 2 to the Group 
financial statements.

133

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Petrofac Limited continued

Key observations 
communicated to the  
Audit Committee 
We have concluded that 
the PM304 impairment 
charge and the fair 
value of the Mexico 
and JSD6000 
consideration 
receivables have 
been appropriately 
determined. For all 
items, the estimates 
of fair value fell 
within a range of 
acceptable values.

We have also reviewed 
the disclosures in Note 
2 to the Group financial 
statements regarding 
the significant 
estimation uncertainties 
inherent in accounting 
for these items 
and have concluded 
that the disclosures 
are appropriate.

Our response to the risk
PM304 Impairment 
We challenged the significant assumptions underlying the impairment 
assessment. Our procedures included: 

 – making enquiries of Petrofac reserves specialist teams as to the 
feasibility of field performance and development assumptions; 

 – making enquiries of key management and reviewing external 

correspondence to validate assumptions around the uncertainty 
of securing of a licence extension; and

 – independently validating the future oil price assumptions made in the 

cashflow forecasts by comparing to external forecasts made by peers, 
banks, brokers and consultants.

We also tested the clerical accuracy of the impairment model and involved 
EY valuations specialists to assist us in concluding on the appropriateness 
of the discount factor applied.

Mexico contingent consideration
We reviewed correspondence, met with external legal counsel and 
challenged the assumptions made by management in determining 
the fair value of the contingent consideration receivable amount 
recognised. We performed sensitivity analysis using reasonable 
alternative assumptions to test whether management’s value was 
within a reasonable range of acceptable outcomes. We also challenged 
management on the adequacy and transparency of disclosures 
surrounding the significant estimates made in this regard.

JSD6000 deferred consideration
We obtained management’s valuation analysis for the deferred 
consideration receivable, which is underpinned by a vessel valuation 
report from a third-party specialist engaged by management. We made 
enquiries of management as to the future plans for completion of the 
vessel and met directly with management’s external valuation specialist. 
We inspected relevant evidence, including the year end vessel progress 
report. We also engaged internal EY valuation specialists to assist us in 
evaluating management’s external valuer’s findings and considering any 
contra-evidence to conclude whether management’s valuation was within 
a range of acceptable values.

Risk
Recoverability of PM304 oil 
& gas asset and certain 
contingent and deferred 
consideration balances
Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 112); Accounting 
policies (page 152); and Notes 
6 and 17 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (page 167 
and 180)

PM304 Impairment
During 2021, the Group 
reviewed the carrying 
amount of its Block PM304 
oil and gas assets, recognising 
an impairment charge of 
US$15 million. As part of 
this assessment, significant 
assumptions were made in 
respect of field performance, 
future oil prices and the 
likelihood of securing a PSC 
licence extension beyond 2026.

Mexico contingent 
consideration
The consideration associated 
with the disposal of the Group’s 
Mexican operations is carried 
at fair value and experienced a 
US$5m downward adjustment 
in 2021. The estimation of this 
fair value is highly judgemental, 
requiring assumptions about 
the outcome of uncertain 
future events. 

JSD6000 deferred 
consideration
The deferred consideration 
associated with the disposal 
of JSD6000 installation vessel 
is carried at fair value, which at 
year-end was determined to 
be US$55m (2020 US$55m). 
The fair value of the deferred 
consideration is dependent on 
key assumptions around the 
Group’s partner’s continued 
intent and capability to 
complete the construction 
and commissioning of the 
vessel within the due timeframe 
and the market for such a vessel 
when it is ready for sale.

134

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsOur response to the risk
Deferred tax assets
We evaluated management’s assessment of the likelihood of recovery 
of the UK deferred tax asset balance by obtaining profit forecasts for the 
relevant businesses and testing whether these were reasonable and 
consistent with Board-approved plans.

We reviewed external correspondence supporting management’s view 
that the probability of a licence extension for the PM304 block is now 
less likely and thus that is now improbable that the operation will generate 
sufficient taxable profits to utilise any of the deferred tax asset, leading to 
the de-recognition of the previous US$43 million deferred tax asset.

Uncertain tax treatments
Our primary tax audit team based in the UK coordinated our audit 
approach to uncertain tax treatments. Local tax experts in relevant 
jurisdictions were involved as needed to address specific local tax matters.

We evaluated the risks associated with these exposures and any claims or 
assessments made by tax authorities to date. We also inspected 
documentation, considering whether developments in any ongoing tax 
audits during the year necessitated a change in estimate on any provision. 

We also considered whether any interest or penalties should apply based 
on relevant legislation and historical experience with the authority in 
question.

Risk
Recoverability of deferred 
tax assets and assessment 
of uncertain tax treatments
Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 112); Accounting 
policies (page 151); and Note 8 
of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 170)

The Group recognises deferred 
tax assets in a number of 
jurisdictions, with the most 
significant being US$18 million 
in the UK (2020: US$18 million). 
The recognition of this deferred 
tax asset requires probable 
forecast taxable profits to 
support its recoverability. 

The Group also operates in 
multiple tax jurisdictions where 
uncertain tax treatments may 
be challenged at a later date 
by the relevant authorities. 
Liabilities of US$101 million 
(2020: US$131 million) are held 
principally in respect of tax 
deductions previously taken, 
transfer pricing arrangements 
and ongoing tax audits. 
This is an area which requires 
management to exercise 
significant judgement as to 
the likelihood of an adverse 
outcome for the group, and 
estimation as to the likely 
outflow in the event of such 
a finding.

Key observations 
communicated to the  
Audit Committee 
We were satisfied 
that the remaining 
UK deferred tax asset 
is appropriately 
recognised on the 
basis that there will 
be probable future 
taxable profits available. 
We concluded that the 
de-recognition of the 
deferred tax asset 
in Malaysia was 
appropriate. We were 
also satisfied that 
deferred tax assets are 
appropriately presented 
and disclosed in the 
financial statements.

Liabilities in respect 
of uncertain tax 
treatments, including 
penalties where 
appropriate, have 
been accounted for in 
accordance with the 
requirements of IFRIC 
23 Uncertainty over 
Income Tax Treatments. 
We are satisfied 
that the amounts 
recognised represent 
management’s best 
estimate based on the 
Group’s experience in 
the relevant jurisdictions 
and historical tax 
assessments concluded 
with the tax authorities.

We have also reviewed 
the disclosures in Note 
2 to the Group financial 
statements regarding 
the significant 
estimation uncertainties 
inherent in accounting 
for these items and 
have concluded that 
the disclosures are 
appropriate.

135

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Petrofac Limited continued

Our response to the risk
We obtained an update from management on current year developments in 
the matter and inspected correspondence between the Group and HMRC. 

We engaged an EY taxation specialist familiar with the relevant National 
Insurance legislation and HMRC dispute resolution to assist us in forming 
an independent view on the likelihood of an adverse outcome for 
the Group. 

Together with our specialist we inspected advice received by the group 
from external legal counsel engaged on this matter and confirmed this 
advice directly with external counsel. 

We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s updated disclosure of the 
matter in Note 30 to the Group financial statements.

Key observations 
communicated to the  
Audit Committee 
We have concluded that 
the facts and 
circumstances continue 
to support the position 
taken by the group at 
this time, that disclosure 
as a contingent liability 
remains appropriate at 
31 December 2021 and 
that this disclosure is 
adequate and 
appropriate.

Risk
HMRC National Insurance 
inquiry
Refer to the Audit Committee 
Report (page 113); and Note 30 
of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 196)

HMRC are seeking to establish 
whether a UK subsidiary of the 
Group is a host employer for 
offshore employees and 
therefore liable for payment of 
secondary National Insurance 
Contributions between 1999 
and 2014.

In 2020, HMRC provided a 
decision notice to the Group, 
informing of its conclusion that 
a Group subsidiary is liable for 
unpaid contributions plus 
interest in the amount of 
£124 million. A further £3m of 
interest has accumulated to the 
2021 year-end, and the total 
exposure translates to US$172m 
as at 31 December 2021. 

The Group strongly disagrees 
with the merit of the decision 
notice and have filed an appeal. 

Judgement is required to 
assess whether, at this 
stage, the matter satisfies 
the recognition criteria for 
a provision, or should 
continue to be disclosed 
as a contingent liability.

136

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsOur response to the risk
In response to the risks identified we: 

 – reviewed minutes of Board meetings. 
 – met regularly with Group General Counsel.
 – reviewed the package of documents submitted to the Courts. 
 – made inquiries of external legal counsel to validate our understanding 
of developments in the current period and obtain their views on any 
post-settlement risks facing the company. 

 – updated our understanding of the control environment with respect to 
anti-bribery and corruption by reviewing the presentations made to the 
SFO by the group and its advisors. 

 – obtained an understanding of the elements of the current control 

framework that are designed to prevent non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, including bribery and corruption. 

 – performed a walkthrough of processes and controls over the 

identification and authorisation of higher-risk third parties, and the 
processes and controls in place to prevent payment to unauthorised 
third parties. 

 – assessed the disclosures of the conclusion of the investigation and 

penalty in the annual report. 

Our procedures were supported by specialists from our EY Forensic 
& Integrity Services team.

Key observations 
communicated to the  
Audit Committee 
We were satisfied with 
the presentation of the 
penalty amount as a 
separately disclosed 
item in the year and 
with the adequacy of 
the related disclosure 
in the annual report. 

No specific matters 
were raised with 
the Audit Committee 
in relation to our 
assessment of the 
internal control 
environment.

Risk
Conclusion of SFO 
investigation
Refer to the Group Chief 
Executive’s review (page 7); and 
Note 6 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (page 167)

The SFO’s investigation into 
the Group came to a conclusion 
on 4 October 2021 with a 
£77m penalty being imposed 
following the Group’s admission 
of guilt on seven charges under 
Section 7 of the UK Bribery 
Act 2010. 

There are risks that: 

 – the conclusion of the 

investigation is 
inappropriately reflected 
in the annual report and 
accounts; 

 – post-settlement risks arise 
following the conclusion of 
the SFO’s investigation into 
the Group including, but not 
limited to, the potential for 
shareholder action; or 

 – the findings from the 

investigation indicate that the 
internal control environment 
does not support the 
prevention, or detection and 
correction, of material 
misstatements relevant to 
financial reporting arising 
from non-compliance with 
laws and regulations, 
including instances of 
bribery and corruption. 

137

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Petrofac Limited continued

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the 
audit and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our 
audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group to be US$8.0 million (2020: US$10.0 million), which is 0.25% (2020: 0.25%) of Group revenue. 
We believe that stakeholders and users of the financial statements continue to be focused on revenue and revenue-related metrics, 
such as new order intake and backlog. Revenue has historically also been a leading indicator for the profitability and cash flow 
generating ability of the Group. Thus, we determined that revenue continues to represent an appropriate basis on which to set 
materiality in 2021.

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be US$9.4 million (2020: US$6.8 million), based on 0.5% (2020: 0.5%) of total assets.

During the course of our audit, we reassessed our initial materiality assessment and concluded that no changes were necessary. 

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was 
that performance materiality should be set at 50% (2020: 50%) of our materiality, namely US$4.0m (2020: US$5.0m).

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is 
undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based 
on the relative scale and risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that 
component. In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to components was US$0.8m to US$4.0m (2020: 
US$1.3m to US$4.3m).

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of US$0.4m (2020: 
US$0.5m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting 
on qualitative grounds. We also agreed that we would report to the Audit Committee any uncorrected reclassification misstatements 
above 2% of the any primary financial statement line items to which the misstatement relates.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report set out on pages 1 to 128, including the Strategic 
Report and Governance Report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible 
for the other information contained within the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise 
to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

138

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsOpinion on other matters, as agreed in our Engagement Letter
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

 – the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the basis of 

preparation described therein;

 – the information given in the Strategic Report and Governance Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements and those reports have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements;

 – the information about internal control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share 

capital structures, given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules sourcebook made 
by the Financial Conduct Authority (the FCA Rules), is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance 
with applicable legal requirements; and

 – the information about the Company’s corporate governance code and practices and about its administrative, management and 

supervisory bodies and their committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the FCA Rules.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Governance report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

 – proper accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or proper returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

 – the financial statements are not in agreement with the Company’s accounting records and returns; or
 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by 
the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

 – Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material 

uncertainties identified set out on page 128;

 – Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is 

appropriate set out on page 70;

 – Director’s statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meets its 

liabilities set out on page 128;

 – Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 110;
 – Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 60 to 69;
 – The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out 

on pages 109; and

 – The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 106 to 113.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 128, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

139

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Petrofac Limited continued

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud 
is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery 
or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below. However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those 
charged with governance of the Company and management. 

 – We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined that the 

most significant are International Financial Reporting Standards, the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, the UK Bribery Act, employment law, environmental regulations, health and safety, and tax legislation in the jurisdictions 
where the group operates.

 – We understood how the Group is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of management, those charged with 

governance, internal audit, those responsible for legal and compliance procedures and the company secretary. We corroborated 
our enquiries through our review of board minutes and papers provided to the Audit Committee, as well as by considering the 
results of our audit procedures across the group. Our assessment considered the tone set from the top by senior management 
and the emphasis placed on a culture of honest and ethical behaviour. 

 – We assessed the susceptibility of the financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur, by meeting 
with individuals from various parts of the business to gather their views. We considered the programmes and controls that the 
Group has established to address the risks identified, or that otherwise prevent, deter or detect fraud, and how senior management 
monitors those programmes and controls. We engaged our forensics specialists to provide input on specific aspects of our audit 
approach to the risk of fraud and non-compliance with laws and regulations. 

 – Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with laws and regulations that could 
give rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements; this included the provision of specific instructions to component 
teams. Our procedures focused on enquires of Group management, those charged with governance, legal counsel, and internal 
audit; addressing the risk of management override through procedures on accounting estimates (as set out in the Key Audit Matters 
section of this report) and journal entry testing; as well as a specific work programme to address the risks of bribery and corruption. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address
 – We were first appointed by the company to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2005 and subsequent 

financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is 17 years, 
covering the years ending 31 December 2005 to 31 December 2021.

 – The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Article 113A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Colin Brown
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP
London
23 March 2022

Notes: 

1.  The maintenance and integrity of the Petrofac Limited web site is the responsibility of the directors; the work carried out by the auditors 
does not involve consideration of these matters and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have 
occurred to the financial statements since they were initially presented on the web site.

2.  Legislation in the Jersey governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 

other jurisdictions.

140

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsConsolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administration expenses
Expected credit loss reversal/(allowance)
Other operating income
Other operating expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Finance income
Finance expense
Share of net profit of associates and joint 
ventures
(Loss)/profit before tax
Income tax credit/(expense)
Net profit/(loss)

Attributable to:
Petrofac Limited shareholders
Non-controlling interests

Earnings/(loss) per share (US cents)
Basic
Diluted

Notes

3

5a

5b,6

5e

5f

5g

7

6,7

16

8a

13

9

9

Business
 performance(1)

 US$m

3,057
(2,879)
178
(175)
25
8
(7)
29
6
(44)

7
(2)
40
38

35
3
38

9.7
9.7

Separately 
disclosed
 items 
 US$m

–
–
–
(159)
–
–
–
(159)
–
(28)

–
(187)
(43)
(230)

(230)
–
(230)

(63.5)
(63.5)

Reported 
2021
 US$m

3,057
(2,879)
178
(334)
25
8
(7)
(130)
6
(72)

7
(189)
(3)
(192)

(195)
3
(192)

(53.8)
(53.8)

Business 
performance(1)
(restated)(2) 
US$m

Separately 
disclosed 
items 
(restated)(2) 
US$m

Reported 
2020 
(restated)(2) 
US$m

4,081
(3,802)
279
(165)
(9)
21
(43)
83
9
(37)

5
60
(19)
41

50
(9)
41

14.8
14.8

–
–
–
(243)
–
–
–
(243)
–
–

–
(243)
1
(242)

(242)
–
(242)

(71.8)
(71.8)

4,081
(3,802)
279
(408)
(9)
21
(43)
(160)
9
(37)

5
(183)
(18)
(201)

(192)
(9)
(201)

(57.0)
(57.0)

(1)  This measurement is shown by the Group as a means of measuring underlying business performance; see note 2 and Appendix A.
(2)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

141

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsConsolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Reported net loss

Other comprehensive income/(loss) to be reclassified to consolidated income 
statement in subsequent periods
Net changes in fair value of derivatives and financial assets designated as cash flow hedges
Foreign currency translation gains/(losses)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) to be reclassified to consolidated income statement in 
subsequent periods

Other comprehensive income reclassified to consolidated income statement
Foreign currency translation losses reclassified to the consolidated income statement
Other comprehensive income reclassified to consolidated income statement
Total comprehensive (loss) for the year 
Attributable to:
Petrofac Limited shareholders
Non-controlling interests 

Notes

2021 
 US$m

(192)

2020 
(restated)(1)
 US$m

(201)

25

25

25

13

1
3

4

8
8
(180)

(183)
3
(180)

(15)
(18)

(33)

3
3
(231)

(222)
(9)
(231) 

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

142

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts 
Consolidated balance sheet
At 31 December 2021

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Investments in associates and joint ventures
Other financial assets
Deferred consideration
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Other financial assets
Income tax receivable
Cash and short-term deposits

Assets held for sale
Total assets

Equity and liabilities 
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Employee Benefit Trust shares
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Non-current liabilities 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Income tax payable
Accrued contract expenses
Provisions

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale
Total liabilities 
Total equity and liabilities

Notes

2021 
US$m

2020
 (restated)(1) 
US$m

1 Jan 2020 

 (restated)(1) 
US$m

12

14

15

16

17

11

8c

18

19

20

17

21

22

22

22

23

25

13

26

27

17

8c

28

20

26

17

32

27

283
101
43
34
209
55
18
743

23
668
1,580
183
20
620
3,094
–
3,837

10
251
11
(69)
42
230
475
10
485

764
143
195
29
1,131

1,090
58
–
81
142
780
70
2,221
–
3,352
3,837

288
101
51
35
202
55
61
793

8
877
1,652
148
9
684
3,378
–
4,171

7
4
11
(88)
43
426
403
7
410

50
171
166
38
425

887
120
750
179
191
1,134
75
3,336
–
3,761
4,171

398
99
50
38
316
61
50
1,012

17
1,103
2,064
135
4
1,025
4,348
600
5,960

7
4
11
(110)
84
621
617
281
898

599
189
315
37
1,140

1,075
273
411
166
231
1,599
47
3,802
120
5,062
5,960

The consolidated financial statements on pages 141 to 202 were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 March 2022 and signed on 
its behalf by Afonso Reis e Sousa – Chief Financial Officer.

(1) The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

143

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsConsolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Operating activities 
Loss before tax
Separately disclosed items
Profit before tax and separately disclosed items
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax and separately disclosed items to net cash flows:
Depreciation, amortisation, business performance impairment and write-off
Expected credit loss (reversal)/allowance recognised
Share-based payments
Difference between other long-term employment benefits paid and amounts recognised in the 
consolidated income statement
Net finance expense
Net movement in other provisions
Share of net profit of associates and joint ventures
Net other non-cash items

Working capital adjustments:
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Related party receivables
Other net current financial assets
Assets and liabilities held for sale
Trade and other payables
Contract liabilities
Accrued contract expenses
Net working capital adjustments
Cash generated from operations
Separately disclosed items paid – operating costs
Net income taxes paid
Net cash flows used in operating activities
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
Contingent consideration paid
Dividends received from associates and joint ventures
Loans paid to associates and joint ventures
Disposal costs paid
Net proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries, including receipt against contingent consideration
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Interest received
Net cash flows used in investing activities
Financing activities
Issue of shares net of associated transaction costs
Proceeds from interest-bearing loans and borrowings, net of debt acquisition cost
Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Repayment of lease liabilities
Separately disclosed items paid – refinancing related costs paid
Interest paid
Purchase of Company’s shares by Employee Benefit Trust
Net cash flows generated from/(used in) financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Net foreign exchange difference
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Notes

6

5a, 5b, 5g

5e

24

27

7

27

16

20

31

17

20

15

17

16

16

22

17

17

29

23

21

2021
US$m

(189)
187
(2)

68
(25)
7

(29)
38
(13)
(7)
(3)
34

(15)
211
78
–
(106)
–
120
(59)
(354)
(125)
(91)
(28)
(42)
(161)

(43)
(10)
–
8
–
–
9
5
1
(30)

250
1,484
(1,470)
(40)
(23)
(27)
(2)
172
(19)
–
639
620

2020 

 (restated)(1)
 US$m

(183)
243
60

123
9
15

(18)
28
24
(5)
1
237

4
122
409
1
(25)
7
(156)
(153)
(369)
(160)
77
(33)
(74)
(30)

(33)
(10)
(3)
9
(2)
(3)
31
1
3
(7)

–
870
(1,015)
(50)
–
(36)
(11)
(242)
(279)
4
914
639

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

144

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsConsolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Issued share 
capital 
US$m

 Share 
premium 
US$m

At 1 January 2020 (as reported)
Impact of change in accounting policy 
in respect of cloud configuration and 
customisation costs (note 2.9)
At 1 January 2020 (restated)(2)
Restated net loss(2)
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive loss
Purchase of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust (note 23)
Issue of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust (note 23)
Transfer to share-based payments 
reserve for Deferred Bonus Share 
Plan Invested Shares (note 24)
Credit to equity for share-based 
payments charge (note 24)
Disposal (note 17)
At 31 December 2020 (restated)(2)

At 1 January 2021

Reported net (loss)/profit
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
Issue of own shares (note 22)
Purchase of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust (note 23)
Issue of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust (note 23)
Credit to equity for share-based 
payments charge (note 24)
At 31 December 2021

7

–
7
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
7

7

–
–
–
3

–

–

–
10

4

–
4
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
4

4

–
–
–
247

–

–

–
251

Attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
US$m

Employee 
Benefit Trust

 shares(1)
 US$m 
 (note 23)

Other 
reserves 
US$m 
(note 25)

11

(110)

84

Retained 
earnings 
US$m

637

–
11
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–
11

11

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
11

–
(110)
–
–
–

(11)

33

–

–
–
(88)

(88)

–
–
–
–

(2)

21

–
(69)

–
84
–
(30)
(30)

–

(30)

4

15
–
43

43

–
12
12
–

–

(20)

7
42

(16)
621
(192)
–
(192)

–

(3)

–

–
–
426

426

(195)
–
(195)
–

–

(1)

–
230

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
US$m

281

–
281
(9)
–
(9)

–

–

–

–
(265)
7

7

3
–
3
–

–

–

–
10

Total 
US$m

633

(16)
617
(192)
(30)
(222)

(11)

–

4

15
–
403

403

(195)
12
(183)
250

(2)

–

7
475

(1)  Shares held by Petrofac Employee Benefit Trust. 
(2)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

Total 
equity 
US$m

914

(16)
898
(201)
(30)
(231)

(11)

–

4

15
(265)
410

410

(192)
12
(180)
250

(2)

–

7
485

145

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2021

1 Corporate information
Petrofac Limited (the 'Company') is a limited liability company 
registered and domiciled in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) 
Law 1991 and is the holding company for the international group 
of Petrofac subsidiaries. Petrofac Limited and its subsidiaries at 
31 December 2021 comprised the Petrofac Group (the 'Group'). 
Information on the Group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint 
arrangements is contained in note 34 to these consolidated 
financial statements. Information on the Group’s related party 
transactions is provided in note 31. The Group’s principal activity 
is to design, build, manage and maintain infrastructure for the 
energy industries. 

The Company’s and the Group’s financial statements 
(the 'consolidated financial statements') for the year ended 
31 December 2021 were authorised for issue in accordance 
with a resolution of the Board of Directors on 23 March 2022. 
The Company’s financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2021 are shown on pages 210 to 226.

2 Summary of significant accounting policies
2.1 Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 
and applicable requirements of Jersey law. The Group has revised 
its accounting policy in relation to configuration costs incurred 
in implementing Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements 
in response to the IFRS Interpretations Committee decision 
(Configuration or Customisation Costs in a Cloud Computing 
Arrangement (IAS 38 Intangible Assets)). The Group assessed the 
impact of this change in accounting policy on such arrangements 
entered by the Group during prior years and restated comparative 
figures accordingly (note 2.9). 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on 
a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments, 
financial assets measured at fair value through profit and loss, 
and deferred consideration receivable that has been measured 
at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented 
in United States dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest 
million (US$m), unless otherwise stated.

2.2 Presentation of results
The Group uses Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) 
when assessing and discussing the Group’s financial 
performance, financial position and cash flows that are not 
defined or specified under IFRS. The Group uses these APMs, 
which are not considered to be a substitute for or superior to 
IFRS measures, to provide stakeholders with useful information 
on underlying trends and additional useful information by 
adjusting for separately disclosed items which impact upon IFRS 
measures or, by defining new measures, to aid the understanding 
of the Group’s financial performance, financial position and cash 
flows (refer to notes 2.8 and 6 and Appendix A for more details).

2.3 Adoption of new financial reporting standards, 
amendments and interpretations
Effective new financial reporting standards
The Group applied for the first time certain standards and 
amendments, which are effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2021. The Group has not early adopted any 
other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been 
issued but is not yet effective.

The following amendments apply for the first time in 2021, but do 
not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements of 
the Group:

 – Amendment to IFRS 16 – COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions 

(effective 1 June 2020)

 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 (effective 
1 January 2021)

Application of IFRIC agenda decisions
In April 2021, the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 
published an agenda decision on the accounting treatment in 
relation to the configuration and customisation costs incurred 
in implementing SaaS arrangements as follows:

 – Amounts paid to the cloud vendor for configuration and 

customisation that are not distinct from access to the cloud 
software are expensed over the contract term

 – In limited circumstances, other configuration and customisation 
costs incurred in implementing SaaS arrangements may give 
rise to an identifiable intangible asset, for example, where 
additional code is created, from which the customer has the 
power to obtain the future economic benefits and to restrict 
others’ access to those benefits

 – In all other instances, configuration and customisation costs 
will be expensed as the customisation and configuration 
services are received

See note 2.9 for further details.

2.4 Financial reporting standards, amendments and 
interpretations issued but not yet effective
Certain new financial reporting standards, amendments and 
interpretations have been published that are not mandatory 
for the 31 December 2021 reporting period and have not been 
early adopted by the Group. The Group is currently assessing 
the impact of the amendments to IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ on 
deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single 
transaction. With the exception of amendments to IAS 12, no 
significant impact is expected from the adoption of new financial 
reporting standards, amendments and interpretations.

146

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts2.5 Going concern
Introduction
The Directors performed a robust going concern assessment 
for the period to 31 March 2023, to validate the continued 
application of the going concern basis in the preparation of 
the financial statements of the Group. This included reviewing 
and challenging downside scenarios considered to be severe 
but plausible, based on the principal risks and uncertainties set 
out on pages 62 to 69.

the Assessment Period. However, the Directors noted that 
the impact of COVID-19 related delays and cost increases was 
already reflected in the Group’s financial performance in 2020 
and 2021 and in the margin forecasts for 2022 and beyond. 
Given the maturity of the current project portfolio, and a return to 
pre-pandemic levels of activity, the Directors have concluded that 
the risk of further COVID-19 related disruption and cost increases 
in the Assessment Period is reduced, notwithstanding the risks 
inherent in EPC contracts.

The Directors evaluated the Group’s funding position, liquidity 
and financial covenant profile to ensure it will have sufficient 
access to liquidity and covenant headroom to meet its obligations 
as they fall due from the date of signing the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements on 23 March 2022 to 31 March 2023 (the 
“Assessment Period”). Furthermore, and in accordance with the 
Financial Reporting Council’s guidance, the Directors considered 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in the period 
beyond the Assessment Period and concluded that the 
disclosures contained herein sufficiently address relevant 
events and conditions in both the Assessment Period and 
the period beyond.

Approach 
In evaluating whether the going concern assumption is 
appropriate, the Directors performed the following procedures:

 – Reviewed the Group’s forecast cash flows, liquidity, covenant 
compliance and borrowing requirements over the Assessment 
Period. Cash flow and liquidity projections were based on 
management’s best estimates of future commodity prices, 
new order intake, project and contract schedules and costs, 
commercial settlements, oil and gas production and capital 
expenditure

 – Evaluated a range of severe but plausible downside scenarios 

to reflect uncertainties inherent in forecasting future operational 
and financial performance, including changes in geo-political 
or macro-economic environments. These include, but are 
not limited to, lower order intake, cost overruns, adverse 
commercial settlements, deterioration in net working capital, 
adverse outcomes on contingent liabilities and delays to or 
reductions in disposal proceeds

 – Appraised the mitigation actions available to management 
including, but not limited to, reducing costs through further 
headcount, salary and third-party cost reductions and 
conserving cash through working capital management and 
reductions in uncommitted capital expenditure. Under each 
scenario, mitigating actions are deemed to be in the control 
of management

 –  Performed a stress test analysis to establish the impact of a 
remote downside scenario, which extended the severe but 
plausible downside scenario analysis by modelling the impact 
of no new orders being secured in the Assessment Period

Impact of COVID-19
The risks to which forecast cash flows are most sensitive over the 
Assessment Period are (i) lower new order intake, (ii) contract 
cost overruns, (iii) adverse commercial settlements and (iv) 
working capital movements. With low backlog and high working 
capital balances, including an increase in uncollected assessed 
variation orders in the E&C operating segment during 2021, these 
four risks could have a significant impact on the performance of 
the Group and its ability to maintain covenant compliance over 

Compliance with financial covenants
The Group complied with its financial covenants throughout 
2021. However, the extended impact of COVID-19 and the 
Omicron variant in particular, which increased costs on existing 
projects and delayed new contract awards in the E&C segment, 
resulted in lower EBITDA in Q4 2021 and higher net debt than 
had been forecast at the time of the capital raise and debt 
refinancing in October 2021. In preparing the three-year business 
plan for 2022-2024, the Directors determined that an amendment 
to the existing financial covenants was required in order to 
maintain compliance during 2022 and 2023, both in the base 
case and in the mitigated severe but plausible downside case, 
due to the carryover effect of the trading result in Q4 2021 
(covenants are calculated on a rolling 12-month basis).

Amendments to the leverage and interest cover covenants 
in the Revolving Credit Facility and the two term loan facilities 
were approved by the lenders of each facility on 4 March 2022. 
The Group is therefore projected to comply with its financial 
covenants in the mitigated severe but plausible downside 
scenario; however, in this scenario, the covenant headroom 
in the period to 30 September 2022 is limited. 

If financial performance deteriorates significantly below this 
case, the Group may have difficulty complying with the financial 
covenants in their current form and further adjustments may 
be required. In their assessment of the Group’s going concern 
position, the Directors have made a significant judgement that 
the Group will remain in compliance with its current financial 
covenants or, alternatively, if a covenant breach became likely, 
that the Group would be able to secure appropriate amendments 
or waivers to the covenants to ensure compliance. The factors 
that supported this judgement include:

 – The Group’s lenders have been supportive over a number 

of years including, with respect to financial covenant setting 
during the debt refinancing in October 2021 and the 
amendments to financial covenants in March 2022

 – The Group has a positive outlook following the settlement of 
the SFO investigation, the reinstatement to ADNOC’s bidding 
list, the capital raise and debt refinancing, the recovery in 
energy prices and the associated macro-economic outlook for 
the industries in which it operates

 – The Group continues to forecast positive liquidity throughout 
the Assessment Period with improvement expected thereafter

Assessment
The Directors considered the following in their assessment:

 – The Group retains sufficient liquidity to support operations, and 
settle debt as it becomes due, throughout the Assessment 
Period in the mitigated severe but plausible downside scenario

 – The Group remains compliant with the amended financial 

covenants throughout the Assessment Period in the mitigated 
severe but plausible downside scenario

147

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
 – The Group remains liquid in the remote downside scenario 
of securing no new orders in the Assessment Period, as 
demonstrated in the unmitigated stress test scenario, though 
in such a scenario it would breach its financial covenants
 – The Group has a proven track record of taking timely actions 
to effectively mitigate downside risks, including cutting costs, 
conserving cash and divesting assets

 – At 31 December 2021, the Group had cash and short-term 

deposits of US$620m and net debt of US$144m

 – The Group’s reinstatement to ADNOC’s bidding list will provide 

a wider accessible market than assumed in the Group’s 
business plan projections

 – The recent developments in Russia are not expected to have 

a material impact on the business over the Assessment Period, 
with less than 1% of the backlog at 31 December 2021 derived 
from Russian projects and no new awards in Russia assumed 
in this period

 – A sustained oil price above US$70 per barrel (the price 

used in the Group’s business plan projections) will provide 
additional headroom on liquidity and financial covenant ratios 
(a sustained improvement of US$10 per barrel would equate 
to approximately US$8m EBITDA improvement). Additionally, 
sustained high energy prices and heightened energy security 
considerations are likely to increase investments in our core 
markets as well as in new energies

Conclusion
The Directors concluded, after rigorously evaluating relevant 
available information, that there are no events or conditions 
that cast significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern during the Assessment Period that require 
disclosure in the Group’s consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 31 December 2021. This conclusion required a 
significant judgement with respect to the risk of a covenant breach 
over the period to 30 September 2022, as described above. 

The Directors also evaluated potential events and conditions 
during the period beyond the Assessment Period that may cast 
significant doubt on the going concern assessment, concluding 
that there were no other such events or conditions, with the 
Directors expecting to have options to either repay, extend or 
refinance the Revolving Credit Facility and term loans, which are 
otherwise available for use until October 2023, and November 
2023 for the second term loan.

Based on this comprehensive assessment, the Directors 
concluded that the continued use of the going concern basis 
of accounting in preparing the Group’s financial statements for 
the year ended 31 December 2021 remains appropriate. 

2.6 Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial 
statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company (its subsidiaries) as at 31 December 2021. Control is 
achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable 
returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability 
to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Generally, there is a presumption that a voting rights majority 
results in control. Net profit or loss and each component of other 
comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to Petrofac Limited 
shareholders and to non-controlling interests, even if this results 

148

in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance. 
When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
statements of subsidiaries to align their accounting policies 
with the Group’s accounting policies.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss 
of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

If the Group ceases to control a subsidiary, it derecognises 
the related assets (including goodwill), liabilities, non-controlling 
interest and other components of equity while any resultant gain 
or loss is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 
Any investment retained is recognised at fair value.

Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition 
method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate 
of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date, 
and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. 
For each business combination, the Group elects whether to 
measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value or 
at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. 
All transaction costs associated with business combinations are 
charged to the consolidated income statement in the reporting 
period of such combination.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group will 
be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. 

Contingent consideration classified as equity is not re-measured 
and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. 
Contingent consideration classified as a liability that is a financial 
instrument and within the scope of IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, 
is measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognised 
in the consolidated income statement in accordance with IFRS 9.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the 
aggregate consideration transferred and the fair value of the 
net assets acquired together with the amount recognised for 
non-controlling interests, and any previous interest held.

Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less 
any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is reviewed for 
impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may 
be impaired.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to 
the cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination.

Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount 
of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill relates.

Investment in associates and joint ventures
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant 
influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not 
control or joint control over those policies.

The considerations made in determining significant influence 
or joint control are similar to those considerations applied to 
determine control over subsidiaries.

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsAssociates and joint ventures
The Group’s investments in its associates and joint ventures are 
accounted for using the equity method.

Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a 
foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the 
dates of the initial transactions.

The consolidated income statement reflects the Group’s share 
of the net profits of the associate or joint venture.

Any unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions 
between the Group and associates and joint ventures are 
eliminated to the extent of the Group’s ownership interest in 
these associates and joint ventures.

The financial statements of the associates and joint ventures 
are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. 
When necessary, adjustments are made to align the accounting 
policies with those of the Group.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group determines 
whether there is objective evidence that its investment in its 
associates or joint ventures are impaired. If there is such 
evidence, the Group estimates the amount of any impairment as 
the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate 
or joint venture and its carrying amount and recognises this 
impairment loss in the consolidated income statement.

Joint operations
The Group’s interests in joint operations are recognised in relation 
to its interest in a joint operation’s:

 – Assets, including its share of any assets held jointly
 – Liabilities, including its share of any liabilities incurred jointly
 – Revenue from the sale of its share of the output arising from 

the joint operation

 – Share of the revenue from the sale of the output by the joint 

operation

 – Expenses, including its share of any expenses incurred jointly

For joint operations, the Group’s share of revenue earned and 
expenses incurred are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement. Assets controlled and liabilities incurred by the Group 
are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet.

Foreign currency translation
The consolidated financial statements are presented in United 
States dollars (US$).

Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency 
and items included in the financial statements of each entity are 
measured using that functional currency. Functional currency is 
defined as the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the entity operates. The Group uses the direct method of 
consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation, the gain or 
loss that is reclassified to net profit or loss reflects the amount 
that arises from using this method.

Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the 
Group’s entities at their respective functional currency spot rates 
at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at 
the reporting date.

Differences arising on the settlement or translation of monetary 
items are recognised in other operating income or other operating 
expenses line items, as appropriate, of the consolidated 
income statement.

Group subsidiaries
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with 
non-United States dollars functional currencies are translated 
into United States dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing 
at the reporting date and their income statements are translated 
at monthly average rates. The exchange differences arising on 
translation for consolidation are recognised in the consolidated 
statement of other comprehensive income. On disposal of 
a subsidiary with non-United States dollars as a functional 
currency, the component of the consolidated statement of 
other comprehensive income relating to currency translation 
is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

2.7 Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires 
management to make judgements and estimates that affect the 
reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, 
and the accompanying disclosures. 

Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management has made the following judgements, separate to 
those involving estimations (see below), which have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated 
financial statements:

Significant judgements associated with revenue recognition
 – Revenue recognition on fixed-price engineering, procurement 

and construction contracts: the Group measures progress and 
recognises revenue on fixed-price engineering, procurement 
and construction contracts using the input method, based on 
the actual cost of work performed at the end of the reporting 
period as a percentage of the estimated total contract costs at 
completion. The Group considers the input method to faithfully 
depict the Group’s performance in transferring control of goods 
and services to the customer and provides meaningful 
information in respect of progress towards the satisfaction 
of performance obligations on its contracts.

 – In the early stages of contract completion, the outcome of 

a contract generally cannot be estimated reliably. The Group 
has established a threshold where contract revenues are 
recognised only to the extent of costs incurred to reflect this 
uncertainty. This threshold has been applied by the Group 
using a rebuttable presumption that contracts below 15% 
completion cannot yet be estimated reliably; however, 
judgement may be applied to deviate from this threshold 
dependent upon an objective evaluation of operational and 
contractual risks, e.g. taking into account contract value, 
duration, geography, complexities involved in the execution 
of the contract, past experience with the customer and 
risk mitigations.

 – Management applies certain judgements associated with 
recognition and non-recognition of variable consideration, 
such as assessed variation orders and liquidated damages. 
The factors considered when determining whether to recognise 
variable consideration, together with the associated estimation 
uncertainty, are discussed below under section ‘Estimation 
uncertainty’.

149

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
 – Revenue recognition on joint arrangement contracts: the Group 
recognises its share of revenue and profit from contracts 
executed as part of a consortium in accordance with the 
agreed consortium contractual arrangement. In selecting the 
appropriate accounting treatment, the main consideration is 
the determination of whether the joint arrangement is a joint 
operation or joint venture (though not directly related to revenue 
recognition, this judgement has a material impact on 
presentation in the consolidated income statement) in 
accordance with IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’.

Significant judgements associated with contingent liabilities 
and provisions
Management applies significant judgements in determining 
whether it has a present or a possible obligation to disclose 
a contingent liability or a probable obligation to recognise a 
provision in the consolidated financial statements (note 27). 
Management, in certain instances, takes into consideration legal 
advice from its legal counsel and external legal advisors as well 
as independent specialist advice, to determine the probability of 
an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits that will 
be required to settle the obligation, if determined. Typically, the 
contingent liabilities include pending legal and tax cases with 
regulatory authorities and/or third parties; see note 30.

Significant judgements associated with cloud-based software 
and development costs
When the Group incurs customisation and configuration costs, 
as part of a service agreement, judgement is also required in 
assessing whether the Group has control over the resources 
defined in the arrangement. Management has considered the 
IFRIC agenda decision in April 2021 on the clarification of 
accounting in relation to these costs and applied the following 
judgements which have the most significant impact on the 
amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

(i) Determining whether cloud computing arrangements contain 
a software licence intangible asset
The Group evaluates a cloud computing arrangement to 
determine if it provides a resource that the Group can control. 
The Group determines that a software licence intangible asset 
exists in a cloud computing arrangement when the following 
criteria is met at the inception of the arrangement:

 – The Group has the contractual right to take possession of the 
software during the hosting period without significant penalty

 – The costs incurred to configure or customise SaaS 

arrangements result in the creation of a resource which is 
identifiable, and the Group has the power to obtain the future 
economic benefits flowing from the underlying resource and 
to restrict the access of others to those benefits

 – It is feasible for the Group to run the software on its own 
hardware or contract with another party unrelated to the 
supplier to host the software

(ii) Determining whether configuration and customisation costs 
provide a distinct service from access to the SaaS 
The Group applies judgement in determining whether costs 
incurred provide a distinct service, aside from access to the 
SaaS. Where it is determined that no distinct service is 
identifiable, the related costs are recognised as expenses 
over the duration of the service contract.

As a result of the above assessment, US$12m was expensed 
(2020 restated: US$14m) in relation to SaaS arrangements where 
the configuration and customisation were assessed to provide a 
distinct service to access the SaaS. See notes 2.3, 2.9, 6 and 15 
for further details.

Significant judgements associated with climate change-related risks
In response to the Paris Agreement goals, the Group has set a 
target to reduce its GHG emissions (Scope 1 and Scope 2) to Net 
Zero by 2030. The Group continues to develop its assessment of 
the potential impacts of climate change and the transition to a low 
carbon economy. The Group’s current climate change strategy 
focuses on reducing GHG emissions, investing in low emission 
technologies, supporting emission reductions in the value chain 
and promoting product stewardship, managing climate-related 
risk and opportunity, and working with others to enhance the 
global policy and market response.

Future changes to the Group’s climate change strategy or global 
decarbonisation milestones may impact the Group’s significant 
judgements and key estimates and may result in material 
changes to financial results and the carrying values of certain 
assets and liabilities in future reporting periods. Also, the Group’s 
Net Zero strategy is currently being managed on a consolidated 
Group basis and therefore it is currently not monitored at the level 
of individual assets. Any change to the Group’s climate change 
strategy could impact its Net Zero position and the Group’s 
significant judgements and key estimates.

The Group’s activities, by their nature, are less dependent on 
its own physical assets or infrastructure, and as a result, at 
31 December 2021, only 19% of total assets were non-current 
assets (2020: 19%) and only 7% were property, plant and 
equipment (2020: 7%). 

The Group’s assessment indicates that it has limited exposure to 
climate-related risks. These are analysed below:

 – Property, plant and equipment (note 12): consists primarily of 
oil and gas assets and facilities relating to Block PM304 and 
MOPU lease, land and buildings, and other small assets. 
Block PM304 includes capitalised decommissioning costs of 
US$50m (2020: US$41m). The oil and gas assets and facilities 
have an assumed estimated useful life to 2026. The building 
and leasehold assets are expected to have minimal exposure 
to climate-related risks, including any specific risks associated 
with their locations. Vehicles and office furniture and equipment 
also have insignificant climate-related risks and have overall 
useful economic lives ending before 2030.

 – Goodwill is allocated to the Engineering & Construction 

cash-generating unit (CGU) (US$41m) and the Asset Solutions 
CGU (US$60m). The underlying businesses produce sufficient 
cash flows over the next five years to support these current 
carrying values.

 – Intangible assets include assets related to Block PM304, 

customer contracts pertaining to W&W Energy Services Inc 
and Group-wide digital IT systems. Those assets will be fully 
amortised by 2030 and therefore the risk related to climate 
change is minimal.

 – Existing deferred tax assets will be recovered from available 
taxable profits prior to 2030. Where the recoverability is 
expected over an extended period (such as in the UK), 
appropriate sensitivities are assessed and disclosures 
are included in the relevant notes.

150

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsSignificant judgements associated with the preparation of 
the parent and consolidated financial statements on a going 
concern basis
Management is required to make a decision whether to prepare 
the parent and consolidated financial statements on a going 
concern basis; for details see note 2.5. 

Estimation uncertainty, including continued impact of 
COVID-19 pandemic
Any continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the 
associated economic slowdown could have an impact on the 
Group’s financial performance, financial position and cash flows 
in the next 12 months. The principal assumptions concerning 
the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the 
end of the reporting period that have a significant risk of causing 
a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next reporting period are discussed below:

Fixed-price engineering, procurement and 
construction contracts 
 – Recognition of assessed variation orders pending customer 
approval (AVOs): an AVO is a management estimated right 
of payment due from the customer resulting for a customer 
instructed change in the contractual scope of work or for the 
reimbursement of costs not included in the contract price. 
The Group recognises revenues and profit from AVOs using the 
expected value approach to assess/reassess AVOs at contract 
inception and at each reporting date where it is considered 
highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of 
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the 
uncertainty associated with the AVO is subsequently resolved. 
In performing the assessment, management considers the 
likelihood of such settlement being made by reference to 
the contract, independent specialist advice, customer 
communications, past experience with the customer and other 
forms of documentary evidence. At 31 December 2021, AVOs 
of US$338m were recognised in the consolidated balance 
sheet (2020: US$305m), of which US$337m (2020: US$276m) 
was included within the contract assets; and US$1m (2020: 
US$29m) was included as an offset against contract liabilities; 
see note 20. To the extent assessed variation orders pending 
customer approval are reflected in the transaction price are not 
resolved in the Group’s favour, there could be reductions in, or 
reversals of, previously recognised revenue.

 – Liquidated damages (LDs): LDs are contractual penalties 
applied by the customer, normally relating to failure of the 
contractor to meet agreed performance and progress 
outcomes. The Group estimates the application of LDs using 
the expected value approach and recognises an associated 
amount as a reduction to contract revenue. The Group 
assesses/reassesses its exposure to LD applications at each 
reporting date, where the customer has the contractual right 
to apply LDs and where it is highly probable that a significant 
reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will 
not occur when the uncertainty associated with the LDs is 
subsequently resolved. This requires a deterministic probability 
assessment of the monetary amount of LDs liable, which 
involves a number of management judgements and estimates 
(e.g. contractual position with the customer, negotiations with 
the customer specifically relating to extension of time (EoT), 
past experience with the customer, etc.), regarding the 
amounts to recognise in contract accounting. During 2021, 
liquidated damages amounting to US$6m were recognised 

as a decrease to the estimate at completion revenue that 
resulted in a decrease of US$6m to the Group’s revenue 
recognised during the year through the application of contract 
progress (2020: US$8m of liquidated damages were reversed 
as an increase to the estimate at completion revenue that 
resulted in an increase of US$7m to the Group’s revenue). 
No liquidated damages, resulting from progress delays 
associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, for Group’s fixed-
price EPC contracts, were recognised, since management 
judged these to be excusable delays in accordance with the 
terms and conditions of the contracts with customers. 
Any unfavourable outcome compared with management’s 
current expectation may affect the revenue to be recognised 
in future periods and consequently would impact the financial 
performance and cash flows for future periods. This estimate 
will impact revenues and contract assets or contract liabilities.

 – Estimate at completion contract costs: at the end of the 

reporting period the Group is required to estimate costs at 
completion on fixed-price EPC contracts, based on the work 
to be performed beyond the reporting period. This involves 
an objective evaluation of project progress against the 
delivery schedule, evaluation of work to be performed and 
the associated risks and costs to fully deliver the contract to 
the customer. On contracts where it is considered probable 
that contract costs exceed revenues at contract completion and 
the costs of fulfilling the contract are less than the compensation 
or penalties arising from a failure to fulfil it, the Group recognises 
an onerous contract provision in accordance with IAS 37 
‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ for 
future losses The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in lock down 
measures being applied by governments in various jurisdictions 
in which the Group operates. These lock down measures 
predominantly impacted procurement and construction activities 
on the Group’s fixed-price EPC contracts, which resulted in 
lower than expected progress at the end of the reporting period. 
At 31 December 2021, the estimate at completion contract costs 
represented management’s best estimate of contract costs, 
including where applicable costs associated with COVID-19 
pandemic induced delays. In addition, cost reduction measures 
taken by the Group in response to COVID-19 pandemic were 
also included in the estimate at completion contract costs. 
The continued prevalence of COVID-19 pandemic may result 
in additional estimate at completion contract costs and 
consequently could negatively impact financial performance 
and cash flows for future periods. This could impact revenues, 
cost of sales, contract assets and contract liabilities. 
The carrying amount of onerous contract provisions at 
31 December 2021 was US$39m (2020: US$38m); see note 27.

Income tax and deferred tax 
 – Income tax: Group entities are routinely subject to tax audits 
and assessments, including processes whereby tax return 
filings are discussed and agreed with the relevant tax 
authorities. Whilst the ultimate outcome of such tax audits and 
discussions cannot be determined with certainty, management 
estimates the uncertain tax treatments for jurisdictions where 
there is a probable future outflow, based on the applicable 
law and regulations, historic outcomes of similar audits and 
discussions, independent specialist advice and consideration 
of the progress and nature of current discussions with the tax 
authority concerned. Where management determines that a 
greater than 50% probability exists that the tax authorities 

151

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

constituted a significant accounting estimate by management 
to determine the fair value of the contingent consideration at 
31 December 2021. A fair value gain or loss will be recognised 
in the consolidated income statement, in the next reporting 
period or in the longer term, if the outcome of the uncertain 
future events are more or less favourable, respectively, than 
the current estimate (see note 17).

 – Block PM304 oil and gas asset in Malaysia had a recoverable 

amount of US$96m (2020: US$116m). The recoverable 
amount, which was based on fair value less cost of disposal, 
was lower than the asset’s carrying amount, resulting in an 
impairment charge of US$15m (2020: US$64m) in the period 
(note 6). The Group’s fair value less cost of disposal estimate 
includes an assessment of future field performance, the 
likelihood of a licence extension beyond 2026 and future oil 
price assumptions. In addition, the cash outflows in respect of 
the provision for decommissioning (note 27) were based on the 
estimated licence period.

 – Recoverable amount of deferred consideration relating to 
disposal of the JSD6000 installation vessel (the ‘vessel’): 
the deferred consideration relating to disposal of the vessel, 
representing a contractual right to the Group, was recognised 
as a non-current asset in the consolidated balance sheet. 
The deferred consideration was initially measured and 
recognised at fair value and will be subsequently measured 
at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value of the deferred 
consideration, with management’s current involvement and 
recent discussions with the Group’s partner in the construction 
of the vessel, is based on the assumption that the Group’s 
partner has the continued intent and the required capabilities 
to complete the construction and commissioning of the vessel 
within the due timeframe. The recoverable amount is also 
subject to change based on changes in the market value of 
similar specification deep-water vessels. At the end of each 
reporting period, management reviews its estimate to assess 
the ability of the Group’s partner to complete the construction 
and commissioning of the vessel and in circumstances that 
may impair the Group’s partner’s ability to complete these 
activities, a fair value loss would be recognised in the 
consolidated income statement, in the next reporting period 
or in the longer term. Due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, 
management reviewed the carrying amount of the deferred 
consideration associated with the disposal of the vessel and 
concluded that there was no fair value adjustment required 
in the year (2020: US$6m recorded as a separately disclosed 
item in the Engineering & Construction operating segment). 
A further 10% decrease in the valuation of the vessel would 
result in an additional negative fair value change of US$6m. 
The continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on global 
demand for oil and gas could have an adverse impact on the 
fair valuation of the vessel, that may result in additional negative 
fair value changes recognised in the consolidated income 
statement in future periods.

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued

would accept the position taken in the tax return, amounts 
are recognised in the consolidated financial statements on 
that basis. Where the amount of tax payable or recoverable 
is uncertain, the Group recognises a liability or asset based on 
either management’s judgement of the most likely outcome or, 
when there is a wide range of possible outcomes, a probability 
weighted average approach. The ultimate outcome following 
resolution of such audits and assessments may be materially 
higher or lower than the amounts recognised. The Group’s 
subsidiaries’ tax filings in different jurisdictions include 
deductions related to intercompany recharges and the taxation 
authorities may challenge those tax treatments. The Group 
determined, based on its tax compliance and transfer pricing 
studies, that it is probable that its tax treatments (including 
those for the subsidiaries) will be accepted by taxation 
authorities. The carrying amount of uncertain tax treatments 
(UTTs), recognised within the income tax payable line item 
of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2021, 
was US$101m (2020: US$131m).

 – Deferred tax assets: the Group recognises deferred tax assets 
on all applicable temporary differences where it is probable 
that the tax assets estimated are realised and future taxable 
profits will be available for utilisation. This requires management 
to make estimates concerning future taxable profits and the 
recoverability of recognised deferred tax asset balances. 
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets at 31 December 
2021 was US$18m (2020: US$61m).

Contingent and deferred consideration measured at fair 
value through profit or loss
 – Fair value of contingent consideration amounts receivable 
('contingent consideration') arising from the disposal of 
Group’s operations in Mexico in November 2020: the Group 
completed the disposal of its remaining 51% ownership interest 
in Petrofac Netherlands Holdings B.V. which owned the 
Group’s operations in Mexico (PNHBV) to Perenco Energies 
International Limited ('Perenco'). This transaction completed 
the Integrated Energy Services operating segment’s disposal 
of its operations in Mexico. The carrying amount of contingent 
consideration receivable from Perenco associated with 
the 100% disposal of the Group’s ownership interest at 
31 December 2021 was US$36m (2020: US$41m associated 
with remaining 51% disposal). Management considers there 
to be significant estimation uncertainty inherent in determining 
the fair value of this contingent consideration recognised in 
the consolidated balance sheet. The sources of estimation 
uncertainty pertained to: (i) the final determination of the 
completion consideration amount; (ii) proceeds associated with 
a ruling by the Tax Administration Service in Mexico; and (iii) 
achieving the contingent consideration criteria in the sales and 
purchase agreement (SPA) associated with the migration of the 
Magallanes and Arenque Production Enhancement Contracts 
to Production Sharing Contracts. Management applied risk 
factors (a Level 3 measurement of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ 
contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) to the 
maximum contingent consideration amounts receivable to 
account for this uncertainty in determining the fair value of 
the contingent consideration. Determining these risk factors 
required significant judgements and assumptions concerning 
the outcome of future events and negotiations. These matters 

152

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts – The goods or services are highly interdependent or highly 

interrelated

Contract modifications are generally not distinct from the existing 
contracts due to the significant integration service provided in the 
context of the contract and are accounted for as a modification 
of the existing contract and performance obligation, with a 
cumulative catch-up adjustment to revenue.

Variable consideration, e.g. variation orders (including those 
pending customer approval), liquidated damages and incentive 
payments are assessed/reassessed using:

 – The expected value approach (i.e. the sum of probability-
weighted amounts in a range of possible consideration 
amounts); or

 – The most likely amount method (i.e. the single most likely 
outcome of the contract, which may be an appropriate 
estimate of the amount of variable consideration if the contract 
has only two possible outcomes for example the Group either 
achieves a performance bonus or does not)

as appropriate, at contract inception and at the end of each 
reporting period where it is considered highly probable that 
a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue 
recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated 
with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. 

In performing the assessment, management considers the 
likelihood of such variable consideration being received by 
reference to the contract, anticipated performance on the 
contract, independent specialist opinions, customer 
communications, past experience with the customer and other 
forms of documentary evidence. 

Revenues from cost-plus-fee contracts and reimbursable contracts 
are recognised using the input method for measuring progress 
towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation.

An onerous contract provision is recognised where the 
unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract 
exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. 

Advance payments received from customers for fixed-price 
engineering, procurement and construction contracts are 
structured primarily for reasons other than the provision of 
finance to the Group (e.g. mobilisation costs), and they do 
not provide customers with an alternative to pay in arrears. 
In addition, the length of time between when the customer settles 
the amount to which the Group has an unconditional right to 
payment and the Group transfers goods and services to the 
customer is relatively short. Therefore, the Group has concluded 
that there is not a significant financing component within such 
contracts. Currently, excluding normal retention payments, the 
Group does not have any contracts where payments by a 
customer are over several years after the Group has transferred 
goods and services to the customer.

2.8 Significant accounting policies
Revenue from contracts with customers
The Group’s principal activity is to design, build, manage and 
maintain infrastructure for the energy industries. Revenue from 
contracts with customers is recognised when control of the 
goods or services are transferred to the customer at an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to 
be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Group 
has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue 
arrangements, because it typically controls the goods or 
services before transferring them to the customer. 

The Group provides warranties to customers with assurance that 
the related product will function as the parties intended because 
it complies with agreed-upon specifications. The Group does not 
provide warranties as a service, in addition to the assurance that 
the product complies with agreed-upon specifications, in its 
contracts with customers. As such, the Group concluded that 
such warranties are assurance-type warranties which will 
continue to be accounted for under IAS 37 ‘Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’.

Engineering & Construction
The Group provides fixed-price engineering, procurement 
and construction project execution services and reimbursable 
engineering, procurement and construction management 
services to the onshore and offshore oil and gas industry as 
well as renewable energy industries. Revenue is measured based 
on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. 
The Group recognises revenue when or as it transfers control 
over a good or service to a customer. 

The services provided under the fixed-price engineering, 
procurement and construction contract are satisfied over time 
rather than at a point in time, since the customer controls the 
works covered by the contract at the point when it is being 
built; the construction activity creates an asset that does not 
presuppose an alternative use to what it was designed for 
and the Group is entitled to collect payment for services while 
construction is underway and the customer simultaneously 
receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group. 

For fixed-price engineering, procurement and construction 
contracts, the Group measures progress and recognises revenue 
using the input method. This method is based on the actual cost 
of work performed, as a percentage of the estimate at completion 
cost at the end of the reporting period, once the outcome of a 
contract can be estimated reliably.

Fixed-price engineering, procurement and construction contracts 
contain distinct goods and services, but these are not distinct in 
the context of the contract and are therefore combined into a 
single performance obligation. At contract inception the 
management generally considers the following factors to 
determine whether the contract contains a single performance 
obligation or multiple performance obligations:

 – It provides a significant service of integrating the goods or 

services with other goods or services promised in the contract 
into a bundle of goods or services that represent the combined 
output or outputs for which the customer has contracted
 – One or more of the goods or services significantly modifies 

or customises, or are significantly modified or customised by, 
one or more of the other goods or services promised in the 
contract

153

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
charges. Cost comprises the purchase price or construction cost 
and any costs directly attributable to making that asset capable 
of operating as intended. The purchase price or construction 
cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other 
consideration given to acquire the asset. Depreciation is provided 
on a straight-line basis, other than on oil and gas assets.

Oil and gas assets

Oil and gas facilities

Buildings and leasehold 
improvements
Plant and equipment

on a field-by-field basis 
(see below)
8 to 10 years  
(or lease term if shorter)
3 to 20 years  
(or lease term if shorter)
3 to 25 years 
(or lease term if shorter)

Office furniture and equipment 2 to 4 years  

Vehicles

(or lease term if shorter)
3 to 5 years  
(or lease term if shorter)

Oil and gas assets are depreciated, on a field-by-field basis, 
using the unit-of-production method based on entitlement to 
proven and probable reserves, taking account of estimated future 
development expenditure relating to those reserves.

Each asset’s estimated useful life, residual value and method of 
depreciation is reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at the end of 
the reporting period. No depreciation is charged on land or 
assets under construction.

The carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment 
is derecognised on disposal or when no future economic benefits 
are expected from its use with any gain or loss included in the 
other operating income line item in the consolidated income 
statement when the asset is derecognised.

In accordance with IFRS 16 ‘Leases’, the Group has elected 
to present the right-of-use assets within the property, plant 
and equipment line item of the consolidated balance sheet, at 
the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date at which the 
underlying asset is available for use). The right-of-use assets are 
presented within the same asset category as that within which 
the underlying assets would be presented if they were owned. 
The disaggregated information for right-of-use assets presented 
within the property, plant and equipment line item of the 
consolidated balance sheet is disclosed in note 12.

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
Asset Solutions 
The Group’s contracts with customers for the provision 
of reimbursable engineering and production services include 
distinct performance obligations based on the assessment 
that the service is capable of being distinct both individually 
and within the context of the contract. The services are satisfied 
over time given that the customer simultaneously receives and 
consumes the benefits provided by the Group and recognised 
using the input method for measuring progress towards complete 
satisfaction of the performance obligation.

Variable consideration, e.g. incentive payments and performance 
bonuses, are estimated at contract inception and at the end of 
each reporting period using the most likely amount approach, 
where the outcome is expected to be binary and where it is 
considered highly probable that a significant reversal in the 
amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the 
uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is 
subsequently resolved. 

Revenues from fixed-price contracts are recognised using the 
input method, measured by milestones completed or earned 
value once the outcome of a contract can be estimated reliably. 
In the early stages of contract completion, when the outcome of 
a contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenues are 
recognised only to the extent of costs incurred that are expected 
to be recoverable.

The Group does not generally receive advances from customers 
for its reimbursable engineering and production services contracts.

Integrated Energy Services Equity Upstream Investments
Revenue from sale of crude oil and gas comprise the Group’s 
share of sales of hydrocarbons from the Group’s equity upstream 
investments. Revenue is recognised when control has been 
passed to the buyer, i.e. the last outlet flange of the loading facility 
from where the goods are transferred to the customer.

Separately disclosed items
Separately disclosed items are individually material or significant 
irregular items of income and expense which the Directors believe 
should be separately disclosed in the income statement, to assist 
in understanding and fairly present the underlying financial 
performance achieved by the Group, by virtue of their nature or 
size. These are then summarised in note 6 of the consolidated 
financial statements, where further explanations and disclosures 
provide supplementary information to support the understanding 
of the Group’s financial performance. Examples of items which 
may give rise to disclosure as separately disclosed items 
include the contribution of impairments of assets, fair value 
re-measurements, losses on acquisitions and disposals, 
discontinuation of certain business activities, restructuring and 
redundancy costs, significant business transformation costs, 
certain Corporate reporting segment professional services fees, 
loss on accelerated receipt of deferred consideration, other 
significant one-off events or transactions and material deferred 
tax movements arising due to foreign exchange differences in 
jurisdictions where tax is computed based on the functional 
currency of the country.

154

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsLeases
The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, 
or contains, a lease; that is, if the contract conveys the right to 
control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration.

Right-of-use assets
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any 
re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets 
includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct 
costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date less any lease incentives received.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 
the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of 
the assets.

Right-of-use assets are subject to the same impairment 
requirements as those applicable to property, plant and 
equipment; see accounting policies associated with impairment 
of non-current assets.

Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises 
lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments 
to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed 
payments less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease 
payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts 
expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease 
payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option 
reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments 
of penalties for terminating a lease, if the lease term reflects the 
Group exercising the option to terminate.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, if the interest 
rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Group 
uses the incremental borrowing rate, defined as the rate of 
interest that a lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar 
term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain 
an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar 
economic environment, at the lease commencement date.

After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is 
increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the 
lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease 
liabilities is re-measured if there is a modification, a change in the 
lease term, a change in the in-substance fixed lease payments 
or a change in the assessment to purchase the underlying asset.

The Group’s lease liabilities are included in other financial liabilities 
line items of the consolidated balance sheet; see note 17.

The Group makes certain judgements in determining the lease 
term for contracts that is or contains a lease:

 – The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable 
term of the lease, together with any periods covered by an 
option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be 
exercised, or any periods covered by an option to terminate the 
lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised 

 – The Group has the option to renew the lease term for some of its 
leases. The Group applies judgement in evaluating whether it is 
reasonably certain to exercise the option to renew. That is, it 
considers all relevant factors that create an economic incentive 
for it to exercise the renewal. After the commencement date, the 
Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or 
change in circumstances that affects its ability or likelihood to 
exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (e.g. a change in 
business strategy)

 – The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a 
lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at the 
inception date and whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is 
dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets or the 
arrangement conveys the right to use the asset

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to 
its leases of property, plant and equipment that have a lease term 
of 12 months or less. It also applies the lease of low-value assets 
recognition exemption to leases of property, plant and equipment 
that are considered of low value (i.e. below US$5,000). 
Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value 
assets are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over 
the lease term in cost of sales or selling, general and administration 
expenses line items of the consolidated income statement.

If the lease contract is cancellable by both lessee and lessor with 
no or insignificant penalty then the lease contract is considered 
to be cancellable and recognised as a short-term lease; refer 
to note 29 for amounts recognised in the consolidated income 
statement associated with the short-term and low-value 
asset leases.

Oil and gas intangible assets
Expenditure directly associated with evaluation (or appraisal) 
activities is capitalised as an intangible oil and gas asset. 
Such costs include the costs of acquiring an interest, appraisal 
well drilling costs, payments to contractors and an appropriate 
share of directly attributable overheads incurred during the 
evaluation phase. For such appraisal activity, which may require 
drilling of further wells, costs continue to be recognised as an 
asset whilst related hydrocarbons are considered capable of 
commercial development. Such costs are subject to technical, 
commercial and management review to confirm the continued 
intent to develop, or otherwise extract value. When this is no 
longer the case, an impairment of the costs capitalised as an 
intangible is recognised in the consolidated income statement. 
When such assets are declared part of a commercial 
development, related costs are transferred to property, 
plant and equipment. All intangible oil and gas assets are 
assessed for any impairment prior to transfer and any impairment 
charge is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

155

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
Non-oil and gas intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially 
measured at cost, being their fair values at the date of acquisition, 
and are recognised separately from goodwill where the asset is 
separable or arises from a contractual or other legal right and its 
fair value can be measured reliably. After initial recognition, 
intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment charges.

Intangible assets with a finite life are amortised over their useful 
economic life using a straight-line method unless a better method 
reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic 
benefits are expected to be consumed can be determined. 
The amortisation charge for intangible assets is included in the 
cost of sales or selling, general and administration expenses line 
items of the consolidated income statement. The expected useful 
lives of assets are reviewed on an annual basis. Intangible assets 
are tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that the 
asset may be impaired.

Software-as-a-service arrangements
The Group’s current SaaS arrangements are arrangements in 
which the Group does not control the underlying software used 
in the arrangement.

Software development costs incurred to configure or customise 
application software provided under a cloud computing 
arrangement and associated fees are recognised as operating 
expenses as and when the services are received where the costs 
represent a distinct service provided to the Group. When such 
costs incurred do not provide a distinct service, the costs are 
recognised as expenses over the duration of the SaaS contract.

The Group capitalises other software costs when the requirements 
of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are satisfied, including configuration 
and customisation costs which are distinct and within the control 
of the Group. Such software costs are capitalised and carried 
at cost less any accumulated amortisation and impairment, 
and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period 
which the developed software is expected to be used. 
Amortisation commences when the development is complete 
and the asset is available for use and is included in the selling, 
general and administration expenses line item of the consolidated 
income statement. The amortisation is reviewed at least at the 
end of each reporting period and any changes are treated as 
changes in accounting estimates.

Impairment of non-current assets (excluding goodwill)
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts 
of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to 
assess whether there is an indication that those assets may 
be impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group makes 
an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s 
recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs 
of disposal and its value in use. In assessing value in use, 
the estimated future cash flows attributable to the asset are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs 
of disposal is based on the risk-adjusted discounted cash flow 
models. A post-tax discount rate is used in such calculations. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less 
than its carrying amount an impairment charge is recognised 
immediately in the consolidated income statement.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying 
amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its 
recoverable amount, but not exceeding the carrying amount that 
would have been determined had no impairment loss been 
recognised for the asset in prior reporting periods. A reversal of 
an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated 
income statement.

Trade receivables
A trade receivable represents the Group’s right to an amount 
of consideration that is unconditional (i.e. only the passage of 
time is required before payment of the consideration is due). 
Refer to accounting policies for financial assets. 

Contract assets and contract liabilities
Contract assets
A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for 
goods or services transferred to the customer. If the Group 
performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before 
the customer pays consideration or before payment is due, a 
contract asset is recognised for the earned consideration that 
is conditional.

Fixed-price engineering, procurement and construction contracts 
are presented in the consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 – For each contract, the revenue recognised at the contract’s 

measure of progress using the input method, after deducting 
progress payments received or amounts receivable from the 
customers, is presented within the contract assets line item in 
the consolidated balance sheet as work in progress

 – The amounts recognised as work in progress are adjusted 
for any expected credit loss allowance considering the 
probability of default of the counter party. The probability of 
default data for the counter party is estimated with input from 
a third-party provider

Contract liabilities
A contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods or services 
to a customer for which the Group has received consideration 
(or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. If a 
customer pays consideration before the Group transfers goods 
or services to the customer, a contract liability is recognised 
when the payment is made or the payment is due (whichever 
is earlier). Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when 
the Group performs under the contract.

Fixed-price engineering, procurement and construction contracts 
are presented in the consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 – Where the payments received or receivable for any contract 

exceed revenue recognised, the excess is presented within the 
contract liabilities line item in the consolidated balance sheet as 
billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings 

Fair value measurement
The Group measures financial instruments, such as derivatives, 
and contingent consideration receivable at fair value at each 
reporting date. Fair value related disclosures for financial 
instruments are disclosed in note 17.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or 
paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 

156

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsparticipants at the measurement date. The fair value 
measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction 
to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

 – In the principal market for the asset or liability; or
 – In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous 

market for the asset or liability

trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing 
component, the Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair 
value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not 
contain a significant financing component are measured at the 
transaction price determined under IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers’.

The principal or the most advantageous market must be 
accessible by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the 
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing 
the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their 
economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into 
account a market participant’s ability to generate economic 
benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by 
selling it to another market participant that would use the asset 
in its highest and best use.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in 
the circumstances and for which sufficient data is available to 
measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable 
inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or 
disclosed in the consolidated financial statements are 
categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement as a whole:

The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers 
to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate cash 
flows. The business model determines whether cash flows will 
result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial 
assets, or both.

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are 
generally classified in the following categories:

 – Amortised cost
 – Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Amortised cost
This category is the most relevant to the Group and generally 
applies to trade and other receivables, receivable from joint 
operation partners for leases, deferred consideration receivables 
and advances relating to provision for decommissioning liability. 
The Group measures financial assets at amortised cost if both of 
the following conditions are met:

 – The financial asset is held within a business model with the 

objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual 
cash flows; and

 – Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for 

 – The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on 

identical financial assets or liabilities

 – Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
 –  Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 

on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

For assets and liabilities that are re-measured in the consolidated 
financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines 
whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy 
by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input 
that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the 
end of each reporting period.

For the purpose of fair value disclosures, the Group has 
determined classes of assets and liabilities on the basis of the 
nature, characteristics and risks of the asset or liability and the 
level of the fair value hierarchy as explained above.

Financial assets and financial liabilities
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial 
asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of 
another entity.

Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition at amortised 
cost and subsequently measured at fair value through profit or 
loss, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an 
effective hedge, as appropriate.

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends 
on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the 
Group’s business model for managing them. With the exception of 

specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured 
using the effective interest rate (EIR) method and are subject to 
impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in the consolidated 
income statement when the asset is derecognised, modified 
or impaired.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include 
financial assets held for trading and financial assets designated 
upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss, or 
financial assets mandatorily required to be measured at fair 
value. Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they 
are acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near 
term. Derivatives, including separated embedded derivatives, are 
also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as 
effective hedging instruments. Financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss are carried in the consolidated balance 
sheet at fair value with net changes in fair value recognised in 
the consolidated income statement. 

Contingent consideration arising from disposal of the Group’s 
operations in Mexico was recognised as a financial asset at fair 
value through profit or loss within the other financial assets line 
items of the consolidated balance sheet. Any fair value change 
is recognised in the consolidated income statement (note 17). 

The fair value changes to undesignated forward currency 
contracts are reported within the other operating income 
and other operating expenses line item in the consolidated 
income statement.

157

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial 
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, 
payables, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in 
an effective hedge, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in 
the case of loans and borrowings and trade and other payables, 
net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, 
senior secured notes, loans and borrowings including bank 
overdrafts, derivative financial instruments and lease liabilities.

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial liabilities are 
classified in the following categories:

 – Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 – Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings) 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include 
financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities 
designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through 
profit or loss.

Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they 
are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term. 
This category also includes derivative financial instruments 
entered by the Group that are not designated as hedging 
instruments in hedge relationships. Separated embedded 
derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they 
are designated as effective hedging instruments.

Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognised in the 
consolidated income statement.

Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at fair 
value through profit or loss are designated at the initial date of 
recognition only if the criteria in IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ are 
satisfied. Contingent consideration payable related acquisitions is 
designated as a financial liability measured at fair value through 
profit or loss (see note 17).

Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and 
borrowings)
This category generally applies to trade and other payables, 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings (note 26) and lease 
liabilities (note 17). After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans 
and borrowings and lease liabilities are subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the EIR method. 

Amortised cost is calculated by considering any discount or 
premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part 
of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is included as finance expense in 
the consolidated income statement.

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
Impairment of financial assets
The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses 
(ECLs) for all financial assets not held at fair value through profit 
or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual 
cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the 
cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an 
approximation of the original effective interest rate. The expected 
cash flows will include, if any, cash flows from the sale of 
collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral 
to the contractual terms.

For other financial assets measured at amortised cost, ECLs are 
recognised in two stages. For credit exposures for which there 
has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial 
recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from 
default events that are possible within the next 12 months (a 
12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has 
been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, 
a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the 
remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the 
default (a lifetime ECL). There was no significant increase in the 
credit risk for such financial assets since the initial recognition.

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies 
a simplified approach in calculating ECLs (a lifetime ECL). 
Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but 
instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at 
each reporting date. An impairment analysis by each operating 
segment is performed at each reporting date subject to the 
Group’s established policies and procedures. Engineering & 
Construction and Integrated Energy Services operating segments 
that involve small populations of high-value receivables apply the 
probability of default data relating to each individual counterparty 
to calculate expected credit loss allowance at each reporting 
date. The probability of default data for the counterparty is 
sourced from a third-party provider.

Asset Solutions operating segment involves a large population of 
low-value receivables and applies a provision matrix to measure 
expected credit losses. The provision rates are based on days 
past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar 
loss patterns. The expected credit loss calculation reflects the 
probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and 
reasonable and supportable information that is available at the 
reporting date about past events, current conditions and where 
possible, forecasts of future economic conditions. The amount 
of ECLs are sensitive to changes in circumstances and of 
forecast economic conditions. The Group’s historical credit loss 
experience and forecast of economic conditions may also not be 
representative of a customer’s actual default in the future.

The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when 
internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely 
to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full. A financial 
asset is written off only when there is no reasonable expectation 
of recovering the contractual cash flows, based on the contractual 
position agreed with the customer, contract close-out negotiations 
or objective evidence of the customer’s inability to pay.

158

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsDerecognition of financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset) 
is derecognised where:

 – The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired
 – The Group retains the right to receive cash flows from the 
asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full 
without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ 
arrangement; or

 – The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from 
the asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks 
and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor 
retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, 
but has transferred control of the asset

Financial liabilities
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the 
liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.

If an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the 
same lender, on substantially different terms, or the terms of an 
existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or 
modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability 
and the recognition of a new liability such that the difference in 
the respective carrying amounts together with any costs or fees 
incurred are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as forward 
currency contracts to hedge its risks associated with foreign 
currency fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are 
initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative 
contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair 
value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is 
positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to 
the consolidated income statement.

The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by 
reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with 
similar maturity profiles.

For the purposes of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:

 – Fair value hedges when hedging the exposure to changes in 

the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; or

 – Cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in 

cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly 
probable forecast transaction

The Group formally designates and documents the relationship 
between the hedging instrument and the hedged item at the 
inception of the transaction, as well as its risk management 
objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge 
transactions. The documentation also includes identification 
of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the 
nature of risk being hedged and how the Group will assess the 
hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to 
changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable 
to the hedged risk. The Group also documents its assessment, 
both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the 
derivatives that are used in the hedging transactions are highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the 
hedged items.

The treatment of gains and losses arising from revaluing 
derivatives designated as hedging instruments depends on the 
nature of the hedging relationship, as follows:

Cash flow hedges
For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on 
the hedging instrument is recognised directly in the consolidated 
statement of other comprehensive income in net unrealised 
gains/(losses) on derivatives, while the ineffective portion is 
recognised in the consolidated income statement. Amounts taken 
to other comprehensive income are transferred to the consolidated 
income statement when the hedged transaction affects the 
consolidated income statement.

If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 
exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation 
as a hedge is revoked, any cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income remains separately 
in equity until the forecast transaction occurs and affects the 
consolidated income statement. When a forecast transaction is 
no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was 
reported in other comprehensive income is immediately 
transferred to the consolidated income statement.

Share-based payments
Employees (including Executive Directors) of the Group receive 
remuneration in the form of share-based payment, whereby 
employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over 
shares (‘equity-settled transactions’).

159

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

 – Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is 

probable that a taxable profit will be available against which the 
deductible temporary differences and carried forward tax 
credits or tax losses can be utilised

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at 
each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is 
no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available 
to allow all or part of the deferred tax assets to be utilised. 
Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each 
balance sheet date and are recognised to the extent that it has 
become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred 
tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured on an 
undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax 
rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date.

Current and deferred tax is charged or credited directly to other 
comprehensive income or equity if it relates to items that are 
credited or charged to, respectively, other comprehensive income 
or equity. Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the 
consolidated income statement.

2.9 Change in accounting policy
In April 2021, IFRIC published an agenda decision clarifying the 
accounting for implementation costs of Software-as-a-Service 
arrangements. As stated in note 2.3, SaaS arrangements are 
service contracts providing the Group with the right to access the 
cloud provider’s application software over the contract period. 
As a result of this agenda decision, the Group has changed its 
accounting policy for such implementation costs and, to the 
extent that these costs do not give rise to an identifiable 
intangible asset, they are expensed in the consolidated income 
statement (having been capitalised previously). The Group has 
assessed the impact of this change in accounting policy on any 
cloud computing arrangements entered into during prior years 
and restated the comparative figures. As a result, an amount of 
US$14m of costs previously capitalised have now been expensed 
in the consolidated income statement. This restatement has 
affected the consolidated income statement, statement of 
cash flows, balance sheet and retained earnings, as shown 
on the following page. In accordance with IAS 1 ‘Presentation 
of Financial Statements’, a balance sheet as at the beginning 
of the preceding year (i.e. at 1 January 2020) has been restated 
and presented. 

The restatement represents a non-cash adjustment.

The revision to the accounting policy has been accounted for 
retrospectively, resulting in a prior year restatement, and the 
comparative financial information has been restated as presented 
on the following page.

2 Summary of significant accounting 
policies continued
Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date on which 
they are granted.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised in the 
cost of sales or selling, general and administration expenses 
line items in the consolidated income statement, together 
with a corresponding increase in other reserves line item in 
the consolidated balance sheet, over the period in which the 
relevant employees become entitled to the award (the ‘vesting 
period’). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled 
transactions at the end of the reporting period until the vesting 
date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired 
and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity 
instruments that will ultimately vest. The charge or credit to 
the consolidated income statement for a period represents the 
movement in cumulative expense recognised from the beginning 
to the end of the reporting period.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest 
because non-market performance and/or service conditions have 
not been met. Where awards include a market or non-vesting 
condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of 
whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided 
that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

Equity awards cancelled, such as in the case of good leavers, 
are treated as vested immediately on the date of cancellation, 
and any expense not recognised for the award at that date is 
immediately recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Income taxes
Income tax expense represents the sum of current income tax 
and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior 
periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered 
from or paid to the taxation authorities. Taxable profit differs from 
profit as reported in the consolidated income statement because 
it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are 
never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax 
is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised on all temporary differences at 
the balance sheet date between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding 
tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, with the 
following exceptions:

 – Where the temporary difference arises from the initial 

recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss

 – In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of reversal of the temporary differences can 
be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

160

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsThe affected financial statement line items are as follows:

Income statement and statement of comprehensive income impact
Separately disclosed items – expense cloud configuration and customisation costs previously 
capitalised (note 6)
Selling, general and administration expenses – amortisation previously expensed (note 5b)
Operating loss
Loss before tax
Net loss

Net loss attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders

Foreign currency translation losses
Comprehensive loss for the year

Loss per share (US cents):
Loss per share – basic and diluted (note 9)

Balance sheet impact
Intangible assets (note 15)
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Retained earnings
Other reserves
Total equity
Total equity and liabilities

Statement of cash flows impact
Profit before tax and separately disclosed items
Depreciation, amortisation, business performance impairment and write-off
Separately disclosed items paid – operating costs
Net cash flows used in operating activities
Payments for intangible assets
Net cash flows used in investing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

31 Dec 2020
 As reported 
US$m

Restatement 
US$m

31 Dec 2020 
Restated 
US$m

(229)
(167)
(148)
(171)
(189)

(180)

(16)
(217)

(14)
2
(12)
(12)
(12)

(12)

(2)
(14)

(243)
(165)
(160)
(183)
(201)

(192)

(18)
(231)

(53.4)

(3.6)

(57.0)

81
823
4,201
454
45
440
4,201

58
125
(19)
(16)
(24)
(21)
(279)

(30)
(30)
(30)
(28)
(2)
(30)
(30)

2
(2)
(14)
(14)
14
14
–

51
793
4,171
426
43
410
4,171

60
123
(33)
(30)
(10)
(7)
(279)

A third balance sheet has been presented in accordance with IAS 1 to illustrate the impact on the opening balance sheet as at 
1 January 2020. The Group identified that US$16m of costs previously capitalised under cloud computing arrangements, should now 
be expensed. The opening balance sheet as at 1 January 2020 has been restated to correct for these accordingly, as shown below. 
The affected financial statement line items are as follows:

Balance sheet impact
Intangible assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total equity and liabilities

1 Jan 2020
 As reported 
US$m

Restatement 
US$m

1 Jan 2020 
Restated 
US$m

66
1,028
5,976
637
914
5,976

(16)
(16)
(16)
(16)
(16)
(16)

50
1,012
5,960
621
898
5,960

161

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

3 Revenue from contracts with customers

Rendering of services
Sale of crude oil and gas

2021 
 US$m

3,009
48
3,057

2020 
US$m

4,006
75
4,081

Included in revenue are Engineering & Construction and Asset Solutions revenue of a 'pass-through' nature with zero or low margins 
amounting to US$405m (2020: US$288m).

Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers:

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset 
Solutions 
US$m

Integrated 
Energy 
Services 
US$m

2021
 US$m

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset 
Solutions 
US$m

Integrated 
Energy 
Services 
US$m

2020
 US$m

Geographical markets
United Kingdom
Algeria
Thailand
Oman
Kuwait
Iraq
United Arab Emirates
Netherlands
Russia
Bahrain
Singapore
United States of America
Kazakhstan
India
Malaysia
Turkey
Saudi Arabia
New Zealand
Germany
Libya
Mexico
Others
Total revenue from contracts 
with customers

Type of goods or service
Fixed price
Reimbursable
Sale of crude oil and gas
Total revenue from contracts 
with customers

Customer type
Government
Non-government
Total revenue from contracts 
with customers

Timing of revenue recognition
Services transferred over time
Goods transferred at a point in time
Total revenue from contracts 
with customers

162

150
442
410
373
193
49
94
84
108
–
–
–
–
22
2
6
7
–
6
4
–
17

592
–
18
16
3
110
39
29
2
76
–
49
37
1
16
6
–
7
–
1
–
38

1,967

1,040

1,760
207
–

226
814
–

1,967

1,040

1,370
597

236
804

1,967

1,040

1,967
–

1,040
–

1,967

1,040

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
48
–
–
–
2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

50

–
2
48

50

–
50

50

2
48

50

742
442
428
389
196
159
133
113
110
76
48
49
37
23
20
12
7
7
6
5
–
55

–
576
569
735
326
105
244
231
182
–
–
–
–
93
8
24
(32)
–
21
–
–
–

3,057

3,082

1,986
1,023
48

2,882
200
–

3,057

3,082

1,606
1,451

2,178
904

3,057

3,082

3,009
48

3,082
–

3,057

3,082

534
–
14
13
4
133
52
2
2
23
–
31
13
–
19
4
–
6
–
15
–
24

889

129
760
–

889

184
705

889

889
–

889

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
12
–
–
–
30
–
–
–
–
–
68
–

534
576
583
748
330
238
296
233
184
23
12
31
13
93
57
28
(32)
6
21
15
68
24

110

4,081

–
35
75

3,011
995
75

110

4,081

68
42

2,430
1,651

110

4,081

35
75

4,006
75

110

4,081

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsRevenue disclosed in the above tables is based on where the customer is located. Revenue representing greater than 10% of Group 
revenue arose from one customer amounting to US$410m (2020: US$569m, one customer) in the Engineering & Construction 
operating segment.

The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied) as at the end of each 
reporting period is as follows:

Within one year
More than one year

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset Solutions 
US$m

1,301
1,074
2,375

908
746
1,654

2021 
US$m

2,209
1,820
4,029

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset Solutions 
US$m

2,151
1,095
3,246

876
865
1,741

2020
US$m

3,027
1,960
4,987

4 Segment information
The Group organisational structure comprises the following three operating segments:

 – Engineering & Construction, which provides fixed-price engineering, procurement and construction project execution services and 
reimbursable engineering, procurement and construction management services to the onshore and offshore oil and gas industry 

 – Asset Solutions, which mainly includes reimbursable engineering and production services activities to the oil and gas industry
 – Integrated Energy Services, which is focused on delivering value from the existing asset portfolio 

The Chief Operating Decision Makers (CODMs) have been identified as the Group’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 
The CODMs regularly review the performance of the operating segments to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess 
financial performance. Finance expense and income arising from borrowings and cash balances, which are not directly attributable to 
individual operating segments, are allocated to Corporate. The software cost associated with configuration or customisation services 
are centralised activities not monitored at the segment level, and thus have been allocated to the Corporate segment. In addition, 
certain shareholder services-related costs, intra-group financing and consolidation adjustments are managed at Corporate and are 
not allocated to operating segments.

The Group’s financial performance presented below also separately identifies the effect of separately disclosed items to provide users 
of the consolidated financial statements with a clear and consistent presentation of the underlying business performance of the Group; 
refer to notes 2, 6 and appendix A for details. Consequently, the CODMs assess the performance of the operating segments based on 
a measure of business performance profit after tax, excluding the effect of separately identified items.

The following tables represent revenue and profit/(loss) information relating to the Group’s operating segments for the year ended 
31 December 2021 and the restated comparative information for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Year ended 31 December 2021

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset 
Solutions 
 US$m

Integrated 
Energy 
Services 
US$m

Corporate & 
others
 US$m

Consolidation 
adjustments 
& eliminations 
US$m

Business 
performance 
US$m

Separately 
disclosed 
items 
US$m

Reported
 US$m

Revenue
External sales
Inter-segment sales
Total revenue

1,967 
4 
1,971 

1,040 
71 
1,111

Operating (loss)/profit
Finance income
Finance expense
Share of net profit of associates and joint 
ventures
(Loss)/profit before tax
Income tax credit/(expense)
Net profit/(loss)

Attributable to:
Petrofac Limited shareholders
Non-controlling interests

EBITDA

 (14)
– 
 (1)

– 
 (15)
24 
9 

8 
1 

9 

10

67
– 
 (2)

7 
72 
16 
88 

86 
2 

88 

84 

50 
– 
50 

 (6)
5 
 (5)

– 
 (6)
1 
 (5)

 (5)
–

 (5)

21 

– 
– 
– 

 (18)
1 
 (36)

– 
 (53)
(1)
 (54)

 (54)
–

 (54)

(11)

– 
(75)
(75)

3,057 
– 
3,057 

 – 
– 
–

3,057 
– 
3,057 

–
– 
– 

– 
– 
–
–

–
–

– 

–

29
6 
(44)

7 
(2) 
40
38 

35 
3 

38 

 (159)
– 
(28) 

– 
 (187)
 (43)
 (230)

 (230)
– 

 (230)

 (130)
6 
 (72)

7 
 (189)
(3)
 (192)

 (195)
3 

(192)

104 

n/a 

n/a 

163

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

4 Segment information continued

Other segment information
Capital expenditures:
Property, plant and equipment (note 12)
Intangible assets (note 15)
Charges:
Depreciation (note 12)
Amortisation, business performance impairment 
and write off (note 5a, note 5b and note 5g)
Separately disclosed items, pre-tax (note 6)
Expected credit loss credit (note 5e)
Other long-term employment benefits (note 27)
Share-based payments (note 24)

Year ended 31 December 2020 (restated)(1)

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset 
Solutions 
US$m

Integrated 
Energy 
Services US$m

Corporate & 
others 
US$m

Consolidation 
adjustments & 
eliminations 
US$m

2 
–

24 

– 
 5 
(25)
6 
3 

6 
–

9 

1 
11 
–
2 
2 

51 
–

27 

– 
19 
–
– 
– 

18
7

2 

5 
152 
– 
1 
2

– 
–

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
–

Engineering 
& 
Construction 
US$m

Asset 
Solutions 
US$m 

Integrated 
Energy 
Services 
US$m 

Corporate & 
others 
US$m

Consolidation 
adjustments 
& eliminations 
US$m

Business 
performance 
US$m

 Separately 
disclosed 
items 
(restated)(1)
US$m

Revenue
External sales
Inter-segment sales
Total revenue

Operating profit/(loss)
Finance income
Finance expense
Share of net profit of associates and joint 
ventures
Profit/(loss) before tax
Income tax (expense)/credit
Net profit/(loss)

Attributable to:
Petrofac Limited shareholders
Non-controlling interests

EBITDA

3,082
8
3,090

79
–
(1)

–
78
(21)
57

63
(6)
57

114

889
44
933

45
2
(2)

5
50
(10)
40

40
–
40

60

110
–
110

(30)
5
(7)

–
(32)
11
(21)

(18)
(3)
(21)

39

–
–
–

(11)
2
(27)

–
(36)
1
(35)

(35)
–
(35)

(2)

–
(52)
(52)

4,081
–
4,081

–
–
–

(243)
–
–

–
(243)
1
(242)

(242)
–
(242)

83
9
(37)

5
60
(19)
41

50
(9)
41

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

164

Total 
US$m

77 
7

62 

6 
187 
 (25)
9 
7

Reported 
US$m

4,081
–
4,081

(160)
9
(37)

5
(183)
(18)
(201)

(192)
(9)
(201)

211

n/a

n/a

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsOther segment information
Capital expenditures:
Property, plant and equipment (note 12)
Intangible assets (restated)(1) (note 15)
Charges:
Depreciation (note 12)
Amortisation, business performance impairment 
and write off (restated)(1) (note 5a, note 5b and note 
5g)
Separately disclosed items, pre-tax  
(restated)(1) (note 6)
Expected credit loss allowance/(credit) (note 5e)
Other long-term employment benefits (note 27)
Share-based payments (note 24)

Engineering & 
Construction 
US$m

Asset Solutions
US$m

Integrated 
Energy Services 
US$m

Corporate & 
others 
US$m

Consolidation 
adjustments & 
eliminations 
US$m

Total 
 US$m

2
–

35

–

19
8
13
9

5
–

9

1

–
(4)
3
3

26
–

34

35

208
4
–
–

2
9

4

5

16
1
–
3

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

35
9

82

41

243
9
16
15

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

Geographical segments
The following tables present selected non-current assets by geographical segments for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 
2020.

Malaysia 
US$m

United Arab 
Emirates 
US$m

United 
Kingdom
 US$m

India 
US$m

Kuwait 
US$m

Oman 
 US$m

Other 
countries
 US$m

Total 
 US$m

As at 31 December 2021

Non-current assets:
Property, plant and 
equipment (note 12)
Goodwill (note 14)
Intangible oil and gas 
assets (note 15)
Other intangible assets 
(note 15)

As at 31 December 2020

Non-current assets:
Property, plant and 
equipment (note 12)
Goodwill (note 14)
Intangible oil and gas 
assets (note 15)
Other intangible assets 
(restated)(1) (note 15)

203
3

4

–

34
29

–

–

24
44

–

34

8
–

–

–

1
–

–

–

2
–

–

–

11
25

–

5

Malaysia 
US$m

United Arab 
Emirates 
US$m

United 
Kingdom
 US$m

India 
US$m

Kuwait 
 US$m

Oman
 US$m

Other 
countries
 US$m

170
3

13

–

48
29

–

–

40
44

–

33

12
–

–

–

7
–

–

–

2
–

–

–

9
25

–

5

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

283
101

4

39

Total 
US$m

288
101

13

38

165

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

5 Expenses and income
a. Cost of sales
Included in cost of sales are staff costs of US$669m (2020: US$702m), depreciation charged on property, plant and equipment of 
US$56m (2020: US$75m), amortisation charge on intangible assets of US$1m (2020: US$1m) and gain associated with ineffective 
portions on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges of US$3m (2020: loss US$5m).

b. Selling, general and administration expenses

Staff costs
Depreciation and amortisation (notes 12 and 15)
Other general and administration expenses 
Business performance selling, general and administration expenses (before separately disclosed items)
Separately disclosed items (note 6)

2021 
 US$m

99
11
65
175
159
334

2020
 (restated)(1) 
US$m

102
12
51
165
243
408

(1)  The prior year amortisation is restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

Other general and administration expenses consist mainly of office-related costs, travel, professional services fees and contracting 
staff costs.

The increase in selling, general and administration expenses of US$10m was mainly due to an increase in other general and 
administration expenses of US$14m, primarily due to increases in insurance premiums and legal and professional fees.

c. Staff costs

Total staff costs: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Defined contribution pension costs 
Other long-term employee benefit costs (note 27) 
Share-based payments costs (note 24) 

2021 
 US$m

2020 
US$m

692
35
25
9
7
768

715
33
25
16
15
804

Of the US$768m (2020: US$804m) of staff costs shown above, US$669m (2020: US$702m) is included in cost of sales and US$99m 
(2020: US$102m) in selling, general and administration expenses.

The average number of staff employed by the Group during the year was 8,752 (2020: 10,645).

d. Auditor’s remuneration
The Group paid the following amounts to its auditor in respect of the audit of the financial statements and for other non-prohibited 
services provided to the Group:

Group audit fee
Audit of subsidiaries’ accounts 
Other

2021
 US$m

2020 
US$m

3
1
2
6

3
1
–
4

Other includes audit-related assurance services of US$58,000 (2020: US$19,000) and other non-audit services of US$1.5m (2020: 
US$0.1m), which included the completion of an interim review for the period to 30 June 2021 and work completed as the reporting 
accountant in respect of the comprehensive refinancing and capital raise, completed in the second half of the year.

e. Expected credit loss allowance
The movement in ECL allowance recognised by the Group during 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

ECL reversal on trade receivables (note 19)
ECL (reversal)/charge on contract assets (note 20)
ECL (reversal)/charge on other financial assets (note 17)
ECL charge on receivables from joint operations partners (note 19)
ECL charge on other receivables (note 19)

166

2021 
US$m

 (1)
 (24)
 (1)
1
– 
(25)

2020 
US$m

–
5
2
–
2
9

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts 
f. Other operating income

Foreign exchange gains 
Other income 

2021 
US$m

3
5
8

2020
 US$m

6
15
21

Other income included US$2m of aged trade payables reversed during the year relating to the Engineering & Construction operating 
segment (2020: US$7m in the Engineering & Construction operating segment) and a gain on disposal of property and equipment of 
$1m in the Engineering & Construction operating segment (2020: $1m in the Engineering & Construction operating segment).

g. Other operating expenses

Foreign exchange losses 
Other expenses 

2021 
US$m

3
4
7

2020 
 US$m

7
36
43

During the prior year, other operating expenses mainly comprised an impairment charge of US$34m within the Integrated Energy 
Services operating segment relating to assets held for sale associated with the Group’s operations in Mexico.

6 Separately disclosed items

UK Serious Fraud Office proceedings
Impairment of assets
Fair value re-measurements
Restructuring and redundancy costs
Cloud ERP software implementation costs (expensed due to change in accounting policy – note 2.9)
Other separately disclosed items
Total separately disclosed items as reported within selling, general and administrative expenses (note 5b)
Refinancing-related costs – separately disclosed items as reported within finance expense (note 7)
Foreign exchange translation loss on deferred tax balances 
Deferred tax impairment
Total separately disclosed items as reported within income tax charge (note 8)
Consolidated income statement charge

2021 
US$m

2020
 (restated)(1)
US$m

106
17
8
2
12
14
159
28
–
43
43
230

–
146
57
13
14
13
243
–
(1)
–
(1)
242

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

UK Serious Fraud Office proceedings
On 12 May 2017, the SFO announced an investigation into the activities of Petrofac, its subsidiaries, and their officers, employees and 
agents for suspected bribery, corruption, and/or money laundering. In September 2021, the Company reached a plea agreement with 
the SFO such that the Company entered guilty pleas in respect of seven counts of failing to prevent former Petrofac Group employees 
from offering or making payments to agents in relation to projects in Iraq, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates, contrary to 
Section 7 of the UK Bribery Act 2010. As a result, on 4 October 2021 the Southwark Crown Court ordered the Company to pay a 
penalty of £77.0m. This comprises a confiscation order of £22.8m payable by 3 January 2022; a fine of £47.2m and SFO costs of 
£7.0m, both payable on 14 February 2022. At 31 December 2021, management has recorded a liability for a full amount payable at 
the year-end exchange rate (US$104m); note 28.

Impairment of assets 
At 31 December 2021, internal and external impairment indicators existed, predominantly production rates from recently drilled wells 
and the likelihood of securing an extension for the Production Sharing Contract (PSC) beyond the current term, which expires in 2026. 
Consequently, the Group performed an impairment review of the carrying value amount of its Block PM304 oil and gas assets on 
a fair value less cost of disposal basis (Level 3 of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) using 
a post-tax discount rate of 9.5%. This assessment resulted in an impairment charge of US$15m (2020: US$64m) in the Integrated 
Energy Services operating segment. This includes $14m of right of use assets (note 12). In addition, an associated impairment of 
US$43m was recognised against the carrying amount of the deferred tax asset following the revised forecasts produced to complete 
the assessment noted above. 

These reviews involved assessing the field operational performance; robustness of the future development plans; oil price and licence 
extension assumptions. As a result of this review, an impairment of US$15m was allocated proportionately to property, plant and 
equipment (US$14m; note 12, oil and gas assets and facilities) and intangible oil and gas assets (US$1m; note 15). 

167

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

6 Separately disclosed items continued
The oil price assumptions used by management were US$70 per barrel for 2022 and 2023, US$65 per barrel for 2024 and US$60 per 
barrel for the remaining period of the assessment. The oil price assumption and the likelihood of a licence extension beyond 2026 
were the most sensitive inputs in determining the fair value less cost of disposal; a further 10% decrease in oil prices would result in 
an additional impairment charge of US$30m. 

Fair value less costs of disposal is determined by discounting the post-tax cash flows expected to be generated from oil and gas 
production net of disposal costs considering assumptions that market participants would typically use in estimating fair values. 
Post-tax cash flows are derived from projected production profiles for each asset considering forward market commodity prices over 
the relevant period and, where external forward prices are not available, the Group’s Board-approved business planning assumptions 
were used. As each field has different reservoir characteristics and contractual terms, the post-tax cash flows for each asset are 
calculated using individual economic models, which include assumptions around the amount of recoverable reserves, production 
costs, life of the field/licence period and the selling price of the commodities produced.

During the current year, management identified impairment indicators for one of the Group’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and 
as a result reviewed the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment, including right-of-use assets relating to that subsidiary, 
using the value-in-use basis. The value in use was calculated using the latest approved cash flow forecasts for 2022 to 2024 and a 
zero growth assumption for the period 2025 and beyond measured at present value using a discount rate of 15.2%. This review 
resulted in an impairment charge of US$2m in the Asset Solutions operating segment (2020: US$3m) relating to the right-of-use 
asset associated with a facility in the UK.

In the prior year, the Group disposed of its remaining 51% ownership interest relating to the Group’s operations in Mexico. 
Consequently, an impairment loss of US$79m was recognised as a separately disclosed item in the consolidated income statement 
attributable to the Integrated Energy Services operating segment. 

Fair value re-measurements
During 2021, management reviewed the carrying amount of the contingent consideration arising from the 2020 disposal of the Group’s 
operations in Mexico and as a result of this review recognised a downward fair value adjustment of US$5m in the Integrated Energy 
Services operating segment (2020: US$42m). The downward fair value adjustment resulted from reassessing the recoverable amount 
of contingent consideration due from the acquirer (2020: uncertainty surrounding the Mexican Energy Reform programme and the 
outcome of other contingent consideration elements); see note 17 for more details.

Additionally, during 2021, management reviewed the carrying amount of the contingent consideration payable associated with the 
acquisition of W&W Energy Services Inc ('W&W'), following a change to the contingent consideration earn-out terms. This resulted in 
a negative fair value adjustment of US$3m being recognised in the Asset Solutions operating segment (2020: gain of US$8m). At the 
end of the year, the fair value of contingent consideration payable was calculated using an expected value pay-out approach applying 
a discount rate of 15.2% (Level 3 of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’). The fair value 
represented management’s best estimate based on the expected financial performance targets that will be achieved by W&W, 
over the remaining evaluation period i.e. 2022 and 2023. 

During 2020, management reviewed the carrying amount of the Pánuco contingent consideration and as a result of this review 
recognised a downward fair value adjustment of US$8m in the Integrated Energy Services operating segment in response to a 
confirmation received from the acquirer during 2020 to relinquish the Pánuco Production Enhancement Contract (PEC) to its customer. 
Additionally, during 2020, management reviewed the carrying amount of the contingent consideration receivable from the GSA 
acquirer and as a result of this review recognised a downward fair value adjustment of US$9m in the Integrated Energy Services 
operating segment. Also, during 2020, management reviewed the carrying amount of the deferred consideration associated with the 
disposal of the JSD6000 installation vessel that was recognised as a non-current asset in the consolidated balance sheet. The fair 
value of the deferred consideration took into account, amongst other factors, an independent broker’s valuation of the vessel (a Level 
3 measurement of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’). A downward fair value adjustment 
of US$6m was recognised as a separately disclosed item in the Engineering & Construction operating segment in that year, which 
reduced the deferred consideration to US$55m at 31 December 2020. 

Restructuring and redundancy costs
In response to the reduced level of new orders recorded in the year, further cost reduction measures were taken by management 
which resulted in redundancy costs of US$1m recognised in the Engineering & Construction operating segment and US$1m in the 
Corporate reporting segment. This was following the actions announced by management in response to COVID-19 in the prior year 
to reduce costs and right size the organisation which resulted in a redundancy cost of US$8m being recognised in the Engineering 
& Construction operating segment and US$5m being recognised in the Asset Solutions operating segment.

168

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsSoftware implementation costs
Following IFRIC’s agenda decision published in April 2021, the Group has revised its accounting policy regarding the customisation 
and configuration costs incurred when implementing a SaaS arrangement (see note 2.9). The Group is currently undertaking a major 
systems implementation for a new cloud computing software, resulting in costs of US$12m being recognised as an expense in the 
current year (2020 restated: US$14m). The first two phases of the implementation have been successfully completed.

Due to the size, nature and incidence of these costs, they are presented as a separately disclosed item, as they are not reflective of 
underlying performance. Additionally, as this is a large and complex implementation, it is expected that it will be completed over the 
next two to three years, especially following the disruption caused by COVID-19.

Refinancing related costs
During 2021, a capital raise (note 22) and comprehensive refinancing were completed to extend Petrofac’s debt maturities and to 
create a long-term capital structure. Costs of US$28m were incurred which were integral to the execution of the refinancing but were 
not directly attributable to the secured facilities. These costs included facility fees for bridge finance, advisory fees paid on behalf of 
lenders, certain legal and professional fees, and accelerated amortisation associated with debt acquisition costs for facilities which 
were repaid during the year.

Other separately disclosed items
Other separately disclosed items comprised US$10m (2020: US$4m) of professional services fees relating to the Corporate reporting 
segment and a loss on disposal of US$4m in the Asset Solutions operating segment that related to the disposal of the Group’s survival 
and marine, health and safety, fire and major emergency management capability, and facilities in Scotland (2020: $nil). 

In the prior year, charges of US$6m (note 17), were also incurred in respect to an early settlement of deferred consideration receivable 
in the Integrated Energy Services operating segment; additional disposal costs associated with the disposal of the JSD6000 
installation vessel of US$1m in the Engineering & Construction operating segment, whilst there was a gain of US$1m, relating to an 
early settlement of a contract asset in the Asset Solutions operating segment.

There was a foreign currency translation gain of US$1m relating to the translation of deferred tax balances denominated in Malaysia 
ringgits was recognised during the prior period in respect of the Group’s assets in Malaysia, relating to the Integrated Energy Services 
operating segment and a foreign currency translation loss of US$3m that related to the closure of an engineering office in the 
Engineering & Construction operating segment.

7 Finance income/(expense)

Finance income
Bank interest 
Unwinding of discount on receivables (note 17)
Total finance income 
Finance expense
Group borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Unwinding of discount on provisions (note 27)
Business performance finance expense (before separately disclosed items)
Separately disclosed items – refinancing related costs (note 6)
Total finance expense 

Group borrowing costs have increased during 2021 following the debt refinancing exercise completed in October 2021, and the 
issuing of the senior secured notes (note 26). 

2021 
 US$m

2020 
US$m

1
5
6

(36)
(7)
(1)
(44)
(28)
(72)

3
6
9

(27)
(9)
(1)
(37)
–
(37)

169

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

8 Income tax
a. Tax on ordinary activities 
The major components of income tax (credit)/expense are as follows: 

Business 
performance(1) 

US$m 

Separately 
disclosed 
items 
US$m 

Reported 
2021 
 US$m 

Business
 performance(1)

 US$m

Separately 
disclosed 
items
US$m

Reported 
2020 
US$m

Current income tax
Current income tax expense/(credit)
Adjustments in respect of previous years
Deferred tax
Relating to origination and reversal of temporary 
differences
Changes in tax rates and legislation
Derecognition of deferred tax previously recognised
Adjustments in respect of previous years
Income tax (credit)/expense reported in the 
consolidated income statement 
Income tax reported in equity
Deferred tax related to items charged directly to 
equity
Foreign exchange movements on translation
Income tax expense/(credit) reported in equity

26
(56)

(5)
(4)
–
(1)

(40)

–
1
1

(1)
–

–
–
44
–

43

–
–
–

25
(56)

(5)
(4)
44
(1)

3

–
1
1

51
(18)

(18)
(2)
3
3

19

1
(2)
(1)

–
–

–
–
(1)
–

(1)

–
–
–

51
(18)

(18)
(2)
2
3

18

1
(2)
(1)

(1)  This measurement is shown by the Group as a means of measuring underlying business performance; see note 2 and appendix A.

The split of the Group’s income tax expense between current and deferred tax varies from year to year depending largely on:

 – the variance between tax provided on the percentage of completion of contracts compared with that paid on accrued income for 

fixed-price engineering, procurement and construction contracts; and 

 – the tax deductions available for expenditure on Production Sharing Contracts and Production Enhancement Contracts, which are 

partially offset by the creation of losses.

See note 8c below for the impact on the movements in the year.

b. Reconciliation of income tax expense
A reconciliation between income tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by the Company’s domestic tax rate is 
as follows:

(Loss)/profit before tax
Applicable tax (credit)/charge at standard statutory 
tax rates(2) 
Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes 
Income not subject to tax 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 
Adjustments in respect of deferred tax previously 
recognised/unrecognised 
Unrecognised deferred tax 
Other permanent differences
Effect of change in tax rates(3) 
At the effective income tax rate of negative 1.1% 
on reported profit before tax (2020: 9.8%) 

Business 
performance(1) 

 US$m

(2)

Separately 
disclosed 
items 
US$m 

(187)

Reported 
2021 
US$m

(189)

Business 
 performance(1)

 US$m

60

Separately 
disclosed items 
US$m

(243)

Reported
 2020 
US$m

(183)

(36)
25
(4)
(57)

–
32
4
(4)

(40)

(13)
12
–
–

44
–
–
–

43

(49)
37
(4)
(57)

44
32
4
(4)

3

2
7
(2)
(15)

3
27
(1)
(2)

19

(61)
37
(2)
–

–
26
(1)
–

(1)

(59)
44
(4)
(15)

3
53
(2)
(2)

18

(1)  This measurement is shown by the Group as a means of measuring underlying business performance; see note 2 and appendix A.
(2)  The weighted average statutory tax rate was 25.8% in 2021 (2020: 32.2%). Compared with 2020, the rate in 2021 was mainly due to losses incurred in jurisdictions subject to lower tax 

rates, resulting in a lower weighted average statutory tax rate compared with the prior year.

(3) The 2021 balance relates to the substantive enactment of the increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25%, effective 1 April 2023.

170

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsThe Group’s effective tax rate for the year ended 31 December 2021 was negative 1.1% (2020: 9.8%). The Group’s effective tax rate 
excluding the impact of impairments, re-measurements and other separately disclosed items for the year ended 31 December 2021 
was greater than 100% (2020: 31.7%). 

The change from the prior year was mainly due to the release of uncertain tax treatment items in various territories following the 
successful outcomes of tax audits and assessments during 2021. The balance in the ‘adjustments in respect of previous years’ 
includes $5m in relation to the release of an uncertain tax treatment provision that should have been recognised in the prior year. 
In the Directors’ judgement, this amount is not considered material and therefore the prior year balances have not been restated.

The Group’s future tax charge will be sensitive to the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, tax rates imposed and any 
future tax regime reforms. In 2021, the UK Government enacted legislation to increase the main rate of corporation tax to 25% with 
effect from 1 April 2023. In December 2021, the OECD issued model rules for a new global minimum tax framework, setting out the 
scope of and the mechanism for calculating the global minimum tax. The Group is reviewing the model rules and awaiting the OECD’s 
anticipated publication of further guidance, as well as new legislation expected to be released by governments implementing this new 
tax regime, to assess the potential impact of any new legislation on the Group. 

c. Deferred tax
Deferred tax relates to the following:

Deferred tax liabilities 
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes
Profit recognition
Overseas earnings
Other temporary differences
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets
Losses available for offset
Decelerated depreciation for tax purposes
Share-based payment plans
Decommissioning
Other temporary differences
Gross deferred tax assets
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset and income tax expense/(credit)
Of which: 
UK
Malaysia
Other (outside of the UK and Malaysia)
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Consolidated balance sheet

Movement

2021
 US$m

2020
 US$m

2021
US$m

2020(1)

US$m

–
28
3
–
31

15
2
–
–
3
20
(11)

17
–
1
18
29

22
32
6
2
62

62
7
1
4
11
85
23

18
43
–
61
38

(22)
(4)
(3)
(2)
(31)

47
5
1
4
8
65
34

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

7
2
2
1
12

(18)
(1)
–
2
(5)
(22)
(10)

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

The Group recognises deferred tax assets to the extent that it is probable that sufficient future taxable profits will arise, against which 
the deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Included within the net deferred tax asset are UK tax losses of US$59m (2020: 
US$58m) and other deductible temporary differences. The Group has performed an assessment of recovery of deferred tax assets 
and reviewed the forecasts for all entities in the UK, and the ability of those entities to generate sufficient future taxable profits. 
It should be noted that there is no time limit on the utilisation of UK tax losses and business profit forecasts indicate that these losses 
will be fully recovered within eight years (2020: eight years). It is considered that these sources of profits are sufficiently predictable 
to support this recognition period.

Assessing the availability of future taxable profits to support the recognition of deferred tax assets is considered a key judgement and 
changes in Group forecasts will impact the recoverability of deferred tax assets. To the extent that there are insufficient taxable profits, 
no deferred tax asset is recognised, and details of unrecognised deferred tax assets are included below.

Deferred tax liabilities of US$0.3m (2020: US$3m) are not recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures as the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that they 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Unrecognised taxable temporary differences associated with undistributed retained earnings 
of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates amounted to US$5m (2020: US$11m). 

d. Unrecognised tax losses and tax credits
The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets on tax losses and credits of US$1,458m (2020: US$1,327m) because it is not 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the Group can utilise the benefits.

171

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

8 Income tax continued

Expiration dates for tax losses 
No later than 2025
No expiration date

Tax credits (no expiration date)

2021 
US$m

3
1,444
1,447
11
1,458

2020
US$m

3
1,313
1,316
11
1,327

During 2021, no previously unrecognised losses were utilised by the Group (2020: US$nil).

9 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable for the year to Petrofac Limited shareholders, after 
adjusting for any dilutive effect, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, adjusted for the 
effects of ordinary shares granted under the share-based payment plans which are held in the Employee Benefit Trust.

The following reflects the net profit and share data used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share:

Business performance net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders for basic and diluted 
earnings per share
Separately disclosed items attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders for basic and diluted earnings per 
share
Reported net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders for basic and diluted earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share(1)
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares granted under share-based payment plans(2)
Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 
Business performance
Separately disclosed items
Reported
Diluted earnings per share(2)
Business performance
Separately disclosed items
Reported

2021 
US$m

35

(230)
(195)

2021 
Shares
 million

362
–
362

2020
 (restated)(3)
US$m

50

(242)
(192)

2020 
Shares 
 million

337
–
337

2021 
US cents

2020
 (restated)(3)
US cents

9.7
(63.5)
(53.8)

9.7
(63.5)
(53.8)

14.8
(71.8)
(57.0)

14.8
(71.8)
(57.0)

(1)  The weighted number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by the Employee Benefit Trust. The increase in the number of shares in 2021 reflects the capital 

raise completed on 15 November 2021, which resulted in 173,906,085 new shares being issued.

(2)  For the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2021, potentially issuable ordinary shares under the share-based payment plans are excluded from the diluted earnings per ordinary share 

calculation, as their inclusion would decrease the loss per ordinary share.

(3) The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

10 Dividends paid and proposed
In April 2020, the Board agreed to cancel the final 2019 ordinary share dividend payments and to cancel subsequent dividends 
in response to the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. Dividend payments were therefore also cancelled in 2020. 
The Board recognises the importance of dividends to our shareholders, but in light of current market conditions has decided that 
dividend payments will remain suspended (and therefore no dividend will be paid in respect of 2021), but will seek to reinstate them 
as soon as it is appropriate to do so. This will be contingent on both a market recovery and confidence that the dividend can be paid 
sustainably whilst retaining a strong balance sheet and liquidity. Under the terms of the new debt facilities, the Company will be 
permitted to pay dividends from 1 January 2023, subject to the satisfaction of certain covenant tests. 

172

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts11 Deferred consideration 
The deferred consideration associated with the disposal of the JSD6000 installation vessel (the 'vessel') was recognised as a non-
current asset in the consolidated balance sheet. The deferred consideration is measured at fair value, with any fair value gain and loss 
recognised in the consolidated income statement. The fair value of the deferred consideration took into account, amongst other 
factors, an independent broker’s valuation of the vessel (a Level 3 measurement of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 
‘Fair Value Measurement’). During the prior year, a negative fair value movement of US$6m was recognised as a separately disclosed 
item in the consolidated income statement at the end of the reporting period (note 6). The fair value of deferred consideration was 
US$55m at 31 December 2021 (2020: US$55m). A 10% decrease in the valuation of the vessel would result in a negative fair value 
change of US$6m.

12 Property, plant and equipment

Cost 
At 1 January 2020
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to intangible assets 
(note 15)
Write-off
Translation difference
At 1 January 2021
Additions
Disposals
Transfer from intangible assets 
(note 15)
Translation difference
At 31 December 2021
Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2020
Depreciation charge 
(note 5a and 5b)
Impairment charge (note 6)
Disposals
Write-off
Translation difference
At 1 January 2021
Depreciation charge 
(note 5a and 5b)
Impairment charge (note 6)
Disposals
Translation difference

At 31 December 2021
Net carrying amount
At 31 December 2021
At 31 December 2020

Oil and gas 
assets 
 US$m

Oil and gas 
facilities 
US$m

Land, 
buildings and 
leasehold 
improvements 
US$m

Plant and 
equipment 
US$m

Office furniture 
and 
equipment 
US$m

Vehicles 
US$m

Assets under 
construction 
US$m

516
26
–

–
(4)
–
538
 41 
–

8
–
587

(373)

(19)
(37)
–
3
–
(426)

 (15)
 (10)
–
 – 

180
–
–

–
–
–
180
 25 
–

–
–
205

434
7
(3)

–
(1)
1
438
 3 
 (12)

–
(1)
428

(86)

(304)

(12)
(22)
–
–
–
(120)

 (11)
 (4)
–
 – 

(35)
(3)
3
1
(1)
(339)

 (24)
 (2)
 5 
 – 

38
2
(3)

–
–
–
37
 1 
 (7)

–
–
31

(30)

(2)
(1)
3
–
–
(30)

 (1)
–
 5 
 – 

33
1
–

–
–
–
34
 2 
 (1)

–
–
35

(26)

(4)
–
–
–
–
(30)

 (3)
–
 1 
 – 

176
4
(13)

(2)
–
(2)
163
 4 
 (3)

–
(1)
163

(161)

(10)
–
13
–
–
(158)

 (8)
–
 2 
1

 (451)

 (135)

 (360)

 (26)

 (32)

 (163)

1
–
–

–
–
–
1
 1 
 (1)

–
–
1

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

Total 
 US$m

1,378
40
(19)

(2)
(5)
(1)
1,391
 77 
 (24)

8
(2)
1,450

(980)

(82)
(63)
19
4
(1)
(1,103)

 (62)
 (16)
 13 
 1 

 (1,167)

 136 
112

 70 
60

 68 
99

 5 
7

 3 
4

–
5

 1 
1

 283 
288

173

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

12 Property, plant and equipment continued
Additions
Additions to oil and gas assets and facilities in the Integrated Energy Services operating segment mainly comprised US$50m relating 
to Block PM304 in Malaysia (2020: US$26m). Additions to land, buildings and leasehold improvements of US$3m (2020: US$7m) 
mainly comprised right-of-use asset additions of US$1m associated with the Asset Solutions operating segment. Additions to office 
furniture and equipment of US$4m (2020: US$4m) mainly related to new office furniture and equipment in the Asset Solutions 
operating segment. 

Depreciation
The depreciation charge in the consolidated income statement is split between US$56m (2020: US$75m) in cost of sales and US$6m 
(2020: US$7m) in selling, general and administration expenses.

Disposals
The disposal in predominantly land, buildings and leasehold improvements and plant and equipment, having a net carrying amount of 
US$11m (2020: US$nil), related to the sale of the Group’s subsidiary Petrofac Training Holdings Limited and office renovation in the 
Asset Solutions operating segment.

Right-of-use assets 
The table below provides details of right-of-use assets recognised within various categories of property, plant and equipment line item:

Oil and gas 
facilities
US$m

Land, buildings 
and leasehold 
improvements 
US$m

Plant and 
equipment 
US$m

Vehicles
US$m

At 1 January 2020
Additions
Depreciation charge
Impairment charge (note 6)
At 1 January 2021
Additions
Depreciation charge
Disposals
Impairment charge (note 6)
At 31 December 2021

90
–
(12)
(22)
56
 25 
 (11)
–
 (11)
 59 

50
5
(10)
(3)
42
 2 
 (7)
 (2)
 (2)
 33 

1
–
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

13 Non-controlling interests

Movement of non-controlling interest in Petrofac Emirates LLC, Petrofac Netherland Holdings B.V. and Petro Oil and Gas Limited

At 1 January 
Profit/(loss) for the year
Disposal of the Group’s operations in Mexico
At 31 December 

4
–
(3)
–
1
 1 
 (1)
–
–
 1 

2021 
US$m

7
3
–
10

Total
US$m

145
5
(26)
(25)
99
 28 
 (19)
 (2)
 (13)
 93 

2020 
US$m

281
(9)
(265)
7

174

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsThe proportion of the nominal value of issued shares controlled by the Group is disclosed in note 34. Summarised financial information 
for subsidiaries having non-controlling interests that are considered material to the Group is shown below:

Petrofac Netherlands Holdings B.V. 
and Petro Oil and Gas Limited

Petrofac Emirates LLC

Summarised income statement

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administration expenses 
Other income
Other expense
Net finance expense 
Income tax expense
Net (loss)/profit for the year
Attributable to non-controlling interest
Summarised balance sheet 
Non-current assets 
Current assets
Total assets 
Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities
Total liabilities 
Total equity 
Attributable to non-controlling interest

2021
 US$m

2020 
US$m

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

68
(36)
32
(2)
1
(39)
–
1
(7)
(4)

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2021
 US$m

 298 
 (291)
7
 (3)
10
–
 (3)
–
11
3 

–
350
350
4
303
307
43
10

Petrofac Netherlands Holdings B.V. and Petro Oil and Gas Limited were disposed of during 2020.

Summarised cash flow statement

Operating
Investing 
Financing

No dividends were declared by Petrofac Emirates LLC during 2021 (2020: US$nil).

14 Goodwill
A summary of the movements in goodwill is presented below:

At 1 January 
Translation difference 
At 31 December 

Petrofac Netherlands Holdings B.V. 
and Petro Oil and Gas Limited

Petrofac Emirates LLC

2021 
US$m

2020 
 US$m

2021
 US$m

–
–
–
–

38
(10)
(2)
26

(73)
51
11
(11)

2021 
US$m

101
–
101

2020 
 US$m

403
(412)
(9)
(6)
–
–
(4)
–
(19)
(5)

2
267
269
7
232
239
30
7

2020 
US$m

55
–
(82)
(27)

2020 
 US$m

99
2
101

Goodwill resulting from business combinations has been allocated to two groups of cash-generating units (CGUs) for impairment 
testing as follows: 

 – Engineering & Construction
 – Asset Solutions 

These groups of CGUs represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. 
The Group considers CGUs to be individually significant where they represent greater than 25% of the total goodwill balance. 

175

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

14 Goodwill continued
Carrying amount of goodwill allocated to each group of cash-generating units

Engineering & Construction 
Asset Solutions

2021 
US$m

41
60
101

2020 
 US$m

41
60
101

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use 
calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on future financial business plans approved by the Board, 
based on past performance and its expectation of market developments. The key assumptions within these budgets relate to market 
share, revenue and the future profit margin achievable, in line with the Group’s strategy and targets as set out in the Strategic report. 
Future budgeted revenue is based on management’s knowledge of actual results from prior years and latest forecasts for the current 
year, along with the existing secured works and management’s expectation of the future level of work available within the market 
sector. In establishing future profit margins, the margins currently being achieved are considered in conjunction with expected inflation 
rates in each cost category. 

Cash is monitored on a regular basis for the purposes of managing both treasury and the business as a whole. The assumptions used 
are reviewed regularly and differences between forecast and actual results are closely monitored, with variances being investigated 
fully. The knowledge gained from this past experience is used to ensure that the future assumptions used are consistent with past 
actual outcomes and are management’s best estimate of the future cash flows of each business unit. 

Cash flows beyond the business plan three-year period are extrapolated using an estimated growth rate within each segment. 
The growth rate used is the Group’s estimate of the average long-term growth rate for the market sectors in which the CGU operates. 
Furthermore, sensitivity analysis has been undertaken on each goodwill impairment review, by changing the discount rates, profit 
margins, growth rates and other variables applicable to each CGU.

The pre-tax discount rates for each CGU are noted below.

Any continuing impact of COVID-19 has been reflected in the Group’s approved business plans for the next three years, with budgeted 
operating margins updated on a contract by contract basis reflecting ongoing standard operating procedures and costs to reflect 
Government and industry health and safety guidelines.

Engineering & Construction CGU
A pre-tax discount rate of 15.2% (2020: 14.0%) in Engineering & Construction has been applied to the future cash flows, based on an 
estimate of the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of that division. 

The value in use is based on the business plan cash flows of three years (reflecting the Board-approved business plan operating 
margins and working capital cash flows) and assume no growth in cash flows beyond the three-year period for the subsequent two 
years and these assumptions result in the recoverable value of this CGU being significantly greater than the carrying value of the 
CGU asset. 

The Engineering & Construction CGU is not sensitive to changes in key assumptions and management does not consider that any 
reasonable possible change in any single assumption would give rise to an impairment of the carrying value of goodwill and intangibles.

Asset Solutions CGU
A pre-tax discount rate of 15.2% (2020: 14.0%) in Asset Solutions has been applied to the future cash flows, based on an estimate of 
the WACC of that division. 

The value in use is based on the business plan cash flows of three years (reflecting the Board-approved business plan operating 
margins and working capital cash flows) and assume a subsequent growth rate of 1.0% in cash flows beyond the three-year period 
for the subsequent two years, and these assumptions result in the recoverable value of this CGU being significantly greater than the 
carrying value of the CGU asset. 

The Asset Solutions CGU is not sensitive to changes in key assumptions and management does not consider that any reasonable 
possible change in any single assumption would give rise to an impairment of the carrying value of goodwill and intangibles.

176

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts15 Intangible assets

Intangible oil and gas assets 
Carrying value: 
At 1 January 
Transferred to property, plant and equipment (note 12)
Impairment charge (note 6)
At 31 December 
Other intangible assets 
Cost: 
At 1 January
Additions
Transfer from property, plant and equipment (note 12)
At 31 December
Accumulated amortisation: 
At 1 January
Amortisation (note 5a and 5b)
Translation difference
At 31 December
Carrying amount of other intangible assets at 31 December
Total intangible assets

2021 
US$m

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

13
(8)
(1)
4

60
7
–
67

(22)
(6)
–
(28)
39
43

17
–
(4)
13

49
9
2
60

(16)
(5)
(1)
(22)
38
51

(1)  The prior year balances are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9 and below.

Intangible oil and gas assets
Intangible oil and gas assets represent expenditure directly associated with evaluation or appraisal activities related to Block PM304 
in Malaysia.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets mainly comprised customer contracts and digital systems. Such intangible assets are amortised over their 
estimated economic useful life on a straight-line basis and the related amortisation charges included in cost of sales and selling, 
general and administration expense line items of the consolidated income statement (note 5a and 5b). The additions of US$7m (2020 
restated: US$9m) related to investment in the development and implementation of Group-wide digital systems.

Prior year restatement 
In April 2021, IFRIC published an agenda decision on the clarification of accounting in relation to the configuration and customisation 
costs incurred in implementing SaaS. Due to the nature of this agenda decision and the level of spend incurred by the Group on such 
an implementation, the Group’s accounting policy in relation to such customisation and configuration costs has been reviewed and 
changed to align with the IFRIC guidance issued in relation to SaaS costs previously capitalised (note 2.3). The Group has assessed 
the impact of this change in accounting policy on any cloud computing arrangements entered into during prior years and restated the 
comparative figures shown above. The Group identified US$14m additions incurred in the year ended 31 December 2020 and 
US$16m cumulatively as at 31 December 2019, in relation to software and development costs that should be expensed after the 
consideration of the IFRIC guidance. Further details are disclosed in note 2.9.

177

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

16 Investments in associates and joint ventures

As at 1 January 2020
Loans made to joint ventures
Share of net profit/(loss)
Dividends received 
As at 1 January 2021
Share of net profit/(loss)
Dividends received 
As at 31 December 2021

Associates 
US$m

Joint ventures 
US$m

Total
 US$m

25
–
6
(10)
21
8
(8)
21

13
2
(1)
–
14
(1)
–
13

38
2
5
(10)
35
7
(8)
34

Dividends received during the year include US$7m received from PetroFirst Infrastructure Limited and US$1m received from PetroFirst 
Infrastructure 2 Limited (2020: US$8m received from PetroFirst Infrastructure Limited and US$2m received from PetroFirst 
Infrastructure 2 Limited).

Investment in associates

PetroFirst Infrastructure Limited
PetroFirst Infrastructure 2 Limited

2021 
US$m

20
1
21

2020 
 US$m

18
3
21

Interest in associates
Summarised financial information on associates, based on their IFRS financial statements, and a reconciliation with the carrying 
amount of the investment in associates in the consolidated balance sheet, are set out below:

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Net finance expense 
Profit before tax
Income tax
Net profit 
Group’s share of net profit for the year

Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Total assets 
Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Group’s share of net assets
Carrying amount of the investment in associates

A list of all associates is disclosed in note 34.

No associates had contingent liabilities or capital commitments as at 31 December 2021 and 2020.

Investment in joint ventures

Takatuf Petrofac Oman LLC
Socar – Petrofac LLC

178

2021 
 US$m

2020
 US$m

77
(33)
44
(2)
42
(1)
41
8

137
22
159
26
19
45
114
21
21

75
(35)
40
(5)
35
–
35
6

157
13
170
29
21
50
120
21
21

2021 
 US$m

12
1
13

2020 
 US$m

13
1
14

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsInterest in joint ventures
Summarised financial information on the joint ventures, based on their IFRS financial statements, and a reconciliation with the carrying 
amount of the investment in joint ventures in the consolidated balance sheet, are set out below:

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administration expenses 
Loss before tax and net loss
Group’s share of net loss

Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Total assets 
Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 
Group’s share of net assets
Carrying amount of the investment in joint ventures

A list of all joint ventures is disclosed in note 34.

2021
 US$m

2020
 US$m

37
(35)
2
(4)
(2)
(1)

27
19
46
(3)
(12)
(15)
31
13
13

16
(16)
–
(2)
(2)
(1)

29
15
44
(2)
(8)
(10)
34
14
14

No joint ventures had contingent liabilities or capital commitments at 31 December 2021 and 2020. The joint ventures cannot 
distribute their distributable reserves until they obtain consent from the joint venture partners.

179

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

17 Other financial assets and other financial liabilities

Other financial assets
Non-current
Receivable from joint operation partners for leases
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
Advances relating to decommissioning provision
Receivable from Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industries Co Ltd
Restricted cash
Contingent consideration arising from the disposal of Group’s operations in Mexico 

Current
Receivable from joint operation partners for leases
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd 
Contingent consideration arising from the disposal of Group’s operations in Mexico
Receivable from Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industries Co Ltd
Restricted cash
Derivative contracts not designated as hedges (note 33)
Derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges (note 33)

Other financial liabilities
Non-current
Lease liabilities (note 29)
Contingent consideration payable arising from acquisition of W&W Energy Services Inc

Current
Lease liabilities (note 29)
Contingent consideration payable arising from acquisition of W&W Energy Services Inc
Interest payable
Derivative contracts not designated as hedges (note 33)
Derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges (note 33)
Embedded derivative in respect of the revolving credit facility (note 26)

2021 
 US$m

2020 
 US$m

93
5
32
–
79
–
209

34
49
36
5
58
1
–
183

190
5
195

61
2
9
5
–
4
81

80
48
28
5
–
41
202

97
–
–
–
44
3
4
148

163
3
166

150
1
2
17
9
–
179

Receivable from joint operation partners for leases
The current and non-current receivable from joint operation partners represented 70% of the lease liability in respect of oil and gas 
facilities, office building, vehicles and transport vessels in Malaysia except for the MOPU vessel, for which it represented 64.7% of the 
lease liability. These lease liabilities are recognised at 100% in the consolidated balance sheet. This treatment is necessary to reflect 
the legal position of the Group as the contracting counterparty for such leases. The Group’s 30% share of this liability (and 35.3% for 
the liability relating to the MOPU vessel) at 31 December 2021 was US$59m (2020: US$76m). At 31 December 2021, management 
concluded that no expected credit loss allowance against the receivable from joint operation partners for leases was necessary, since 
under the joint operating agreement any default by the joint arrangement partners is fully recoverable through a recourse available to 
the non-defaulting partner through a transfer or an assignment of the defaulting partner’s equity interest. 

Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
The deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd relating to the disposal of Petrofac GSA Holdings Limited is 
measured at amortised cost using a discount rate of 8.4%. Unwinding of the discount on the deferred consideration of US$5m (2020: 
US$5m) was recognised during the year, within the finance income line item of the consolidated income statement. A decrease in the 
credit risk for this financial asset resulted in the reversal in the expected credit loss allowance of US$1m being recognised for the year 
(2020: charge of US$2m).

180

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsDuring the prior year, an early settlement was agreed with Ithaca Energy UK Ltd for amounts expected to mature in October 2020. 
Upon early settlement, the Group recognised a loss of US$6m, which was recognised as a separately disclosed item in the Integrated 
Energy Services operating segment (note 6) in that year.

Opening balance (non-current and current)
Unwinding of discount
Expected credit loss reversal/(charge) (note 5e)
Loss on early settlement (note 6)
Receipts
As at the end of the reporting period

2021
 US$m

2020
 US$m

48
5
1
–
–
54

64
5
(2)
(6)
(13)
48

Subsequent to the year ended 31 December 2021, the Group collected US$11m of the deferred consideration from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd 
and also sold the remaining receivable, with a carrying value of US$43m. The consideration of US$11m received from Ithaca Energy 
UK Ltd was treated as an adjusting post balance sheet event in accordance with IAS 10 'Events After the Reporting Period' to adjust 
the effective interest rate and reclassify the consideration received as a current receivable, whilst the second transaction was treated 
as a non-adjusted post balance sheet event. Upon sale of the receivable, the Group will recognise a loss of US$3m in the Integrated 
Energy Services operating segment in the year ended 31 December 2022.

Advances relating to decommissioning provision 
Advances relating to decommissioning provision represents advance payments to a regulator for future decommissioning liabilities, 
relating to the Group’s assets in Malaysia. An advance of US$4m (2020: US$5m) made during the year was presented in the 
consolidated statement of cash flows as a cash outflow within investing activity.

Contingent consideration arising from the disposal of the Group’s operations in Mexico 
On 30 July 2018, the Group signed an SPA with Perenco to dispose of a 49% non-controlling interest in PNHBV. The disposal was 
completed on 18 October 2018 and represented a transaction between the equity holders under IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial 
Statements’. The fair value of consideration received was recognised within equity as a non-controlling interest of US$266m.

The fair value of consideration included contingent consideration of US$36m (2020: US$41m). The contingent consideration was 
measured at fair value with any fair value gain or loss recognised in the consolidated income statement and was recognised as a 
current financial asset in the consolidated balance sheet. This was reclassified from non-current to current in the year as the 
consideration is now expected to be received during 2022. 

At 31 December 2021, the fair value of contingent consideration receivable arising from the disposal of the Group’s operations 
in Mexico was US$36m (2020: US$41m) following a fair value reduction of US$5m (2020: US$42m) which was recognised during 
the period (note 6). The downward fair value adjustment was as a result of reassessing the recoverable amount of contingent 
consideration due from the acquirer. The estimation of the fair value of the contingent consideration reflects management’s 
expectations of (i) the final determination of the completion consideration amount; (ii) proceeds associated with a ruling by the Tax 
Administration Service in Mexico; and (iii) achieving the contingent consideration criteria in the SPA associated with the migration of 
Magallanes and Arenque Production Enhancement Contracts to Production Sharing Contracts. To determine the fair value of the 
contingent consideration, management applied risk factors (a Level 3 measurement of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 
13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) to the maximum contingent consideration amounts receivable. 

The table below provides a sensitivity analysis of possible changes to the risk factors selected (a Level 3 input in the ‘fair value 
hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) on the fair value of the contingent consideration:

Risk factor associated with the determination of the completion CIEP consideration amount
Risk factor relating to proceeds associated with a ruling by the Tax Administration Service in Mexico
Total

10% increase 
in risk factor 
US$m

20% increase 
in risk factor 
US$m

(5)
(5)
(10)

(10)
(9)
(19)

During the prior year, an impairment charge of US$34m was recognised within the other operating expenses line item of the 
consolidated income statement such that the carrying amount of the net assets did not exceed the fair value less cost of disposal.

A reconciliation of the fair value movement of contingent consideration arising from the disposal of the Group’s operations in Mexico is 
presented below:

Opening balance
Initial recognition on disposal of remaining 51% interest in Group’s operations in Mexico 
Fair value loss (note 6)
As at the end of the reporting period

2021 
US$m

41
–
(5)
36

2020 
 US$m

42
41
(42)
41

181

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

17 Other financial assets and other financial liabilities continued
Pánuco contingent consideration 
A reconciliation of the fair value movement of the Pánuco contingent consideration is presented below:

Opening balance
Fair value loss (note 6)
As at the end of the reporting period

2021 
US$m

–
–
–

2020 
US$m

8
(8)
–

Restricted cash
The Group had outstanding letters of guarantee, including performance, advance payments and bid bonds against which the Group 
had pledged or restricted cash balances.

Contingent consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
A reconciliation of the fair value movement of contingent consideration arising from the disposal of Petrofac GSA Holdings Limited is 
presented below:

Opening balance
Fair value loss (note 6)
As at the end of the reporting period

2021 
US$m

–
–
–

2020 
US$m

9
(9)
–

Contingent consideration payable arising from acquisition of W&W Energy Services Inc
A reconciliation of the fair value movement of contingent consideration payable arising from acquisition of W&W Energy Services Inc is 
presented below:

Opening balance
Fair value loss/(gain) (note 6)
Payments
As at the end of the reporting period

2021 
US$m

4
3
–
7

2020 
US$m

15
(8)
(3)
4

During 2021, management reviewed the carrying amount of the contingent consideration payable associated with the acquisition of 
W&W Energy Services Inc, following a change to the contingent consideration pay-out terms during the year. This resulted in a 
negative fair value adjustment (i.e. loss) of US$3m, which was recognised as a separately disclosed item (note 6) in the Asset Solutions 
operating segment (2020: gain of US$8m). At the end of the year, the fair value of contingent consideration payable was calculated 
using the expected value pay-out approach using a discount rate of 15.2% (Level 3 of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 
13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’). The fair value represented management’s best estimate based on the expected financial performance 
targets that will be achieved by W&W, over the remaining evaluation period i.e. 2022 and 2023. A 10% reduction in performance 
targets would result in an additional fair value gain of US$0.7m. 

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
Year ended 31 December 2021

Senior secured notes
Other interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings(1)
Lease liabilities
At 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020

Other interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings(1)
Lease liabilities
At 31 December 2020

1 January 
2021 
US$m

Cash inflows 
US$m

Cash outflows 
US$m

Additions
 US$m

–

580

–

755
313
1,068

904
-
1,484

(1,470)
(40)
(1,510)

–

–
35
35

Cash outflows 
paid by joint 
operation 
partners
 US$m

–

–
(59)
(59)

Cash outflows 
paid by joint 
operation 
partners 
US$m

Others(2)
 US$m

31 December 
2021 
US$m

–

(5)
2
(3)

580

184
251
1,015

Others(2) 
US$m

31 December 
2020 
US$m

1 January 
2020 
US$m

900
438
1,338

Cash inflows 
US$m

Cash outflows 
US$m

Additions
 US$m

870
–
870

(1,015)
(50)
(1,065)

–
5
5

–
(82)
(82)

–
2
2

755
313
1,068

(1)  Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings excludes overdrafts since these are included within cash and equivalents.
(2)  Represents the movement in debt acquisition costs for senior notes and other interest-bearing loans and borrowings.

182

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsFair value measurement
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value 
hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1:
Level 2:

Level 3:

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets or liabilities
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. 
as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable

Set out below is a comparison of the carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments as at 31 December:

Level

Carrying amount

Fair value

2021
 US$m

2020
 US$m

2021 
 US$m

2020
 US$m

Financial assets
Measured at amortised cost
Restricted cash
Receivable from joint operation partners for leases
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
Receivable from Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industries Co Ltd
Advances relating to provision for decommissioning liability
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Contingent consideration arising from the disposal of the Group’s 
operations in Mexico 
Contingent consideration arising from the disposal of the 
JSD6000 installation vessel
Derivative contracts – undesignated
Designated as cash flow hedges
Derivative contracts
Financial liabilities
Measured at amortised cost
Senior secured notes (note 26)
Term loans
Revolving credit facility
Bank overdrafts
Interest payable
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Contingent consideration payable
Derivative contracts – undesignated
Embedded derivative in respect of the revolving credit facility
Designated as cash flow hedges
Derivative contracts

Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

Level 3

Level 3
Level 2

Level 2

Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

Level 3
Level 2
Level 3

Level 2

137
127
54
5
32

36

55
1

–

580
99
85
–
9

7
5
4

–

44
177
48
5
28

41

55
3

4

–
250
505
45
2

4
17
–

9

137
127
54
5
32

36

55
1

–

595
99
85
–
9

7
5
4

–

44
177
48
5
28

41

55
3

4

–
250
505
45
2

4
17
–

9

When the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet cannot be measured 
based on quoted prices in active markets, their fair value is measured using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow 
models. The inputs to these models are taken from observable sources where possible, but where such information is not available, 
a degree of judgement is required in establishing fair values. Judgements include considerations of inputs such as liquidity risk, credit 
risk and volatility. Changes in assumptions relating to these factors could affect the recognised fair value of financial instruments and 
are discussed further below. 

 – The fair value of the contingent consideration arising from the disposal of the Group’s operations in Mexico at 31 December 2021 

amounted to US$36m. The estimation of the fair value of the contingent consideration reflected management’s expectation of (i) the 
final determination of the completion consideration amount; (ii) proceeds associated with a ruling by the Tax Administration Service 
in Mexico; and (iii) achieving the contingent consideration criteria in the SPA associated with the migration of Magallanes and 
Arenque Production Enhancement Contracts to Production Sharing Contracts. Management applied risk factors (a Level 
3 measurement of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) to the maximum contingent 
consideration amounts receivable to estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration.

183

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

17 Other financial assets and other financial liabilities continued
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values for material financial instruments:

 – The fair value of deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd is equivalent to its amortised cost determined as the 

present value of discounted future cash flows using the discount rate of 8.4%.

 – The fair value of long-term interest-bearing loans and borrowings (excluding senior secured notes) and receivable from joint 

operation partners for leases are equivalent to their amortised costs determined as the present value of discounted future cash 
flows using the effective interest rate.

 – The contingent consideration payable of US$7m arising from acquisition of W&W Energy Services Inc, calculated using expected 
value pay-out approach using a discount rate of 15.2% (Level 3 of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value 
Measurement’), represented management’s best estimate based on the expected financial performance targets that will be 
achieved by W&W, over the remaining evaluation period. 

18 Inventories

Project materials
Crude oil
Stores and raw materials

2021 
US$m

2020 
US$m

16
6
1
23

4
3
1
8

Project materials of US$nil were written off during the year (2020: US$5m, relating to the Engineering & Construction operating 
segment) within cost of sales in the consolidated income statement. Inventories expensed of US$46m (2020: US$47m) were included 
within cost of sales in the consolidated income statement.

19 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Advances to vendors and subcontractors
Prepayments and deposits
Receivables from joint operation partners
Related party receivables (note 31)
Other receivables

2021 
US$m

405
147
21
47
1
47
668

2020 
US$m

550
197
32
44
1
53
877

The decrease in trade receivables is mainly due to a net collection of US$102m from three customers in the Engineering & 
Construction operating segment. At 31 December 2021, the Group had an ECL allowance of US$23m (2020: US$24m) against 
an outstanding trade receivable balance of US$428m (2020: US$574m).

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and credit terms are generally granted to customers on 30-60 days' basis. 
Trade receivables are reported net of ECL allowance in accordance with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. 

184

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsThe movement in the ECL allowance during 2021 and 2020 against trade receivables was as follows:

At 1 January
Reversal of ECL allowance (note 5e)
Write-off
At 31 December

At 31 December 2021, the analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

2021 
 US$m

24
(1)
–
23

2020
US$m

26
–
(2)
24

< 30 days 
US$m

31 – 60 days 
US$m

61 – 90 days 
US$m

91 – 120 days 
US$m

121 – 360 days 
US$m

> 360 days 
US$m

Total
 US$m

Number of days past due

ECL rate
Gross trade receivables
Less: ECL allowance
Net trade receivables at  
31 December 2021

0.9%
297
(3)

0.7%
42
–

0.5%
16
–

3.1%
26
(1)

19.5%
29
(6)

74.5%
18
(13)

294

42

16

25

23

5

At 31 December 2020, the analysis of trade receivables is as follows:

ECL rate
Gross trade receivables
Less: ECL allowance
Net trade receivables at  
31 December 2020

Number of days past due

< 30 days 
US$m

31 – 60 days 
US$m

61 – 90 days 
US$m

91 – 120 days 
US$m

121 – 360 days 
US$m

> 360 days 
US$m

0.1%
372
–

372

0.2%
92
–

92

0.1%
48
–

48

1.4%
15
–

15

13.8%
26
(4)

92.1%
21
(20)

22

1

428
(23)

405

Total 
US$m

574
(24)

550

Advances provided to vendors and subcontractors represent payments made to certain vendors and subcontractors for projects 
in progress, that will be adjusted against the future progress billings by the vendors and subcontractors. The decrease in advances 
provided to vendors and subcontractors of US$50m was mainly due to settlement of advances and accrued contract expenses in 
the ordinary course of business with subcontractors in the Engineering & Construction operating segment.

Receivables from joint operation partners are recoverable amounts from partners on Block PM304 and on consortium contracts in the 
Engineering & Construction operating segment. An ECL allowance of US$1m (note 5e) was recognised in respect of receivables from 
joint operations partners (2020: US$nil).

Other receivables mainly consist of Value Added Tax recoverable of US$30m (2020: US$35m).

An ECL allowance of US$nil (note 5e) was recognised against other receivables (2020: ECL charge of US$2m). 

All trade and other receivables except ‘advances provided to vendors and subcontractors’ are expected to be settled in cash. 
Certain trade and other receivables will be settled in cash using currencies other than the reporting currency of the Group, and will 
be largely paid in sterling, euros and Kuwaiti dinars.

185

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

20 Contract assets and contract liabilities
a. Contract assets

Work in progress 
Retention receivables
Accrued income

2021 
 US$m

1,325
211
44
1,580

2020 
 US$m

1,414
215
23
1,652

At 31 December 2021, work in progress included assessed variation orders pending customer approval of US$337m (2020: US$276m).

b. Contract liabilities

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
Advances received from customers

2021 
US$m

40
18
58

2020 
US$m

74
46
120

At 31 December 2021, billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings included an offset for assessed variation orders pending 
customer approval of US$1m (2020: US$29m).

Revenue of US$102m (2020: US$202m) was recognised during the year from amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning 
of the year.

c. Expected credit loss allowance on contract assets
The below table provides information on ECL allowance for each contract asset category at the end of reporting periods:

As at 31 December 2021

ECL rate
Gross carrying amount
Less: ECL allowance
Net contract assets at 31 December 2021

As at 31 December 2020

ECL rate
Gross carrying amount
Less: ECL allowance
Net contract assets at 31 December 2020

Work in 
progress 
US$m

0.3%
1,330
(5)
1,325

Work in 
progress 
US$m

0.6%
1,423
(9)
1,414

Retention 
receivables 
US$m

7.2%
227
(16)
211

Retention 
receivables 
US$m

14.1%
250
(35)
215

Accrued
 income
 US$m

4.3%
46
(2)
44

Accrued 
 income 
US$m

12.3%
26
(3)
23

Total current 
contract 
assets
 US$m

n/a
1,603
(23)
1,580

Total current 
contract assets 
US$m

n/a
1,699
(47)
1,652

The movement in ECL allowance during 2021 and 2020 against each contract asset category is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2021

At 1 January 2020
Charge for the year (note 5e)
Write-off
At 1 January 2021
Reversal of ECL provision (note 5e)
At 31 December 2021

Work in 
progress 
US$m

Retention 
receivables 
US$m

Accrued 
income 
US$m

Total current 
contract assets 
US$m

6
3
–
9
(4)
5

33
2
–
35
(19)
16

5
–
(2)
3
(1)
2

44
5
(2)
47
(24)
23

The reversal of the ECL provision in respect of retention receivables in the year is predominantly attributable to one customer which 
had been assessed as impaired in prior years. The ECL provision was reassessed following the collection of certain overdue balances 
during the year.

186

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsd. Contract balances arising from contracts with customers
The Group’s contract balances at 31 December are as follows:

Trade receivables (note 19)
Contract assets 
Contract liabilities

2021 
US$m

405
1,580
58

2020 
 US$m

550
1,652
120

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and credit terms are generally between 30 and 60 days. Trade receivables represent the 
Group’s right to consideration that is unconditional (i.e. only the passage of time is required before payment of the consideration 
is due). 

The Group recognised a write-back in ECL allowance on trade receivables and contract assets arising from contracts with customers, 
included within the expected credit loss allowance line item of the consolidated income statement, amounting to US$25m for the year 
ended 31 December 2021 (2020: charge of US$5m).

Revenue recognised during the year from performance obligations satisfied in previous years, resulting from a change in transaction 
price, amounted to US$168m (2020: US$118m).

21 Cash and short-term deposits

Cash at bank and in hand
Short-term deposits
ECL allowance
Cash and short-term deposits

2021 
 US$m

498
123
(1)
620

Short-term deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash 
requirements of the Group and earn interest at respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of cash and bank balances is 
US$620m (2020: US$684m).

For the purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

Cash and short-term deposits
Bank overdrafts (note 26)

2021
 US$m

620
–
620

2020 
 US$m

556
129
(1)
684

2020 
 US$m

684
(45)
639

Cash and cash equivalents included amounts totalling US$37m (2020: US$43m) held by the Group undertakings in certain countries 
whose exchange controls significantly restrict or delay the remittance of these amounts to foreign jurisdictions. Cash and cash 
equivalents also included US$305m (2020: US$378m) in joint operation bank accounts which are generally available to meet the 
working capital requirements of those joint operations but which can only be made available to the Group for its general corporate 
use with the agreement of the joint operation partners.

187

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

22 Share capital
The share capital of the Company as at 31 December was as follows:

At 1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020
Issue of shares from capital raise 
At 31 December 2021

Number of shares

345,912,747
173,906,085
519,818,832

Share capital 
US$m

Share premium 
US$m

7 
3
10

4
247
251

The number of shares refers to US$0.02 ordinary shares, which are issued and fully paid. In total, there are 750,000,000 ordinary 
shares of US$0.02 authorised. 

All the allotted and issued shares, including those held by the Employee Benefit Trust, were fully paid. The share capital comprises 
only one class of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares carry a voting right and the right to a dividend.

On 26 October 2021, the Company announced a proposed issuance of equity by way of a Firm Placing, Placing and Open Offer 
(together, the 'capital raise') to raise US$275m. The basis of the Open Offer was one new ordinary share for every four existing 
ordinary shares. On completion of the capital raise on 15 November 2021, the Company issued 173,597,412 ordinary shares, including 
a Firm Placing of 87,119,226 ordinary shares and a Placing and Open Offer of 86,478,186 ordinary shares. All of the above shares were 
issued at £1.15 per share, generating gross proceeds of approximately £200m (US$268m) before issue and associated costs 
of US$18m.

Concurrently with the capital raise, the Directors (other than Mr Asfari) subscribed for 308,673 additional shares at the issue price of 
£1.15. This resulted in a total number of new shares of 173,906,085 that were admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official 
List of the FCA and to trading on the main market for listed securities of the London Stock Exchange on 15 November 2021.

All new shares issued by way of the capital raise were each issued, fully paid and rank pari passu in all respects with each other and 
the ordinary shares of the Company in issue prior to the capital raise, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions 
declared, made or paid after the date of issue.

Share premium: The balance on the share premium account represents the amount received in excess of the nominal value of the 
ordinary shares adjusted for any associated issuance costs.

Capital redemption reserve: The balance on the capital redemption reserve represents the aggregated nominal value of the 
ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled.

23 Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) shares
The Petrofac Employee Benefit Trust (the 'Trust') was established to facilitate the Group’s discretionary share scheme awards made 
to the employees of the Group. For the purpose of making awards under the Group’s share-based payment plans, shares in the 
Company are purchased and held by the Trust. The Trust issues these shares to the Group employees subject to the satisfaction of 
any service and performance conditions of each scheme. The Trust is consolidated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements 
in accordance with IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’.

These shares have been classified in the consolidated balance sheet as EBT shares within equity. Shares vested during the year are 
satisfied with these shares.

The movements in total EBT shares are shown below:

At 1 January
Purchase of Company’s shares by EBT(1)
Issue of Company’s shares by EBT
At 31 December

(1) All shares purchased via the Open Offer (note 22). 

2021

2020

Number

US$m

Number

US$m

 8,703,208 
 1,206,470 
 (4,677,573)
 5,232,105 

88 10,055,467
 3,973,332 
(5,325,591)
 8,703,208

2
(21)
69

110
11
(33)
88

Shares vested during the year include dividend shares of 278,089 shares (2020: 509,329 shares).

188

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts24 Share-based payment plans
Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Under the PSP, share awards are granted to Executive Directors and a restricted number of other senior executives of the Group. 
The shares vest at the end of three years, subject to continued employment and the achievement of certain pre-defined and 
independent market and non-market-based performance conditions. The market performance-based element of PSP awards is 
50% (2020: 70%) dependent on the TSR of the Group compared with an index composed of selected relevant companies. The fair 
value of the shares vesting under this portion of the award is determined by an independent valuer using a Monte Carlo simulation 
model taking into account the terms and conditions of the plan rules and using the following assumptions at the date of grant:

Executive 
Directors 2021

awards(1)

Other 
participants 
2021 awards

Executive 
Directors 2020 
awards

Other 
participants 
2020 awards

All participants 
2019 awards

All participants 
2018 awards

Expected share price volatility (based on median 
of comparator group’s three-year volatilities)
Share price correlation with comparator group
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life of share award
Fair value of TSR portion

69.9%/71.2%
31.8%/31.3%
0.2%
3 years
46.7p/58.7p

(1) There were two separate grants in 2021. 

71.2%
31.3%
0.2%
3 years
78.5p

51.4%
13.5%
0.2%
3 years
145p

51.4%
13.5%
0.2%
3 years
168p

36.2%
15.8%
0.9%
3 years
264p

37.7%
22.3%
0.9%
3 years
356p

The non-market-based condition governing the vesting of the remaining 50% (2020: 30%) of the PSP awards is subject to achieving 
certain strategic targets, including Engineering & Construction operating segment net margin, new order intake, return on capital 
employed, cash conversion, etc. over a three-year period. The fair value of the equity-settled award relating to the non-market-based 
condition is estimated, based on the quoted closing market price of the Company’s ordinary shares at the date of grant with an 
assumed annual vesting rate built into the calculation over the three-year vesting period of the plan and the estimated vesting rate 
for the achievement of strategic targets.

Deferred Bonus Share Plan (DBSP)
Under the DBSP, selected employees are required to defer a proportion of their annual cash bonus into Company shares ('Invested 
Shares'). Following such an award, the Company will generally grant the participant an additional award of shares ('Matching Shares') 
bearing a specified ratio to the number of Invested Shares, typically a 1:1 ratio. Subject to a participant’s continued employment, 
Invested and Matching Share awards vest one-third on the first anniversary of the grant, one-third on the second anniversary and 
the final proportion on the third anniversary of the grant date.

At the end of the reporting period, the value of bonuses to be settled by shares cannot be determined until the Remuneration 
Committee has approved the portion of the employee bonuses to be settled in shares. Once the portion of the bonus to be settled 
in shares is determined, the final bonus liability to be settled in shares is transferred to the share-based payments reserve. The costs 
relating to Matching Shares are recognised over the corresponding vesting period and the fair values of the equity-settled Matching 
Shares granted to employees is based on the quoted closing market price at the date of grant with the charge to the consolidated 
income statement adjusted to reflect the expected vesting rate of the plan.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
All UK employees, including UK Executive Directors, are eligible to participate in the SIP. Employees may invest up to £1,800 per 
tax year of gross salary (or, if lower, 10% of salary) to purchase ordinary shares in the Company. There is no holding period for 
these shares.

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)
Selected employees are allocated grants of shares on an ad hoc basis. The RSP is primarily, but not exclusively, used to make awards 
to individuals who join the Group part way through the year, having left accrued benefits with a previous employer. The fair values of 
the awards granted under the RSP at various grant dates during the year are based on the quoted market price at the date of grant 
adjusted for an assumed vesting rate over the relevant vesting period.

189

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

24 Share-based payment plans continued
Share-based payment plans information
The details of the fair values and assumed vesting rates of the share-based payment plans are below:

2021 awards
2020 awards
2019 awards
2018 awards

PSP (non-market based condition)

DBSP

RSP

Executive Directors

Other participants

Fair value per 
share

Assumed 
vesting rate

Fair value per 
share

Assumed 
vesting rate

Fair value per 
share

Assumed 
vesting rate

Fair value per 
share

Assumed 
vesting rate

101p/116p
250p
364p
412p

45.2%
31.5%
20.0%
50.0%

134p
271p
455p
515p

45.2%
31.5%
20.0%
50.0%

–
271p
455p
466p

–
90.3%
85.7%
81.5%

128p
126p
394p
560p

95.0%
90.3%
85.7%
81.5%

The following table shows the movements in the number of shares held under the share-based payment plans outstanding but not 
exercisable:

PSP

DBSP

RSP

Total

2021 
 Number

2020 
Number

2021
 Number(1)

2020 
Number(1)

2021 
 Number

2020
 Number

2021 
 Number

2020 
 Number

Outstanding at 
1 January
4,640,163
Granted during the year
5,190,614
New share issue(2)
399,569
Vested during the year
(272,975)
Forfeited during the year (2,675,172)
Outstanding at 
31 December

7,282,199

(1) Includes Invested and Matching Shares.

3,906,880
2,656,318
–

(160,305) 
(1,762,730) 

4,967,652
–
101,392
(2,956,599)
(303,821)

7,289,952
2,292,388
–
(3,994,631)
(620,057)

2,479,550
1,057,472
42,027
(1,169,910)
(91,883)

1,725,387 12,087,365 12,922,219
6,537,351
1,588,645
6,248,086
–
–
542,988
(4,816,267)
(661,331)
(4,399,484)
(2,555,938)
(173,151)
(3,070,876)

4,640,163

1,808,624

4,967,652

2,317,256

2,479,550 11,408,079 12,087,365

(2) Shares issued in the year to ensure that participants in the various employee share schemes were not adversely impacted by the capital raise.

The number of shares still outstanding but not exercisable at 31 December for each award is as follows:

PSP

2021 
Number

2020
 Number

DBSP

2021
Number(1)

RSP

Total

2020 
Number(1)

2021
 Number

2020 
Number

2021 
Number

2020 
 Number 

2021 awards
2020 awards
2019 awards
2018 awards
Total awards

4,686,841
1,535,864
1,059,494
–
7,282,199

–
2,087,754
1,445,556
1,106,853
4,640,163

–
1,049,737
758,887
–
1,808,624

–
1,974,586
1,990,416
1,002,650
4,967,652

966,625
1,061,661
288,970
–
2,317,256

(1) Includes Invested and Matching Shares.

–
1,588,645
707,821
183,084

–
5,650,985
4,143,793
2,292,587
2,479,550 11,408,079 12,087,365

5,653,466
3,647,262
2,107,351
–

The average share price of the Company’s shares during 2021 was US$1.69, sterling equivalent of £1.23 (2020: US$2.54, sterling 
equivalent of £1.99).

The number of outstanding shares excludes the dividend shares shown below:

Dividend shares outstanding 
at 31 December

(1) Includes Invested and Matching Shares.

PSP

DBSP

RSP

Total

2021 
Number

2020 
Number

2021
Number(1)

2020 
Number(1)

2021 
Number

2020 
Number

2021 
Number

2020 
Number

55,103

186,316

50,146

261,178

74,007

22,792

179,256

470,286

The charge in respect of share-based payment plans recognised in the consolidated income statement is as follows:

Share-based payment charge

(2) Represents the charge on Matching Shares only.

PSP

2021 
US$m

2

2020
 US$m

4

DBSP

2021 
 US$m(2)

2

2020 
 US$m(2)

7

RSP

2021 
 US$m

3

2020 
US$m

4

Total

2021 
 US$m

7

2020 
 US$m

15

190

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsThe Group recognised a share-based payment charge of US$7m (2020: US$15m) in the consolidated income statement relating to the 
employee share-based payment plans (note 5c) which was transferred to the share-based payments reserve together with US$nil of 
the accrued bonus liability for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2020: 2019 bonus of US$4m).

For further details on the above employee share-based payment plans, refer to pages 120, 121, 123, 124 and 126 of the Directors’ 
remuneration report.

25 Other reserves

Net unrealised 
gains/(losses) on 
derivatives 
US$m

Foreign currency 
translation 
US$m

Share-based 
payments 
reserve 
US$m

At 1 January 2020
Net changes in fair value of derivatives and financial assets designated as cash 
flow hedges
Foreign currency translation (restated)(1)
Foreign currency translation losses reclassified to the consolidated income 
statement
Issue of Company’s shares by Employee Benefit Trust
Transfer to share-based payments reserve for Deferred Bonus Share Plan 
Invested Shares (note 24)
Credit to equity for share-based payments charge (note 24)
At 31 December 2020 (restated)(1)
Attributable to:
Petrofac Limited shareholders (restated)(1)
Non-controlling interests
At 31 December 2020 (restated)(1)

At 1 January 2021
Net changes in fair value of derivatives and financial assets designated as cash 
flow hedges
Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency translation losses reclassified to the consolidated income 
statement
Issue of Company’s shares by Employee Benefit Trust
Credit to equity for share-based payments charge (note 24)
At 31 December 2021
Attributable to:
Petrofac Limited shareholders
Non-controlling interests
At 31 December 2021

11

(15)
–

–
–

–
–
(4)

(4)
–
(4)

(4)

1
–

–
–
–
 (3)

 (3)
–
 (3)

(14)

–
(18)

3
–

–
–
(29)

(29)
–
(29)

(29)

–
3

8
–
–
 (18)

 (18)
–
 (18)

87

–
–

–
(30)

4
15
76

76
–
76

76

–
–

–
(20)
7
 63 

 63 
–
 63 

Total 
 US$m

84

(15)
(18)

3
(30)

4
15
43

43
–
43

43

1
3

8
(20)
7
 42 

 42 
–
 42 

(1)  The prior year balances are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

Net unrealised gains/(losses) on derivatives
The portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedging instruments that are determined to be effective hedges is included within this 
reserve net of related deferred tax effects. During 2021 a fair value gain of US$1m (2020: fair value loss of US$15m) was recognised 
within equity. When the hedged transaction occurs or is no longer forecast to occur, the gain or loss is transferred from equity to 
the consolidated income statement. Net losses of US$692,000 (2020: US$130,000) relating to foreign currency forward contracts and 
financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges were recognised in cost of sales line item in the consolidated income statement. 

The forward currency points element and ineffective portion of derivative financial instruments relating to forward currency contracts 
designated as cash flow hedges amounting to US$3m gain (2020: US$5m loss) were recognised in the cost of sales line item in the 
consolidated income statement.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The assets and liabilities of entities which have a non-United States dollar functional currency are translated into the Group’s reporting 
currency, United States dollar, at the exchange rate prevailing at the end of the reporting period. The foreign currency differences 
arising on the translation are recognised in other reserves in equity.

191

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

25 Other reserves continued
Share-based payments reserve
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments awarded to employees and 
transfers out of this reserve are made upon vesting of the original share awards.

In the prior year, the transfer of US$4m into the share-based payments reserve reflected the transfer from accrued bonus liability 
within trade and other payables in the consolidated balance sheet which had been voluntarily elected or mandatorily obliged to be 
settled in shares as part of the Deferred Bonus Share Plan.

26 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 

Non-current

Senior secured notes
Revolving credit facility 
Term loans

Current

Revolving credit facility 
Term loans
Bank overdrafts

Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings

2021 
US$m

2020
 US$m

580
85
99
764

–
–
–
–
764

–
–
50
50

505
200
45
750
800

In addition to the capital raise (note 22), a comprehensive refinancing was completed in October and November 2021 to extend 
Petrofac’s debt maturities and to create a long-term capital structure.

The refinancing plan comprised the issuance of US$600m 9.75% senior secured notes (due 2026), a US$180m new revolving credit 
facility, a US$50m (denominated as AED185m) new bilateral facility and an amended existing US$50m bilateral loan facility. All facilities 
were for general corporate purposes.

The proceeds of the refinancing, in combination with the proceeds from the capital raise and available cash reserves, were used 
to repay some of the previous credit facilities during the year (including the Company issued £300m (US$ equivalent of US$405m 
as at 30 November 2021, when it was repaid) in commercial paper with a maturity of 12 months under the UK Government’s COVID 
Corporate Financing Facility (CCFF), the previous revolving credit facility and one of the previous bilateral term loans) in addition to 
the penalties imposed by the Court in relation to the SFO investigation (note 6), which were settled in January and February 2022.

Details of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings are as follows:

Senior secured notes
In November 2021, the Group issued US$600m of 9.75% senior secured notes, due November 2026. These are listed on The 
International Stock Exchange and were issued at a 0.97% discount to the nominal value, resulting in a total 10.0% yield to maturity 
for the purchasers of the notes. The notes were issued with a rating of BB- from both S&P and Fitch. 

The interest coupon is payable semi-annually in arrears and the Company has a call option to redeem the notes with a first call date of 
November 2023, with a make-whole premium of 4.88%/2.44% of the remaining coupon from November 2023 and 2024 respectively.

Revolving credit facility
The Group has a US$180m committed revolving credit facility (2020: US$1,000m) with a syndicate of international banks, which is 
available for general corporate purposes. The facility is due to mature in October 2023 with options to extend(1). At 31 December 2021, 
US$95m was drawn under this facility (31 December 2020: US$505m). Interest is payable on the drawn balance of the facility and in 
addition, utilisation fees are payable depending on the level of utilisation.

The facility agreement provides for the Group to pay a certain proportion of any up-front fee incurred by the lender to facilitate 
any transfer of its commitment under the facility, to another lender. This has been classified as an embedded derivative on initial 
recognition and re-measured at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value on initial recognition in October 2021 was estimated 
at US$4m (Level 3 of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) and there has been no change 
in fair value in the period to 31 December 2021.

Subsequent to the previous year-end, extended credit facilities of US$700m (RCF of US$610m and bilateral term facility of US$90m) 
were secured in April 2021 and these were drawn and subsequently repaid during the year.

(1)  The option to extend the revolving credit facility, by an incremental six months to April 2024 and October 2024, is subject to the approval of lenders.

192

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsTerm loans
At 31 December 2021, the Group had in place two bilateral term loans with a combined total of US$99m (2020: three bilateral term 
loans with a combined total of US$250m). At 31 December 2021, US$99m was drawn under these facilities, of which US$50m is 
scheduled to mature in October 2023 and US$49m in November 2023 (2020: US$250m, with US$50m maturing in February 2021, 
US$150m in March 2021 and US$50m in November 2023).

Bank overdrafts
Bank overdrafts are utilised to meet the Group’s working capital requirements. These are repayable on demand.

Compliance with covenants
The revolving credit facility and the term loans (together, the 'Senior Loans') are subject to two financial covenants relating to leverage 
and interest cover. These covenants are tested at 30 June and 31 December (and additionally on any quarter end date falling on 
31 March or 30 September on which the revolving credit facility is more than 33% drawn). The leverage financial covenant is defined 
as the ratio of net debt (including net leases but excluding cash over which there are exchange control restrictions), at the end of the 
reporting period to the previous 12 months’ EBITDA. The interest cover financial covenant is defined as the ratio of the previous 
12 months’ EBITDA to the previous 12 months’ net finance expense (excluding debt acquisition cost amortisation). 

The Group was compliant with its covenants throughout the year. However, as noted in the going concern disclosure (note 2.5), the 
extended impact of COVID-19 resulted in a deterioration in EBITDA in Q4 2021 and due to the carryover effect of this result on the 
subsequent financial covenants (calculated on a rolling 12-month basis), Senior Loan lenders granted an amendment to both of the 
financial covenants for 2022 and thereafter. These amendments were as follows:

 – Leverage financial covenant: shall not exceed a ratio of 4.5:1 throughout 2022, falling to 3.5:1 thereafter (previously 4.1:1 at 31 March 

2022, if tested at this date and 3.5:1 thereafter).

 – Interest cover financial covenant: shall not be less than a ratio of 1.75:1 at 31 March 2022, if tested at this date (previously 2.25:1), 

1.50:1 at 30 June 2022 (previously 2.25:1), 1.0:1 at 30 September 2022, if tested at this date (previously 2.0:1) and 1.75:1 thereafter 
(previously 2.25:1).

The Senior Loans are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with each other and with 
the Company’s other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

27 Provisions
Non-current provisions

At 1 January 2020
Additions during the year
Paid during the year
Transfer to current provisions
Unwinding of discount
Exchange difference
At 1 January 2021
Additions during the year
Paid during the year
Transfer to current provisions
Unwinding of discount (note 7)
At 31 December 2021

Other long-term 
employment 
benefits provision 
US$m

Provision for 
decommissioning 
US$m

Other provisions 
US$m

Total US$m

131
16
(34)
–
–
–
113
9
(39)
–
–
83

40
–
–
–
1
–
41
8
–
–
1
50

18
4
(3)
(3)
–
1
17
1
–
(8)
–
10

189
20
(37)
(3)
1
1
171
18
(39)
(8)
1
143

Other long-term employment benefits provision
Labour laws in the Middle East require employers to provide for other long-term employment benefits. These benefits are payable to 
employees on being transferred to another jurisdiction or on cessation of employment based on their final salary and number of years’ 
service. All amounts are unfunded. The long-term employment benefits provision is based on an independent specialist’s valuation 
model, with the key underlying assumptions being as follows:

Average annual % salary increases
Discount factor

Senior 
employees

Other 
employees

2%
2%

2%
2%

Discount factor used represents the yield on US high-quality corporate bonds, with a duration corresponding to that of the liability 
at the end of the reporting period. The weighted average duration of the long-term employment benefit obligations is five years (2020: 
five years). 

193

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

27 Provisions continued
Provision for decommissioning
The decommissioning provision at the end of the reporting period relates to the Group’s obligation for the removal of facilities and 
restoration of Block PM304 in Malaysia.

The liability is discounted at a rate of 1.3% on Block PM304 (2020: 3.7%).

The unwinding of the discount is recognised in the finance expense (note 7) line item of the consolidated income statement. The Group 
estimates that the cash outflows associated with this provision will take place in 2026.

Other provisions
The other provisions carrying amount at 31 December 2021 mainly represents technical insurance provisions and IBNR reserves of 
US$9m (2020: US$8m) in respect of the Group’s captive insurance company, Jermyn Insurance Company Limited. As at 31 December 
2020, other provisions included US$2m of disposal costs associated with the disposal of the JSD6000 installation vessel.

Current provisions

At 1 January 2020
Amounts provided during the year
Transfer from non-current provisions
Utilised during the year
Translation difference
At 1 January 2021
Amounts provided during the year
Transfer from non-current provisions
Utilised during the year
At 31 December 2021

Onerous 
contract 
provisions 
US$m

Other 
provisions 
US$m

6
150
–
(118)
–
38
62
–
(61)
39

41
18
3
(26)
1
37
6
8
(20)
31

Total 
US$m

47
168
3
(144)
1
75
68
8
(81)
70

Onerous contract provisions
Where it is determined that the unavoidable costs under a contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it, 
the Group recognises a provision to represent the lower of the expected future losses from fulfilling the contract and any 
compensation or penalties arising from a failure to fulfil it. The amount of US$62m provided during the year related to projects in the 
Engineering & Construction operating segment (2020: US$150m).

Other provisions
The other provisions carrying amount as at 31 December 2021 includes provisions for dilapidations costs, litigations against the Group 
and disposal costs associated with the disposal of the JSD6000 installation vessel. Of the US$6m provided during the year, US$1m 
(2020: US$2m) related to projects in the Asset Solutions operating segment and US$1m related to a VAT penalty provision in the Asset 
Solutions segment (2020: US$11m related to a VAT penalty provision in the Engineering & Construction operating segment).

28 Trade and other payables

Trade payables
SFO court penalty (note 6)
Accrued expenses
Other taxes payable
Other payables

2021 
 US$m

561
104
267
18
140
1,090

2020 
US$m

443
–
293
20
131
887

The increase in trade payables of US$118m is mainly due to an increase of US$88m in the Engineering & Construction operating 
segment, primarily due to an equivalent reduction in accrued contract expenses.

Accrued expenses primarily represent contract cost accruals relating to the Engineering & Construction operating segment and the 
Asset Solutions operating segment. 

Other payables mainly consist of retentions held against vendors and subcontractors of US$102m (2020: US$110m).

Certain trade and other payables will be settled in currencies other than the reporting currency of the Group, mainly in sterling, euros 
and Kuwaiti dinars.

194

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts29 Leases
The Group has lease contracts for various items of property, plant and equipment. The Group’s obligations under its leases are 
secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets. 

The Group also has certain leases of office buildings with lease terms of 12 months or less and leases of office equipment with low 
value. The Group applies the ‘short-term lease’ and ‘lease of low-value assets’ recognition exemptions for these leases.

a. Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets, within the property, plant and equipment line item of the consolidated balance sheet, at the 
commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date at which the underlying asset is available for use). The carrying amounts of right-of-use 
assets recognised and the movements during the period are disclosed in note 12.

b. Lease liabilities
The table below provides details of lease liabilities recognised within the other financial liabilities line item of the consolidated balance sheet:

Lease liabilities at 1 January
Additions
Interest
Principal payments made by the Group
Interest paid by the Group
Principal payments made by joint operation partners 
Derecognised
Translation difference
At 31 December

2021 
US$m

2020
 US$m

313
35
7
(40)
(5)
(59)
–
–
251

438
5
9
(50)
(9)
(82)
(1)
3
313

The above lease liabilities included US$186m (2020: US$253m) of lease liabilities relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia that are 
presented at 100%, which is necessary to reflect the legal position of the Group as the contracting entity for these leases. The leases 
relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia associated with oil and gas facilities include a renewal option of up to two years and a purchase 
option at the end of the lease term.

c. Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement in respect of leases

Depreciation charge in respect of right-of-use assets (note 12)
Finance expense recognised associated with lease liabilities (note 7)
Lease expense recognised for short-term leases and leases for low-value assets 

2021 
US$m

19
7
4

2020 
US$m

26
9
8

d. Future lease payments
Set out below are the future lease payments in respect of leases for property, plant and equipment. These have remaining non-
cancellable lease terms of between one and eight years. The discounted and undiscounted future minimum lease commitments as at 
31 December 2021 are as follows:

The commitments are as follows:
Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
More than five years

Present
 value 
US$m

61
188
2
251

Finance 
expense 
US$m

Future 
minimum lease 
payments 
US$m

13
19
–
32

74
207
2
283

In April 2021, a lease in respect of a MOPU vessel that was due to expire on 30 April 2021 relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia was 
extended to 30 September 2026 (notes 13 and 21 of the Company financial statements).

The discounted and undiscounted future minimum lease commitments as at 31 December 2020 are as follows:

The commitments are as follows:
Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
More than five years

Present value 
US$m

Finance
expense
 US$m

 Future minimum 
lease payments 
US$m

150
142
21
313

14
21
3
38

164
163
24
351

195

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

30 Commitments and contingent liabilities
Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Group obtains surety bonds, letters of credit and guarantees, which are contractually required 
to secure performance, advance payment or in lieu of retentions being withheld. Some of these facilities are secured by issue of 
corporate guarantees by the Company and its subsidiaries in favour of the issuing banks.

At 31 December 2021, the Group had outstanding letters of credit, letters of guarantee, including performance, advance payments 
and bid bonds of US$3,194m (2020: US$3,543m) against which the Group had pledged or restricted cash balances of US$137m 
(2020: US$44m).

At 31 December 2021, the Group had outstanding forward exchange contracts amounting to US$849m (2020: US$1,910m). 
These commitments consist of future gross obligations either to acquire or to sell designated amounts of foreign currency at agreed 
rates and value dates (note 33).

Capital commitments
At 31 December 2021, the Group had capital commitments of US$12m (2020 restated(1): US$8m) excluding lease commitments 
(note 29):

Block PM304 in Malaysia 
Commitments in respect of development of the Group’s digital systems and other information technology 
equipment

2021 
US$m

11

1
12

2020
(restated)(1)
US$m

3

5
8

(1)   The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

Contingent liabilities
A Group subsidiary is subject to challenges by HMRC on the historical application of National Insurance Contributions (NICs) to 
workers in the UK Continental Shelf. In October 2020, a decision was issued by HMRC against Petrofac Facilities Management Limited 
(PFML) in respect of the historic application of NICs. PFML has appealed against the decision and no payment has been made to 
HMRC pending the outcome of the First-tier Tribunal (Tax). Management, taking into consideration advice from independent legal and 
tax specialists, believes that it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the 
obligation, and accordingly, no provision has been recognised. The maximum potential exposure to PFML in relation to NICs and 
interest should it be unsuccessful in defending its position is approximately £127m, equivalent to US$172m. 

The Group also has a recourse available, in accordance with the contractual indemnity contained in some customer contracts, 
where it can possibly recover a portion of NICs and interest from its customers in the event the Group is unsuccessful in its appeal. 
The possible recoverability of the amounts receivable from the customers, should the Group be unsuccessful in defending its position, 
may be subject to further negotiations with the customers. The Group is in the process of estimating the possible recoverable amount 
if it is unsuccessful in defending its position.

31 Related party transactions
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Petrofac Limited and the subsidiaries listed in note 34. 
Petrofac Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.

The following table provides the total amount of transactions entered with related parties:

Related party receivables
Joint ventures
Associates

2021 
 US$m

2020 
 US$m

1
–
1

–
1
1

All sales to and purchases from related parties are conducted on an arm’s length basis and are approved by the operating segment’s 
management. All related party balances will be settled in cash.

In May 2017, the Board of Directors approved a donation of up to US$5m over the course of five years to the American University 
of Beirut (AUB) to establish the Petrofac Fund for Engineers endowment fund, which will provide scholarships and internships to 
engineering students in memory of Mr Maroun Semaan, Petrofac’s co-founder and AUB alumnus, who was also a significant personal 
benefactor to AUB.

However, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the change in economic circumstances, it has been agreed that the Group will 
pay for up to 100 Group employees to attend an AUB full-time course instead of making future donations for engineering scholarships. 
As part of its new commitment, the Group will pay the cost of the course to AUB and an educational stipend to all attendees. For the 
year ended 31 December 2021, US$0.4m was paid to the AUB (2020: US$nil). One of the Group’s Non-executive Directors who is also 
a significant shareholder of the Company is a trustee of the AUB.

196

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsCompensation of key management personnel
The following details remuneration of key management personnel of the Group, comprising Executive and Non-executive Directors of 
the Company and other senior personnel. Further information relating to individual Directors of the Company is provided in the 
Directors’ remuneration report on pages 116 to 127.

Short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments charge
Fees paid to Non-executive Directors

2021 
 US$m

2020 
US$m

8
3
1
12

8
5
1
14

32 Accrued contract expenses 
Accrued contract expenses represent contract cost accruals associated with the Group’s fixed-price engineering, procurement and 
construction contracts. This is typically in respect of vendors and subcontractors for these projects, whereas similar costs in respect 
of the Group’s other projects (such as cost reimbursable projects, predominantly in Asset Solutions) are classified as accrued 
expenses within trade and other payables (note 28). The decrease in accrued contract expenses of US$354m was mainly due to 
higher payment milestones relating to vendors and subcontractors achieved during the year in the Engineering & Construction 
operating segment and overall lower volumes.

33 Risk management and financial instruments
Risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s principal financial assets and liabilities, other than derivatives, comprise trade and other receivables, other financial 
assets, cash and short-term deposits, interest-bearing loans and borrowings, trade and other payables and other financial liabilities.

The Group’s activities expose it to various financial risks particularly associated with interest rate risk on its variable rate cash and 
short-term deposits, interest-bearing loans and borrowings and foreign currency risk on conducting business in currencies other than 
the functional currency, as well as translation of the assets and liabilities of foreign operations to the reporting currency. These risks are 
managed from time to time by using a combination of various derivative instruments, principally forward currency contracts in 
accordance with the Group’s hedging policies. The Group has a policy not to enter into speculative trading of financial derivatives.

The Board of Directors of the Company has established an Audit Committee which performs, amongst other roles, reviews on the 
effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems to mitigate a range of risks, including financial risks, faced by the 
Group, which is discussed in detail on page 109.

The other main risks besides interest rate and foreign currency risk arising from the Group’s financial instruments are credit risk, 
liquidity risk and commodity price risk; the policies relating to these risks are discussed in detail below:

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect the value of the Group’s interest-bearing financial 
liabilities and assets.

The Group’s exposure to market risk arising from changes in interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term variable rate debt 
obligations and its cash and short-term deposits. The Group’s policy is to manage its interest cost using a mix of fixed and variable 
rate debt. The Group’s cash and bank balances are at floating rates of interest.

The Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings is primarily in United States dollars, linked to United States dollar LIBOR (London 
Interbank Offered Rate). The Group uses derivatives to swap between fixed and floating rates. At 31 December 2021, the proportion of 
floating rate debt was 24% of the total financial debt outstanding (2020: 100%). 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The impact on the Group’s profit before tax and equity due to a reasonably possible change in interest rates on interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings at the reporting date is demonstrated in the table below. The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

31 December 2021
31 December 2020

Profit before tax

Equity

100 basis point 
increase 
US$m

100 basis point 
decrease 
US$m

100 basis point 
increase 
US$m

100 basis point 
decrease
 US$m

(4)
(5)

4
5

–
–

–
–

Foreign currency risk
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on sales, purchases, and translation of assets and liabilities that are in a currency other 
than the functional currency of its operating units. The Group is also exposed to the translation of the functional currencies of its units 
to the United States dollar reporting currency of the Group.

197

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

33 Risk management and financial instruments continued
The following table summarises the percentage of foreign currencies i.e. not denominated in the Group’s reporting currency expressed 
in United States dollar amounts.

Revenues
Costs
Non-current financial assets
Current financial assets
Non-current financial liabilities
Current financial liabilities

2021 % of 
foreign 
currency 
denominated 
items

2020 % of 
foreign 
currency 
denominated 
items

54.5%
66.7%
15.7%
43.3%
6.7%
42.7%

41.8%
44.9%
14.7%
50.2%
22.8%
34.4%

The Group uses forward currency contracts to manage the currency exposure on transactions significant to its operations. It is the 
Group’s policy not to enter into forward contracts until a highly probable forecast transaction is in place and to negotiate the terms 
of the derivative instruments used for hedging to match the terms of the hedged item to maximise hedge effectiveness.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The income statements of subsidiaries with non-USD functional currencies are translated into the Group’s reporting currency using 
a weighted average exchange rate. Foreign currency monetary items are translated using the closing rate at the reporting date. 
Revenues and costs in currencies other than the functional currency of an operating unit are recorded at the prevailing rate at the 
date of the transaction. The following significant exchange rates applied during the year in relation to United States dollars:

Sterling
Kuwaiti dinar
Euro

2021

2020

Average rate

Closing rate

Average rate

Closing rate

1.38
3.31
1.18

1.35
3.31
1.14

1.28
3.26
1.13

1.36
3.29
1.23

The following table summarises the impact on the Group’s profit before tax and equity (due to a change in the fair value of monetary 
assets, liabilities and derivative instruments) of a reasonably possible change in United States dollar exchange rates with respect to 
different currencies:

31 December 2021
31 December 2020

 (1) Includes impact on pegged currencies.

Derivative instruments
At 31 December, the Group had foreign exchange forward contracts as follows:

Profit before tax

Equity

+10% US dollar 
rate increase

−10% US dollar 
rate decrease

US$m(1)

US$m(1)

+10% US dollar 
rate increase 
US$m

−10% US dollar 
rate decrease 
US$m

15
6

(15)
(6)

14
(4)

(14)
4

Euro (sales)/purchases
Sterling sales
Kuwaiti dinar sales
Arab Emirates dirham purchases
Others

(1) Attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders.

Contract value

Fair value (undesignated)

Fair value (designated)

Net unrealised gain/(loss)(1)

2021 
US$m

(45)
(224)
(254)
50
(6)
n/a

2020
 US$m

(71)
(230)
(343)
150
–
n/a

2021 
US$m

2020
 US$m

2021 
US$m

2020
 US$m

2021 
US$m

2020
 US$m

–
(4)
–
–
–
(4)

1
(15)
–
–
–
(14)

–
–
–
–
–
–

(3)
1
(3)
–
–
(5)

(1)
–
(2)
–
–
(3)

(2)
1
(3)
–
–
(4)

The above foreign exchange contracts mature and will affect profit before tax between January 2022 and November 2023 (2020: 
between January 2021 and May 2022). 

During 2021, net changes in fair value resulting in a loss of US$1m (2020: US$17m) relating to these derivative instruments and 
financial assets were taken to equity and losses of US$692,000 (2020: US$130,000) were recycled from equity into cost of sales 
in the consolidated income statement. The forward points and ineffective portions of the above foreign exchange forward contracts 
and loss on undesignated derivatives of US$3m (2020: US$5m) were recognised in the consolidated income statement.

198

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsCommodity price risk – oil prices
The Group is exposed to the impact of changes in oil and gas prices on its revenues and net profit generated from sales of crude oil 
and gas. The Group’s policy is to manage its exposure to the impact of changes in oil and gas prices using derivative instruments. 
Hedging is only undertaken once sufficiently reliable and regular long-term forecast production data is available. No crude oil 
derivatives were entered by the Group during 2021 to hedge oil production.

Credit risk
The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. Business Unit Risk Review Committees (BURRC) evaluate the credit 
worthiness of each individual third party at the time of entering into new contracts. Limits have been placed on the approval authority 
of the BURRC above which the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company is required. Receivable balances are monitored on 
an ongoing basis with appropriate follow-up action taken where necessary. At 31 December 2021, the Group’s five largest customers 
accounted for 49% of outstanding trade receivables and contract assets (2020: 49%).

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, current and 
non-current receivables from joint operation partners for leases and certain derivative instruments, the Group’s exposure to credit risk 
arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s objective is to ensure sufficient liquidity to support operations and future growth is available. The provision of financial 
capital and the potential impact on the Group’s capital structure is reviewed regularly. The maturity profiles of the Group’s financial 
liabilities at 31 December are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2021

Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables (excluding 
other taxes payable and retention 
payable)
Derivative instruments
Embedded derivative in respect of the 
revolving credit facility
Interest payments

Year ended 31 December 2020

Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables (excluding 
other taxes payable and retention 
payable)
Derivative instruments
Interest payments

6 months
 or less 
US$m

6 – 12 months 
US$m

1 – 2 years 
US$m

2 – 5 years 
US$m

More than 
 5 years
 US$m

Contractual 
undiscounted 
cash flows 
US$m

Carrying 
amount
 US$m

–

42

890
5

4
34
975

6 months
 or less 
US$m

750
129

672
23
9
1,583

–

32

80
–

–
34
146

195

64

–
–

–
66
325

600

143

–
–

–
175
918

–

2

–
–

–
–
2

795

283

970
5

4
309
2,366

6 – 12 months 
US$m

1 – 2 years 
US$m

2 – 5 years 
US$m

More than
 5 years 
US$m

Contractual 
undiscounted 
cash flows 
US$m

–
35

85
3
1
124

–
51

–
–
2
53

50
112

–
–
2
164

–
24

–
–
–
24

800
351

757
26
14
1,948

764

251

970
5

4
n/a
1,994

Carrying
 amount 
 US$m

800
313

757
26
n/a
1,896

The Group uses various committed facilities provided by banks and its own financial assets to fund the above-mentioned financial 
liabilities.

199

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

33 Risk management and financial instruments continued
Capital management
The Group’s policy is to maintain a robust capital base to support future operations, growth and maximise shareholder value.

The Group seeks to optimise shareholder returns by maintaining a balance between debt and equity attributable to Petrofac Limited 
shareholders and monitors the efficiency of its capital structure on a regular basis. The gearing ratio and return on shareholders’ equity 
is as follows:

Cash and short-term deposits
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (A)
Net debt (B)
Equity attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders (C)
Reported net loss for the year attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders (D)
Gross gearing ratio (A/C)
Net gearing ratio (B/C)
Shareholders’ return on investment (D/C)

2021 
US$m

620
(764)
(144)
475
(195)
160.8%
30.3%
(41.1%)

2020
(restated)(1) 
US$m

684
(800)
(116)
403
(192)
198.5%
28.8%
(47.6%)

1)  The prior year balances are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

34 Subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements
At 31 December 2021, the Group had investments in the following active subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements:

Name of entity

Country of incorporation

2021

2020

Proportion of nominal value 
of issued shares controlled 
by the Group

Active subsidiaries
Petrofac Algeria EURL
Petrofac International (Bahrain) W.L.L
Petrofac South East Asia (B) Sdn. Bhd.
Petrofac (Cyprus) Limited
Caltec Limited
K W Limited
Oilennium Limited
Petrofac (Malaysia-PM304) Limited
Petrofac Contracting Limited
Petrofac Engineering Limited
Petrofac Services Limited
Petrofac Treasury UK Limited
Petrofac UK Holdings Limited
PetroHealth Limited
Petrofac Deutschland GmbH
Jermyn Insurance Company Limited
Petrofac Engineering India Private Limited
Petrofac Engineering Services India Private Limited
Petrofac Projects and Services Private Limited (formerly Petrofac 
Information Services Private Limited)
Petrofac (JSD6000) Limited
Petrofac Energy Developments International Limited
Petrofac Facilities Management International Limited
Petrofac Integrated Energy Services Limited
Petrofac International Ltd.
Petrofac Offshore Management Limited
Petrofac Platform Management Services Limited
Petrofac Training International Limited
Petroleum Facilities E & C Limited
Petrofac E&C Sdn. Bhd.
Petrofac Energy Developments Sdn. Bhd.
Petrofac Engineering Services (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

Algeria
Bahrain
Brunei
Cyprus
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
Germany
Guernsey
India
India

India
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Malaysia
Malaysia
Malaysia

200

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100(1)
100
100
100(1)
100
100

100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100(1)
100(1)
100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100
100
70

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100(1)
100
100
100(1)
100
100

100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100(1)
100(1)
100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100
100
70

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsName of entity

PFMAP Sdn. Bhd.
Petrofac EPS Sdn. Bhd.
Petrofac International (Mozambique), Lda
Petrofac Kazakhstan B.V.
Petrofac Netherlands Coöperatief U.A.
Petrofac Nigeria B.V.
Petrofac Norge B.V.
PTS B.V.
Petrofac Energy Services Nigeria Limited
Petrofac International (Nigeria) Limited
Petrofac Norge AS
Petrofac E&C Oman LLC
PKT Training Services Limited
Sakhalin Technical Training Centre
Petrofac Saudi Arabia Company Limited
Atlantic Resourcing Limited
Petrofac Facilities Management Group Limited
Petrofac Facilities Management Limited
Petrofac Training Group Limited
Petrofac Training Holdings Limited
Petrofac Training Limited
Scotvalve Services Limited
SPD Limited
Global Mobility Company Pte Limited
Petrofac South East Asia Pte Ltd
Petrofac E&C International Limited
Petrofac Emirates LLC (note 13)
Petrofac FZE
Petrofac International (UAE) LLC
Petrofac Inc.
Petrofac Training Inc.
Petrofac US Holdings Limited
W&W Energy Services Inc.
SPD Group Limited

Country of incorporation

Malaysia
Malaysia
Mozambique
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Netherlands
Nigeria
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Russia
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Scotland
Scotland
Scotland
Scotland
Scotland
Scotland
Scotland
Scotland
Singapore
Singapore
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
United Arab Emirates
United States
United States
United States
United States
British Virgin Islands 

Proportion of nominal value 
of issued shares controlled 
by the Group

2021

100

49(2)

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100
100
100
100(1)
100(1)
100
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

2020 

100

49(2)

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–
100(1)
100
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

201

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the consolidated financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

34 Subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements continued

Associates

Name of associate

PetroFirst Infrastructure Limited

PetroFirst Infrastructure 2 Limited

Joint arrangements
Joint ventures
Socar – Petrofac LLC
Petrofac Kazakhstan Engineering 
Services LLP
Petrofac – ISKER LLP
China Petroleum Petrofac Engineering 
Services Cooperatief U.A.
Takatuf Petrofac Oman LLC

Joint operations
Petrofac – CPECC JV

PSS Netherlands B.V.

Bechtel Petrofac JV

Petrofac/Bonatti JV
Petrofac/Daelim JV
PM304 JV

Petrofac/Samsung/CB&I CFP
Petrofac/Samsung
Petrofac/Saipem/Samsung

Principal activities

Country of incorporation

Leasing of floating platforms to oil 
and gas industry 
Leasing of floating platforms to oil 
and gas industry

Jersey

Jersey

Azerbaijan
Kazakhstan

Kazakhstan
Netherlands

Oman

Iraq

Netherlands

Training services
Engineering services 

Engineering and construction services
Consultancy for petroleum and chemical 
engineering
Construction, operation and 
management of a training centre

Operations and maintenance contract 
in Iraq
Engineering, procurement, supply of 
equipment and materials and related 
services to execute the Company’s scope 
of work for a project in Thailand
Engineering, procurement and 
construction management of a project 
in UAE
EPC for a project in Algeria
EPC for a project in Oman
Oil and gas exploration and production 
in Malaysia
EPC for a project in Kuwait
EPC for a project in Oman
Offshore works for a project in Thailand

Proportion of nominal value 
of issued shares controlled 
by the Group

2021

20

10

49
50

50
49

40

65(4)

36(3)

2020

20

10

49
50

50
49

40

65(4)

36(3)

Unincorporated

35(4)

35(4)

Unincorporated
Unincorporated
Unincorporated

Unincorporated
Unincorporated
Unincorporated

70(4)
50(4)
30(4)

47(4)
50(4)
36(4)

70(4)
50(4)
30(4)

47(4)
50(4)
36(4)

Please note that only active entities are shown in the above tables. All dormant entities have been omitted.

1  Directly held by Petrofac Limited.
2  Entities consolidated as subsidiaries on the basis of control.
3  The joint arrangement is classified as a joint operation as, contractually, the joint operation partners have rights to the joint operation’s assets and obligation for the joint operation’s 

liabilities.

4  The unincorporated arrangement between the venturers is a joint arrangement as, contractually, all the decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent by the 

venturers. Unincorporated joint arrangements are recognised in the Group’s financial statements as joint operations.

The Group’s ownership interest in associates and joint ventures is disclosed in note 16.

202

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts 
Appendices

Appendix A
The Group references Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) when evaluating the Group’s reported financial performance, financial 
position and cash flows that are not defined or specified under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group considers 
that these APMs, which are not a substitute for or superior to IFRS measures, provide stakeholders with additional useful information 
by adjusting for certain reported items which impact upon IFRS measures or, by defining new measures, aid the understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance, financial position and cash flows. These are aligned to measures which are used internally to assess 
business performance in the Group’s processes when determining compensation.

APM

Description

Closest equivalent IFRS measure

Measures net profitability Group’s net profit/(loss)

Measures net profitability Basic and diluted 
earnings per share

Group’s business 
performance net profit 
attributable to Petrofac 
Limited shareholders 
(note A1)
Business performance 
basic and diluted 
earnings per share 
attributable to Petrofac 
Limited shareholders 
(note A2)

Business performance 
earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and 
amortisation (EBITDA) 
(note A3) 

Measures operating 
profitability

Operating profit/(loss)

Business performance 
earnings before interest 
and tax (EBIT) (note A4)

Measures operating 
profitability

Operating profit/(loss)

Adjustments to reconcile to 
primary statements

Petrofac presents 
business performance 
APM in the consolidated 
income statement as a 
means of measuring 
underlying business 
performance. 
The business 
performance net profit 
measure excludes 
Separately Disclosed 
Items (SDI) (note 2.8).
Business performance 
diluted earnings per share 
is calculated only when 
the reported result is 
a profit.
Excludes SDI (note 2.8), 
depreciation and 
amortisation and 
includes share of net 
profits from associates 
and joint ventures

Excludes SDI (note 2.8) 
and includes share of net 
profits from associates 
and joint ventures

Business performance 
effective tax rate (ETR) 
(note A5)

Measures tax charge

Income tax expense

Excludes income tax 
credit related to SDI

Capital expenditure 
(note A6)

Measures net cash cost 
of capital investment

Net cash flows generated 
from/(used in) investing 
activities

Excludes dividends 
received from associates 
and joint ventures, net 
loans repaid by/(paid to) 
associates and joint 
ventures, proceeds 
from disposal of property, 
plant and equipment, 
proceeds from disposal 
of subsidiaries and 
interest received

Rationale for adjustments

The intention of this 
measure is to provide 
users of the consolidated 
financial statements with 
a clear and consistent 
presentation of underlying 
business performance 
and it excludes the 
impact of certain items 
to aid comparability

The intention of this 
measure is to provide 
users of the consolidated 
financial statements with 
a clear and consistent 
presentation of underlying 
operating performance
The intention of this 
measure is to provide 
users of the consolidated 
financial statements with 
a clear and consistent 
presentation of underlying 
operating performance
The intention of this 
measure is to provide 
users of the consolidated 
financial statements 
with a clear and 
consistent presentation 
of underlying business 
performance ETR
Excludes items not 
considered relevant to 
capital investment

203

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsAppendices continued

APM

Description

Closest equivalent IFRS measure

Free cash flow (note A7) Measures net cash 

generated after operating 
and investing activities to 
finance returns to 
shareholders

Working capital, balance 
sheet measure (note A8)

Measures the investment 
in working capital

Return on capital 
employed (ROCE) (note 
A9)

Measures the efficiency 
of generating operating 
profits from capital 
employed

Cash conversion (note 
A10)

Measures the conversion 
of EBITDA into cash

Net lease liabilities (note 
A11)

Measures net lease 
liabilities 

Net cash flows generated 
from/(used in) operating 
activities plus net cash 
flows (used in)/generated 
from investing activities 
less interest paid and the 
repayment of finance 
lease principal plus 
amounts received from 
non-controlling interest
No direct equivalent. 
Calculated as inventories 
plus trade and other 
receivables plus contract 
assets less trade and 
other payables less 
contract liabilities less 
accrued contract 
expenses
No direct equivalent. 
Calculated as business 
performance earnings 
before interest, tax and 
amortisation (EBITA) 
divided by capital 
employed (average total 
assets less average 
current liabilities after 
adjusting for certain 
leases)
No direct equivalent. 
Calculated as cash 
generated from 
operations divided by 
business performance 
EBITDA
No direct equivalent. 
Calculated as gross lease 
liabilities less 70% of 
leases in respect of 
right-of-use assets 
relating to Block PM304 
in Malaysia

n/a

n/a

Net debt/net cash (note 
A12)

New order intake (note 
A13) 

Measures indebtedness No direct equivalent. 
Calculated as interest-
bearing loans and 
borrowings less cash and 
short-term deposits
No direct equivalent. 
Calculated as net awards 
and net variation orders

Provides visibility of future 
revenue

n/a

n/a

204

Adjustments to reconcile to 
primary statements

Rationale for adjustments

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsA1. Business performance net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders

Reported net loss (A)
Adjustments – separately disclosed items (note 6):
UK Serious Fraud Office proceedings
Impairment of assets
Fair value re-measurements
Group reorganisation and redundancy costs
Cloud ERP implementation costs
Other separately disclosed items
Operating profit separately disclosed items (B)
Refinancing related costs – finance expense separately disclosed items (C)
Foreign exchange translation gains on deferred tax balances
Deferred tax impairment
Tax credit on separately disclosed items (D)
Post-tax separately disclosed items (E = B + C + D)
Group’s business performance net profit (A + E)
(Gain)/loss attributable to non-controlling interest
Business performance net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders

2021 
US$m

(192)

106
17
8
2
12
14
159
28
–
43
43
230
38
(3)
35

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

(201)

–
146
57
13
14
13
243
–
(1)
–
(1)
242
41
9
50

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

A2. Business performance basic earnings per share attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders

Reported net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders (E)
Add: post-tax separately disclosed items (appendix A, note A1)
Business performance net profit attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders (E1)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share(2) (F) (note 9)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share(3) (F1) (note 9)

Basic earnings per share
Business performance (E1/F x 100)
Reported (E/F x 100)
Diluted earnings per share
Business performance (E1/F1 x 100)
Reported (E/F1 x 100)

2021 
 US$m

(195)
230
35

2021 
Shares 
million

362
362

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

(192)
242
50

2020 
Shares 
million

337
337

2021
 US cents

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US cents

9.7
(53.8)

9.7
(53.8)

14.8
(57.0)

14.8
(57.0)

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.
(2)  The weighted number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by the Employee Benefit trust.
(3) For the year ended 31 December 2021 and 2020, potentially issuable ordinary shares under the share-based payment plans are excluded from both the business performance and 

reported diluted earnings per ordinary share calculation, as their inclusion would decrease any loss per ordinary share. 

205

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsAppendices continued

A3. Business performance EBITDA

Reported operating (loss)/profit
Adjustments:
Operating profit separately disclosed items (appendix A, note A1)
Share of net profits from associates and joint ventures (note 16)
Depreciation (note 12)
Amortisation, business performance impairment and write-off (note 5a, note 5b and 5g)
Business performance EBITDA

2021
 US$m

(130)

159
7
62
6
104

(1) The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

A4. Business performance EBIT

Reported operating (loss)/profit
Adjustments:
Operating profit separately disclosed items (appendix A, note A1)
Share of net profits from associates and joint ventures (note 16)
Business performance EBIT

A5. Business performance ETR

Reported income tax expense
Add: Tax (charge)/credit on separately disclosed items (appendix A, note A1)
Business performance income tax (credit)/expense (G)
Group’s business performance net profit (appendix A, note A1)
Group’s business performance net (loss)/profit before tax (H)
Business performance ETR (G/H x 100)

2021 
 US$m

(130)

159
7
36

2021 
US$m

3
(43)
(40)
38
(2)
>100%

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

A6. Capital expenditure

Net cash flows used in investing activities
Adjustments:
Contingent consideration paid
Dividends received from associates and joint ventures
Loans paid to associates and joint ventures
Disposal costs paid
Net proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries, including receipt against contingent consideration
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Interest received
Capital expenditure

A7. Free cash flow

Net cash flows used in operating activities
Net cash flows used in investing activities
Interest paid
Separately disclosed items – refinancing related costs
Repayment of lease liabilities
Free cash flow

2021 
 US$m

30

–
8
–
–
9
5
1
53

2021 
US$m

(161)
(30)
(27)
(23)
(40)
(281)

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.
(2)  The definition of free cash flow has been amended to include the repayment of lease liabilities.

206

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

(160)

243
5
82
41
211

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

(160)

243
5
88

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

18
1
19
41
60
31.7%

2020 
US$m

7

(3)
9
(2)
(3)
31
1
3
43

2020 
(restated)(1),(2)
US$m

(30)
(7)
(36)
–
(50)
(123)

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsA8. Working capital

Inventories (note 18)
Trade and other receivables (note 19) 
Contract assets (note 20)
Current Assets (I)
Trade and other payables (note 28)
Contract liabilities (note 20) 
Accrued contract expenses
Current Liabilities (J)
Working capital (I – J)

A9. Return on capital employed

Reported operating loss
Adjustments:
Operating profit separately disclosed items (appendix A, note A1)
Share of profits from associates and joint ventures (note 16)
Amortisation (note 5a and 5b)
Business performance EBITA (K)
Total assets opening balance
Less: 70% on leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia
Adjusted total assets opening balance (L)
Total assets closing balance
Less: 70% on leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia (note A11)
Adjusted total assets closing balance (M)
Average total assets (N = (L + M)/2)
Current liabilities opening balance
Less: 70% on leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia (note A11)
Adjusted current liabilities opening balance (O)
Current liabilities closing balance
Less: 70% on leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia (note A11)
Adjusted current liabilities closing balance (P)
Average current liabilities (Q = (O + P)/2)
Capital employed (R = N – Q)
Return on capital employed (K/R x 100)

2021 
US$m

23
668
1,580
2,271
1,090
58
780
1,928
343

2021 
US$m

(130)

159
7
6
42
4,171
(177)
3,994
3,837
(127)
3,710
3,852
3,336
(97)
3,239
2,221
(34)
2,187
2,713
1,139
3.7%

2020 
 US$m

8
877
1,652
2,537
887
120
1,134
2,141
396

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

(160)

243
5
5
93
5,960
(259)
5,701
4,171
(177)
3,994
4,848
3,922
(89)
3,833
3,336
(97)
3,239
3,536
1,312
7.1%

(1)  The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

A10. Cash conversion

Cash (used in)/generated from operations (S)
Business performance EBITDA (T)
Cash conversion (S/T x 100)

2021 
US$m

(91)
104
<0.0%

2020 

 (restated)(1)
US$m

77
213
36.2%

(1) The prior year numbers are restated in relation to the adoption of the IFRIC decision on cloud configuration and customisation costs in April 2021; see note 2.9.

207

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsAppendices continued

A11. Net lease liabilities

Non-current liability for lease liabilities (note 17)
Current liability for lease liabilities (note 17)
Total gross liability for lease liabilities
Gross-up on non-current liability for leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in 
Malaysia (note 17)
Gross-up on current liability for leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia 
(note 17)
Total 70% on leases in respect of right-of-use assets relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia
Net non-current liability for leases 
Net current liability for leases
Net lease liabilities

A12. Net debt

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (U) (note 26)
Less: Cash and short-term deposits (V) (note 21)
Net debt (U – V)

A13. New order intake

Engineering & Construction operating segment
Net awards
Net variation orders

Asset Solutions operating segment
Net awards
Net variation orders

New order intake

2021 
US$m

2020 
 US$m

190
61
251

93

34
127
97
27
124

2021 
US$m

764
(620)
144

2021 
US$m

857
350
1,207

993
39
1,032
2,239

163
150
313

80

97
177
83
53
136

2020 
 US$m

800
(684)
116

2020
 US$m

314
396
710

1,177
(255)
922
1,632

208

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsFinancial statements

Company financial  
statements

Income 

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries 

Company income statement 
Company statement of comprehensive income 
Company balance sheet 
Company statement of cash flows 
Company statement of changes in equity 
Notes to the Company financial statements
Note 1   Corporate information 
Note 2  Summary of significant accounting policies 
Note 3  SFO fines, penalties and associated costs 
Note 4 
Note 5  General and administration expenses 
Note 6  Expected credit loss allowance (ECL) 
Note 7 
Note 8  Other operating income 
Note 9   Other operating expenses 
Note 10  Finance income/(expense) 
Note 11  Dividends paid and proposed 
Note 12  Investments in subsidiaries 
Note 13  Property, plant and equipment 
Note 14  Amounts due from/due to Group entities 
Note 15  Cash and short-term deposits 
Note 16  Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) shares 
Note 17   Share-based payments reserve 
Note 18  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Note 19  Other financial assets and other financial liabilities 
Note 20  Trade and other payables 
Note 21  Leases 
Note 22  Commitments and contingent liabilities 
Note 23  Risk management and financial instruments  
Note 24  Related party transactions 
Note 25  Share capital 
Glossary 
Shareholder information 

Pages
210
210
211
212
213

214
214
216
216
216
216
216
216
216
217
217
217
217
218
218
218
219
219
220
222
222
223
223
226
226
227
229

209

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsCompany income statement
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Income
General and administration expenses
SFO fines, penalties and associated costs
Expected credit loss allowance 
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries
Other operating income
Other operating expenses
Operating loss
Finance income
Finance expense
Loss before tax and net loss

Company statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Net loss 
Fair value gain on derivatives
Total comprehensive loss 

Notes

4

5

3

6

7

8

9

10

10

2021
US$m

128
(16)
(116)
(13)
–
8
(6)
(15)
34
(65)
(46)

 2020
US$m

239
(14)
–
(200)
(348)
9
(26)
(340)
60
(34)
(314)

2021 
US$m

(46)
–
(46)

2020 
 US$m

(314)
2
(312)

210

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsCompany balance sheet
At 31 December 2021

Assets 
Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in associates
Property, plant and equipment
Other financial assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Amounts due from Group entities
Other financial assets 
Cash and short-term deposits

Total assets
Equity and liabilities 
Equity attributable to Petrofac Limited shareholders
Share capital
Share premium
Capital redemption reserve
Employee Benefit Trust shares
Share-based payments reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity
Non-current liabilities 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Amounts due to Group entities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Other financial liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Total equity and liabilities

Notes

2021
 US$m

2020 
 US$m

12

13

19

14

19

15

25

25

25

16

17

18

19

20

14

18 

19

218
7
16
61
302

1
1,380
55
135
1,571
1,873

10
251
11
(69)
59
190
452

764
17
781

116
507
–
17
640
1,421
1,873

218
7
–
48
273

1
1,027
7
87
1,122
1,395

7
4
11
(88)
72
237
243

50
–
50

1
369
705
27
1,102
1,152
1,395

The financial statements on pages 210 to 226 were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 March 2022 and signed on its behalf by 
Afonso Reis e Sousa – Chief Financial Officer.

211

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsCompany statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Operating activities 
Loss before tax

Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax:
Expected credit loss allowance
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries
Net finance expense/(income)
Loss on early settlement of deferred consideration
Negative fair value change associated with contingent consideration
Other non-recurring expenses
Net other non-cash items

Working capital adjustments:
Amounts due from Group entities
Other financial assets and liabilities
Trade and other payables
Amounts due to Group entities
Net working capital adjustments
Cash (used in)/generated from operations and net cash flows (used in)/generated 
from operating activities

Investing activities 
Proceeds from disposal of a subsidiary including receipt against contingent consideration
Net cash flows generated from investing activities

Financing activities
Issue of shares net of associated transaction costs
Proceeds from interest-bearing loans and borrowings, net of debt acquisition cost
Repayment of interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Interest paid
Refinancing related costs paid
Purchase of Company’s shares by Employee Benefit Trust
Net cash flows generated from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Notes

2021 
US$m

2020 
 US$m

(46)

(314)

6

7

10

19

19

3

19

25

18

18

10

10

16

15

13
–
31
–
–
116
(2)
112

(338)
(74)
2
127
(283)

(171)

–
–

250
1,484
(1,470)
(20)
(23)
(2)
219

48
87
135

200
348
(26)
6
9
–
(4)
219

1,089
13
(1)
(1,038)
63

282

13
13

–
870
(1,015)
(25)
–
(11)
(181)

114
(27)
87

212

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsCompany statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Issued share 
capital 
US$m 
(note 25)

Share 
premium 
US$m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
 US$m

Employee 
Benefit Trust
 shares(1)
 US$m 
 (note 16)

Share-based 
payments 
reserve
US$m 
(note 17)

Unrealised 
losses on 
derivatives 
US$m

Balance at 1 January 2020
Net loss 
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive loss
Purchase of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust 
Issue of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust
Credit to equity for share-based 
payments charge invoiced to Group 
entities
Balance at 31 December 2020 and 
1 January 2021
Net loss and total comprehensive 
loss
Issue of own shares (note 25)
Purchase of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust 
Issue of Company’s shares by 
Employee Benefit Trust
Credit to equity for share-based 
payments charge invoiced to Group 
entities
Balance at 31 December 2021

(1) Shares held by Petrofac Employee Benefit Trust.

7
–
–
–

–

–

–

7

–
3

–

–

–
10

4
–
–
–

–

–

–

4

–
247

–

–

–
251

11
–
–
–

–

–

–

11

–
–

–

–

–
11

(110)
–
–
–

(11)

33

–

(88)

–
–

(2)

83
–
–
–

–

(30)

19

72

–
–

–

21

(20)

–
(69)

7
59

(2)
–
2
2

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

Retained 
earnings 
US$m

554
(314)
–
(314)

–

(3)

–

237

(46)
–

–

(1)

–
190

Total
 equity 
US$m

547
(314)
2
(312)

(11)

–

19

243

(46)
250

(2)

–

7
452

213

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2021

1 Corporate information
Petrofac Limited (the ‘Company’) is a limited liability company 
registered and domiciled in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) 
Law 1991 and is the holding company for the international group 
of Petrofac subsidiaries. Petrofac Limited and its subsidiaries at 
31 December 2021 comprise the Petrofac Group (the ‘Group’). 
The Group’s principal activity is to design, build, manage and 
maintain infrastructure for the energy industries.

The financial statements of the Company for the year ended 
31 December 2021 were authorised for issue in accordance with 
a resolution of the Board of Directors on 23 March 2022.

2 Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The separate financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(IASB) and applicable requirements of Jersey law.

The separate financial statements of the Company have been 
prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial 
instruments and contingent consideration that have been 
measured at fair value. The functional and presentation currency 
of these separate financial statements is United States dollars 
and all values in the separate financial statements are rounded 
to the nearest million (US$m) unless otherwise stated. 

Adoption of new financial reporting standards, 
amendments and interpretations
Effective new financial reporting amendments
The Company applied for the first-time certain amendments, 
which are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2021. The Company has not early adopted any other 
standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but 
is not yet effective.

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial assets are 
classified into the following categories:

 – Amortised cost
 – Fair value through profit or loss

Amortised cost
The Company generally applies this category to trade and other 
receivables, amounts due from Group entities and deferred 
consideration receivable. The Company measures financial 
assets at amortised cost if both of the following conditions 
are met:

 – The financial asset is held within a business model with the 

objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual 
cash flows; and

 – The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on 

specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured 
using the effective interest rate (EIR) method and are subject to 
impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in the Company’s 
income statement when the asset is derecognised, modified or 
impaired.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss include 
financial assets held for trading and financial assets designated 
upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss, or 
financial assets mandatorily required to be measured at fair value. 
Derivatives are classified as held for trading unless they are 
designated as effective hedging instruments. Financial assets at 
fair value through profit or loss are carried in the Company’s 
balance sheet at fair value with net changes in fair value 
recognised in the income statement.

The following amendments apply for the first time in 2021, but do 
not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements of 
the Group:

The fair value changes to undesignated forward currency 
contracts are recognised within the other operating income or 
expenses line item in the Company’s income statement.

Impairment of financial assets
The Company recognises an allowance for expected credit 
losses (ECLs) for all financial assets not held at fair value through 
profit or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the 
contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and 
all the cash flows that the Company expects to receive, 
discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest 
rate. The expected cash flows will include, if any, cash flows from 
the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are 
integral to the contractual terms.

 – Amendment to IFRS 16 – COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions 

(effective 1 June 2020)

 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 (effective 1 January 
2021)

Significant accounting policies
Investments in subsidiaries
Investment in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any 
accumulated impairment.

Investments in associates
Investment in associates are stated at cost less any accumulated 
impairment.

Financial assets
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial assets are classified at initial recognition, as 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, fair value through 
other comprehensive income, and fair value through profit or loss.

The Company initially measures a financial asset at its fair value 
plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit 
or loss, transaction costs.

214

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts2 Summary of significant accounting policies 
continued
For financial assets measured at amortised cost, ECLs are 
recognised in two stages. For credit exposures for which there 
has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial 
recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from 
default events that are possible within the next 12 months (a 
12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has 
been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, 
a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the 
remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the 
default (a lifetime ECL). During the year, there was a significant 
increase in the credit risk for such financial assets since the initial 
recognition. This resulted in a lifetime ECL being recognised for 
these financial assets. 

The Company considers a financial asset to be in default when 
available information indicates that the Company is unlikely to 
receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full. 

Financial liabilities
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as interest-
bearing loans and borrowings, trade and other payables, or 
derivative financial instruments.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in 
the case of interest-bearing loans and borrowings and trade and 
other payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Company’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, 
loans and borrowings including bank overdrafts, derivative financial 
instruments, and amounts due to Group entities.

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial liabilities are 
classified in the following categories:

 – Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
 – Loans and borrowings

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include 
financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities 
designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit 
or loss.

Financial liabilities include derivative financial instruments entered 
in to by the Company that are not designated as hedging 
instruments in hedge relationships. 

Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are recognised in the 
income statement.

Loans and borrowings
This category generally applies to interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings (note 18). After initial recognition, interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the EIR method. The EIR amortisation charge and the 
gains and losses, upon derecognition, are recognised in the 
other operating income or expenses line item in the Company 
income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by considering any discount or 
premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part 
of the EIR. 

Share-based payments
Certain employees of Group entities receive remuneration in 
the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render 
services in exchange for Company shares or rights over shares 
(‘equity-settled transactions’); see note 24 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

Taxation
Profits arising in the Company for the 2021 year of assessment 
will be subject to Jersey tax at the standard corporate income tax 
rate of 0% (2020: 0%).

Significant accounting judgements and estimates
Judgements
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, 
management has made the following judgements, apart from 
those involving estimations, which have the most significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the financial statements:

Significant judgements associated with contingent 
liabilities and provisions
Management applies significant judgements in determining 
whether it has a present or a possible obligation to disclose 
a contingent liability or a probable obligation to recognise a 
provision in the financial statements. Management, in certain 
instances, takes into consideration legal advice from its legal 
counsel and external legal advisors as well as independent 
specialist advice, to determine the probability of an outflow of 
resources embodying economic benefits that will be required 
to settle the obligation, if determined. Typically, the contingent 
liabilities include pending legal cases with regulatory authorities 
and/or third parties.

Estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key 
sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting 
period that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are discussed below:

 – Recoverable amount of investments in subsidiaries and ECL 

allowance on amounts due from Group entities: the Company 
recognises an allowance for ECLs for amounts due from Group 
entities based on the difference between the contractual cash 
flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash 
flows that the Company expects to receive. The expected cash 
flows will include, if any, cash flows from the sale of collateral 
held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the 
contractual terms. For determining the recoverable amount of 
investments in subsidiaries; the Company determines at the 
end of each reporting period whether there is any evidence of 
indicators of impairment in the carrying amount of its 
investments in subsidiaries. Where indicators exist, an 
impairment test is undertaken which requires management to 
estimate the recoverable amount of its assets, which is based 
on value in use. The value-in-use estimation is based on output 
of management’s business planning process which involves 
assumptions relating to, but not limited to, future cash flows, 
discount rate and inflation. The carrying amount of investments 
in and amounts due from Group entities was US$218m and 
US$1,380m respectively (2020: US$218m and US$1,027m 
respectively) and amounts due to Group entities was US$507m 
(2020: US$369m).

215

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

3 SFO fines, penalties and associated costs

UK Serious Fraud Office proceedings
Legal and professional fees in respect of the SFO proceedings
Company income statement charge

2021 
US$m

106
10
116

2020 
 US$m

–
–
–

On 12 May 2017, the SFO announced an investigation into the activities of Petrofac, its subsidiaries, and their officers, employees 
and agents for suspected bribery, corruption, and/or money laundering. In September 2021, the Company reached a plea agreement 
with the SFO such that the Company entered guilty pleas in respect of seven counts of failing to prevent former Petrofac Group 
employees from offering or making payments to agents in relation to projects in Iraq, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates, 
contrary to Section 7 of the UK Bribery Act 2010. As a result, on 4 October 2021 the Southwark Crown Court ordered the Company 
to  ay a penalty of £77.0m. This comprises a confiscation order of £22.8m payable by 3 January 2022; a fine of £47.2m, and SFO costs 
of £7.0m, both payable on 14 February 2022. At 31 December 2021, management has recorded a liability for a full amount payable 
at the year-end exchange rate (US$104m); note 20. 

The Company has also incurred US$10m of legal and professional fees associated with the SFO investigation during the year.

4 Income
Dividends from subsidiaries and associates are recognised when the right to receive payment is established. 

Dividend income from subsidiaries
Dividend income from associates

2021 
US$m

120
8
128

2020 
US$m

229
10
239

5 General and administration expenses
General and administration expenses relate to costs directly incurred by the Company. This also includes the recharged portion of the 
corporate personnel cost, travelling, entertainment and professional cost by one of its subsidiaries of US$14m (2020: US$13m) 
recognised within the general and administration expenses line item in the Company’s income statement.

Included in general and administration expenses is the auditor’s remuneration of US$41,000 (2020: US$40,000) related to the fee for 
the audit of the Company’s financial statements.

6 Expected credit loss allowance
The ECL allowance recognised by the Company during 2021 and 2020 was as follows: 

ECL on amounts due from Group entities (note 14)
ECL (reversal)/allowance on other financial assets (note 19)

2021 
US$m

14
(1)
13

2020 
US$m

198
2
200

7 Impairment of investments in subsidiaries
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries during the year was $nil (2020: US$348m). In the prior year, of the total impairment charge 
US$284m related to Petrofac Energy Developments International Limited, US$52m related to Petrofac UK Holdings Limited and 
US$12m related to Petrofac Treasury UK Limited. 

8 Other operating income

Exchange gain and forward points on undesignated foreign currency contracts
Recharges to Group entities

9 Other operating expenses

Effective interest rate amortisation and losses resulting from changes in interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings repayment terms
Negative fair value change on contingent consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd (note 19)
Loss on early settlement of deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd (note 19)
Costs incurred on behalf of Group entities
Others

2021
 US$m

2020 
 US$m

2
6
8

4
5
9

2021
US$m

2020
 US$m

–
–
–
6
–
6

1
9
6
5
5
26

216

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts10 Finance income/(expense)

Finance income
Unwinding of discount (note 19)
On amounts due from Group entities
Total finance income
Finance expense
Borrowings
Interest expense on finance leases
On amounts due to Group entities
Refinancing related costs
Total finance expense

Refinancing related costs 

2021 
US$m

2020 
US$m

5
29
34

(35)
(1)
(1)
(28)
(65)

5
55
60

(25)
–
(9)
–
(34)

During 2021, a capital raise (note 25) and a comprehensive refinancing were completed to extend Petrofac’s debt maturities and 
to create a long-term capital structure for the Group. Costs of US$28m were incurred which were integral to the execution of the 
refinancing but were not directly attributable to the secured facilities. These costs included facility fees for bridge finance, advisory 
fees paid on behalf of lenders, certain legal and professional fees, and accelerated amortisation associated with debt acquisition costs for 
facilities which were repaid during the year.

11 Dividends paid and proposed
In April 2020, the Board agreed to cancel the final 2019 ordinary share dividend payments and to cancel subsequent dividends in 
response to the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. Dividend payments were therefore also cancelled in 2020. 
The Board recognises the importance of dividends to our shareholders, but in light of current market conditions has decided that 
dividend payments will remain suspended (and therefore no dividend will be paid in respect of 2021), but will seek to reinstate them 
as soon as it is appropriate to do so. This will be contingent on both a market recovery and confidence that the dividend can be paid 
sustainably whilst retaining a strong balance sheet and liquidity. Under the terms of the new debt facilities, the company will be 
permitted to pay dividends from 1 January 2023, subject to the satisfaction of certain covenant tests.

12 Investments in subsidiaries
At 31 December, the Company had investments in the following active subsidiaries:

Name of company

Country of incorporation

Trading subsidiaries
England
Petrofac Services Limited
England
Petrofac UK Holdings Limited
Guernsey
Jermyn Insurance Company Limited
Petrofac International Limited
Jersey
Petrofac Energy Developments International Limited Jersey
Petrofac Facilities Management International Limited Jersey
Jersey
Petrofac Integrated Energy Services Limited
Jersey
Petrofac Training International Limited
Jersey
Petroleum Facilities E & C Limited
Singapore
Petrofac South East Asia Pte Limited
UK
Petrofac Treasury UK Limited

Proportion of nominal value 
of issued shares controlled 
by the Company

2021

2020

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
99
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
99
100

13 Property, plant and equipment
The increase in property, plant and equipment of US$16m was mainly due to the addition of a right-of-use asset in respect of the 
West Desaru mobile offshore production unit (MOPU) for which a put option on the Company exists. In 2014, the Company entered 
into a sale and purchase agreement (SPA) with the buyer to dispose of 80% of the shares in PetroFirst Infrastructure Limited (formerly 
Petrofac FPSO Holdings Limited) that owned the floating platform assets. In accordance with the terms of the SPA, the buyer had an 
option to put the West Desaru MOPU to the Company; the put options terminate on 31 December 2030. During the year, a lease in 
respect of the MOPU that was due to expire on 30 April 2021 relating to Block PM304 in Malaysia was extended to 30 September 
2026. Management expects that the put option associated with the MOPU (with a value of US$20m) will be payable on the lease 
expiry i.e. on 30 September 2026. Accordingly, the Company has recognised a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability 
associated with the MOPU (note 21).

217

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

14 Amounts due from/due to Group entities
Amounts due from/due to Group entities comprise both interest- and non-interest-bearing short-term loans provided to/received from 
Group entities listed in note 34 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The increase in amounts due from Group entities of US$353m was mainly due to additional funding to certain Group entities from the 
Company, partially offset by dividends receivable from the Company’s subsidiary of US$120m, declared in December 2021. 
The increase in amounts due to Group entities of US$137m related to balances payable to Petrofac Treasury UK Limited.

At the end of each reporting period, the amounts due from Group entities are reported net of ECL allowance in accordance with IFRS 
9 ‘Financial Instruments’. 

The movement in the ECL allowance against amounts due from Group entities at the end of each reporting period was as follows:

At 1 January
ECL allowance (note 6)
Write-off arising from loan waivers
At 31 December

2021 
US$m

62
14
–
76

2020
 US$m

137
198
(273)
62

The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic and the associated economic slowdown had an impact on the ability of a subsidiary of the 
Company to provide financial guarantees in respect of the amounts owed by other Group entities to the Company. As a result, at 
31 December 2021, the Company has not recognised any ECL allowance against amounts due from Petrofac UK Holdings Limited 
(PUKH). However, at 31 December 2021, a partial guarantee of US$91m was provided to PUKH in respect of the amounts owed by 
these entities to the Company (2020: a partial guarantee of $100m was provided to PUKH).

During the prior year, the Company waived the amounts due from Petrofac Facilities Management Limited (PFML) of US$273m 
and amounts due from Petrofac Energy Developments International Limited (PEDIL) of US$284m. The balance due from PEDIL was 
transferred to an investment in PEDIL of US$284m and consequently an impairment charge associated with the overall investment 
in subsidiaries of US$284m was recognised within the ‘impairment of investment in subsidiaries’ line item in the income statement. 
Additionally, the Company recognised a reversal of the ECL allowance of US$87m in respect of this previous loan balance.

At 31 December 2021, the analysis of amounts due from Group entities is as follows:

ECL rate
Gross carrying amount
Less: ECL allowance 
ECL adjusted amounts due from Group entities at 31 December 

15 Cash and short-term deposits

Cash at bank and in hand

2021
 US$m

5.2%
1,456
(76)
1,380

2021 
US$m

135

2020 
US$m

5.7%
 1,089
(62)
1,027

2020 
 US$m

87

The fair value of cash and bank short-term deposit balances was US$135m (2020: US$87m). This balance represents cash and cash 
equivalents for the purpose of the Company statement of cash flows.

16 Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) shares
The Petrofac Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘Trust’) has been established to administer the Group’s discretionary share scheme awards 
made to the employees of the Group. The Trust issues Company shares to the Group’s employees on their respective vesting dates 
subject to satisfying any service and performance conditions of each scheme. The Trust continues to be included in the Company’s 
financial statements in accordance with IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’.

For the purpose of making awards under the Group’s share-based payment plans, shares in the Company are purchased and held by the Trust. 
These shares have been classified in the balance sheet as EBT shares within equity. Shares vested during the year are satisfied with these shares.

The movements in total EBT shares are shown below:

At 1 January
Purchase of Company’s shares by Employee Benefit Trust(1)
Issue of Company’s shares by Employee Benefit Trust
At 31 December

(1) All shares purchased via the Open Offer (note 25). 

2021

2020

Number

US$m

Number

US$m

8,703,208
1,206,470
(4,677,573)
5,232,105

88 10,055,467
3,973,332
(5,325,591)
8,703,208

2
(21)
69

110
11
(33)
88

Shares vested during the year include dividend shares of 278,089 shares (2020: 509,329 shares). 

218

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts17 Share-based payments reserve
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments awarded to employees of 
the Group entities, and transfers out of this reserve are made upon vesting of the original share awards.

18 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
The Company had the following interest-bearing loans and borrowings outstanding:

Non-current
Senior secured notes
Revolving credit facility 
Term loans

Current 
Revolving credit facility
Term loans
Bank overdrafts

Total interest-bearing loans and borrowings

2021 
US$m

2020 
US$m

 580 
 85 
 99 
 764 

–
–
–
–
 764 

–
–
50
50

505
200
–
705
755

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings as at 31 December 2021 is presented net of debt acquisition costs of $28m (2020: $0.5m)

In addition to the capital raise (note 25), a comprehensive refinancing was completed in October and November 2021 to extend the 
Company’s debt maturities and to create a long-term capital structure.

The refinancing plan comprised the issuance of US$600m 9.75% senior secured notes (due 2026), a US$180m new revolving credit 
facility, a US$50m (denominated as AED185m) new bilateral facility and an amended existing US$50m bilateral loan facility. All facilities 
were for general corporate purposes.

The proceeds of the refinancing, in combination with the proceeds from the capital raise and available cash reserves, were used 
to repay some of the previous credit facilities during the year (including the Company issued £300m (US$ equivalent of US$405m 
as at  0 November 2021, when it was repaid) in commercial paper with a maturity of 12 months under the UK Government’s COVID 
Corporate Financing Facility (CCFF), the previous revolving credit facility and one of the previous bilateral term loans) in addition to 
the penalties imposed by the Court in relation to the SFO investigation (note 3), which were settled in January and February 2022.

Details of the Company’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings are as follows:

Senior secured notes
In November 2021, the Company issued US$600m of 9.75% senior secured notes, due November 2026. These are listed on The 
International Stock Exchange and were issued at a 0.97% discount to the nominal value, resulting in a total 10.0% yield to maturity 
for the purchasers of the notes. The notes were issued with a rating of BB- from both S&P and Fitch. 

The interest coupon is payable semi-annually and the Company has a call option to redeem the notes with a first call date of 
November 2023, with a make-whole premium of 4.88%/2.44% of the remaining coupon from November 2023 and 2024 respectively.

Revolving credit facility
The Company has a US$180m committed revolving credit facility (2020: US$1,000m) with a syndicate of international banks, which is 
available for general corporate purposes. The facility is due to mature in October 2023 with options to extend(1). At 31 December 2021, 
US$95m was drawn under this facility (31 December 2020: US$505m). Interest is payable on the drawn balance of the facility and in 
addition utilisation fees are payable depending on the level of utilisation.

The facility agreement provides for the Company to pay a certain proportion of any up-front fee incurred by the lender to facilitate 
any transfer of its commitment under the facility, to another lender. This has been classified as an embedded derivative on initial 
recognition and re-measured at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value on initial recognition in October 2021 was estimated at 
US$4m (Level 3 of the ‘fair value hierarchy’ contained within IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’) and there has been no change in fair 
value in the period to 31 December 2021.

Subsequent to the previous year-end, extended credit facilities of US$700m (RCF of US$610m and bilateral term facility of US$90m) 
were secured and these were drawn and subsequently repaid during the year. 

(1)  The option to extend the revolving credit facility, by an incremental six months to April 2024 and October 2024, is subject to the approval of lenders.

219

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

18 Interest-bearing loans and borrowings continued
Term loans
At 31 December 2021, the Company had in place two bilateral term loans with a combined total of US$100m (2020: three bilateral 
term loans with a combined total of US$250m). At 31 December 2021, US$100m was drawn under these facilities, of which US$50m 
is scheduled to mature in October 2023 and US$50m in November 2023 (2020: US$250m, with US$50m maturing in February 2021, 
US$150m in March 2021 and US$50m in November 2023).

Compliance with covenants
The revolving credit facility and the term loans (together, the ‘Senior Loans’) are subject to two financial covenants relating to leverage 
and interest cover for the Group (see note 26 of the Group’s consolidated financial statements). These covenants are tested at 30 June 
and 31 December (and additionally on any quarter-end date falling on 31 March or 30 September on which the revolving credit facility 
is more than 33% drawn). The leverage financial covenant is defined as the ratio of net debt (including net leases but excluding cash 
over which there are exchange control restrictions), at the end of the reporting period to the previous 12 months’ EBITDA. The interest 
cover financial covenant is defined as the ratio of the previous 12 months’ EBITDA to the previous 12 months’ net interest expense 
(excluding debt acquisition cost amortisation).

The Group was compliant with these covenants at 31 December 2021. However, as noted in the going concern disclosure (note 2.5), 
the extended impact of COVID-19 resulted in a deterioration in EBITDA in Q4 2021 and due to the carryover effect of this result on the 
subsequent financial covenants (calculated on a rolling 12-month basis), Senior Loan lenders granted an amendment to both of the 
financial covenants.  These amendments were as follows:

 – Leverage financial covenant: shall not exceed a ratio of 4.5:1 throughout 2022, falling to 3.5:1 thereafter (previously 4.1:1 at 

31 March 2022, if tested at this date and 3.5:1 thereafter).

 – Interest cover financial covenant: shall not be less than a ratio of 1.75:1 at 31 March 2022, if tested at this date (previously 2.25:1), 
1.50:1 at 30 June 2022 (previusly 2.25:1), 1.0:1 at 30 September 2022, if tested at this date (previously 2.0:1) and 1.75:1 thereafter 
(previously 2.25:1).

The Senior Loans are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with each other and with 
the Company’s other existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

19 Other financial assets and other financial liabilities

2021 
US$m

2020 
US$m

Other financial assets
Non-current
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
Restricted cash

Current
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
Restricted cash
Derivative contracts on behalf of Group entities 
Derivative contracts undesignated

Other financial liabilities
Non-current
Lease liability

Current
Derivative contracts on behalf of Group entities
Derivative contracts undesignated 
Embedded derivative in respect of the revolving credit facility
Interest payable

220

5
56
61

49
5
–
1
55

17

–
5
4
8
17

48
–
48

–
–
4
3
7

–

9
17
–
1
27

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts19 Other financial assets and other financial liabilities continued
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
The deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd relating to the disposal of Petrofac GSA Holdings Limited, is 
measured at amortised cost using a discount rate of 8.4%. Unwinding of the discount on the deferred consideration of US$4m (2020: 
US$5m) was recognised during the year, within the finance income line item of the income statement. A decrease in the credit risk for 
this financial asset resulted in the reversal in the expected credit loss allowance of US$1m being recognised for the year (2020: charge 
of US$2m).

Opening balance (non-current and current)
Unwinding of discount (note 10)
Expected credit loss allowance reversal/(charge)
Loss on early settlement (note 9)
Receipts
As at the end of the reporting period

2021 
 US$m

2020
 US$m

48
5
1
–
–
54

64
5
(2)
(6)
(13)
48

Contingent consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
A reconciliation of the fair value movement of contingent consideration arising from the disposal of Petrofac GSA Holdings Limited is 
presented below:

Opening balance
Fair value loss
As at the end of the reporting period

2021 
US$m

–
–
–

2020 
US$m

9
(9)
–

Fair value measurement
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value 
hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1:
Level 2:

Level 3:

Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial assets or liabilities
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
Valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is 
unobservable

Set out below is a comparison of the carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments as at 31 December:

Financial assets
Measured at amortised cost
Cash and short-term deposits (note 15)
Deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Derivative contracts on behalf of Group entities
Derivative contracts undesignated

Financial liabilities
Measured at amortised cost
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Senior secured notes
Revolving credit facility
Term loans
Interest payable
Measured at fair value through profit and loss
Derivative contracts on behalf of Group entities
Derivative contracts undesignated
Embedded derivative in respect of the revolving credit facility

Carrying amount

Fair value

Level

2021 
US$m

2020 
US$m

2021 
US$m

2020 
US$m

Level 2
Level 2

Level 2
Level 2

Level 1
Level 2
Level 2
Level 2

Level 2
Level 2
Level 3

135
54

–
1

580
85
99
8

–
5
4

87
48

4
3

–
505
250
1

9
17
–

135
54

–
1

595
85
99
8

–
5
4

87
48

4
3

–
505
250
1

9
17
–

Management assessed the carrying amounts of trade and other receivables, amounts due from/due to Group entities and trade and 
other payables to approximate their fair values and are therefore excluded from the above table.

221

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

19 Other financial assets and other financial liabilities continued
When the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities recognised in the Company balance sheet cannot be measured based 
on quoted prices in active markets, their fair value is measured using valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models. 
The inputs to these models are taken from observable markets where possible, but where such information is not available, a degree 
of judgement is required in establishing fair values. Judgements include considerations of inputs such as liquidity risk, credit risk and 
volatility. Changes in assumptions relating to these factors could affect the recognised fair value of financial instruments and are 
discussed further below. 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values for material financial instruments:

 – The Company enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions with investment 
grade credit ratings. Foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using valuation techniques, which employ the use of market 
observable inputs. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing using present value calculations. 
The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange spot and forward rates, 
yield curves of the respective currencies, currency basis spreads between the respective currencies, interest rate curves and 
forward rate curves of the underlying commodity.

 – The fair value of deferred consideration receivable from Ithaca Energy UK Ltd is equivalent to its amortised cost determined as the 

present value of discounted future cash flows using the discount rate of 8.4%.

 – The fair values of long-term interest-bearing loans and borrowings (excluding senior secured notes) are equivalent to their amortised 

costs determined as the present value of discounted future cash flows using the effective interest rate.

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings(1)
At 31 December 2021
At 31 December 2020

1 January 
US$m

Cash inflows 
US$m

Cash outflows 
US$m

Other(2)
US$m

31 December 
US$m

755
900

1,484
870

(1,470)
(1,015)

(5)
–

764
755

(1) Interest-bearing loans and borrowings excludes overdrafts, since these are included within cash and equivalents. At 31 December 2021 there were no overdrafts (2020: US$nil).
(2) Represents the movement in debt acquisition costs for senior notes and other interest-bearing loans and borrowings.

20 Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other payables and accruals

2021 
 US$m

–
116
116

2020
 US$m

1
–
1

Other payables as at 31 December 2021 consist primarily of the Court penalty of US$104m (note 3).

21 Lease
A right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability was recognised in the year in respect of the West Desaru mobile offshore 
production unit (MOPU) for which a put option on the Company exists (note 13). 

a. Right-of-use asset
The Company recognises right-of-use assets, within the property, plant and equipment line item of the balance sheet, at the 
commencement date of the lease (the date at which the underlying asset is available for use). The carrying amount of the right-of-use 
asset recognised and the movement during the year is disclosed in note 13.

b. Lease liability
The table below provides details of lease liability recognised within the other financial liabilities line item of the balance sheet:

Lease liability at 1 January
Additions
Interest
At 31 December

c. Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of lease

Finance expense recognised associated with lease liability

2021 
US$m

2020
 US$m

–
16
1
17

2021 
US$m

1

–
–
–
–

2020 
US$m

–

222

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts21 Lease continued
d. Future lease payments
Set out below are the future lease payments in respect of the lease for property, plant and equipment. These have remaining non-
cancellable lease terms of between one and eight years. The discounted and undiscounted future minimum lease commitments as 
at 31 December 2021 are as follows:

The commitments are as follows:
After one year but not more than five years

Present
 value 
US$m

17
17

Finance 
expense 
US$m

Future 
minimum lease 
payments 
US$m

3
3

20
20

22 Commitments and contingent liabilities
Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Company will obtain surety bonds, letters of credit and guarantees, which are contractually 
required to secure performance, advance payment or in lieu of retentions being withheld. Some of these facilities are secured by issue 
of corporate guarantees on behalf of Group entities by the Company in favour of the issuing banks.

At 31 December 2021, the Company had outstanding letters of guarantee, including performance and advance payments of US$673m 
(2020: US$702m).

At 31 December 2021, the Company had outstanding forward exchange contracts amounting to US$849m (2020: US$1,910m). 
These commitments consist of future obligations either to acquire or to sell designated amounts of foreign currency at agreed rates 
and value dates.

23 Risk management and financial instruments
Risk management objectives and policies
The Company’s principal financial assets and liabilities are amounts due from and due to Group entities, forward currency contracts, 
cash and short-term deposits and interest-bearing loans and borrowings.

The Company’s activities expose it to various financial risks particularly associated with interest rate risks on its external variable rate 
loans and borrowings. The Company has a policy not to enter speculative trading of financial derivatives.

The other main risks besides interest rate are foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk; the policies relating to these risks are 
discussed in detail below:

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect the value of the Company’s interest-bearing financial 
liabilities and assets. The Company does not hedge its exposure on its interest-bearing funding to/from Group entities. 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The impact on the Company’s before tax profit and equity due to a reasonably possible change in interest rates is demonstrated in the 
table below. 

The analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

31 December 2021
31 December 2020

Before tax profit

Equity

100 basis point 
increase 
US$m

100 basis point 
decrease
 US$m

100 basis point 
increase 
US$m

100 basis point 
decrease 
US$m

(4)
1

4
(1)

–
–

–
–

223

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

23 Risk management and financial instruments continued
The following table reflects the maturity profile of interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities that are subject to interest rate risk:

Year ended 31 December 2021

Financial liabilities – floating rates
Revolving credit facility 
Term loans
Lease liabilities
Amount due to Group entities 
(interest-bearing)

Financial assets – floating rates
Cash and short-term deposits 
(note 15)
Amount due from Group entities 
(interest-bearing)

Year ended 31 December 2020

Financial liabilities – floating rates
Revolving credit facility 
Term loans
Amount due to Group entities 
(interest-bearing)

Financial assets – floating rates
Cash and short-term deposits 
(note 15)
Amount due from Group entities 
(interest-bearing)

Within 1 year 
US$m

1 - 2 years 
US$m

2 - 3 years 
US$m

3 - 4 years 
US$m

4 - 5 years
 US$m

More than 
 5 years 
US$m

–
–
–

507
507

135

1,380
1,515

95
100
–

–
195

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
17

–
17

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–

Within 1 year 
US$m

1 - 2 years 
US$m

2 - 3 years 
US$m

3 - 4 years 
US$m

4 - 5 years 
US$m

More than 
 5 years 
US$m

505
200

355
1,060

87

897
984

–
50

–
50

–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

Total 
US$m

95
100
17

507
719

135

1,380
1,515

Total 
US$m

505
250

355
1,110

87

897
984

Interest on financial instruments classified as floating rate is repriced at intervals of less than one year. 

Foreign currency risk
The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk on translation of assets and liabilities that are in a currency other than the United 
States dollar reporting currency of the Company. 

The Company uses forward currency contracts to manage the foreign currency exposure on all amounts due from and due to 
Group entities.

The Company is only exposed to foreign currency exposure relating to cash and bank balances and an amount of £12m (2020: £13m) 
payable to a subsidiary at the end of the reporting period. 

The following table summarises the impact on the Company’s profit before tax and equity (due to change in the fair value of monetary 
assets and liabilities) of a reasonably possible change in US dollar exchange rates with respect to different currencies:

31 December 2021
31 December 2020

Profit before tax

Equity

+10% US dollar 
rate increase
US$m(1)

–10% US dollar 
rate decrease
US$m(1)

+10% US dollar 
rate increase 
US$m

–10% US dollar 
rate decrease 
US$m

(4)
(11)

4
11

–
–

–
–

(1) Includes impact on pegged currencies mainly relating to interest-bearing loans and borrowings denominated in Arab Emirates dirham.

224

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accounts23 Risk management and financial instruments continued
At 31 December 2021, the Company had foreign exchange forward contracts as follows:

Euro (sales)/purchases
Sterling sales
Kuwaiti dinar sales
Arab Emirates dirham purchases
Others

Contract value

Fair value

2021 
 US$m

(45)
(224)
(254)
50
(6)
n/a

2020 
 US$m

(71)
(230)
(343)
150
–
n/a

2021 
 US$m

2020
 US$m

–
(4)
–
–
–
(4)

(2)
(14)
(3)
–
–
(19)

The above foreign exchange contracts mature and will affect income between January 2022 and November 2023 (2020: between 
January 2021 and May 2022).

Credit risk
The Company’s principal financial assets are cash and short-term deposits and amounts due from Group entities.

The Company manages its credit risk in relation to cash and short-term deposits by only depositing cash with financial institutions that 
have high credit ratings provided by international credit rating agencies.

Liquidity risk
The Company’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of revolving credit 
facility and term loans, to reduce its exposure to liquidity risk.

The maturity profiles of the Company’s financial liabilities at 31 December 2021 are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2021

6 months 
or less 
US$m

6 - 12 months 
US$m

1 - 2 years
 US$m

2 - 5 years 
US$m

More than 
5 years 
US$m

Contractual 
undiscounted 
cash flows 
US$m

Carrying 
amount
 US$m

Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Amounts due to Group entities
Derivative instruments
Embedded derivative in respect of the 
revolving credit facility
Lease liability
Interest payments

Year ended 31 December 2020

–
116
507
5

4
–
34
666

–
–
–
–

–
–
34
34

195
–
–
–

–
–
66
261

600
–
–
–

–
20
175
795

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

795
116
507
5

4
20
309
1,756

Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Amounts due to Group entities
Derivative instruments
Interest payments

6 months 
or less  
US$m

6–12 months 
US$m

1–2 years 
US$m

2–5 years 
US$m

More than
 5 years 
US$m

Contractual 
undiscounted 
cash flows 
US$m

705
2
–
23
9
739

–
–
369
3
1
373

–
–
–
–
2
2

50
–
–
–
2
52

–
–
–
–
–
–

755
2
369
26
14
1,166

764
116
507
5

4
17
n/a
1,413

Carrying 
amount
 US$m

755
2
369
26
n/a
1,152

The Company uses various funded facilities provided by banks and its own financial assets to fund the above-mentioned financial liabilities.

225

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsPetrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsNotes to the Company financial statements continued
For the year ended 31 December 2021

23 Risk management and financial instruments continued
Capital management
The Company’s policy is to maintain a robust capital base using a combination of external and internal financing to support its 
activities as the holding company for the Group.

The Company’s gearing ratio is as follows:

Cash and short-term deposits (note 15) 
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings (A) (note 18)
Net debt (B)
Total equity (C)
Gross gearing ratio (A/C)
Net gearing ratio (B/C)

2021 
 US$m

 135 
 (764)
 (629)
 452 
169%
139%

2020 
 US$m

87
(755)
(668)
243
311%
275%

24 Related party transactions
The Company’s related parties consist of the Group entities, and the transactions and amounts due to/due from them are either of 
funding or investing nature. The Company recharged share-based payment costs of US$7m (2020: US$19m) to the Group entities 
in relation to the Group’s share-based payment plans for the Group’s employees. In addition, the Company also obtained letters of 
guarantees on behalf of the Group entities and the cost of US$6m (2020: US$5m) incurred on such guarantees was recharged by 
the Company to the Group entities. The Company also received dividends from its subsidiaries and associates of US$128m (2020: 
US$239m), note 4.

The remuneration paid by the Company to its Non-executive Directors was US$1m (2020: US$1m). The Company was also recharged 
a portion of the key management personnel cost by one of its subsidiaries. The amount recharged during the year was US$14m 
(2020: US$13m), of which key management personnel cost was US$2m (2020: US$2m). For further details of the full amount of key 
management personnel costs, refer to note 31 of the consolidated financial statements.

25 Share capital
The share capital of the Company as at 31 December was as follows:

At 1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020
Issue of shares from capital raise 
At 31 December 2021

Number of shares

345,912,747
173,906,085
519,818,832

Share capital 
US$m

Share premium 
US$m

7 
3
10

4
247
251

Number of shares refers to US$0.02 ordinary shares, which are issued and fully paid. In total, there are 750,000,000 ordinary shares of 
US$0.02 that are authorised. 

All the allotted and issued shares, including those held by the Employee Benefit Trust, were fully paid. The share capital comprises 
only one class of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares carry a voting right and the right to a dividend.

On 26 October 2021, the Company announced a proposed issuance of equity by way of a Firm Placing, Placing and Open Offer 
(together, the ‘capital raise’) to raise US$275m. The basis of the Open Offer was one new ordinary share for every four existing 
ordinary shares. On completion of the capital raise on 15 November 2021, the Company issued 173,597,412 ordinary shares, 
including a Firm Placing of 87,119,226 ordinary shares and a Placing and Open Offer of 86,478,186 ordinary shares. All of the above 
shares were issued at £1.15 per share, generating gross proceeds of approximately £200m (US$268m) before issue and associated 
costs of US$18m. 

Concurrently with the capital raise, the Directors (other than Mr Asfari) subscribed for 308,673 additional shares at the issue price of 
£1.15. This resulted in a total number of new shares of 173,906,085 that were admitted to the premium listing segment of the Official 
List of the FCA and to trading on the main market for listed securities of the London Stock Exchange on 15 November 2021.

All new shares issued by way of the capital raise were each issued, fully paid and rank pari passu in all respects with each other and 
the ordinary shares of the Company in issue prior to the capital raise, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions 
declared, made or paid after the date of issue.

Share premium: The balance on the share premium account represents the amount received in excess of the nominal value of the 
ordinary shares adjusted for associated issuance costs.

Capital redemption reserve: The balance on the capital redemption reserve represents the aggregated nominal value of the 
ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled.

226

Petrofac Limited 2021 Annual report and accountsGlossary

A
ADNOC
The Abu Dhabi National Oil Company is 
the state-owned oil company of the United 
Arab Emirates

AGM
Annual General Meeting

APM
Alternative performance measure

Appraisal Well
A well drilled into a discovered 
accumulation to provide data necessary 
to define a Field Development Plan for the 
accumulation

AS
Asset Solutions

B
Backlog
Backlog consists of the estimated 
revenue attributable to the uncompleted 
portion of fixed-price engineering, 
procurement and construction contracts 
and variation orders plus, with regard to 
engineering, operations, maintenance 
and IES contracts, the estimated 
revenue attributable to the lesser of 
the remaining term of the contract and 
five years. Backlog will not be booked 
on IES contracts where the Group has 
entitlement to reserves. The Group uses 
this key performance indicator as a 
measure of the visibility of future earnings. 
Backlog is not an audited measure

BAME
Black, Asian and minority ethnic 

Barrel
A unit of volume measurement used for 
petroleum

bbl
One barrel of oil

BEIS
The Department for Business, Energy and 
Industrial Strategy, which is a department 
of the United Kingdom government

Bio-CCS
Bio energy Carbon Capture and Storage

Block
A subdivision of an underground 
petroleum reservoir, by a resource 
owner, for the purposes of licensing and 
administering exploration, appraisal and 
production of resources, by oil and gas 
companies 

boe
Barrel of oil equivalent

bpd
Barrel per day

Brownfield Development
Further investment in a mature field, to 
enhance its production capacity, thereby 
increasing recovery and extending field life

C
CAGR
Compound annual growth rate

Capex
Capital expenditure

Carbon capture 
The process of capturing waste 
carbon dioxide

CCUS
Carbon capture, utilisation and storage

CDP
Carbon Disclosure Project

CGU
Cash generating unit

CIS
Commonwealth of Independent States

CO2 
Carbon dioxide

Condensate
The liquid produced by the condensation 
of steam or any other gas

COP26
The 2021 United Nations Climate Change 
Conference.  This was the 26th UN 
Climate Change conference held Glasgow 
from 31 October to 13 November 2021

Cost plus KPIs
A reimbursable contract which includes an 
incentive income linked to the successful 
delivery of key performance indicators

D
DBSP
Deferred Bonus Share Plan

Decommissioning
The re-use, recycling and disposal of 
redundant oil and gas facilities

Downstream
The downstream sector commonly refers 
to the refining of petroleum crude oil 
and the processing and purifying of raw 
natural gas, as well as the marketing and 
distribution of products derived from 
crude oil and natural gas

Duty Holder
A contracting model under which Petrofac 
provides a complete managed service, 
covering production and maintenance 

work, both offshore and onshore, to 
reduce the costs of operating and to 
extend the life of the facilities

E
EBITDA
Calculated as profit before tax and net 
finance costs and income, but after our 
share of profits/losses from associates 
and joint ventures (as per the consolidated 
income statement), adjusted to add back 
charges for depreciation and amortisation 
(as per note 4 to the consolidated financial 
statements)

EBT
Employee Benefit Trust

EBIT
Earnings before interest, taxation and 
amortisation 

ECL
Expected credit loss

E&C
Engineering & Construction

EPC
Engineering, Procurement and 
Construction

EPCC
Engineering, Procurement, Construction 
and Commissioning

EPCIC
Engineering, Procurement, Construction, 
Installation and Commissioning

EPS
Earnings per share

ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance

ETR
Effective Tax Rate

F
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority

FCPA
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

FEED
Front-End Engineering and Design

Fixed-price turnkey project
An agreement in which a contractor 
designs, constructs, and manages a 
project until it is ready to be handed 
over to the customer and operation 
can begin immediately

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

227

Strategic reportGovernanceFinancial statementsGlossary continued

FPF
Floating Production Facility 

FPSO
Floating Production, Storage and 
Offloading vessel

FRC
Financial Reporting Council

L
LNG
Liquefied natural gas

LPG
Liquefied petroleum gas

LTI
Lost time injury

PSC
Production Sharing Contract

PSP
Performance Share Plan

R
RCF
Revolving credit facility

G
Gas field
A field containing natural gas but no oil

M
mboe
Million barrels of oil equivalents

Reimbursable services
Where the cost of Petrofac’s services 
are reimbursed by the customer plus an 
agreed margin

GHG 
Greenhouse Gas

Greenfield development
Development of a new field

H
HSE
Health & Safety Executive (UK)

HVAC
High-voltage alternating current 

HVDC
High-voltage direct current

Hydrocarbon
A compound containing only the elements 
hydrogen and carbon – can be solid, liquid 
or gas

I
IAS
International Accounting Standards

IASB
International Accounting Standards Board

ICV
In-country Value

IEA
International Energy Agency

IES
Integrated Energy Services. The IES 
division harnesses Petrofac’s existing 
service capabilities and delivers them 
on an integrated basis to resource 
holders with the aim of supporting the 
development of their oil and gas resources

IFRS
International Financial Reporting 
Standards

IFRIC
IFRS Interpretations Committee

IOC
International oil company

K
KPI
Key performance indicator

MENA
Middle East and North Africa region

MMscfd
Million standard cubic feet per day

MOPU
Mobile offshore production unit

MOU
Memorandum of understanding

N
New Energies
Area focusing on opportunities presented 
by the energy transition

NGO
Non-governmental organisation

NOC
National oil company

RI
Recordable injury

ROCE
Return on capital employed

RSP
Restricted Share Plan

S
SaaS
Software as a Service

SDI
Separately disclosed items

SFO
Serious Fraud Office

SIP
Share Incentive Plan

O
OECD
Organisation for Economic Co-operation 
and Development

SMEs
Small and medium-sized enterprises

SPA
Sale and purchase agreement

Oil field
A geographic area under which an oil 
reservoir lies

OPEC
Organisation of Petroleum Exporting 
Countries

P
PARIS agreement 
A legal binding international treaty on 
climate change, which was adopted 
by 196 parties at COP 21 in Paris in 2015. 
Its goal is to limit global warming to below 
2, preferably to 1.5 degrees celsius, 
compared with pre-industrial levels. 

PEC
Production Enhancement Contract is 
where Petrofac is paid a tariff per barrel for 
oil and gas production and therefore has 
no commodity price exposure. 

PMC
Project Management Contractor

T
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures

TSR
Total shareholder return

U
UKCS
United Kingdom Continental Shelf

UNGC
United Nations Global Compact

Upstream
The segment of the petroleum industry 
relating to exploration, development and 
production of oil and gas resources

W
W2V
Waste-to-value

228

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

Shareholder information as at March 2022

Registrar
Equiniti (Jersey) Limited 
26 New Street 
St Helier 
Jersey JE2 3RA

Auditors 
Ernst & Young LLP 
1 More London Place 
London SE1 2AF

Corporate brokers 
Goldman Sachs 
Peterborough Court 
133 Fleet Street 
London EC4A 2BB

JP Morgan Cazenove 
25 Bank Street 
Canary Wharf 
London E14 5JP

Legal advisors to the Company 
Linklaters LLP 
One Silk Street 
London EC2Y 8HQ

Corporate and financial PR
Tulchan Communications Group 
85 Fleet Street 
London EC4Y 1AE

Company Secretary and Registered Office
Ocorian Secretaries (Jersey) Limited 
26 New Street 
St Helier 
Jersey JE2 3RA

Stock Exchange listing 
Petrofac shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange 
using code ‘PFC.L’.

Annual General Meeting
26 May 2022

Announcements
Copies of all announcements are available on the Company’s 
website at www.petrofac.com following release.

Shareholder warning
Shareholders should be very wary of any unsolicited advice, 
offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of free company 
reports on the Company. Fraudsters use persuasive and high-
pressure tactics to lure investors into scams and they may offer to 
sell shares that often turn out to be worthless, overpriced or even 
non-existent. Whilst high returns are promised, those who invest 
usually end up losing their money. 

Please keep in mind that firms authorised by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (FCA) are unlikely to contact you out of the 
blue. If you receive any unsolicited investment advice:

 – Make sure you get the correct name of the person and 

organisation and make a record of any other information they 
give you, e.g. telephone number, address, and ask for their 
‘firm reference number’ (FRN)

 – Check that they are properly authorised by FCA before getting 
involved. You can check the FCA register at https://register.fca.
org.uk or call +44 800 111 6768

 – Report approaches to the FCA – a list of unauthorised 
overseas firms who are targeting, or have targeted, UK 
investors is maintained. Reporting such organisations means 
the list can be kept up to date and appropriate action be 
considered

 – Inform Equniti (Jersey) Limited, our Registrars. They are not 

able to investigate such incidents themselves, but will record 
the details and pass them on to the Company and liaise with 
the FCA on your behalf

 – Consider that if you deal with an unauthorised firm, you would 
not be eligible to receive payment under the Financial Services 
Compensation Scheme

If you suspect you have been approached by fraudsters, please 
contact the FCA using the share fraud reporting form at 
fca.org.uk/scams. 

You can also call the FCA Helpline on: 
0800 111 6768 (UK freephone) or 0300 500 8082 (UK), or 
+44 207 066 1000 (outside UK) 

If you have already paid money to share fraudsters, you should 
contact Action Fraud on 0300 123 2040 or online at 
www.actionfraud.police.uk.

Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

This is report printed on FSC certified papers that have been carbon balanced. The paper is 
made at a mill with EMAS and ISO 14001 environmental management system accreditation. 
This report has been printed using inks made from non-hazardous vegetable oil derived from 
renewable sources. More than 90% of solvents are recycled for further use and recycling 
initiatives are in place for all other waste associated with this production. The printer is FSC 
and ISO 14001 certified, the internationally recognised standard for best practice on the 
environment. The energy used in the production has been carbon offset.

Design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Petrofac Limited  2021 Annual report and accounts

229

Petrofac Services Limited 
117 Jermyn Street 
London SW1Y 6HH 
United Kingdom 
Tel: +44 20 7811 4900

www.petrofac.com